^. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


// 


!>'->'*"•    4  ^^4^ 


%^M 


i 


«' 


f/. 


1.0 


M 

2.2 


I.I    ^."^  I- 


1.8 


1.25     1.4   III  1.6 

^ 6"     

► 

Va 


/: 


wj^ 


/A 


W 


W 


V 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


#^ 


v 


^ 


^\ 


SN^ 


^.  <^: 


<*■. 


<J  kVEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  MSBO 

(716)  872-4503 


o^ 


^' 


.^ 


<. 


L^ 


€^ 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHJVI/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductlons 


Institut  Canadian  da  microreproductlons  historlques 


1980 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


BI 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 


I      I    Covers  damaged/ 


Couverture  endommagde 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaur6e  et/ou  pelliculie 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps/ 

Cartes  g^ographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 


D 
0 


D 


D 


Bound  with  other  material/ 
Relii  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  reliure  serrde  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  !a  marge  intirieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouties 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte. 
mais.  lorsque  cela  6tait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6t6  film6es. 

Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppl6mentaires; 


L'Institut  a  microfilm*  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  M  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  mithode  normale  de  filmage 
sort  indiquAs  ci-dessous. 


r~|   Coloured  pages/ 


D 


Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagies 

Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restaurdes  et/ou  peiliculdes 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  d6color6as,  tachetdes  ou  piqudes 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  ddtachdes 


I      I    Showthrough/ 


Transparence 


I      I    Quality  of  prmt  varies/ 


Quality  in6gale  da  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  materiel  supplimentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponible 


Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc..  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata.  une  pelure. 
etc..  ont  6X6  filmdes  d  nouveau  de  fapon  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


Th 
to 


T^ 
pc 
of 
fil 


Oi 
be 
th 
si< 
ot 
fir 
si( 
or 


T3i 
sh 
Til 

wl 

M< 
dil 
en 
be 

rifl 
re( 
m( 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  film*  au  taux  de  reduction  indiquA  ci-dessous. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


y 


12X 


16X 


20X 


26X 


30X 


24X 


28X 


n 

32X 


The  copy  filmed  here  hes  been  reproduced  thenks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Library 

Indian  and  Northern  Affairs 


L'exempleire  film*  fut  reproduit  grice  A  la 
gAnArositA  de: 

Biblioth«qua 

Affairn  indiannai  at  du  Nord 


The  images  appearing  here  ere  the  best  quellty 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Les  images  sulvantes  ont  6tA  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin.  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  at 
de  la  netteti  de  I'exemplaire  film*,  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
fiimage. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


Les  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprimie  sont  film6s  en  commen^ant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
derniire  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration.  soit  par  le  second 
plat,  salon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  filmte  en  commenpant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  dernlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  ^^  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  y  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 


Un  das  symboles  suivants  apparaltra  sur  la 
dernlAre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  seion  le 
cas:  le  symbols  — »>  signifie  "A  SUIVRE  ",  le 
symbols  V  signifie  "FIN". 


Maps,  plates,  charts,  otc,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  Atre 
filmte  A  des  taux  de  rMuction  diffirents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  Atre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  cliche,  ii  est  film6  A  partir 
de  Tangle  supArieur  gauche,  de  gauche  d  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  nicessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrent  la  m^thode. 


1 

2 

3 

i 

2 

3 

4 

i    ■                                        :■■  ■ 

5 

6 

[HI  "TJQitir  "if 


UMITKSO.Vr.A  N     I  VS  11  IT  riox 

UITRF:Air  or  KIMINOLOta':  .l.  \V,  POWICLL,  iMHEirnut 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


or  THK 


'^Ai•-;fe.■^^f<^;^^B(«p■     x^-^ 


us; 


OHINOOKAN  LANGUAGES 

{ISCLUDISa  Tflli  CHiyoOK  JAHGdN) 


BY 


JAMES   CONSTANTINE   PFLLINO 


GN2 
no,  IS 


v» 


WASHINGTON 

aOVEKN      titiT   PRINTING  OFFICE 


I 


•    1?^. 


,■','■     ;'.".  (''v.    ■'""-'  '      T"          r'.'.'.'       •    ,*     !>•!;',,<••.,'■■•     .>,.■■■*■,'■    '■■           ,»'      -  /  i'    t-'i' '''!       ■      ■:■■''.*  ,   *  <■       ,     •'    ■■•       ,^< 

i^'     ,     '*  '  _    .   jr      '  _       '^*'^ ^_     _     -_       '    ^  .■ "        _ , ^     '  \'!^ _•_  ,.  >  •  ■    /     _■  _     ■,  J_    ^    L        ,^* 


wwm 


m%f 


>,  ■,,,_ 


OCPARrMKNT  OT 

INDIAN 

AFFAIRS 

AND   NORTHERN 

DCVCLOPMENT 


CANADA 


MINISTCRC  DCS 
AFFAIRES 
INOIENNCS   ET 
DU  NORO 
CANADIEN 


Library   -    Bibliotheque 


THIS    BOOK  IS  DUE  BACK  ONE  MONTH 
FROM    DATE   OF  LOAN 


RENVOYER  DICI  UN   MOIS  A   COMPTER 
DE  LA   DATE    D'EMPRUNT 


CN2 
no. 15 


IANDtO-S4(7-M) 


CE 


L-s*''^ 


y  4^^: 


rj' 


* .  V/-  * 


J^'Wi) 


H  M  I  r  II  HON  IAS     I  \  S  I  I  III  H>  N 

mruKAir  ok  KTIINOUXJY:  .i.  w.  powkll,  dikiootou 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


itV  'J'lIK 


CHINOOKAN  LANGUAGES 


{lyCLUDJMG  TUJ-:  (•inSaOK  .lAH(toy) 


BY 


JAMKS   (U)NSTAN'riNi:    PILUNO 


WAS  If  I  X(JT()N 

a  O  V  K  K  N  M  K  N  T    I'  li  I  N  I'  i  N  <  J    o  l<'  K  I  ( !  K 


.^•'-v^ 


■*■■'-. 


r  "ft  ■■ 


LINGUISTIC  BIBLIOGRAPHIES  ISSUED  BY  THE  BUREAU  OF  ETHNOLOGY. 


Smithsonian  institution — Bureau  of  ethnology.  Catalogue  of  lin- 
•iuistic  manuscripts  in  the  library  of  the  Itnreau  of  ethnology.  By 
James  C.  IMllinj^. 

Ill  niiruau  of  etbnolo^ry  iirHt  niuiuul  report;  hiilf-titlo  aH  above  p. rtr>,S,  U^xt  pp. 
!ir..5-577,  Washington,  18«1,  royal  8". 

IsHiied  separately  with  (^ovur  title  as  follows: 

(/atalogue  |  of  |  linguistic  manuscripts  |  in  the  |  library  of  the  BiireAu 
of  ethnology  |  by  |  James  C.  Pilling  |  (Kxtra<ited  from  the  first  annual 
report  of  the  Bureau  |  of  ethnology)  |  [Vignette]  | 

Washingtim  |  (loverument  i)rinting  otlice  |  1881 

Cover  title  as  above,  no  inHiile  title,  half-title  tu  nuder  entry  next  above  p.  5.~>3, 
text  p)».  555-577,  royal  8'^.     One  linndreil  coides  isHUod. 

Smithsonian  institution — Bureau  of  ethnology  |  J.W.Powell  director 
I  Proof  sheets  |  of  a  |  bibliograjjhy  |  of  |  the  languages  |  of  the  |  North 
American  Indians  |  by  |  James  C'onstantine  Pilling  |  (Distributed  only 
to  t!ollaborators)  | 

Washington  |  (loverument  printing  office  |  1885 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  notice  (signed  .F.  NV.  Powell)  p.  iii,  preface  (November  4, 1884) 
pp.  v-viii,  introdnctioii  pp.  ix-x,  list  of  authorities  pp.  xi-xxxvi,  list  of  libraries  re- 
ferretl  to  by  initials  pp.  xxxvii-xxxviii,  list  of  fac-siniiles  pp.  xxxix-xl,  text  pp. 
1-839,  iulditioiiH  and  (utrrections  pp.  841-lOtH),  index  of  languages  and  dialects  pp. 
1()U1-1135,  plates,  4  .  Arranged  alphabet  ieally  by  name  of  author,  translator,  or 
first  word  of  title.  One  hundred  aud  teu  copies  printed,  ten  of  them  on  oue  side  of 
the  sheet  only. 

Smithsonian  institution  |  Bureau  of  ethnology :  J.  W.Powell, director 
I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Eskimo  langnage  |  by  |  James  Constantine 
Pilling  I  I  Vignette]  | 
Washington  |  (lovernment  printing  office  |  1887 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  vi^rso  blank  1  1.  jweface  (April  20, 1887)  pp.  iii-v, 
text  pp.  1-109,  chronologic  index  pp.  111-110,8  fac-similes,  8  .  An  edition  of  100  copies 
issued  in  royal  8'\ 

Smithsonian  institution  |  Burean  of  ethnology :  J.  W.Powell, director 
I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Siouan  languages  j  by  |  James  Constantine 
Pilling  I  I  Vignette)  | 

Washington  |  Government  printing  oflice  |  1887 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  vorsu  Idauk  1  1.  preface  (September  1, 1887)  pp. 
iii-v,  text  pp.  1-82,  ckroiiulogic  index  pp.  83-87,  8^^.  An  edition  of  100  copies  issued 
iu  royal  8'^. 

ni 


'/  ■ 


MP 


IV         LINaUISTIC    ninLlOGRAHlIES,  BUWEAV   OF   KTIINOLOOY, 

SmitliHoiiian institution  |  Hnreaiiofetlinology :  .I.W. I 'owol I, director 
I  Bibliography  |  oftliu  |  Iroquoiaii  laiigiiagcH  |  by  |  .lamcHCoiiKtantinu 
Pilling  I  [Vigm'tti'l  | 

WaHliington  |  flovornmont  printing  oHici'  |  1HS8 

('ovor  tlt.le  nH  iiImivo,  titin  as  altnvit  vopho  lilaiik  i  1.  pntfiico  (Deoenthrr  ir>  18MK) 
]ip.  iii-vi,  t«xt  ])]>.  1-180,  lulilondu  pp.  IKI-IH!),  chronologic  index  pp.  1UI-2()K,  il  fiu>- 
HiiiiileH,  K^.     An  edition  of  100  ro|)i<>8  iHHii«<d  in  royal  H\ 

SmitliHonian  institntion  |  lluroau  of  ethnology:  .I.W.  Powell,  director 
I  Hibliography  |  of  the  |  Muskhogean  languages  |  by  |  .lames  Constan- 
tine  Pilling  |  [Vignette]  | 

Washington  |  Ciovernment  printing  ofHee  |  1880 

Cover  titlo  an  nl)ove,titlu  aH  abovi^  vorwo  liliiiik  1  1.  pn'fnpe(May  l.'i,  1881))  pp.  iii-v, 
text  pp.  1-103,  cLroiiulo^ic  index  pp.  105-111, 8^.  An  edition  of  100  eupicH  iHHued  in 
royal  8^^. 

Bibliographic  iiotcH  |  on  |  Eliot's    Indian  bible  |  and  |  on  his  other 
translationH  and  works  in  the  |  Indian  language  of  M as.saehu setts  | 
Extinct    from    a    "  Bibliography  of  the   Algonquian    languages"! 
I  Vignette]  | 

Washington  |  Government  printing  oflice  |  18!M) 

Cover  title  aH  a1iov(>,  titltMiH  abovi' viTHo  blank  1  l.toxt  pp.  1-58,  21  fnc-8iniiii>H, 
royal  8 '.  Forms  pp.  127-181  of  tlie  Hiblio^rii|ihy  of  tlii>  AlKon<|nian  languaKOH,  title 
of  wli it'll  followH.     Two  biuidr*-d  and  fifty  (utpiitH  iHHUcd. 

Smithsonian  in.stitution  |  Bureau  of  ethnology:  .J.  W.  Powell,  diro«^tor 
I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Algonquian  languages  |  by  |  .James  (Jonstan- 
tine  Pilling  |  [Vigm^tte]  | 

Washington  |  Goveinment  printing  oflice  |  1801 

Cover  titlo  as  above,  title  as  above  verwo  blank  I  1.  preface  (.Inne  1, 1891)  pp.  iii-iv, 
introduction  p.  v,  index  of  lan^nageH  ])p.  vii-viii,  list  of  fac-HiniilcH  p|).  ix-x,  t4*xt 
pp.  1-519,  addenda  pp.  .'>51-575,  chrontdo^ic  index  ]>p.  .577-61 1, 82  fac-HiiuileH,  8.  An 
edition  of  100  copies  issued  in  royal  8  . 

Smithsonian  institution  |  IJureau  of  ethnology:  .I.W.Powell,  director 
I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Athapascan  languages  |  by  |  James  < 'oiiRtan- 
tine  Pilling  |  |  Vignette]  | 
W^ashington  j  Governmiiit  printing  (»nice  |  1802 

Cover  title  as  abovistitlt^  as  above  verso  blank  1  1.  [list  of]  lingnistic  bibliog- 
rapbies  isHuod  by  tlie  Iturean  of  Ktbnology  ]i)».  iii-iv,  ]ircfaco  (June  15,  1802)  pp. 
v-vil,  introduction  p.  i\,  index  of  lan^na^rt's  ]>p.  xi-xii,  list  of  fat^-siniib's  ]i.  xiii, 
text  p]>.  1-112,  addenda  jtp.  llli-llo,  i^iironologic  index  pp.  117-125,  1  lac-Hiiuiles,  8' . 
An  edition  of  100  copies  issued  in  royal  8 '. 


tXT 


'-".jr^ 


V  R  K  V  A  C  E . 


The  (leHi|;nation  jjiven  tin*  fmiiily  of  lan^iiiifreH  fjnted  ot  in  this 
bibliography  is  bnsiMl  upon  tlic  name  of  a  trib<>  living;  noar  the  month 
<»♦■  the  C'ohimbia  Itiver,  from  whom  a  voiabnlnry  was  obtained  by 
(iabriol  Franeliere,  of  the  Pacific  Fur  (Company,  about  IS12,  and  pub- 
liNhed  in  his  '' Hehition"'  in  1820,  under  tlie  name  Chinouque  on 
Tcliinouk.  This  vocabulary,  consisting  of  tliirty-tbree  words,  thirteen 
numerals,  and  eleven  phrases,  is  given  by  Gallatin  in  his  "Synopsis'^ 
with  the  si»elling  of  the  name  anglicixed  to  ( 'hinook ;  and,  though  based 
ui>on  the  8pe«»ch  of  but  a  single  tribe,  it  was  ado])ted  by  him  as  the 
name  of  a  family  of  languages. 

The  family  includes  a  number  of  tribes  whose  liabitat,  to  quote  from 
Maj<u'  Powell,^  "extended  from  the  mouth  of  the  riv«'r  up  its  course  for 
some  2(K)  miles,  or  to  The  J)alles.  According  t«>  Lewis  and  Clarke,  our 
best  authorities  on  the  juistinc  home  of  this  family,  most  of  their  vil- 
lages were  on  the  banks  of  the  river,  chiefly  upon  the  n<n'thern  bank, 
though  they  i)robably  claimed  the  land  upon  either  bank  for  several 
miles  back.  Their  villages  also  exten«lcd  on  the  Pacifl(!  «'oast  north- 
ward nearly  to  the  northern  extensitm  of  ISlioalwater  Bay,  and  to  the 
south  to  about  Tilamook  Uead,  some  2U  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the 
Columbia." 

As  will  be  seen  by  reference  to  the  list  of  tribal  names  given  on  a 
subsequent  page,  the.  nundier  of  languages  embraced  within  the  family 
is  snnill;  and  the  amount  of  material  recorded  under  "(.'hinook"  will 
be  found  to  more  than  e<|ual  that  given  under  the  mimes  of  all  the  other 
divisions  of  the  family  combined. 

As  a  nuitter  of  fact,  but  little,  comparatively,  has  been  done  in  the 
collection  of  linguistic  material  relating  to  this  family,  a  fact  all  the 
more  surprising  when  it  is  i-onsidcred  that  they  have  been  long  in 
contact  with  the  whites.  There  has  been  no  grammar  of  tin'  language 
puuli shed,  and  until  lately  none  lias  been  compiled;  there  is  but  one 
printed  dictionary — thatof  (libbs — and  the  vocabularies  are  neither 
gi'cat  in  length  nor  wi<le  in  scope.     There  is  liope  of  a  better  state  of 


■Relation  d'un  voyage  i\  la  rAto  nord-oncst  dc  rAm«^ri(iiiP  Si'jitentrionalo  dans  Ics 
annexes  1810, 1811, 1812, 1818  (>t  18l  1.     Montreal,  ISL'O. 

"Synopsis  of  the  Indian  tribes  witliin  tlw  United  States  east  of  tlie  Roeky  Moun- 
taiuH,andiiitho  Hritish  and  Kiissian  possessions  in  North  Anieri(r:i.  ('amlnid^re,  1836. 

'ludiuu  liuguiutic  iuiuiiies  ol' Amuriea,  north  of  Mexico.     WaHhingtou,  1891. 


VI 


PUKFACE. 


\'i 


nflJiirR,  liuu(^v<M';  for  Dr.  Vrun/  lioas,  th«  liitt'st  uixl  iiioHt  tli<irou);li 
worker  in  tli«*  (Miiiiookiui  Held,  liau  Uin  Kraiiiniar,  dictionary,  and  textH 
ill  an  advanced  statu  of  |>reparation  lor  publication  by  the  Bureau  of 
lOthnolofty.  His  material, collected  during  lH!H)aiid  18in,\vaMpitliered 
none  too  Ho*n\,  for,  as  will  be  Heen  by  the  extract  from  the  introduction 
to  his  legends,  which  he  has  kindly  permitted  me  to  make  and  which 
is  jriven  on  |>ai;('  7  of  this  pa]M'i',  the  opi)ortiinity  for  ho  doing  would 
soon  have  passed. 

It  needs  but  a  ^dance  throu};h  the  accompanyiuj;  pa^es  tit  sliow  the 
preponderance  of  imUerial,  both  published  and  in  manuscript,  relating; 
to  the  iIart;on  over  that  of  the  Chiiiookan  lan^uajfes  proper,  a  prc])on- 
derance  ho  great  that,  were  it  pntper  to  Hpeak  of  the  .larji^on  as  an 
American  Ian^uap>,  a  change  of  title  t(»  this  bibliogntphy  wimld  bi^ 
necessary.  Made  np  as  it  is  from  several  1  ndian  tongues,  the  Chinookan, 
Halishan,  Wakashan,  and  Shahaptian  principally,  and  from  at  least 
two  others,  the.  lOnglish  and  the  French,  the  ( 'hiiiook  Jargon  might 
with  almost  e(|ua1  ]iroi)ricty  have  been  included  in  a  bibliograiihy  of 
any  one  of  t  he  other  native  languages  entering  into  its  composition.  It 
is  made  a  ]>ai't  of  the  ('liino(»kaii  primarily  because  of  its  name  and 
secondarily  fr«»m  the  fact  th  at  t  hat  family  has  (contributed  a  much  greater 
number  of  words  to  itn  voi^abulary  than  has  any  one  of  the  other». 

Under  various  authors  ln'iein — Hhinchet,  Demers,  (iibbs,  Hale, 
Le  .leune,  and  others — will  bu  found  brief  notes  relating  to  the  Jargon, 
tra(h^  language,  or  international  idiom,  as  it  is  variously  called;  and 
the  following  succinct  ac(;ouiit  of  its  origin  from  Dr.  (leorge  Gibbs,' 
the  Mrst  to  attempt  its  comprehensive  stiuly,  completes  its  history: 

Tlie  origin  of  tliin  .Inrgoii,  a  (;oiiv<Mitioiinl  1iiiiku.ik«<  similar  to  the  Liiigiifi  I'nuicn 
ot°  till)  MoiUtcrriinniiii,  tlio  Nt^gro-KiiKliHli-Diitrli  of  Siiriuuiii,  the  Pigooii  KiiKliah  of 
Cliiiia,  and  Hoveral  other  iiiixo<l  torigiictt,  dati^n  back  to  tlie  t'lir  droKiiers  of  the  InHt 
rentiiry.  TIioho  niarint^rs,  whosu  eiitcrpriHt^  in  tho  lifti-iii  y<>nrrt  pruo-diiig  ISOO 
ex|ilorn«l  tlin  intricacies  of  tho  northwoHt  coast  of  America,  picked  up  iit  their  gen- 
eral rendo/.vous,  Nootka  Sound,  various  native  wordM  uHefnl  in  barter,  and  thence 
trans])1anted  them,  with  additions  from  tho  I'.nglisli,  to  the  slioreM  of  Oregon.  Even 
beforetheirday,  the  coasting  trade  and  warlike  expeditions  of  the  northern  tribes, 
tlieniselves  a  seafaring  race,  had  o)ii!ned  u|)  a  partial  nmlerstaiiding  of  each  other's 
s|»oecli;  for  when,  in  17!(2,  Vancouver's  officers  visited  (Sray's  Harbor  they  found  tluit 
the  natives,  tliougli  speaking  a  dilVercnt  language,  understood  many  words  of  the 
Nootka. 

On  the  arrival  of  Lewis  and  (Clarke  at  the  month  of  the  Columbia,  in  180(>,  the 
new  language,  troni  the  sentences  given  by  them,  had  oviilently  attained  some  form. 
Jt  was  with  tin*  arrival  of  Astor's  party,  Innvever,  that  the  .largon  r«»!t>ived  its  prin- 
cipal impulse.  Many  nion;  words  of  Kuglish  were  tiieo  brought  in,  and  for  tho  first 
time  the  I'rcnuh,  or  rather  the  Canadian  and  Missouri  jtatois  of  the  French,  was 
introduce<l.  The  principal  seat  of  thi^  company  being  at  Astoria,  not  only  a  large 
addition  of  Chinook  words  was  made,  but  a  cimsiderable  number  was  taken  froui 
the  ('hihalis,  who  iunnediately  bordt^red  that  tribe  »n  the  north,  each  owning  a 
portion  of  8lioal  water  May.     The  words  adojited  from  the  several  langtnigos  were, 


nat 

new 

wet 

the 

and 

fori 

con 
add 
and 
Am 
the 
ditV 
bet 
Col 
ext 
I'ri 
lat 

lU'. 

has 
mil 

SpO 

wit 
ica 
inn 


■  Dictionary  of  the  Chinook  .largoii.     W  a.shinglon,  lS(i;>. 


rilEFACE. 


VII 


natnrally  oiiniiKh.  tliow  incMt  nanily  nttereil  by  alt,  nxcnpt,  of  conriie,  tlint  Dhjccla 
now  to  tint  untivim  (imiikI  thnir  nitiiicM  in  Kruncli  or  I^UKliitli,  »ii«l  mioli  iiiotlillcatitiiiH 
wumiiitilo  ill  pniiiiiiiciatiiiii  nn  HiiitiMl  t<iiit{ii)>a iKciiHtonKid  toilitlVntut  nimiikIm.  TImim 
till' KiittiiritlNof  tlio  IiiiliiiiiN  wcru  Hot'toiieil  or  <lni)i|iril  unit  tli<i/uii<l  rot'tlic  KiikIihIi 
niitl  French,  to  tlii-ni  iitiproiioiiiii-i>iili1<*,  w<>ri-  iiioilill««l  hito  p  unil  /.  Oniniiiiiiticiil 
t'onnn  went  reiliicetl  to  their  Hiiiipltmt  itxpr«HNion  hikI  viiriutiom*  in  iiiootl  ami  ttiiiiu' 
<oiiv«'y»Ml  only  hy  adverlw  or  Ity  tlm  <oiit«txt.  Tlio  langii»)(<>  continiieil  t«i  rcci^ivi' 
aililitioiiH  and  imhiiiiiimI  a  iiioru  tliatinrt  and  Httttlnd  iiiuaiiint;  under  tlio  NnriliweHt 
iind  llndMon'H  Hay  (.'oiiipanicH,  who  HncceiultMl  AHtor'H  party,  uh  v  til  an  tbroii^jh  tin- 
AiiKM'icaii  NntthTH  in  On>f{on.  Uh  advaiitaK<*  wan  nooii  pcrcoivrd  liy  the  IiidiaiiM,  and 
tiiu  .larKoii  iHtcann*  to  hoiiih  extfiit  a  iii<-aii(«  of  loiiiniunicatiun  lictwtton  nativtmot' 
dillVi'cnt  Hptit'ch  uh  widl  uh  ItetwcMMi  thttiii  and  the  wliiti'H.  It  wuh  evi>n  ui«<mI  uh  Min-h 
hutwcen  AniMriruiiM  and  CaiiatliaiiH.  It  \va«  at  llrHt  iiioHt  in  vof^iio  upon  tlu^  Lowor 
Culiinilda  and  thi^  \Vi!lanM'tt«>,  wlK'ncu  it  Hpri'iul  to  I'liKct  Sound  and  with  tin* 
•txtfUNion  of  t^nd)^  fon.id  itH  way  far  up  tlw  foast,  uh  w«dl  an  thtt  Ciduinbia  and 
FruHor  riverH;  and  thoro  am  now  fitw  trihun  lt<*twe«n  thu  4'id  and  57tli  parallidn  of 
latitude  in  which  thero  aro  not  to  l>«  found  iutcrprotcrn  tliroiiijli  itn  incdiiini.  It^ 
)ii'»valciicc  and  ua»\  aci|iiiHition,  while  of  vant  convciiiciico  to  tradem  and  HcttltMH, 
iuiH  tciiditd  );rcatly  to  liinilcr  thu  ai:i|iiirciiu>iit  of  tiio  oriKinal  Indian  languagoH;  ho 
much  8i)  that,  ozcopt  by  a  fuw  iiiiHHionuriea  and  pionuorH,  hardly  onii  of  tliciu  is 
Hpokon  or  uiidorstood  by  whito  inoii  iu  all  Orej^on  and  \VaHhiiii;toii  Turritory.  Not- 
withotaiKliii);  its  apitaront  poverty  in  niiinber  of  wordn  and  tl>'  'bMcnce  of  graiuinat- 
iral  forniH,  it  pohhcmhch  niiicli  tiioro  flexibility  and  power  of  cxpti  hhIoh  than  nii){ht  be 
iniagined  and  really  8crveH  alinoHt  every  piirpoHc  uf  ordiuarv  iutercuiirHe. 

The  number  of  wordn  coiiNtitutinK  the  Jargon  jtrop.-i  ban  b<  <-u  varioiiMlv  ntated. 
Many  formerly  employed  have  become  in  great  iiieuHui  '.•bsolete,  while  othi^rH  have 
buiai  lo(  i|l<  itrodiicetl.  TIiuh,  at  The  Dalles  of  tliit  ('oliiiiibiu,  variiiuH  ternm  are 
common  wliicli  would  not  bo  intelligibi '  at  AHtoria  or  on  l*M<jret.  .Sound  In  making 
111  >  following  Heleetioii,  I  have  inoludod  all  tlioHo  which,  on  reference  to  a  number 
of  vocabulariuH,  I  have  found  current  at  any  of  the.<i(«  placuH,  rejecting  on  thu  other 
haml  such  uh  individuaU  partially  actiiiainted  with  the  native  languages  have 
employed  for  their  owu  oouveDleuue.  The  total  number  falirt  a  little  short  of  live 
liiindred  wohIh. 

This  international  itiiom,  as  it  is  called  hy  Mr.  Hale,  Is  yet  a  live 
lan^ua);e,  and,  thoii{;h  lapsing  into  disnse — beinfj  stiperseded  l»y  the 
Knjj^lisii — in  the  land  of  its  birth,  is  {gradually  extending  along  the 
northwest  (^oast,  adding  to  its  vocabnlary  as  it  travels,  nntil  it  has 
beeoine  the  means  of  intertribal  eoiuninnieation  between  the  Indians 
speaking  ditt'e rent  languages  and  between  them  and  tlu*  white  dwellers 
in  British  Colninbia  and  ])ortiiuis  of  Alaska.  Indeed,  there  seems 
to  be  almost  a  revival  of  the  early  interest  shown  in  it,  if  we  may  judge 
from  the  anniiint  of  mannseript  material  relating  to  it  now  being  made 
ready  to  put  into  print. 

One  of  the  most  cnrions  and  interesting  of  all  the  eurions  attempts 
which  have  been  made  to  instruct  and  benetit  the  Indians  ')y  means  of 
written  characters,  is  that  known  as  the  Kainloops  Wawa,  a  periodical 
described  herein  at  some  length  under  the  name  of  its  founder,  I'i're 
he  Jenue.  Written  in  an  international  language,  "set  up"  in  steno- 
graphic chara<;t<;rs,  and  printed  on  a  mimeograph  by  its  inventor, 
editor,  reporter,  printer,  and  publisher  all  in  one,  this  little  weekly 
seems  to  leave  m>thing  in  the  way  of  novelty  to  '^^  desired.  The  account 


VIIl 


PREFACE. 


h  f 


i^'' 


of  the  reverend  father's  methods  and  jmrposes,  «iuotod  on  page  48  from 
one  of  hia  papers,  will  well  repay  perusal. 

The  present  volume  embraces  270  titular  entries,  of  whit-h  229  reiat« 
to  i)rinted  books  and  articles  and  41  to  manuscripts.  Of  these,  253 
have  been  secw  and  described  by  the  compiler  (222  of  the  prints  and  .'31 
of  the  manuscripts),  leaving  17  as  derived  from  outside  sources  (7  of  the 
prints  and  10  manuscripts).  Of  those  unseen  by  the  writer,  titles  and 
descriptions  have  been  received  in  all  cases  from  persons  who  have 
actually  seen  the  works  and  described  them  for  him. 

So  far  as  possible,  direct  comparison  has  been  made  with  the  works 
themselves  daring  the  proof-reading.  For  this  purpose,  besides  his 
own  books,  the  writer  has  h.ad  access  to  those  in  the  libraries  of  Con- 
gress, the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  (leorge- 
town  University,  and  to  several  private  collections  in  the  city  of  Wash- 
ington. Mr.  Wilberforce  Eames  has  compared  the  titles  of  Avorkr.  (!on- 
tained  in  his  own  library  and  in  the  L«mh)x,  and  recourse  has  been  had 
to  a  number  of  librarians  throughout  the  country  for  tracings,  photo- 
graphs, etc. 

I  am  indebted  to  the  Director  of  the  Bureau,  Major  Powell,  fin*  the 
unabated  interest  shown  in  my  bibliographii;  work,  for  the  op])ortu- 
nities  he  has  afforded  me  to  i)rosecute  it  under  the  most  favorable  cir- 
cumstances, and  for  his  continued  advice  and  counsel. 

Many  items  of  interest  have  been  furnished  me  by  Dr.  Franz  Boas; 
the  Rev.  Myron  Eells,  Unitm  City,  Wash.;  Mr.  John  K.  Gill,  Portland, 
Oregon;  Hon.  Horatio  Hale, Clint(m,  Ontario;  Father  Le  Jeune,  Kam- 
loops,  B.  C. ;  Maj.  Edmond  Mallet, Washington,  D.  C. ;  Father  St.  Onge, 
Troy,  N.  Y.,  and  Dr.  T.  S.  Bulmer,  Cedar  City,  Utah.  It  gives  me  pleas- 
ure to  make  record  of  my  obligations  to  these  gentlemen. 


Washington,  1>.  C,  March  10, 1893. 


IS  from 


INTRODUCTION 


In  tlie  compilation  of  tliia  catiilojfiio  t  lio  iiiui  has  lu'cn  to  inrludo  every- 
thing, printed  or  in  manuscript,  relating  to  tiie  Oliinooivan  language 
and  to  the  Chinook  Jargon — books,  iiainphlets,  articles  in  magazines, 
tracts,  serials, etc.,  and  such  reviews  and  announcements  of  luihlications 
as  seemed  worthy  of  notice. 

The  dictionary  plan  has  been  followed  to  its  extreme  limit,  the  subject 
and  tribal  indexes,  references  to  libraries,  etc.,  being  included  in  one 
alphabetic  series.  The  ])rimary  arrangement  is  alphabetic  by  authors, 
translators  of  woiks  into  the  native  languages  being  treated  as  authors. 
lJn<ler  each  author  the  arrangement  is,  first,  ju'lnted  works,  and  second, 
manuscrijits,  each  group  being  given  chnumlogically;  and  in  the  case 
of  printed  books  each  work  is  followed  through  its  various  editions 
before  the  next  in  <!hroiiologic  order  is  taken  nj). 

Anonymously  printed  worksare  entered  under  the  name  of  the  author, 
when  known,  and  under  tiie  first  word  of  the  title,  not  an  article  or 
l)reposition,  when  not  known.  A  cross-reference  is  given  from  the  first 
words  of  anonymous  titles  when  entered  under  an  author  and  from  the 
first  words  of  all  titles  in  the  Indian  languages,  whether  anonymous  or 
not.  Manuscripts  are  entered  under  the  author  when  known,  under 
the  dialect  to  which  they  refer  when  he  is  not  known. 

Each  author's  name,  with  his  title,  etc. ,18  entered  in  full  butonce,i.e., 
in  its  alphabetic  order;  every  other  mention  of  him  is  by  surname  an<l 
initials  only. 

All  titular  m.atter,  including  cross-references  thereto,  is  in  brevier,  all 
collations,  descriptions,  notes,  and  iiulex  matter  in  noni>arcil. 

In  detailing  contents  and  in  adding  notes  resj)e<'ting  contents,  the 
spelling  of  i)roper  names  used  in  the  |)articular  work  itself  has  been 
followed,  and  so  far  as  possible  the  laiiguagi^of  the  respective  writers  is 
given.  In  the  index  entries  of  the  tribal  names  tiie  compiler  has  adopte<l 
that  spelling  which  seemetl  to  him  the  1)est. 

As  a  general  rule  initial  <  apitals  have  been  used  in  titular  matter  in 
only  two  cases:  first,  for  proper  naines,  and,  sec<Mi(l,  when  the  word 
actmdly  apjiears  on  the  titlei)age  with  an  initial  capital  and  with  the 
remain<ler  in  small  capitals (U'  h>wer-case  letters,  in  giving  titles  in  the 
German  language  the  capitals  in  the  <'ase  of  all  sjibstantives  have  been 
respected. 

In  those  comparatively  few  cases  of  wiu-ks  not  seen  by  the  compiler 
the  fact  is  stated  or  the  entry  is  f(»llowed  by  an  asterisk  within  curves, 
and  iu  either  case  the  authority  is  usually  given. 

IX 


tMmmm 


{    i 


tWS^Jihlf'' 


INDEX  OF   LANCiUA(;KS, 


Cascade "V^. 

CatLlascon ... 

Cliiuook -.,, 

Chinook  jargon ^  /. 

Clakama .  r. 

Clatsop ^. 

Nihaloth ruj 

Wahaikan ^^ 

Wappo ..............  74 

Wasko f,^ 

Watlala y^ 

XI 


1/  ' 


.   1 
I!  r; 


Titl 
Titl 
Titl 


^■'^^mmmmmmmmmh,^0mmmm0^inmfi>'mm^ 


LIST  OF    FACSIMILES, 


Page. 

Titlo-page  of  Le  Jeunc's  Kamloops  Wawa 47 

Title-page  of  Le  Jeune's  Jargou  Hymn  Book 50 

Title-page  of  Le  Jeuue's  Jargou  Primer 52 


\ 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THH  CHINOOKAX  LANCIUAGHS. 


By  James  0.  Pilling. 

I  Ad  awtoriik  witbin  parrntheneH  indlrnlrH  tliiit  tin*  iiiiiipilpr  Iihh  Hcfn  im  rnpy  of  thn  wnrk  referred  to.> 

A. 


Allen  ( 3/i««  A.  J.)  Ten  yonrN  in 
Oregon.  |  Truvels  anil  nclvt^ntures  |  of 
I  doctor  E.  White  and  lady  |  west  of 
the  Rocky  inoiintiiins;  |  witli  |  inci- 
dents of  two  Hca  voyajics  via  Sandwich 
I  Islands  aronnd  Cape  Horn;  |  contain- 
ing alHo  a  I  brief  history  of  thu  niis- 
sionB  and  settleniei'ta  of  the  country — 
origin  of  |  the  ])roviRional  govern- 
ment— number  aud  cnsfoms  of  thtf 
Indians —  |  incidents  witnessed  while 
traversing  and  residing  in  tlie  |  terri- 
tory—description of  the  soil,  produc- 
tion and  I  climate  of  the  country.  | 
Compiled  by  miss  A.  J.  Allen.  \ 

Ithaca,  N.  Y. :  I  Mack,  Andres  &  co. 
printers.  |  1848. 

Title  verso  copyright  (1848)  1  1.  introiluctlon 
pp.  v-vi,  contents  pp.  vii-xvi,  te«t  pp.  l"-.'l!»9, 8''. 

A  few  Chinook  Jargon  sentences  (from  Lpb 
and  FroBt,  Ten  yearn  in  Oregon),  ])p.  395-396. 

Oopietiittn;  Boston  Atheiiffiuni. 

A  later  edition  with  titlopiigo  an  foUowB: 

Ten    yuars  |  in  |  Oregon.  |  Travels 

and  adventures  |  of  |  «loctor  K.  Wliite 
and  lady,  |  wast  of  the  Uocky  moun- 
tains; I  with  I  incidents  of  two  sea 
voyages  via  Sandwich  |  Islands  iiround 
Cape  Horn;  |  containing,  also,  a  |  l»iief 
history  of  the  missions  and  setth^ment 
of  the  country — or-  |  igin  of  the  provi- 
sional government — number  Kud  ci  s- 
toms  of  I  the  Indians — incident.^  wit- 
nessed while  traversing  |  and  residing 
in  the  territory— description  of  |  the 
soil  production  and  climate.  |  Compiled 
by  miss  A.  J.  Allen.  | 

Ithaca,  N.   Y. :  |  press    of    Antlrus, 
Oanntlett  &  Co.  |  18.')(). 

Title  verso  copyriglit  1   I.  preface  pp.  v-vi, 
Coi}tefft|i  pp.  vU-xvi,  text  pp.  17-430, 12°. 


Allen  ( A.. 1. ) —Continued. 

r,ili)iiiisfli'  loiitPiitHnH  iindrr  title  ni-xt  shove, 

pp.  ;iit5  ;iitfi . 

Copirt  nffit  :  Astor.  liritlsh  MiiHeiini,  Con- 
gress, Diiiilxir. 

X  later  edition  witli  titlepiige  on  fdllows: 

- —  Thrilling  ailventures,  |  travels  and 
explorations  |  of  |  doctor  Elijah  White, 

I  aiuoiig  the  I  Kocky  niountniiis  |  and 
in  the  |  far  west.  |  With  |  incidents  of 
two  sea  voyages  via  Sand-  |  wich 
Islands  around  Cape  Horn ;  |  contain- 
ing also  a  brief  history  of  the  missions 
and  settlement  of  the  country  |  — 
origin  of  the.  provisional  governments 
of  the  western  |  territories — number 
and  customs  of  the  Indians —  incidents 
witnessed  while  traversing  and  re-  | 
siding  in  the  territories — descriptiim  of 

I  the  soil,  productions  and  climate.  ' 
('ouipiled  by  miss  A.  .1.  Allen.  | 
New  York  :  |  J.  W.  Yale.  |  1X59. 

Title  verHo  copyright  1  I.  prefiice  pp.  v-vi, 
contents  ))p.  vii-xvi,  text  pji.  17-430,  12^. 

LinguiHtic  contents  ns  under  titles  almve, 
pp.  39,'>-39«. 

Cnpiet  ireii  :  Flancrof I,  Congress. 

Anderson  (Alexander  Caul(ield).  Price 
one  dollar  and  fifty  cents.  |  Hand-book 
I  and  I  map  |  to  |  tbe  gold  region  |  of 
I  Frazer's  and  Thompson's  rivers,  | 
with  I  table  of  distances.  |  Hy  Alexan- 
der ('.  Anderson.  |  late  chief  trader 
Hudson  bay  CO, 'h  service.  |  To  which  is 
appended  |  Chinook  Jargon — language 
used  etc..  etc.  | 

Fublished  by  ,1.  J.  Lecount,  |  San 
Fra'!"'"*'**.  I  Entered  [&c.  two  lijies.] 
[!8.')8.] 

Cover  litlo,  text.  pp.  1-31.  map,  32''. 
Yqcaliulary  of  the  Cliiifook  Jargon,  pp.  25-31, 


( 


2 


BIBLIOGHAPIIY   OP   THK 


Anderson  (A.C.)  —  rontinufd. 

In  thti  only  ropy  of  thi*  work  I  havp  uren, 
Mr.  AndprRnn  him  iipp«nde<l  *  maniinrriiit  iintn 
an  follows:  " Thin  rorahulary,  pniniriMl  bvtlie 
publifihpr  from  RomnoiMt  in  S.  F..  lit  a  iiiiMrraliln 
affair,  anil  waa  appendtMl  without  my  knowl- 
«Age.    A.  r.  A." 

Copifttten:  Bancroft. 

Vncabnlary  of  thn  Chinook  lan;;iii«K*'- 

Manuscript,  14  paKoa  folio;  in  thn  lihrarv  of 
the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.   Forn-nnli'il  to  Dr. 
Geo.  Qibbs,  Nov.  7, 1857. 
Contains  atiout  200  wonln  ami  phiaoi'M. 

Annstrong  (A.  N.)  Oregon :  |  <'oin)irisiii}r 
a  I  brief  history  anil  full  il«Hi:ription  | 
of  the  territorioH  of  |  Orngon  and  Wanh- 
ington,  I  oinbraciug  the  |  cities,  towim, 
rivers,  bays,  |  harliors,  coaNtH,  nioiin- 
tains,  valleys,  |  prairies  and  plains; 
together  with  remarks  |  npon  the  social 
position,  productions,  resources,  and  | 
prospectB  of  the  country,  a  dissertation 
npon  I  the  climate,  and  a  full  descrip- 
tion oif  I  the  Indian  tribes  of  the  Pacitic 
I  slope,  their  manners,  etc.  |  Inter- 
spersed with  I  incidents  of  travel  anil 
adventure.  |  By  A.  N.  Armstrong,  |  for 


Armstrong  (A.  \.)  — rontinned. 
three  years  a  goveriniiPiit  surveyor  in 
Oregon.  | 

Ciiirago:  I  ]MibliHiied  by  ('has.  Siott 
A  CO.  I  1857. 

Title  vorHo  copyriislit  t  l.ropyof  rorrespond- 
enrc  pp.  iii  ■  i v,  iiideji  pp.  v  -vi,  toxt  pp.  7-147.  12^. 

diiniNik  Jargon  riN'altiilary  (75  words  and 
niiiiicrHU  l-llt.  20,  imi.  10(K)).  pp.  145-14B. 

Vnpief  arm:  Astor,  IloRton  AtheniPiiin,  ('on- 

CII'MS. 

Astor:  This  word  followinjiatitloorwithin  paren- 
tlicneH  nt'trr  a  notn  indicatt-s  that  a  copy  of  tli» 
work  refi'ired  to  haa  licen  i«Ofn  bythecoinpile«' 
in  tlie  Antor  l.ilirary,  New  York  City. 

Authorities : 

Shu  lliit'oMM*'-  (K.) 
K<'11h(M.) 
Field  (T.W.) 
(iiliha  ((•.) 
Lecli'ro(C.) 
LiidrwiK  (II.E.) 
PillinK(.I.C.) 
Polt(.V.K.) 

Qniiritch  (B.»  , 

Saliiii  (.1.) 
Stcincr  (K.) 
TriiltlUT  \  ro. 
Triimlmll  (.1.  H.) 
VattrM.S.) 


B. 


•'  i 


Bancroft :  This  word  following  a  title  -n  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that  n  eopy  of 
the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  tlin  <-oin- 
piler  in  the  library  of  Mr.  H.  H.  Banuri>l't.  .San 
Franoisco,  Cal. 

Bancroft  (Hubert  Howe).    The  |  native 
races  |  of  |  the  Pacific  states ;  of  |  North 
America.  |  By  |  Hubert  Howe  Bancroft. 
I  Volume  I.  I  Wild  tribe8[-V.  |  Prim- 
itive history].  I 

New  York:  |  1).  Appleton  and  com- 
pany. I  1874 [-1876]. 

5  Tols.  maps  and  platea,  8^.  Vol.  I.  Wild 
tribea;  II.  Civilized  natiunH;  III.  Mytha  and 
langnages;  IV  Antiquities;  V.  Primitive  hin- 
tory. 

Some  copies  of  vol.  1  are  dated  1875.  (KanieN, 
Lenox.) 

About  one-third  of  vol.  3  of  this  work  is 
devoted  to  the  lBnguagr«  of  the  west  ooant . 

Brief  reference  to  the  (Jhinook  Jargon  and 
itsderiration,  pp.  556-557.— -Claaailicatiuiioftlio 
aboriginal  Ipnguagea  of  the  Paritic  stateh  (pp. 
562-573)  includes  the  Chinook,  ]>.  565.— "Tlie 
Chinook  language"  (pp.  626-629)  includes  a  gen' 
eral  discussion,  pp.  626-628;  Personal  prtmouiis 
in  the  Watlala  dialect,  p. 628;  Conjugation  of 
the  verbs  to  be  eold  and  to  kill.  pp.  628-029.— 
Short  cv.iaparative  vocabulary  of  tlie  Colninbian 


Bancroft  (H.  H.)  —  Continueii. 

and  Mexican  tongues  include))  sevr.i  words  of 
tlie    AVaiilatpii,    Mobile,   'Watlabi,     ('liinook, 

CalaiKioya,    Aztec,    and    Sonora,   p.  631 Tlie 

Chinook  Jargon  (pp.  631-635)  includes  n  gen- 
eral discuHvioii,  pp.  031-634;  Lord's  prayer  with 
interlinear  English  translation,  p.  035. 

Copieiieen:  Astj>r,  Baiicrol't,  Brinton,  British 
Museum,  Bureau  of  Kthnolugy,  Kames,  Ueurge- 
town,  Powell. 

Priced  by  Leiaerc,  1878.  no.  49, 150  fr.  Bought 
by  Qiiaritch  at  the  Kiniiire/,  sale.  no.  057.  for  5(. 
Hit.  and  priced  by  him,  no.  29917.  51. 

The  I  native   races  |  of  |  the  Pacific 

states  I  (»f  I  North  America.  |  By  |  Hu- 
bert Howe  Bancroft.  |  Volume  I.  |  Wild 
tribe8[-V.  |  Primitive  history].  | 

Author's  Copy.  |  San  Francisco.  1874 
[-1876]. 

5  vols.  8°.  Similar,  except  on  title-page,  to 
previous  edition.  One  liiindred  copies  issued. 

CopitM  Mem  Bancroft,  British  Museum,  Con- 
gress. 

In  aildition  to  the  alMive  the  work  has  been 
issued  Willi  the  imprint  of  Longmans,  London, 
Maisniineuve,  Paris;  and  Brockhaus,  Leipzig; 
none  of  which  have  I  seen. 

— r^  The  works  |  of  |  Hubert  Howe  Bau-. 
croft,  I  Volume  J[-V],  |  The  niitivo 


■WC!Ji»l»J*«««»WCl- 


nurd, 
nurvpyiir  in 

V  ChaH.  Scott 

y  of  roireBpond 
"xtpp.  7-147. 12". 
(7S  \Tnri\n  anil 
145-146. 
\theiiieiiin,  On- 

(irwitlilnparrn- 
lat  a  copy  of  tlm 
1  by  the  cuinpilei' 
rk  City. 


H  ftev 
itliilii 

II. 


1UC«». 

ii  words  of 
('liinook. 
p.  631.— Tlie 
iiichiilfs  n  K<>ii- 
nVs  priiyer  with 

p.  035. 
Drintoii.  British 
KaineH,  Ororge- 

19, 1.50  fr.  Bought 

rI)-.  no.  057.  for  61. 

17.  5J. 
I  the  Pacific 
a.  I  By  I  Hu- 
Mine  I.  I  Wild 

Btory].  I 

ranciseo.  1874 

on  title-page,  to 
it  fopies  iftHiied. 
ih  Miigeiini,  Con- 

e  work  haa  been 
igniiin!),  London, 
■kliaiif.  Leipzig; 

rt  Howe  Bau-. 
The  native 


CHINOOKAN    LANOrAnES. 


3 


Bancroft  ( f I.  If. )  ~  Cnntinueil. 
THi'vH.  I  Vol.    I.  Wild  tribe8[-V.  Primi- 
<iv^^  liJMtory].  | 

San  Friini'iMi'(»:  |  A.  Fi.  lisincroft  A, 
company.  |iiihIiHlu>r8.  |  1882. 

5  voIh.  H\  Tlila  Rcrie.H  will  iiiclu.le  thi-  HIm 
tory  of  (!eiilrHl  AmerirM.  HiHlory  of  Mexim. 
et«'.,  farh  with  its  own  nyKti'in  of  niiiiilH>rine. 
and  aUn  niiiulMTi'd  i'oiM)><riitiv«ly  in  tlii>  hitIi'm. 

Of  tlifim<  wurkri  thorii  havi<  lM<cn  piiblifilii'd 
voln.  1  31).  Tho  opi-iiinu  paragraph  of  vol.  30 
giventh)'  folhiwiiig  information:  "Tliix  vohiniK 
closea  th)'  nnrralivx  |Hirtlon  of  my  liiHtorical 
eeriea;  thrrn  yet  rt'iiiaina  to  Iw  niniph-tt'd  thi- 
biographical  Hcction." 

Ciipim  tieni :  It.mrriift.  BritiHli  Miim'Uiii. 
Biircan  of  Ktliiioh>gy.  ConjircHM. 

Bates  (Henry  Walton).  Stanford'H  |  roiu- 
prndinin  of  gooji[raphy  and  travel  | 
liasfd  on  Hollwald's  '  Pic  Erde  nnd  ilirc 
Viilker'  Central  America  |  tin*  West  In- 
dies {and  I  South  America  |  Kilitedand 
extended  |  By  H.  W.  Bates,  |  assistant- 
secretary  of  tlie  Koyal  geograpliieal  so- 
ciety; I  author  of  'The  naturalist  on 
the  river  Amazons'  |  With  |  ethnolog- 
ical ap])endix  by  A.  H.  Keane,  B.  A.  | 
Maps  and  illustrations  | 

London  |  EdwardStanford,  55,  Char- 
ing cross,  S.  W.  I  1878 

Half-title  V(>ri40 blank  !  1.  frontiapiccel  1.  title 
verao  blank  1  1.  preface  pp.  v-vi,  rimtentH  pp. 
vii-.vvi.  lixt of  ilhiatrationa  pp.  x vii-x viii.  liat  of 
map'i  p.  xix,  text  pp.  1-441,  appendix  pp.  443- 
561.  indi-x  pp.  56:1-571.  maps  and  platen,  8'='. 

Keane  (A.  II.),  Kthnography  and  philology 
of  Amerioa,  pp.  443-.'ifll. 

Cnpie*  leen:  BritiHh  Muaeiim.  Ofrngreau. 
Eamea,  (Teological  Survey.  National  MuHeuni. 

Stanford's  |  Compendium  of  ge»»gra- 

phy  and  travel  |  based  on  Hiillwald's 
'Die  Erde  und  ihre  Viilker'  |  Central 
America  the  West  Indies  |  and  |  South 
America  |  Edited  and  extended  |  By  II. 
W.Bates,  |  Author  of  [«&c. two  lines] 
I  With  I  ethnological  appendix  by  A. 
H.  Keane,  M.A.J.  |  Maps  and  illustra- 
tions I  Second  and  revised  edition  | 

London  |  Edward  Stanford,  55,  Char- 
ing cross,  S.  W.  I  1882 

Half-title  verso  blank  1  I.  title  verno  blank  1 
I.  preface  pp.  v-vl,  contents  pp.  vii-x vi.  list  of 
illustrations  pp.  xvii-xviii,  list  of  maps  p.  xix, 
text  pp.  1-441,  appendix  pp.  443-561.  iqilox  pp. 
563-571,  niapa  and  plates,  8°. 

LiDgiiistlu  Ofl|i1«nts  4S  under  title  nni(t  above, 
pp.44.3-.56l. 

Oopif*  »e«n  :  British  Musoum.  Harvanl. 

- —  Stanford's  |  I'ompendiuui  of  geogra- 
phy and  travel  |  based  on  Hellwald's 


Bates  (II.  W.)  — Continued. 
'Pie  Erde  und  ihre  Viilker' |  Central 
America  |  the  West  Indies  |  and  South 
America  |  Edited  ami  extended  |  By  II, 
W.  Bnt's,  I  assistant-S4>cretaryf iVc.two 
lines]  I  Willi  I  ethnological  appendix 
by  .\.  II.  Keane,  M,  A.  I.  |  Maps  and 
illustrations  |  Third  cdititm  | 

Loudon  I  Edward  Stanford, . 55,  Char- 
iiig  cntss,  S.  W.  I  1885 

(Jollntiiin  and  contents  as  in  Koi'ond  edition, 
title  ami  description  of  which  are  given  Ml>ove. 

ro/iic»  jtri'ii ;  (reologiral  Survey. 

Beach  (William  Wallace).  The  |  Indian 
miscellany;  containing  Papers  on  the 
History,  Aiitii|uities,  Arts,  Languages, 
Keligioiis,  Traditions  and  Superstitions 
I  of  I  the .\mcric!iii  aborigines;  with  | 
Hescriptioiis  of  their  Domestic  Life, 
Manners,  Customs,  |  Traits,  Amuse- 
ments nnd  Ex]iloits;  I  travels  and  ad- 
ventures in  tint  Indian  country  :  |  Imu- 
dents  of  Border  Warfare;  Missionary 
Pelations,  etc.  |  Edited  by  W.  W. 
nea<li.  I 

Albany:  |  .1.  Munsell,  X2  State  street, 
I  1877.  ' 

Title  verso  blank  I  I.  dedi<-ation  verso  blank 
1  l.iidvertisement  verso  blank  1  l.contenla  pp. 
vii-viii.  text  pp.  0-477.  err. ita  p.  478.  index  pp. 
470-49<t,  »-•. 

Oatschet  (A  S.),  Indian  languages  of  the 
Pacifli'  states  and  territories,  pp.  410-447. 

Copiet Keen  :  Astor.  Ilrinton.  British  Museum, 
("ongress.  Kiimcs.  ( teological  Survey.  (leorge. 
town.  Massachusetts  Historical  Society. 
I'illing,  Wisconsin  Historiciil  Society. 

Priced  by  I.eclerc.  1878  eatalogue,  no. 'J663. 20 
fr.;  the  Murphy  copy,  no.  197.  brought  $1.25; 
priced  by  Clarke  k  co.  1886  I'atalogue.  no.  6271, 
$3..5().  and  by  bittloftelil.  Kov.  1887,  no.  50,  $4. 

Balden  (Lii'iit.  (ieorgo  P.)  [Vocabulary 
of  the  Chinook  .Jargon,  J 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-41.  V.'".  in  the  library  of  the 
Bureau  of  Kthnology,  Washington.  1>.  C.  Ke- 
corded  in  n  blank  liook. 

Kxplanatory,  p.  1.— Vocabulary,  alphabet- 
ii-ally  arranged  by  Kngllsh  words,  pp.  'J-:i7 — 
N'unu-rals  1-10.  ''O.  30.  100. 1000.  p.  38.— Explana- 
tory notes,  pp.  .39  44. 

A  copy  of  the  manuscript  titled  as  follows: 

.Voojibulary  of  the  Chinook  ,Fiirgon.  | 

Collected    by  |  Lieut.  (J.  P.  BeMen.  | 
Arrangetl  by  |  J.  Curtin. 

Manuscript;  title  verso  blank  1  I.  text  pp. 
1-53,  sm.  4':  in  tho  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Rthnology.    K«>corded  in  a  blank  book. 

The  material  is  the  same  as  in  the  original, 
but  nmro  systematioally  arranged,  and  tba 
speiliag  i«  changed  to  more  modem  Ha«ge, 


i 


BIBLIOGRAPHY    OF   THE 


V 


f  >. 


Berghaus  ( /)r.  Hrinricli).  AllKniiifitK'i 
I  <>tlin(>)!rH|ihiHclii-r  AtliiH  |  imIit  |  A I  Win 
d(>r  V<")lk«T-Kiiiiil<'.  I  Kiiin  SaniiiiliinR  | 
voti  iieiinzfliii  Kitrl)Mi,  |  ttiif  <lenondi«<, 
iiin  ilin  Milto  doH  iK^iin/.t-linttMi  Jnlir- 
liniHli>rtH  ntiitt  t)ii<li'ii(lf  );*>)igrn]thiHcli(> 
Vrrlin'itimjt  ftll»"r,  iiiich  ilircr  Spnicli- 
vcrwniidtsi'hart  jjoord-  |  lU'toii,  Volkcr 
doH  Ki'dhnllH,  niiil  ilirr  V<>rtli(>ilnnK  in 
di«'  Ki'iclin  niiil  Staiitcii  |  dcr  nlti-ii  w  i«' 
deriii'lifii  \Vrltiiliu»'tiil(lct  iiinl  vtTsiiiii- 
lirhf  woidf'ii  ist.  I  Kill  VtTHUch  |  von  | 
!>'  Ilcinrirh  HoruliiiiiK.  | 

Vrrlas  vol!  .liistiiH  I'crf Ill's  iiidiitiia. 
I  ixr.'j. 

Title  of  llii- Brrirs  (llr.  fTfiiiiirli  llrrBliniiM' 
pli.VRikaliHi'lii'r  AlliiH.  ulr.)  vci-mhI.  1  rrt'tiilihink, 
litlnilH  alinvn  vtM'MO  lilitiik  I  I.  ti-xt  |)|>.  1-68,  111 
niajiH.  folio. 

No.  17.  "(Irrcon  Vjilkrr  ■  trciilK  of  tlir  hnl>- 
Hat  Biiil  linciiiHlio  roliidoim  iif  lli<>  |iri>plcH  of 
thiit  rcKion,  iiiiioii);  oIIhth  tlio  THiiiiiiik  iinil  its 
diBlci'tH.  p.  .'■>«.  — Mii|>  in>.  17  is^ntitli'd:  "Klliiio- 
({riipliisM'lio  Kiirf(>  von  NorilHiiirrikii  "  "  Xarh 
All),  (iiilliilin.  .\.  von  Ilnmliolilt,  Claviftcro. 
HerviiH,  Half,  IslirHlcr,  ti\' 

Cttfiies  trni :  Hiirpan  of  Ktliiiolo^y. 

Bergholtz((<iiHtaf  Frodrik).  Tlio  Lord's 
I'raycr  |  in  the  |  ri-iu<'i]ial  LaiiKna^i'H, 
DialiM-tH  and  |  VcrHioKHoflho  World,  | 
printed  in  |  Tyjio  ami  \'<>nianilarH  of 
the  I  Difteront  NatioiiH,  |  ronijiilcd  and 
pnlilislied  by  |  G.  F.  IJcrglioltz.  | 
CliicaKo,  llIinoiR,  |  1884. 
Tilli"  viTNo  ropyrijjlit  1  1.  coiitcnls  j))!.  :i  7, 
prefaii'  p. 0,  text  pp.  ll-'.'iK).  vr. 

Tlio  Lord  H  jirayrrin  a  iiiiiiiIm'I'  of  .Vincrican 
lanKiiaKi'R.  anioiiK  tlit'iii  tlio  Cliinouk,  p.  110, 
Cnpiei  »een :  (/on(:r«'8». 
Bible  liintory: 

(,'liiiiook  >laicon 
(^liinook  Jartjou 
Bibls  KlorifH  : 

(Chinook  .Inrgon 


Sio  l,c.l(iinc(.l.  M,  U.) 
St,()nK<MLN) 

.S»'«>Le.Ieiinc(J.  M.K.) 


[Blanchet  {lit.  Ilci'.  Krani-is  Norliert).] 

A  Coiiipli'tn  Dictionary  of  tlio  Chinook 

.lar;ron(KiiKli8h-('hiii<iok  andChinook- 

Kii^li.sh) ;  towhich  arc  added  nunicroiis 

Conversations,  thereby  cnaliliiifi  any 

person  to  speak  the  Chinook  correctly. 

Third    edition,    imltlished    by    S.    .1. 

M'Corniick. 

Portland,  O.  T.  1856.  (•) 

'24  pp.  24°.    Title  from  Triibner'a  Hiblioyraph- 

ieal  Ouitleto  Anieilcan  Literature  (1859),  p.  24U. 

I  put  this  anil  followiii<;  titlos  nnilcr  this 

author's  name  ii|ioii  inforniatioii  fitrnixbctl  by 

Mr.  J.  K.  (lill.  the  compiler  of  thp  edjtions  sub- 

prqueut  to  the  (jevpijtb, 


Blanchet  (K.  N.) —  Continued. 

I 1  ,\    Complete    IHctioiiary    «if    thn 

(Miinook.larfton.  Kll^liNh-Cllinook,allll 
Cliinook-Knulish.  To  which  is  added 
niiiiieroiiH  conversalioiiH,  Ac.  Third 
edition. 

PorllMinl,  Orcpin  :  )iiililislicd  liy  S. 
.1.  McConiiick.     \\mjf]  (') 

'2i  pp.  21 '.  Tlio  sIhivp  title,  nmitlinK  tho 
(lal«.  Ih  I'roiii  liiblw  K  IMctionary  of  tlicl'liinook 
•Faruoii,  wlirio  bo  HavM:  "Sovi-ial  cilitioiiH  of 
tblH  work  bavf  Ih'i'ii  piibliitlH'il :  tholast  which 
I  ha\>>  Ki'i'ii,  in  IHH2." 

[ 1  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  .Far- 

froii,  I  to   which    is    added  |  iiiinieroiiti 
conversations,  |  Iherdiy  enablinu  atiy 
person  to  I  speak  Chinook  correctly.  | 
Fourth  Kditioii.  | 

Portland,  Ore>;on  :  |  ]Miblished  by  S. 
.1,  McCoriiiiek.  |  Franklin  book  stoi-e, 
Front-sl.  I  IHtW. 

Cover  title  aH  above.  iiiHidi-  title  an  nhnvn 
\  erHo  name  of  printer  I  1.  preface  anil  riilen  for 
proniinciatioii  |i.  |:i].  text  pp.  t-21.  18' . 

Vm-abiilary.  part  I.  K.iiKliMh  ami  Chinoolc 
(alpliabetleally  arranueil.  ilnnbln  coliimiiM).  pp. 
I  i:i.— Niimeials  1  KHHI.  p.  i:i,— Voeabiilary, 
part  1.  |a'iV{  .('binoiik  anil  KnKliHh  (alpha bi<l- 
ieally  arranceil.  iliuible  I'oliimiiMl,  pp.  14  la.— 
('l|||verMati<  nx  (Kn^lisb  and  Chinook,  parallel 
roliimnN),)i)i.  10  21. 

Ciipiex  neen ;  Eames. 

[ ]  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  .Tar- 

>Ioi.    '  to   which    is  iidded  (  XuiueroiiH 
Conversations,  |  thereby  onabliiiK  any 
person  to  I  speak  Chinook  correctly.  | 
!<ixth  edition.  | 

Portland,  Oregon :  |  published  Ity  S. 
.1.  M'Corinii'k,  19  First  st.  |  Franklin 
bookstore.     [1873?] 

Cover  title  as  above  vermi  advert iHoment, 
title  as  above  verso  )>refae«  and  rule  for  pro- 
iniuciation  I  1.  text  jip.  3-24,24". 

Vocabulary.  Part  first.  Kii)<liHh-(;iiinook, 
(alpbabeticllly  arranged,  double  eolumnH),  pp. 
;i-l,'>.— Numerala,  p.  l.'i.  — Tart  Heeond.  Cbinfwk 
and  Kiialisli  (alpliabetiially  «rran};od,  double 
i'oliimn.H),  |ip.  16-21.--  Con  vernations,  Knjfli-'^h- 
Cbinook.i)]).  22-24.— Lord's  prayer  in  .larKon, 
with  Interlinear  English  translation,  p.  24. 

Copict  «i  Til ;  Ford. 

[ ]  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  .Tar- 

jjon  I  to    whicdi    is    added  |  numerous 
conversations,  |  thereby  enablinf{  any 
jierson  |  to  sp*  .ik  Chinook  correctly.  | 
Sixth  edition.  | 

Portland.  Oregon:  |  F.  L.  McCor^ 
iniek.  publisher.  ^^^^  I-  irst  street.  |  1878, 

Titlp  vprsg  pref^e  1 1,  text  pp.  3-;6, 24°, 


THINOOKAN   LANOUAOKB. 


nod. 

iiiinrv  of  th« 
i-('liiiiiMik,iinil 
liich  Ih  liildoil 
.    iV<-.    Tliinl 

iltliHlifd   liy  S. 

It',  nriiiltiiiK  ')<" 
•y  nrtlii'Cliiiinok 
iTnil  filitliiim  iif 
il:  tliolast  wliirli 

Cliiiinok  Jnr- 

■ll   I   IIIIIIKTIHIH 

tMiiililiiij;  idiy 
k  rorn-ftly.  | 

ItlisliotI  l>y  S. 
II  liiHik  Hl<ir*>, 

I'  (illp  n«  ahnve 
iK'i'  iiiiil  riili-H  fur 
21.  IH-. 

ill  anil  Cliiiinok 
iln  ciiliiniiis).  |i|i. 
III.— Voraliiilary, 
■kUhIi  (alpha  hot - 
iiiH),  )>p.  U.|a,._ 
.'liiiiiiok,  imrallel 


Chinook  .Inr- 

il  I  Xmiu'roim 

oiialiliiijj  any 

correctly.  | 

liliHln-il  liy  8. 
it.  I  Franklin 

ndvortisoiiiPnt, 
jil  rule  for  pro- 

iiuliHh-(!|iiiio<ik, 
I'  <'oluiiinM),  pp. 
roiid.  ChinfH>k 
-ranged,  duiilile 
tioim.  Kn<;li.sh- 
ypr  in  iTari^ou, 
iitiun,  p.  'H. 

'liinook  Jar- 
[  I  nnnicrons 
nahlin^  any 

correctly.  | 

1-1.   McCor- 

treet.  |  1878, 


Blanohet  ( V.  N. )  ~  ( 'oni  iniu'il, 

KiiuliNli  I'hiniHik  viM'uliiilar> .  pp.  :t  10.  - 
ChliiiMik  KiiuIIhIi  v(M-ahiilar.s .  pp.  IT  'j:i.  ('on- 
vcrHulliiiiN  ill  Kiixliali  CliiiiiHik.  pp.  34-30.— 
l.ortl'M  prayi'i'  in  .liirunn.  p.  'J6. 

Viipift  iifii :  ItaiK'i'iifl. 

I ]  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  .lar- 

Kon,  I  to   whicii    iH    aililcil  |  iiniiicroiis 
converNatioiiN,  |  tlicrehy  eiiabliim  any 
perMon  I  to  H|ieak  Chinook  correctly.  | 
."Seventh  edition.  | 

Port laiitl, Oregon.  |  F.  L.  M<'Corinick, 
]iiililiNher,  iU  .Second  ntreet.  |  1S7!I. 

(JoviT  title  aaalMivf.  tlllf  aHaliiivf  vitho  prcf- 
ail'  I  1.  Irxt  pp.  :i-'.'fl.  34 '. 

KngliHli-ChiiiiHik    viN'ahiilar.v,     pp.    :i-16. - 
CliiniMik-RugliKh  vnnilmlarv    pp.  IT-'j:i.  Con- 
vermilioim    in    KnuliHh  I'liliiiHik.    pp.    '.'4  'Jll. 
Liinl'H  pruyKrin  .luruon.  \>-  '-li. 

CuiiifH  tee  It :  ('iiii«r<''<n.  liiiirm-tuw  ii.  Wilhs 
ley. 

For  later  t'llitionn,  mi'  Oill  (.1.  K.) 

f\Vritiii>{H  in  the(;hinook  .tarpon. J 

In  till'  prcl'arti  to  tliii  ('liinouk  lllrtiiiiiar\ . 
icIiy  Fatlirr  Doiiirrs  anil  otIiiTs.  i^  ii  Hliiti'- 
iiiciit  riiiii'iirnin);  thi<  origin  of  (hr  I'liliiuiik 
Jai'uon  anil  IIiiiho  whit  liavi'  writti'ii  thrrciii, 
fniiii  wliirli  I  inaki<  thi'  riilluuiii);  i'\triirl: 

"Thii  (MilniHik  .larumi  wax  iiivi-iiliil  liy  the 
IliiiUiin  ISay  Coiiipany  ti'iiiirrH.  who  uririiin^tly 
Fn-iirh  t'anaillaiiH.  llavin);  to  traili' with  th» 
niinii'riiiDi  trilii'M  liihal>itin>;  tin- I'lunitrii'H  wist 
of  till'  liiii'kv  .Miiiintalns,  it  wax  iii'ii's.^ary  to 
liavK  a  lanunMKi'  iiiiili-rMtiinil  liy  all.  Ilriii'r  tlii< 
iili'a  of  (oiiipiisiut:  till' CliiiiiHik  Jar<;on.  Fort 
Vani'oiiv<-rliriii;;llii'  priiiilpiil  pimt.  tin- trailers 
of  till'  tu'flity  iiiiir  forts  lifloM);iii};  to  IIiitoiii 
)ianv.  Oil  till'  wi'strni  alnpr,  ami  \\w  Iniliaiis 
fi'oiii  t'vrry  part  of  lliat  iiniiii'iisi' roiintry.  hail 
to  I'oMir  to  Vani'oiivrr  for  thr  trailing;  seasim. 
Thry  ii.scii  to  Irani  tlii'  ( 'liinook  |.lai't;on{.  anil 
tlii'ii  teach  it  to  others.  In  this  niunner,  it 
heraine  universally  known. 

"The  two  tirst  inissioiiariis  to  Oregon,  Kev 
F.  .N.  niani'liet.  \.  <i..  anil  lii.s  worthy  eoiii 
)ianion.  Kev.  .Mml.  Denieis.  arriveil  from  Canaila 
to  \'an"ouver.  on  tiie 'J4lli  of  Xoveiiilier.  ls:tK. 
They  hail  to  instrint  niimeroiis  liilies  nt 
Inilians.  anil  the  wives  anil  ihililren  of  ihi 
whites,  who  spoke  only  the  < 'liinook.  Tlir  two 
miMsionarie.s  .set  to  work  to  learn  il.anil  in  a 
few  Weeks  l''ather  Ueiiiers  hail  inastireil  it. 
anil  lie;;aii  to  preaili. 

"  lie  eomposeil  a  Yoe.ahnlary  wbieli  w.is  very 
iisufill  to  other  missionaries,  llu  eoiiiposeil 
.several cantieles  w'hieh  (he  Inillunsleariieil  ami 
sang  with  tasteunil  ilelight.  Hi;  alsotian.slateil 
all  theChriatiau  jirayers  In  the  same  luiigiiuge. 

".Sueh  is  tho  origin  of  the  (Miinuiik  Jai<;on, 
whieh  euiihleil  tliu  two  lirst  iiilssionarieH  in  the 
euuulry  toiluii  great  deal  of  {tihhI  among  the 
IndiauK  and  halflireeds.  The  invention  of  the 
(.'atholiel.ailder,  in  April,  WM.  liy  Very  Kev. 
Ulanvbet.  and  its  |orulj  expluuutiuu  iu  Chinouk. 


Blanohet  (  F.  N.) —Continued. 

had  a  marvelous  smii'ss,  and  gave  the  Culholle 
iiiiHslomirleiui  uieat  sii|H>riorily  and  pre|iomler 
nine  iiiiieh  envied  h\  the  miHiiionariei>  lieloiii: 
ing  to  other  deiiomliiallonM. 

"Father  Ileiiiers.  ufterwurds  llishop  of  Van 
eoiiver's  Inland.  Iiitit  now  gone  to  enjoy  the 
reward  of  his  great  lalaiiirs  and  aiHwtolie  /.eal 
It  woidil  lie  liM(  liiid  to  lose  his  iliitninary  aiel 
other  t'hIniMik  worka.  .So  .VrehltUliop  Ulan 
ehi'l.who  has  himself  made  a  i'om|H'niliiim  of 
the  Clirislian  DiH'trine  in  the  Maine  lunifiiage.  has 
hail  the  uihhI  inspiiatioii  to  get  the  whole  piih 
lished  with  Ills  correetionsand  additloiiN."  SI. 
It'iijr.iii  Oeinem'  Chinimk  IHetiunary. 

Kefurring  to  the  (^itholii;  Ladder,  "  uud  itt 
e\planatioM  in  ('liinook, "  mentioned  In  the 
aliove  extrui!t.  Father  8t.  (Inue  wrltea  me  as 
follows:  "The  ('atholle  Ladder,  of  whieh  I 
aent  you  aeopy,  wua.  aa  you  auggeiit,  puhliahed 
liy  Father  I.aeomhe;  hill  it  la  only  an  i'IuIh-I 
lished  iMlilhm  of  the  Ladder  invented  hy  .\ri'h- 
liishop  lllani  hit,  in  .Vprll,  1K:i».  The  areh 
bishop  neMT  printed  any  Chiiiuuk  explanation 
of  it,  and  In  my  prefuee  to  theChinook  Dhtlon- 
ary  the  word  i>i°if(  hIiouIiI  have  been  iiiaertiMl." 

See  DemerB(.M.),  Blanohet  ,  F.  N.) 

and  St.  Onge(L.  .N.) 

Kishop  lllalieliet  was  Itorn  at  St.  I'ierre, 
Kiviei'edU'Snd,  Ijiiehee,  Canada,  Septemher  ,'>, 
IT'.l.l:  was  ediii'iiled  III  tho  Petit  ,Seiniiiairi', 
tjueliee,  and  was  onlained  .Inly  l^*,  IHI'.I.  hy 
ArehbiHhop  IMessis.  In  ISIl  the  raeitle  Fur 
('oiii|iany  estahlished  a  trading  |iost.  ealled 
.Vatoria.al  the  mouth  of  the  ('oliimhla  Uiver 
After  ealiie  the  Ifiidsoii's  lt:iy  ( 'iimpany , em- 
phiving  many  Canadians,  niost  of  w  ho:n  were 
Catholle.s.  Many  of  Ihem  Hetlled  and  inter 
married  with  the  Indians  of  (he  territory,  and 
with  these  then  was  ii  demand  for  C'atholu! 
priests  and  Cathnlli'  worship. 

.Xpplieation  was  lirst  niaile  to  the  lit.  Kev. 
,1.  N.  I'l'oveneher.  liishop  of  .1  iiliiipolie  ( Ked 
Uiver).  The  ili'Miand  forCulholie  prh-sls  was 
earnestly  indorsed  hy  .Sir  lieorge  .Simpson, 
;;overnor  of  the  lliidson  Itay  Company, 
writing  from  tliii  lirllisb  •■  "ul  (1«;W)  lie 
applied  to  the  Ml.  Kev,  .Fom'|,ii  SIgnay.  then 
,\lrhl>lshiip  of  Ijliehee.  At  onee,  in  April, 
1h:is,  Uishiip  Signay  instrneted  two  of  his 
missloiiarli's.  the  Very  Kev.  F.  N.  Itlanehet  and 
till-  Kev.  Moile.ste  Deiiiers,  to  lake  ehai'geof  the 
iiiisaion  'siliiateil  hetweeii  the  I'aeltli;  (leeau 
and  Ihe  lioiky  Moiinlaiiis  '  a  mighty  ehurgi* 
fiirlwonn'ii:  lint  the  men  were  aposlles  and, 
thei'efore.  as  full  of  praetieal  /eal  as  of  prae 
tlial  faith.  Father  Itlanehet  was  viear  general, 
with  Father  I lemers  as  assistant. 

The  Journey  of  the  ih'viited  miashtnaries  to 
theii  in>  w  mission  was  a  long  and  most  lahorioua 
one.  fumiliar  emtiiub  in  early  I  'at  holie  Anierieau 
hmtory,  though  almost  ineomprehenHihIe  to  us 
in  these  days  of  rapid  and  easy  transit.  They 
lalMiredon  their  route.  1ia|iti/.ing  andionlirming 
in  Ihe  fallh  many  Indians,  who,  at  various 
liirls,  Ihrougud  lo  meet  the  louglookedforttact 


6 


BIHLIOURAPilY   O^  TllK 


•\     i^ 


I'' 


'! 


ftlanohet  (F.  N.)  — CniitlmuMl. 

i/dii'ii/t.    'I'hi'inli'ittiiialliiii  Him  Kurl  Vaiiroiivnr. 
Wlilrll  thf'V  rriM'hiMl  N'ovi-iiiIh'I' 'Jt,  IHIIM. 

Vlllll'IIIIVKr  WHSllt  thin  tlllll'  till'  |ll'llll'l|llll  tort     : 

or  tli«   KiiiIhoii    llay   <<'i>iii|>iiii.v.  iiiiil  lliiit   tlii^   | 
mliMlohiirti'it  iiiiuir  lli<>li'  lii-iiili|iinrt«trH  wliili-  Cor 
four  yritrit  (li)>.v  toilnl  iiiiiililfil  ii|i  iiimI  iIuhii 
tliK  wiilx  •tiiiiiiihi  of  tlii'ir  iiiNHioii.   Thii  l«lt«i>i 
of  IliK  lullirm  iliiiwrilthiu  thrir  work  aiitl  Hiir 
n)iiiiilliiui«  iiri<  Cull  of  liilrrt'Hi  iiml  ulTonl  vnlii 
nliln  niJitcrliil  liir  lilptlory.    Thi*y  li-iinn'il  I  lie 
llitliiin  toiiuiii-  hidI  taiiuht  tli«  iiuHvch  tin-  xini 
(till  itniyfrxiiiiil  diM'triiiKitof  tliui'liiircli  In  tlii-ir 
own  Iiuikii»i{h:  Kallicr  l><ini«rH  atti'iHlliiu  iiKim 
to  till'   IniliaiiH,  nint   Katli<<r   lllanrlicl   to  tlii< 
CaiiuillaiiH. 

Willi  lli«  ra|iiil  Krowtliof  llix  iiilHitiiinN  tlir 
Uoly  S<-u,  at  tliu  r<-i|tii<itt  of  the  l(lfiliii|iH  nt' 
Qiiflieu  uml  Kaltliiion^  oriM'lMil  OruKon  into  a 
vlt'»rlat<>'a|HMtiilli'  ( Di't'ciiibtir  1,  llMil),  u|i|Mitut- 
iiilK  Katlii-r  lllaiii'lift  IIh  vii'iir-aiMmtolli'.  'I'liu 
|m|iul  lirliifnarriviMliiii  \iivi<iiilM«r4.  ami  Katliir 
HIiiiirlK't,  Hi'tliiit(  out  I'm' ('aiimla,  itH'i-ivrtI  lim 
coiiNiM'i'Ml lot!  Ill  Moiili'i'al  at  tliii  liaiiiln  nf  llii< 
An'lililHli(i|i  of  (jiikImm'.  Tlii'iiro  li«  wi-iit  III 
Koiiit',  wlilrli  he  iiiui'ht'il  In  .laiiiiary,  IM4II.  ami 
Hot  iHiforu  llii'  l'o|Mi  tliK  Ki'i'at  wuntit  of  IiIh 
vlau'iatr. 

At  hlH  Inlt'i'i'imxlon,  in  Inly,  1840.  af(«r  tlio 
avitoHxiiin  of  I'iiiK  IX.,  tho  vicariate  of  4>iV({iiii 
wait  I'i'iM'li'il  into  an  I'crh'NlaMllral  |iniviii<'f. 
wllh  tho  llirrii  Mi'i'M  of  ()ro);uii  City,  Walla 
Walla  (now  Wallulal.amI  Vaiii'oiiver'M  iHlanil. 
Tim  lU.  Iti-v.  K.N.  Itluiirhi-t  wim  U|i|h)IiiIciI  tii 
Oregon  Oily;  the  lil.  Ki-v.  A.  M.  A.  Itlaiichot. 
IiIh  liriillM-r.  Ill  Walla  WuUa.  ami  the  Kt.  lto\ . 
M.  Di'iiiiMH  to  VaiiriMivrr  IhIuuiI.  Tlio  ui'ifH- 
Hlly  of  thi.s  ilivlMioii  may  he  Jiii|;reil  fruin  tlir 
ri'Kiilt  of  the  niiHMioiiarlcH'  lahorit  at  IheciMlof 
1H44.  MoHtof  the  Imliaii  Irllii'M  of  the  Soiiml, 
l.'aleilonia.  and  Hevcralof  Ilir  Uocky  MoiinlaiiiH 
ami  of  Lower()re)roii.  hail  hri'ii  won  over  tollic 
fuith.  Nine  niMMiong  hail  hei'ii  foiimleil  live 
III  liiiwer  (>r)');iiii  anil  four  at  the  llorky  Moun 
tuiliH.  Kh'vi'ii  I'liiirrhi'H  ami  rha|iel.>t  hail  lii'eii 
eri'i'ti-tl— live  III  Lower  Oregon.  I  wo  in  (.'ale 
ilonia,  ami  four  at  IheUoeky  MountaiiiM.  There 
were  two  eilneational  eHlali''Mhnieiils  -one  for 
hoyrtami  Iheiillier  fiir^irls.  'i'l'"iv  were  lifleeii 
jirii'HlH.  Heriilar  ami  ri'Uiihii'.  lieHiili'H  \iii-  HiHters. 
Thi'He  li(;iiri'H  may  nut  liuik  larj^e  tothiy,  hut 
they  were  lari;i'  at  the  lime,  ami  of  f;i'eat  Hiirnif- 
leani'e  In  a  raphlly  |io|iiilalin;;  ami  Kriwi:'}; 
reiiioii. 

Meanwhile  the  urehhiKliup  of  Oregou  City 
hull  heen  very  ai'live  aliriiinl  in  aiil  of  hig  new 
lirovinre  anil  Um  ilioreKex.  He  HOiiglit  help  on 
all  .siilex.uml  reliirneil  in  Aiigiml.  |H47.  niteom- 
Iianieil  hy  a  eolony  of  twenty  perMoiiH,  roniiirlH- 
ing  Heven  HisterA  of  Notre  Dame  tie  Naniiir, 
three  .lesuil  falhei'D.  three  lay  hrothei'H.  live 
soi'ular  lirii'HtM.  two  ileai'iiua,  ami  one  elerie. 

In  IH.'i.'i  the  artihbiahoit  atarted  for  Siiiith 
Amerloa  to  cullei't  for  hia  ueeily  dioeese.  He 
truveraed  Chile,  Bolivia,  and  Peru,  ruturnin<;  in 
1857  after  a  MUL'i'eaafiil  expi'dilion.  Two  yi-ar» 
later  he  departed  fur  ('auutlu.  returuiuj;  llie 


dlaiiohet  (F.  N.)  — Coiitliiiiftl. 

name  ynar  with  twelve  aiitlmt  of  the  Holy 
Nanienof  .Ifiaun  nml  Mar.\  for  I'orllaml.  Iwii 
SlKt4-rit  of  SI.  Ann  for  VIrloria.  Home  otIierK  for 
Viini'iiiivrr  and  three  |irieHl*. 

Ill  IMHI  lhi<  nrrlihiaho|>  attended  the  aerond 
I'h-miry  ('uiiniil  of  liiilliiiiore,  and,  ever  uati'li- 
liil  for  the  earea  of  lila  lUiM'eae.  returmtl  Willi 
one  prieNi  ami  eiuhl  HlNti<ra.  On  .Inly  IH.  IHim, 
lie  lehthralttl  Ihe  llflielh  aniiiveraary  ol  IiIh 
iii'dliiatioii  t<i  the  prieHlhoiMl.  and  four  moiilha 
later  left  for  Koine  to  aaniNl  at  the  Vallean 
roiiueil.  where  lii<  met  UU  early  hrolln-r  liiN' 
Niouuriea.    Mil  retiirmxl  to  I'ortland  In  IHTo. 

•  >n  ■luly  1.  IHTl),  Anhhiahop  SetfherH.  Ihe 
roiMl.jiitt>r,  arrived  at  Tort  land,  and  wax  reielveil 
hy  t!ie  venerahle  founder  of  the  diweitu,  mir 
riuimled  hy  hia  eler^.v  and  faithful  ttwV.  In  a 
few  wor.JNof  toiii'lilnKaliiiplh'llyanilawix-tneMH 
Ihe  aued  pn-lale  n<i'elved  and  weleomed  hix 
yoiilhfiil  eolaliorer  to  Ihe  llidil  where  he  had 
planted  and  aowed  ami  rea|M)il  an  well.  After 
liiillalinK  An  lililMhop  SeulierH  Inlothe  work  of 
the  iliiM'eMe.  Ihe  venerahle  man  choMe  wholly  to 
retire  from  Ihe  .sei-ne  of  hia  at'tive  lalmrH.  and 
piihliahed  liia  fan-well  paMlorulou  the  '.'7lh  day 
of  Kiliriiary.18Hl._J/nWrr 

Boas   (/>»■.  Friiiix).     Cliiiiook    [JarKoii] 

HOII^H, 

III  Journal  of  Am.  Kolklore.  vol.  1,  pji. 'jat- 
'."J)l,  lioaton  and  New  York   1888,8'.    (IMIling.) 

'riiirtyeight  aon){M.  one  verae  eueh,  with 
KuKliah  trunHlalioii.  pp.  2.'I-2'J4.— Three  aouga 
with  luiwh',  p.  '.>•.'.•>. —(Jue  anug  In  Chinook, 
exeept  the  laat  line,  whieli  Is  in  Tllngit.  p.  •."J.'i.  — 
lihiaaary  of  C'hinook  words  (74).  alphala'tieally 
arrangeil,  ]ip.  'i'i.'i  I'JII. 

Xoti's  on  thcCliiiioiik  laiijiriiiiKe.    Hy 

Fntii/  ItoiiH. 

In  Ameriean  Aulliropologlat,vul.  6,  pp.  55-63, 
Waahili;itoii.  18U3.  »'\     ( I'iUiug.) 

Trihal  dlvUiuUH,  p.  ,'i5.  -Charaelerit  used  to 
render  the  aounda  of  t  he  I  'hlmaik  language,  pp. 
."i.-i  .'ill.  -Dixeuaaion  of  the  language,  p.  57. 
(iendera.  with  exainplea,  pp.  57-58.— I'liiralx. 
with  examples,  pp.  58-59.— Caaea,  with  exam- 
pha.  pp.  59-flO — Numerula,  p.  00.— Verba,  pp. 
nu  (12.  -Word  roinpoaltlou,  pp.  02-03. 

[MythH,  l«geiiil8,  ami    texta  in  tlio 

Clijii.w.irmi  liin^uut^es.] 

Manuaeripta,  four  note  hooka,  am.  4^:  in  tlie 
lihrary  of  the  Bureau  of  Kthuology. 

Note  l)iN)k  no.  1.   Texts,  ete.,  in  the  Chinook 

I        dialeel  .Cikla.  aereation  myth.  p.  1  :CkiilKulotl, 

I        the  aalmon  H|H-ar.  ]i.  I.'i;  The  panther  and  the 

'        atii'k,  p.  -0.     Wasko  text :  Coyole  aim  eagle,  p. 

32.  -  ( 'lai'kaniaa  text.    p.   33.— Katmmat  lexta: 

Ak'asqeniup'ua.  li.  34;  The  flomi.  p.  48;  Tia|ie- 

ipiqol.  p.  .'>4. -Clataop  viM-abulary,  pp.  08-91. 

Nute  iHMik  uu.  2.  Explanation  of  Chinook 
texlH.  pp.  1-in. —  Sentences  and  viH'abulary, 
l^liinook  dialet-t,  pp.  19-33. -Kxplunat  ion  of 
Kallamat  lexU,  pp.  33-57.— Claekainaa  viH'abu- 
lary.  pp.  1-11.— Waako  vui'abulary.  pp.  l-ll. 


Bl 


\ 


tlllllct], 

»'<IH    of   tllo     Ifiilv 
I'T    r<lltlllinl,  tw.i 

riH,  iiiMiM<  otIinrK  t'lir 

tti>nil»).|  tli«  NtTiiiKi 
rii,  liiKl,  in.r«iit<li. 
■«"«'.  reliiriinl  Willi 

On.liil.v  IH,  iMim, 
iniiiverHiirv  <il  liix 
•  iiikI  I'liiir  iiioiilliPt 
»•  «»  tlie  Viillciiii 
"url.v  linilliiT  mi,. 
rtlaiid  in  l«7t». 
I'»|>  M«){li.rH,  III,, 
!•  anil  waHrtTfl veil 

tliii  iliwtiDu,  Miir 
Itlifiil  Mo<|<.    Ill  „ 

•".V«ln|(Hvwtni<HH 

ml  we|r(iiii,.||  Iii4 
"I'l  wIhth  lie  liuil 
"I  Hi>  WrII.  A  fill- 
'liilollii'  work  111' 
I  <li«w«  wholly  to 
K'Hvn  lalMirH,  Hiitl 
iluii  tll„a7lll,|av 
J<»k    [JarKoii] 

<••  vol.   I,  J)|,.  ooy. 

«•«"•  (I'lllll.g.) 

i-rse  Dmli,  win, 
■••— Tliive  aougii 
'K   ill   Chiuook, 

''iiiijfii,  |).  a'.Ti.  — 

).  ulpliiilH-lii'ully 
llltfHl>>r...     By 

vol.  6,  pp.  55-63, 

) 

■tw.tern  iiMPil  to 

Iaii|{iia({u,  |»i>. 
Sua«e,  p.  57. 

i7-58.— IMiirul«. 
I*'*,  with  exam. 
W- Verbs,  lip. 
ft't. 

«xfM  ill  the 


8«u.4^  ill  the 

II  tim  Chinook 
>:<'kiilkulotl, 
•  Ihfi  ami  I  ho 
)  aiio  viigU',  p. 
tiaiiiat  textH: 

]'■*»;  Tiape- 
P|».  68-91. 
1  of  Chinook 

viM^almUry, 
plunuliuu  of 
iiiiuH  vot'Ahu- 

pp.  l-ll. 


<HIN«M)K.\N    LANULWOEM. 


Boas  (!"'■)  — ('•Mitiiiiit'd. 

Note  iMNik  no.  :i.  I'hliiiMik  tvxix  with  lnt)<r 
lil.4Mr  traiotatioiiH  lell  hiinil  paui'M Kntniiiiatir 
iiiiil  lr^U'ot(ru|ihi<' I'xplaiialloiiH  <iii  riuht  liiinil 
paKi'x:  I'iklii, lonfliiili-)!    p.  :i4  .  Okiilii  iii   \i  :im; 
Knlw).  p.  .'>M:  Crow  ami  eaitli-.  p.  70:  'I  |i<  rliilil  ol' 
tht'    Wi'Hl    Wiliil.   p.   T.'i:     Ciii|iill     |i.    lo.'i:      The 
Halmon.  p.   Il:l;  CiihIoiiin   ri'ri'irliii;   lo  hui'    |i 
I4'>;    Will' lift  »  fell    till'  Kwllt'\  Ml  mill    CliilMip, 
p.  UA;  The  tirxl  vioil  ol  ii  Hliip  p  IMl;    I'Im'  '•iii 
lion  liiintiTM.  p.  l.'i.'i;  llavi'ii  anil  tfiill.  p.  ITii;  'I'lii' 
Hkinik.  p.  174:    llliifjiiy  anil  IiIh  hIhIit  K"  ^ '"■' 
llIU   (I),  p.  IMH:   Marriiiui'.  p.  IH:i:    llliii'.lav    Uliil 
ruhin.  p.  IH7  :  .Marriaiti-.ronliniiiil.  p. 'ill! ;   llliir 
Jav   auil  hlH  itintrr  C.'i.  p. 'Jii:i;   lllii<'ia>   iiiiil  liin 
.'•iNltT  CM.  p.  '.Ml:  .SoiiIh   iinil   ShiinninH    \iTiX 

.Vihili'mi'iii r  KirU.  p  '.'«)'.' :  Klrlli.  p.  JUT:  Di'iith 

mill  Hii'kiii'MH.  II.2IH):  Wlialiiii;.  |i   J'''.';    Tl IK 

liiintiT,  p. 'JM8:  Till'  I'oyotr  anil  llii'  tiiliiioii,  p. 
'Jtt.'i:  I'ollaU'h.  p.:il.l;  lillla'iiiiiilli|.  p.:ilrf:  I  *ii' 
rraiii'.  p.  :i:il.  Kalliiniat  texlM.  Vi«il  lo  tin- 
mm,  p.  31;  Till'  lai'icNin.  p.  40:  Coyo*.'  miii 
ItailtiiT.  !>.  '<•'■>;  I'anthi'r  Hinl  lynx,  p  tw ;  Kniii 
uoalrk.p.  7(1:  The  «eal.  p.  H":  Visit  to  llii>  worlil 
III' I  he  mimiIh,  p.ll2:  Tlun'lak.  p.  HH:  Tin-  mink.  |i. 

iu:<:   Kohiii  anil  nal n  lierry.  p.  IIW:   I'aiitlirr 

Mnilowl.p.  i:tl :  The  royole.  p.  1411:  The  t'aiuine, 
p.lM. 

Note  iHNik   no.  4.  Chinook  explanalioOH  of 
texti.  pp.  1-lU.— NoteH  on  ChiniMik  ilialeit  I'rnin 
tlieexphinutioiiM  of  the  Katlumi't  texlH.  pp.  Ill 
:rj.  -Katlaiiiuti'xphiniitioimot'textM.  pp.  :i:i  48. 
Katlanui:  taken  I'lom  i-xpluiiati  na  of  ChiniHik 
textH.  pp.  4M  ri4. 

Siiire  till'  alxive  waH  put  in  type  I  have  xeen 
a  jMirlionof  tliix  material  in  a  iiiori'  ailvaueeil 
Mtale  I  '  preparation  for  the  preHH.  II  Mtill 
ri-qiiii'  ->  about  one  hiindreil  paK*'x  to  make  it 
eoni|ili'te.     It  is  huaileil  ai4  I'oIIuwh  : 

Chiuook    Tfxti*  I  Told     hy    ('harh*N 

C'liltt'e;  I  lit^conUMl  anil  triiimlatt'il  |  dy 
I  Frail/.  MoHH. 

ManuHcripl.  II.  i-iv.  l-'2.'i'J  folio,  written  on 
one  xiile  only ;  in  ]ioHae8Mhm  of  ilH  author. 

Iiitrodiietion.  II.  iii.— ISouniU  of  |  letterM,  II. 
lii-iv.  Cikla,  tboir  myth,  with  literal  inter, 
linear  traiiMlation  into  KnuliMli.  II.  1  III:  a  fiee 
Kiigliith  translation.  II.  14-'Ju.  —  Okiila'm.  Iter 
niylli,  with  literal  interlinear  tranHlation  into 
KngliHli,  ll,'Jl-:i:i:  a  free  KngliMli  traiixlatiow,  II. 
34-4'J. -Anektiyo'lemiy.  her  myth,  with  inter 
lini';ir  KiiuIIhIi  traiiHlatiou.  II.  4;i-5t);  KiikH.hIi 
Iraiilatiii '  II.  50-70.  -The  Malnion.  biit  myth. 
Willi  interlinear  Kii);liMli  traurtlation.  II.  7'J  M); 
KiigliHli  iranslation.  II.  s:  l02.~-|{aveii  ami  tiM. 
their  my  III.  with  interline.:  r  KnjflUb  tranMlatimi. 
II.  1U4-1U0:  Kn<fli->li  traiixlation.  II.  lU7-<08,- 
Coyote,  lii.H  myth,  with  interlinear  KiiKliiih 
tranHlatiiin.il.  1U9  111);  KuKliMh  traiiHlalion,  II. 
llrtl'i:!.— The  eraiie,  IiIh  luytli,  with  inlerlinear 
KngliHli  traii.Hlatiun.  II.  I25-I'2ri;  KugliHli  tranx- 
lation,  II.  I'.'il-IIH).-  EuMtiv.  Iii.s  niytii.  w  ilh  inter- 
linear Kiijuili.tli  translation.  11.  i:il  1,17:  Kuglisli 
translation.  II.  1:17-141!. — The  ero  bis  xtory. 
with  iuterlinear  EngUHhtrauslatio'.  II.  143  145: 


Boas  (  F. )    -  ('oiitiiiii<*«l. 

Rnulisli  IrMiiKlMlloii.  II.  M.'i  147  -Cmimh,  bU 
mylli  with  Interlinear  Knullub  irMiiiUtlou,  II. 
I4M  |.V.>:  KnullMh  tranxUllon,  I.VJ  |.V>.  Sllkua. 
her  myth,  w  lib  Iiit4'rliiiear  Knuliab  traimlMlion, 
II.  1.V)  IIM:  KnulUhtraniilallon  II.  DU  \M.  ITie 
xkiink.  liiN'<tor>.  with  Interlinear  KiiKliNlitranx 
lation  II.  liHi  iTi    KniillHblraiiKlalion  11.17'.'  171 

lloliiii,  llieir  niylb,  anil  llliieJa.M*,  »ltli  Inter 
linear  KnuHxb  IrainilHlion,  II.  17.%  177:  KngllHli 
IraiiNlation.  II.  I7H  17V.  Illllejay  anil  loi.  their 
in>  lb  ( 1 ).  with  interliiii'i.r  KnifllMli tnimibttbin.  II. 
IMI  IM<:  Knulliih  trannlation  II.  IMIl  IWI.  The 
lanii'  (-.')  II  IIM  IWi.  llNt  '.Ml'.'.  'I'be  same  (:i).  II. 
Mt  '.'l.'i  (II.  Mi  '.'14  mUsinK).  I.I.  '.'lit  '.a'l  iiiIhm 
inu.  Tlii'Hoiil.  with  Interlinear  KiiKl'.NbtrKnitIa 
I  bin.  II. '.i;!!!  '.>47:  Kn|{lisb  translatbin,  II. '.'4H  'J.V.>. 

.\t  the  ebiHi'of  eai'hniytb  will  up|HMirexplan 
atory  notex 

I  I'opy  the  followinK  nolex  triini  tlie   InIro 
iliii'lion : 

The  followin);  texts  wert<  I'lilleeleil  in  the 
NUiiimersof  IHINtaiiil  IMM.  While  HliiilyinK  the 
Sallshan  lanKiiaKes  of  WaHhiuutou  anil  Orei^on 
I  hearil  that  the  iliabi'ts  of  the  l.oMer  ('biliiiok 
were  on  the  ver^e  of  illMappearing:  that  only  a 
few  iniliviiliials  of  theonee  powerful  trilH-sof 
tbel'lalsop  unil  (  binixik  nrviveil  who  renntni' 
beri'ii  their  binuiiaKes.  This  fu<'l  ibterminutl 
me  to  make  an  ett'ort  to  eollett  w  liat  littlu 
remaineil  of  tlieae  laiiKiUKi'H.  I  tirst  went  to 
Clatsop,  where  a  amall  baml  of  Inilians  is 
loeateil  near  '  asl-!; ,  i  iatnop  County.  Oreiion. 
Allhoiigli  a  i.iin.lH-r  of  them  belon';eit  to  the 
Clatsop  trilH',  tlie\  bail  all  ailopleil  the  .N'ehelim 
language,  a  iliab'rt  of  tbr  .S.ilish:iii  Tillaiiiook. 
This  I'hangi'of  lan;;tia^e  was  liroiigbt  aliout  by 
frequent  intermarriage,  willi  the  .N'ebelilii.  I 
foiinil  one  miiblle  ageil  man  ami  t  wo  obi  women 
who  iitill  reiueniliereil  the  ClalHop  laiigiia^e. 
but  I  foiiiiU  it  impossible  to  iibtain  nioruthaa  u 
viN'abiilary  anil  a  few  sentenees.  The  man  hail 
forgotten  too  great  a  part  of  the  language,  while 
the  women  were  not  able  to  gntsp  what  I 
wanteil.  They  elaiiiieil  to  liave  forgotten  their 
myths  anil  Iniilitions,  anil  coiibl  not  or  woiibl 
not  give  me  any  eoiinecteil  texts.  One  obi 
(.'Uilsop  woman,  who  bail  Ih'i'Ii  marrieil  to  a  Mr. 
.Siiiilh.  was  tiHi  siek  to  be  seen  anil  iIUmI  himiii 
after  my  visit.  The  few  remaining  Clataop 
bail  totally  forgolten  tin  history  of  their  trilH* 
anil  even  niaintaini'il  tluit  iioallieil  ilialeel  was 
spoken  north  of  (.'oliiniliia  Kiver  anil  on  Siioal- 
water  Kay.  They  assiireil  me  that  the  wiiole 
ouiintry  was  oeciipieil  by  the  Chihalis,  another 
.Salishan  tribe.  Tliry  tobi  iiie,  bort-ever.  that  a 
few  of  their  relations,  who  still  rontiniieil  tii 
speak  ('latsop.  liveil  on  Sboulwater  Itay  among 
the  Chihalis.  I  went  toaeareb  for  these  people 
anil  foiinil  theiu  liK-ateil  at  Hay  (center,  I'aeitic 
Coiiuty,  Washington.  They  proveil  to  Ik;  the 
lost  survivors  of  the  CbiniMik.  who  at  one  time 
oi'i'iipieil  the  greater  pari  of  Sboalwalrr  iVty 
anil  the  northern  bank  of  Cohiinbia  Itiver  nc 
far  asdrey's  HarlHir.  The  tribe  bus  aibipteU 
the  ChihalU  language  in  tlie  name  way  in  wbieli 


I 

:\'  If' 

n 


8 


BIBLIOGRAPHY    OF    THIl 


I 


fill 


i 

k 


Boas  ( V. )  —  ( Nmtiniioil. 

tlic  C'IiiIh(i|i  liitvu  a(l(i])l«il  Ihii  Nitlit'lini.  Tlic 
(inly  oiU'M  will)  it|)i)kt;  Chinook  wcro  JoHe|i)i 
Ciiltt't' mill  Ksitliiii'iiic,  WliiU'  I  mbh  (iniiUli- to 
olitiiiii  aiivtliiii);  I'riim  tlir  latUT.  (Jiilti'c  |iro\'<'il 
to  bi'ii  vcritulilo  Htorelioiisfof  iiit'ormation.  His 
will'  in  u  CliilialiM  and  liit  HpcakH  nowa-ila.VH 
I'XcliisivclvJMiilialis.  wliiili  iHalsotlittlaii^ua;;!' 
of  lilsvliiltlri'ii.  Hi'  li»H  livctl  for  a  lonj;  tiiiiu 
in  Kallaniat.  hU  inotlii'r'.i  tiiwii,  and  Hpi'akM  for 
tills  reason  tint  Kntlaiiiat  dialiM't  im  WfU  as  tlir 
(,'liiiiiiok  dialcrt.  Kc  iihi'S  tliiH  diiilci't  in  con- 
vi-rsini;  with  Kniiisoii.  a  Katlainut  Indian,  wlio 
in  also  located  at  Hay  Center.  Until  u  few 
yearH  auo  lie  spoke  Cliinuok  with  one  of  his 
relatioii.s,  while  he  uses  it  now  only  wlieneon- 
vpi'sin;;  with  Katharine,  who  lIveH  u  tew  inileH 
lioiii  Hay  Center. 

I'ossihly  this  Chinook  is  to  a  eertiiin  it\tent 
mixed  Willi  Katiaiiiat  expressions,  but  from  a 
rlose  :  I  Lilly  ot  the  material  I  have  reaehed  the 
eoueliision  that  It  is.  on  the  whole,  pure  and 
trustworthy. 

i  have  al.Ho  ohtalneil  from  Ciiltee  a  serieH  of 
Kalluiiiiit  texts,  wliieli  I  lielie\e  are  not  <|Uite 
as  ^iiod  as  the  Chinook  text,  hut  nevertheless 
^ive  II  ^iiiiil  insight  into  the  dill'erenee^  of  the 
twii  dialeets.  Il  may  he  pii.ssilil ;  to  iihtaiii 
material  oil  this  dialeet  from  other  soiiries. 

My  work  of  li-inslatiiiji  and  explaining  the 
texts  was  j;reat',il'a<ilitated  hy  Cult  ee's  remark- 
able intellij^ence.  After  he  had  once  {jrasped 
what  I  wanted  he  explained  tome  the  ^rani- 
niatieiil  struct  lire  of  the  sentences  by  means  of 
examples  and  elucidated  the  Men,He  of  dithciilt. 
periods.  This  work  was  the  more  diDiciilt  as 
wi'  conver.-.ed  only  by  means  of  the  ChiniMik 
ilar^oii. 

The  following  panes  contain  nothing  hut  the 
texts  with  notes  and  translations.  The  uram- 
marniiil  dictionary  of  t  he  laiiKuaKe  will  contain 
iicomparisou  ofall  the  dialecLsof  tile  Chiiiookan 
stock.  I  have  translated  the  tirst  two  texts 
almost  verbatim,  while  in  the  latter  texts  I  only 
endeavored  to  render  tlio  sense  accurately,  for 
which  luirpoHcs  short  sentences  have  been 
inserted,  others  omitted. 

[(iraiiiiiiiir    aiid    ilictioiiaiy   oC   the 

C'liiiiook  luiijinajn'.  Hy  Dr.  Fnuiz 
Hoas.J  (») 

Manuscri]it.  in  iiossession  of  its  author,  who 
is  preparing  it  lor  publication.   See  note  above. 

StM^  Buliuer  (T.  S. ) 

Franz  lioas  was  horn  in  Miuden, Westphalia, 
Ciermaiiy..luly  i).  la.'iS.     Frmn   1877  to  IHH'J   he 
attended  the  universities  of  .ieidelberg.  Honn, 
and    Kiel.    The  year  1882  he  sjienl  in  Herlin 
Iireparinji;  for  an    Aretie   voyaj|;e,    and    sailed 
June.  18*1,  to  Cumberland  Sound,  Hatlln  Land, 
traveliiij;  in  that  reyiou  until  September,  1881, 
retiirninfi  via  Sl.tlohns.  Newfoiiudlaud,  to  New   ! 
Vork.     The  wiiiler  of    1884  188,">   he   sjient  in   ; 
\Vasliim;toii.    prepariiij;    the     results    of    his   ' 
juurucy  for  publication  and  in  studying  in  the 


Boas  (F. )  —  Colli iiiiKtI. 

National  MiiHeiim.  From  18Hj  to  188t)  Dr.  lioun 
was  an  assistant  iu  the  Royal  Kthnujbcraphh'al 
MiiHeiimof  Itei'liu.  and  Doceiit  of  Oeography  at 
the  I'niversity  of  Iterlin.  In  the  winter  of  188.'> 
I88)i  he  ,joumeye4  to  Hritisli  (.'oliiiiibia  under 
the  aiisiiices  of  the  liritiHli  Associatiun  for  the 
Advaucetneut  of  Scieuoe,  for  the  purpose  of 
studying  the  Indians.  During  1880-1888  Dr. 
Hoas  was  assistant  editor  of  "  .Science,''  in  New 
York,  and  from  1888  to  18il2  Docent  of  Autliro 
jiology  at  (Jlark  University,  Worcester,  Mass. 
During  these  years  he  made  repeated  Journeys 
totlio  I'aeitic.  coast  with  the  obji^ct  of  contin- 
uing his  researches  among  the  Indians.  In  18»1 
Kiel  gave  liim  the  degree  ot  I'll,  I). 

Dr.  Boas's  principal  writings  are:  ItatHu 
Land.  Gotlia.  ■Instils  Perthes.  188.'>:  The  Central 
Kskinio  (in  the  6tli  Annual  lieport  of  the 
Kiireau  of  Kthnology):  KeporlH  to  the  liritish 
Asso<'iatioii  fortlie  Advancementof  Science  on 
the  Indians  of  ISritish  Columbia.  1888-1H!IL>; 
Volkssageii  aiis  Itritiseh  Coliimbicn.  Verb,  tier 
(les.  fill'  Anthro)iologie.  Ktlinnlo<{ie  mid  Urge- 
schh'htein  lierliii.  I8!ll. 

Bolduc :  This  wor.l  foilowiiig  a  title  or  within 
pareiitbeses  aftrraiiote  indicates  that  a  copy 
of  the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the 
compiler  in  the  library  of  Kev.d.-R.  /.  Holdiic, 
Ijuebec.  Canada. 

Bolduc  (I'hr  Joan-Iiiiptistt'  Zacarie). 
Mission  {  tU>  la  |  (Joloinliie.  |  Letti'e  i-t 
,|oiii'iial  I  <!)>  I  Mr.  .I.-H.  Z.  Holiliie,  |  iniM- 
sioniiaii'c  tU:  la  (Jnlimibit'.  |  (Pietiii'e  of 
a  cliiii't'Ii.J  I 

(/iiolioi:  I  lie  I'inijiriiiKTie  tie  J.-B. 
Fri^^i'hfttc,  i>tT<',  I  iiii|iriiiifiii'-lil)i'airK, 
No.  13,  run  LaiiioiitaKiic.     |  ISIIi.  | 

Title  verso  blank  I  I.  text  pp.  Il-lt.'i.  Hi".  The 
larger  pari  of  the  edition  of  this  work  was 
h.iriicd  iu  the  printing  otiice.  and  it  is.  in  coi - 
sequence,  very  .scarce. 

Lord's  ji ray eriuTchi none .Trrgon  with  inter- 
linear French  Iraiislation.  p.iH.  ~(Jlueh|ucsii'.  its 
I  U],  French.  Tchinoucs  (.largoii|  e'  .-...eoinus, 
p.  it'i. 

Cupies  ni'eii  :  liolduc.  Malle. .  Wellesley. 

Boston  .Vthciiir'iim  :  The.sev'  ds  following  a  title 
or  within  parentheses  al'ic,  ::  !iote  indicate  that 
a  copy  of  the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by 
the  compiler  in  the  library  of  that  institution, 
iSostoii.  Mass. 

Boston  Public  I  These  words  following  a  title  or 
within  parentheses  after  a  note  indicate  that  a 
copy  of  the  work  referred  to  has  been  sei-n  by 
tile  compiler  in  that  library,  lioston.  Slass. 

Boulet  ( liev.  .It'aii-Bai>ti.stt' ),  <'ilitor.  See 
Youth's  Coiupaiiioii. 

Brinton:  This  word  tjjilowing  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy  of 
the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the  com- 
piler in  the  library  of  Dr.  D.  (j.  Krintou,  Phila- 
dolpUia,  I'a. 


<«o  to  1880  Dr.  Iloaa 
III  Ktliiiuj^raphical 
lit  (il'(i('ii^r!i]>liyat 
tlut  winter  of  188j 
ill  (.'oliiiiihiit  iiiitli-r 
iVMHiii'iatiuii  lor  tlm 
IP  tlui  |Mir|Mmc  uf 
ring  1880  1888  Dr. 
"Science,'' ill  New 
Docent  of  Antliro 
,  WoiTester,  MasH. 
repeated  Journeys 
e  olyect  of  eontili- 
lelutlianH.  In  181(1 
J'li.  D. 

tinjis  are:  HaHiu 
.  )88ri;  The  Central 
lal  lieporc  of  tbe 
ort«  lo  tile  Hritixh 
iiieiitof  .Seieiiceon 
liiniliia.  1888-18itL'; 
liliiiliirn.  Verli.iler 
iioli><{i(t  mill  I'rge- 

a  title  or  witliin 
ieates  tliat  a  copy 

lieen  seen  by  tlie 
■V..I.  aZ.  Hol.liic, 

istt^  Zaciirie). 
lie.  I  Lettie  ct 
.  Holiliic,  I  iiiiM- 
1'.  I  [  Picture  ol" 

lorie    <1«  J.-H. 
mt'ui-lihrairH, 
|i8i:{.| 


.:Mir>.  Hi-.    Ti.e 

tlii.s  work   was 

iikI  it  i.s.  in  eoi  - 


;rgon  witli  inter- 
-Qiielqiiesii.  Its 
<ill!    (t    .'\..eoniU.S, 

Wellesley. 

follow  in;;  a  title 
iot<Mii(licatetliat 
lias  been  seen  liy 
that  institution, 

lowing  a  title  or 
indieate  that  a 
IS  been  seen  by 
stoii.  iMass. 

,  editor.     See 


itie  or  within 

esthataeopyof 

oeii  by  the  eom- 

Hrintou,  Phila- 


CHINOOKAN   LANGUAGES. 


Brintoii  (Ihr.  Diiiiiel  GuiTiHou).  Tlie  laii 
giia^c  of  ]ialii-<ilithi«r  mail. 

In  AnieriiHii  I'hiloHOpli.  So<'.  I'roe.  vol.'jr>,  pp. 
212-L'^5, 1'hilaileliihiB.  1888, 8°. 

Tenns  for  /.  thou,  man,  diviiiUi/,  in  ("ainiMik, 
p.  210. 

IsHueil  separately  as  follows: 

Tlie  laiijriiage  |  of  |  pala-dlithic  man. 

I  By  I  Daiiitl  (J.  Hriutoii,  M.  I)..  |  I'n.- 
ftiSHOf  <il' American  Linj^iiistics  anil  Ar- 
cbasoliigy  in  the  I'nivcrsity  of  Pcnusyl- 
vania.  |  Rcatl  before  the  American  I'liil- 
iisophical  .Society,  |  October  5,  IHHS.  \ 

l^resaof  MacCalla&  co.,  |  No.s.  237-9 
Dock  Street,  Philadeliihia.  |  1W8. 

t 'over  t itIe  as  .1  hove,  title  as  above  verso  blank 
1  l.te.\t  pp.  3  Iti.  8  . 

I.iligiiistiu  contents  :is  under  title  next 
above.  |i.  7. 

('iipien  Keen  :  Kanies.  I'illiiig. 

This  article  rejirinted  in  the  following: 

—  KsHayM  of  an  AinericaniHt.  |  I.  Ktb- 
nolof{ic  ami  Arcba'olo<{ic.  |  II.  Mytliol- 
ojj;y  and  Folk  Lore.  |  IIL  (Jrajibic  Sys- 
tems iinil  Literature.  |  I\'.  Linguistic. 
I  Hy  I  DanielG.  BriiitiMi.  A.AL.M.I).,  | 
Professor  [&c.  nine  lines.]  | 

Phila<lel|ihia:    |   Porter  A-   Coiitcs.  | 
1S«K). 

Title  verso  I'opyright  1  I.  (irefacc  p)>.  iii-i\. 
contents  pp.  v  xii.  text  pp.  17-407.  index  of 
authors  and  authorities  pp  40U-474.  index  of 
subjects  1111.475-489.8'.  A  loUected  repiiiil  of 
some  of  Dr.  Urinton's  more  important  essays. 

Theearliest  form  id'  liiimaiispci'chasrc\  iided 
by  American  tongues  (reail  before  the  .Vini-iicaii 
i'hilosophical  .Society  in  IHS."!  and  puldished  in 
their  iiroieediiigs  iiiuhr  the  title  of  "  'I'lic  bin. 
guage  of  paheidithic  ninii  ").  pp.  :t90  41  '.1. 

Linguistic  contents  :is  under  title.i  next 
above,  p.  401. 

Copies  teen  :  liiiri  :iii  of  Kthnolouy.  Maiiics 
Pilling. 

—  The  American  Race:  |  A  Line;ni«tic 
I'lassiticatiou  and    Ethnoniapliic  |  De 
scriiitiou    of    the    Native   Tribes   of  | 
North  and  South  America.  |  Hy  |  Daiiul 
(i.  nrinton,A.M.,M.l).,  |  Piofessor  f&c 
ten  lines.]  | 

New  York:  |  N.  P.  ('  Hodges,  Pub 
lisher,  |  47  Lafayette  I'lucc.  |  IHPl. 

Title  ver.so  copyright  notii'e  i  I.  dedication 
verso  blank  1  I.  prefai'u  pp.  ix  xii.  contents  pp. 
xiii-xvi,  text  pp.  17  ii:i"-',  linguistic  appemlix  pp. 
:i:i3-:i04.  ailditions  and  corrections  pp.  :iO.'i  IIOH. 
index  <d'  authors  pp.  U09-I17M.  index  of  subjects 

pp.  ;i74-;hi2.  H'  . 

A  brief  discussion  of  the  iicu-th  I'acitic  coast 
stocks  (pp.  10;i-117)  iiicliidis  a  list  of  the  di\  I 
sious  uf  the  Chinook  linguistic  stock,  p.  108. 


Briuton  ( I  >.  ( J. )  —  (.'oiitiiiued. 

< 'ii/ii'f»  »<•(■/(  .•   Ibireaii  of    Kthiiology.  Kikuies, 
IMlling. 

Daniel  (iarrison  lirinton.ethnoKigist,  bom  in 
Chester  County.  I'a..  Slay  l.'l.  18117.  Ho  was 
graduated  at  Yale  in  18.'i8  and  at  the  .lutVersoii 
Medical  College  in  18(il.  after  wliich  he  spent  a 
year  in  Kiirupe  in  study  and  in  travel.  On  his 
return  he  entered  the  army.  In  .Xugiist.  ISO'J.  as 
acting  assistant  surgeon.  In  KiMiruary  of  the 
following  year  he  was  coiiiniissioned  surgeon 
and  served  as  surgetuiinchicf  of  the  seoonil 
division,  eleventh  corps.  He  was  present  at  the 
battles  of  Chancellnrsville.  (iettysburg,  and 
other  engageiiienls.aiid  was  appointed  medical 
director  of  his  corps  in  October.  180:i.  In  coiise- 
i|iieiicc  i)(  a  sunstroke  received  siiou  after  the 
battle  of  (iettysburg  he  was  disiiualitled  fur 
.let  ive  .service,  and  in  the  aiitiininof  that  year  he 
became  siijierint^'udeiit  uf  hospitals  at  tjiilncy 
and  Spriugtield.  111.,  until  August.  ImOo.  when, 
the  civil  war  having  closed,  he  was  brevetted 
lieutenant  colonel  and  discharged,  lie  then 
.settled  ill  I'hiladelphia.  wlii-re  he  Is'iaiiieeilitur 
of '•  Tile  Medical  and  Surgical  Iteporter,  '  and 
also  of  the  quarterly  "Conipeniliiim  of  Medical 
S»;ience.  "  Dr.  Brinton  bus  likewise  been  a 
constant  contributor  lo  other  meilical  .journals, 
cliietly  on  questions  of  public  lucdii'iui'  and 
hygiene,  and  has  edited  si'Veral  volumes  on 
therapeutics  and  diagnosis,  especially  the  pop- 
ular series  known  as  "Napheys  s  Modern  Ther- 
apeutics. "  which  has  passed  through  many 
editions.  In  the  medlial  controversies  of  the 
day,  he  has  always  takin  the  position  that  med- 
ical science  should  he  lia.sed  on  the  results  cd 
clinical  observation  rather  than  on  physiological 
experiments,  lie  has  become  pi'omini'nt  as  a 
.student  :iiid  a  writer  on  .\mencan  ethnology, 
his  work  in  this  direction  beginning  while  he 
w:isasludent  in  college.  The  wiiilerof  18;'i0-'57, 
.spent  ill  I'lorida.  supplied  him  »  ith  material  for 
his  lirsl  published  hook  on  the  siiliject.  lu  1884 
li'  \(as  appointed  professor  of  ethnology  and 
arch;iidogy  ill  the  .Vcademy  of  Naliiral.Sciences, 
I'liiladelphia.  Kor  some  years  he  h:is  been  pres 
ident  of  the  ^Iiimismatic  niid  Antiquarian  Suci- 
et\  of  I'liiladelphia,  and  in  1880  he  w:is  elected 
vice  president  of  the  American  Association  for 
the  .\dvani  >iiienl  id'  Siieii' e.  to  preside  over 
the  sei'lioii  oil  iiiithi'opojouy.  Dining  the  same 
\c:ir  he  was  awarded  the  medal  of  I  he  "  Sociele 
.Vmericaiiie  de  France  "  lor  his  "  numerous  and 
learned  «orksoii  .\mciican  etlii;olog_\ ,  "  being 
the  lirst  native  of  the  IJnilcil  States  that  has 
lieen  so  honored.  In  JHs'i  the  Ameiican  piib- 
lisliei's  of  the  °  Icomigi'aphIc  Kiicyclop:edia  ' 
leqiiestcil  him  lo  edit  tin- lirst  vidiime.  to  con 
tribute  to  it  the  art icies  on  "  .\ ntlirop<doi''N 
:iiid  "  Kthiiology.'  and  to  revise  that  on  "  Ktli- 
nograhy , '  bj'  I'rotes.sor  <  lerland.  of  St  rpaslii;rg. 
He  also  contributed  to  the  sei'ond  volume  of  the 
same  work  aiiessa\  on  the  '  Prehistoric  .\rcha'- 
ology  of  both  Hemispheres.'  Dr.  Itrintun  has 
I'stablislied  a  librarv  and  piiblishinii  bouteof 
aboriv'imil  .Vmerican  literature,  for  the  jiurpoae 


!  I 


JI:a 


(  i 


1) 


10 


HIMLIOCJKAI'HY    OF    THK 


Brinton  (1  ).(>.)  —  Contiiineil. 

[if  ]iliu'iii);  witlini  tlic  itiiiIi  of  Hi'lmlars  aiit)ii-ii- 
tk'liiutt'i'iiilM  fi>i' tlifHtudy  iif  llir  liiiif;iia);rH  :iii)l 
culture  of  (lie  native  i iirc«  of  Aiiiciiia.  MiK'li 
work  i.H  tilt'  ]iroiluctioii  of  iialivi'  iiiliiils  ami  is 
]iniiti'il  ill  llio  ori;;iiiHl.  'I'lin  M-iiis.  most  of 
wliicli  wiTc  filitcd  by  Itr.  ISiiulon  liiinself, 
iiit'liitlfs  "  'I'lio  Mava  Cliroiiii  li'K"(riiilailt'l|iliia. 
188'Jl:  "'I'll-.'  Iro<|iioiM  lioolv  of  Ititi  h"  (Ix^ll) ; 
■'Tilt'  (iiicgiiflici' :  A  Coliicdy  Itallit  in  tlii' 
XalniatlSliaiiisli  Dialect  of  Nicarattiia  "  (I«8;!l: 
"  A  Migration  l.eyeml  of  the  ( 'nek  liidiaiiM  ' 
(18K4):  "Tllel.eua|lealld  'I'lleir  l.e^ellds  "  (|H«:.)  ; 
"Tlie  AiinalH  of  the  Ciikehiciiiel.s "  (18H.-.). 
[••Aiieieiit  Xalmall  I'oeln  '  (IShT);  "  lii^ 
Veda  Aiiiei'ieaiiiiH  (IKitli).  I  ltl.side^<  )>nldiNhiiiK 
numerous  l>n|>ers,  he  lias  eontriliuted  valiialile 
rejiortH  oil  Ills  exauiiliatioii  of  iiiouiids,  shell- 
heaps,  I'oek  iiiscri|itioii.s.  and  other  aiitii|uitieH. 
He  is  the  aiitlior  of  "  The  Kluridiaii  reiiiusula: 
It«  I.itei-ary  History,  Indian  Trilie.s,  and  Ant iij 
iiities'  (I'iiiladeliiliia.  18r)!)/i  'The  Myths  of 
the  Xiw  AVoild:  A  Treatise  on  the  Syinh<disiii 
and  ilytli(do(;y  of  the  lied  Hnee  of  Aiiieriea  " 
(New  York.  18(i8);  ■  The  l!eIi;;ioiis  Sentiment: 
A  Contriliiition  to  the  Seieiiee  and  I'liilosopliy 
of  l{eli;;iou  "  (18"ti)  "  Aini'riean  HeroMyt'.is: 
A  Study  in  the  Native  Keligions  of  the  Western 
Continent'  (I'liiladelpliia,  18S'J):  '•  Ahoiiyiiial 
Ameriean  Authors  and  tlieir  I'roduetions. 
Ksjieeially  those  in  the  Nativi'  l.an;;uaijes  " 
(1883);  and  "A  (iraiiiiiiar  of  tlie  ('akehii|iiel 
l.anguafie  of  Guatemala  "  (18S4). — .t/</''i'"ii'» 
('ycloii.  uf  .1  HI.  liimj. 

British Miisvum  :  These  woids  following  a  title  or 
witliin  ]iaientlieses  after  a  note  Indieate  that  a 
eopy  of  the  work  referred  to  ha<  been  seen  liy 
tlie  eoiii|iiier  in  the  library  of  that  institution, 
London,  Knj;. 

Bulmer  {Dr.  'i'liotnas  SaiidevMoii).  Clii- 
iiDok  .liii'o'oii  I  o'cainiiiar  and  (lictionary 
I  foiiiiiilcd  li.v  I  T.  S.  Milliner,  M.j).. 
V.  M.,  F.  S.  A.,  Loiiddii.  I  Siii'fiioii- 
Aci'oiicbciii',  Ix'oyal  Collegia  of  ."bur- 
geons, Hngland.  |  .\utlior  t)!'  fiVc.  I'oiir 
lines.  J  (  *  ) 

Maniiseriiil  in  possession  of  its  ant  hoi-,  Cedar 
City.  I'tah  who  fiiinished  iiie  the  above  tran- 
script of  the  title  ])nf;e,  and  who  writes  me, 
October,  ia!)l,conceinin.sr  it  as  follows:  '■  1  shall 
issue  it  on  Hall's  typewriln.  and  then  diipll 
I'ate  copies  with  another  speiial  niachiiii,  ami 
use  various  tyjies  on  the  niaihine.  test  iii;i  the 
n.ses  of  eiich.  .  .  .  Fifty. pa^es  will  be 
devoted  to  the  orif^in  of  the  lanuiia;;o  friiiii  all 
soiivtci.  Kxaniples  of  hymns  from  various 
lan}{ua;;es  will  be  fiiveii. 

Chinook  Jargon  language.  |  I'ait  II. 

I  [Two  lines  Chinook  Jargon.]  |  To  lie 
(•oni|»U'tt'd  ill  IXjiarfs.  |  compiled  by  | 
T.  S.  Itiiliner,  M.  !>.,  CM.,   I'.  S.  A.Sc. 
A.,  l-ioudou.  I  Ably  assisted  liy  |  I{ev'd 
M.  Fells,  J>.  1>.,  and  Kevd   Fire  N.  L. 


Buhner  iT.  S. )  — Continued. 
St.  Onge.  ( t'ornierly  missionary  to  the 
I  ^'akalllM  Indians). 

Manuscript:  title  as  above  verso  blank   1  1. 
text  II.  I   IL'4.  -I  .     In  possession  of  Dr.  Hiiliner. 

I'refai'e  in  Kn;;ilisli,  II.  l-;i;  in  .laru'on.  with 
interlinear  Knyllsh  translation,  li.  -l-li.- 
Kiilo;{y  rd'  the  Chinook  dargoii.  in  Knglibh.  II. 
Ill  l.i:  ill  •Iai'][>on  (with  interlinear  translation 
into  Knj;lisli»  b\  Mr.  Kells,  II.  Hi  111.  Th. 
Chinook  •Iar;;oii  (general  remarks,  with  inter 
linear  Kii;:lish  translation).  11.  '.iil  '-''.'.— Special 
notes  on  the  (Miiiiook.  11. 'J:i  '.'I.  Itibliography 
of  the  (Miinook  .lai-;£on,  II. 'J4«-'J-I(;.— Origin  of 
certain  Indian  words,  I, '_'.'>.  -Uenuirks  on  onn- 
iiial())iiMa.  II. 'J(i  -~.  Ki.se  ami  progress  of  the 
wrilti'iilaiiKUage  of  theUliimsik  .larKoii,  1.  28.— 
Ch:iii;;;es  in  the  laligiia;:e.  with  vocabulary,  11, 
;;8  IG.— Some  wolds  in  Vak;ima,  with  a  reseni 
blaiice  to  tlie  Jaryoii,  11.  :)(i-4n. -Words  in  the 
Niskwalli  liaviiiy  sunie  reseniblance  to  the 
Cliiiiook  .lai'iioii.l.  II.  -Some  words  from  the 
Cree.  1.  I'J.  .\  list  of  verbs  found  in  the  .lar 
K'oii,  alpli:il)etiially  arranged,  1.  4'.'.-  .\dverbs. 
prepositions,  cimjiiiictioiis.  and  interjections, 
11.51  54.-  I.istof  tliepriiicip;ilad,ieotives,  ll.S.'i 
,')!).  -(iraniiuatical  construction  of  the  (!iiiiiook 
•largon.  11.  Iil  liil.  Comparison  of  languages  (°.'U 
words  ,'iiid  phrases)  in  Tlaoquateh  and  Xoutka. 
with  the  Cidiimbiaii  ami  Chinook,  II. Ol.J-Ot.^ 
Cree  wordsiii  the.larnon,  II,  li."i-74.  — Ontheposi 
t  ion  of  words.  1.  75.  IteniarUs  on  the  translation 
of  alistract  words.  11.  7(i  7it.  The  iil)diabet,  II. 
811  8.'>.  Partial  list  of  compoiind  words,  alpha- 
betieally  aiTaiined.  11.80-i)'J.  -  IiiHections.  11.  Sll! 
'.m  Adjectives.  11.  !)(i  it8.  (ieinral  rules  mi 
tenses,  II.  ".18-112.  -Versonal  pronouns,  11.  li:t- 
1'.'2.- Xiinierals.il.  I'.M  124, 

he  Cliee-Chinook    hinguage   |   or  | 

Chinook  Jargon,  lii  ;  IX  |  i)arts.  |  Part 
111.  I  Fiiglish-Chiuook  dietionary.  | 
!'"irst  tidition.  |  IJy  T.  ><.  liiilmer,  uldy 
assisted  by  I  tlie  Hevd.  Jf.  Fells,  D.I)., 
A:  the  l{evd  Fere  Saint  Onge,  both 
missionaries  to  the  Indians  in  Wauh- 
ingtoii  »V  Oregon  states. 

.Manuscript:  title  verso  blank.  I  1.  jireface 
verso  blank  1  1.  special  note  for  readers  verso 
blank  1  I.  "lueinos  to  guide  the  reader"  2  11.  text 
alphabetically  arranged  by  Knglish  winds  II. 
1  IStl.  written  on  one  sid<'Oiil\ .  folio.  In  posses 
sion  of  its  author,  who  kindly  lo:incd  it  to  me 
for  exaniiiiatioii.  lii  his  "  memos  '  the  author 
uivesa  list  .if  letters  used  to  indicate  the  in'igiii 
of  the  rcspi  ctive  words  C,  .V,  1.  E,  F.  Ch.  Yak.. 
Chinook,  Noiitka,  Indian,  Knglish,  l'reiicli,(.'lii 
halis,  and  Vakania;  and  a  second  list  of  per- 
sons from  whom  the  words  were  obtained  and 
localities  in  wliieli  tiloy  were  nsed, 

•  In  my  .selection  id'  the  term  CliivCliiiiuok 
I  merely  intend  to  convey  to  students  that  it 
has  its  jirincipal  origin  in  the  Old  or  Original 
Chinook  language:  and  allhoiiuh  it  coutainii 
luauv  other   Indian   words,  as  well  as   Freuuli 


lull 

aiiill 

as  il 

noil 

Itll 

the 

j"*t 


itiiiiied 

•  liiisHioiiai'v    to  the 

alio\  I'  VfrHii  lilank  I  I 
ssissioii  lit'  Dr.  BiiliiK-r. 
II.  I  il;  ill  .riirifiiii.  with 
tniiiMliitioii.  li.  4  rj.- 
•largiiii.  Ill  Kiiglibli.  II. 
iiili'i-liuciir  ti';iii.sliitiiiij 
.  Ki-ll.-.,  11.  I(i  lit.  The 
111  iciiiai-k.s.  Willi  iiitfi- 
til. ID.  II.  'Jil  2'J.— ,S|H.cial 
II. 'j:)  l!l.  llibliognii.li.v 
II,  11. 'JJn-'.Nfc.— Origin  of 
l.'-Ti.  Itt'iiiark.s  oil  Olio- 
isi-  anil  iH'iigi'i'SH  of  the 
OliiiKMj).  .Jai'tfiiii,  I.  JH.- 
yr.  with  vocalmlary,  II. 
Vakaiiia.  w  itii  a  I'c.itim. 
1. :«;  4". -Wonls  in  lli«, 
II'  rcsi'iiililuiirc  to  tlif 
-Soiiii'  wonls  from  the 
'I'liH  t'liiiuil  ill  till-  .lar 
aiigfil,  I.  4'.'.— AdverliN. 
OILS,  anil  intiTJi-ctiiiiiH, 
iicipal  adJi'Otivf.-t,  11. 5."> 
riii'tioii  III'  tliK  (.'liiiiook 
ai'ison  of  l:iiigiiag<-s  (2U 
'laiiqiiati'li  and  N'outkii. 
id  t'hinooli,  11.0:1,5  04.— 
1,  ll.(i.V-74.  ()ntlic|iosi- 
narks  on  t  he  t  ranMlatioii 
li  7!t.  Thr  alidialM-t,  II. 
oiii|ioiind  words,  alitlia- 
-92.  -IliHictions.  Il.!t:i 
!t8.--(icniTiil  rules  on 
lual  iironoiiiis,  11.  ll;t- 
.'4. 

luii^iiagi-  I  <ir  I 

IX  I  parts.  I  Part 

00k    dictidiiiiry.  | 

S.  liiiliiKT,  ablv 

.•<!.  Af.  Kells,  D.l)., 

aiiit  Oiif^«,  liotli 

IiuliaiiM  in  WuhIi- 

tP8. 

'.s.i  blank.  1  I.  iirufai'f 
into  lor  ri'ildi-rs  verso 
hureader'-JILtext 
i\  Knglish  words  II. 
•Illy,  folio.  In  pos.ses 
indly  liKined  it  to  me 
•  lllellllis"  till!  Hlllhor 
to  Indieate  the  ori<;iii 
•,X,l.E,l'.(h.  In*., 
Kiif,'li«h.  !"ieneli.(Jlii 
11  seeond  list  of  per- 
Ih  Wert)  (dilained  and 
iTe  used. 

e  term  ClieeChinuok 
y  to  students  that  it 
II  the  Old  or  Orifiiiial 
iiltlioiieh  it  eoutaiiis 
a.  us  well  us   Fruiuih 


CHiJJoOKAN    LANCHTAGES. 


11 


Bulmer  (T.  S.)— (.'ontiinied. 

and  Kii;jlis1i,  yet  it  eaine  forth  from  its'iiiother 
as  an  1i,n  lirid,  and  as  such  lias  been  bred  and 
nourished  as  a  niirsliiig  from  the  jiareiit  stem, 
I  therefori)  designate  it  a  rheeuwifvi  Chiiiciok 
the  word  chf  lieiiig  a  Jargon  won.  for  littflii, 
jiitt  noil',  lll'ir.  ' 

( ]  Cliiiiook  .larf^tiii   tlictiimary.   Part 

III.  Cliino'ik-KiijirliHli. 

Muniisiript;  121  leaves,  folio,  written  on  one 
side  only,  iuttsrHperMed  with  40  blank  leaves 
in.serted  for  additions  and  eoiTectioiis.  In 
(Missession  of  its  inithor. 

Tliu  dictionary  occiiiiies  100  leaves,  and  many 
of  the  word«  are  followed  by  their  ei|iiivalents 
ill  the  liiiigiiages  from  which  they  are  derived, 
and  tilt)  authority  therefor.  Fidlowing  the 
dictionary  are  the  fiillow  iiig:  Original  Indian 
names  of  lowiisites.  rivers,  niountain.s,  etc  in 
the  western  parts  id'  the  State  of  Washington: 
Skokomisb,  2  II.;  ('heniakiiin,  Lower  ('hihali.s. 
Diiwamish,  1  I. :  Chinook,  2  II. :  iiiiseellaneoiis.  2 
11.  Names  of  various  places  in  the  Klamath 
anil  MihIoc  eoiinlries.  3  11.— Caiuping  places 
anil  other  localities  around  the  U|iper  Klamath 
l.ake,.'>ll. 

[ ]  Appendix    to    Htilnicr's    Cliinock 

.largoii  ^raiiiniar  iiiid  dictionary. 

Manu.script,  II.  1-70,4=',  iu  poHgeH8ii>n  of  its 
author. 

(lencral  iihr.ifles.  ,ts  litornl  as  possilde, 
Chinook  and  Kn;;lish,  II.  0  20.— DetiU'hed  sen- 
tence.s.  11.  27-29.  I'lay'T  '"  Kugli-sh.  II.  itO -ill ; 
same  in  Jargon.  II.  Ii2-ll:!. — "History  "in  Kng- 
lisli.  II.  :i4-:i0:  same  in  .fargim  (by  Mr.  Kellsi, 
svitli  interlinear  Kiiglish  translation,  11.  :i7  4!l. 
An  aililri-ss.  in  Knglish.  11.  44-40:  saint;  in  ilar- 
goii,  with  interlini^ar  Knglish  translation,  II.  47 
,'1:1.— A  sermon  in  Knglish,  11.  .'>4  .'i.'i;  same  in 
•I argon,  with  interlinear  Knglish  translation.  II. 
TiO-GI.  -Athlress  in  •largoii  to  the  Indians  of 
I'liget  Sonnil.  by  Mr.  Kells,  with  interlimai- 
Knglish  translation,  II.  02-00.  Address  '(In 
Man,"  in  Knglish. 1,07;  same  in  J:irgon,  with 
interlinear  Knglish  translation,  II.O.K'711. 

I 1  Part  II  I  of  I  lUihucr's  A]>i>endix  | 

to   tilt)  Cliee-Cbint)ok  |  (iriiuiiiiar    and 
Dictionid'y. 

Alaniiscrliit,  ;">7  II.  4  ',  iu  pnggosRion  of  its 
antlior. 

Korniofinarriago.il.  2-3.— .Solemnisation  of 
the  marriage  service,  11. 4-10.  These  two  ariiilu.s 
are  in  Jargon,  with  interlinear  Knglish  transla- 
tiiui.  Address,  in  Knulish.  11. 11-12;  the  same 
in  Jargon,  with  interlinear  Knglish  translation, 
11.  13-17.—"  Kroni  Addison,  mi  Jargon,  with 
interlinear  Knglish  translation,  II,  18-19.-  .\ii 
oration  in  Knglish,  1.20:  tint  same  in  Twaiia  by 
Mr.  Kells.  with  interlinear  Kuiilisli  translation, 
11.  21-22.-A  Twana  tradition,  by  Mr,  Kells, 
with  interlinear  Knglish  translation.  1,  2:i:  the 
same  in  Knglish,  II,  24-2,'i.~  Legends  in  Jargon, 
by  IVre  1..  N.  St.  Onge,  with  iuterliuear  Knglish 
trauslatiou.  II.  20-07. 


Bulmer  (T-.S.)  —  Coiitiuued. 

[ ]  i<pi'i'ial  Mcieiitilic  notes. 

Manuscript,  11.  1-77  4  .  in  possession  of  its 
author. 

General  reniarks  on  Indian  languages.  II.  I- 
3.— Origin  of  languages.  11.  4-11.-  Sciontitic. 
notes  on  the  European  and  AKiatii;  l.'ingiiages, 
II.  12-35.     American  Indian   languages,  11.  3.'i- 

03  ini'luiles  reniarks  upon  and  examples  in  the 
IriHiiiois,  ('herokee.  Salmplin.  .Mgonkin, 
Xuhiiatl,  Shoshone.  Cree,  Sioux,  and  Jargon.— 
List  of  words  in  the  (^"liinook  .largon  the  same 
as  in  Nillakapamiik,  II.  li4-07.  .Sclisli  numerals 
1-18,  1.  05.  -I,ist  of  tribes  of  Alaska  and  iti 
neighborhood,  1.00.  — Twana  verbs.  1.  67.  -Nisk 
wally  verbs.  1.  08.  -  Clallam  verbs.  1.  09.  —  Ke 
marks  ou  the  Yakauiu,  11.  70-77. 

[ ]  Tlie   Christian    prayi-rs  |  in    Chi- 
nook [.larnonj. 

ManiLscripl :  01  11.  4''.  in  tin:  possession  of  its 
author. 

I'rayers  in  (,'hinook  .largon.  11. 1-5.  -Lessons 
1-17  in  ('liinook. largon.  with  Kbglish  headings, 
II.  0  23.  -List  of  speci:il  words  ado|iteil  by 
Fathers  HlaiicheL  anil  Demeis  iu  eoniieitioii 
with  the  servic.e  of  the  mass,  II.  24-2.5.— T'ans- 
latioii  of  the  (.'iiinook  prayers  into  Kngli.sh.  II. 
20-38. — Copy  of  a  sciiiiou  ]ircached  liy  Uev.  Dr. 
Kells  tothe  Indiansat  Walla- Walla,  with  inter 
linear  Knglish  transbition,  11.  39-40.  "Of  the 
97  words  used,  40  are  of  t'hinook  origin,  17 
.N'ooika.  .3  Selish,  23  Knglish.  2  Jargon,  and  0  in 
l''rench.  .Articles  of  faith  of  the  (-'ougrega- 
tion:il  ebiirch  at  Skokoiiiisli,  Washington,  iu 
the. largon  w  itii  interlinear  Knglish  translation, 
11.47-52.  -Oration  in  Chinook  .largon  with  Iu 
terline:ir  Kniilisli  traiislatiiin.il.  ,53  54.  I'rayeis 
to  (iiid  ill  Knulish  bbink  ver.sc,  II.  ;'>5-.'>li:  the 
same  in  Jargon  with  interlineai'  Knglish  tniiis 
hition.ll.  .57  01. 

[Hymns,  sonjjs,  etc.,  in  the  (.'liinook 

.lar^ron  anil  otlirr  langiiajros.] 

Manuscript:  no   tillepage;    t4;xt  77   lc;i\e.s. 

4  ',  in  possession  of  its  author. 

Slings,  1. 1.  -Song  with  music,  11.  2-3. —School 
sunns  by  Mr.  Kells,  II.  4-5.— .Songs  from  Dr. 
ISoas.  11.  0-12.-Uymns  by  .Mr.  Kills,  11.  13-32. 
All  the  above  are  in  Jargon  with  i')iiglish 
translations.  —  Hymns  in  N'iskwalli  by  .\lr. 
Kells.  I.  33.  — Hymns  iu  Jargon  by  I't'-re  SI. 
Onge.  11,34 -45.  — Hymn  iu  Yakania,  by  I'l-re  St. 
Ongi'.  II.  45  40;  the  s:inie  in  Knglish,  11.  .'>7  04. 
V:iKaiiia  pmse  sung  by  Kather  l'iiudi)s\ .  «  ii  h 
Kieiirhtr:insl:ilioii,  II.  05  (ill.—  Hymns  in  .hirgon 
by  Mr.  Kills,  II.  7(1  71.  Hymn  in  V:ik:iin:,  with 
interlinear  I'ai'^lisb  tr:iiislation.  11.72  73.  Song 
in  Knglish,  1.  74;  same  in  Siwash,  II.  75  77. 

[Tlu!  i.,ord's  iira,v«;r  in  various  liiilian 

lant{iiag<'8.] 

Manuscript;  no  title-page;  text  21  iiiiniiiii 
bered  leaves,  written  on  one  side  only.  4-'. 

The  Lord's  prayerin  Chinook  Jariimi.  1. 1 ;  in 
Vakama,  '  I.  2;  in  Miciuac  I.  3.  Am:  M:ii'i:i  iu 
ilicmac,  I.  3.— Lord's  inaycriii  I'enobscot  1.  4; 


>  >l 


I, 


1^ 


12 


BIBUOGRAPHV    OF   THE 


' 


iPi. 


Bulmer  (T.  S.)  —  Continiieil. 

ill  MHr<-8cliiU%  1.  S;  in  PitHHaniiiqiiotltly  (two  v«r- 
HionH)1.5;  Mii'Uiar  (itucii'iit).  I.  'i:  Mimtugiiais. 
1,  6;  AlM'naki,  II.  6-7:  pure  MiircMcliite,  1.  7; 
Snuhoiiiixli,  1.7;  NiHkwiiUi.  1.8;  Clallam,*  1.9; 
TwaiiB.'l.lO;  Sioux,  1.11:  Klatlicart,  1. 12;  Cuh- 
ca(l«,*l.  12;  Tlallaiu,  1.  l:i ;  Huron,  l.i:i;  iilack- 
toot,  1. 13 ;  Abenaki.  1. 14 ; Choctaw,  1. 14;()ttawa. 
1.  U;  AHHinibuinti.  1.  l.*!;  St'neca,  1. 15;  Cauulina- 
w«j{a,  1.  l.l;  otber  Micmoc,  1.  10;  Totonai-,  1. 10: 
Cora,  1. 10;  Mit)t<(k.  *  1. 17;  Maya,  - 1. 17;  Aluon 
quiu,  *  1.  22.  -Uynin  in  Sniilioniisb,  11. 2;j-24. 

ThoHe  prayiTH  marki^l  with  an  asterisk  ari' 
acL'uni|iunie<l  liy  nn  intorlincur  ICnKlixh  trans 
lalion. 

The  compiler  of  this  paper  informs  me  it  is 
his  intention  tdailil  one  bunilreil  other  versions 
of  the  Loril's  prayer,  from  the  ('alifornian  anil 
Mexican  1  uiguages. 

Inatlilitionlotlieabovepiipera,  Dr  Hnluicris 
also  the  author  of  a  number  of  articles  apjH'ar- 
ing  in  Katiier  Le  .leiine's  Kaiiiltioim  Wan  a.  /].  i'. 

I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  Itulmer  for  the  notes 
ujion  wliicli  is  based  the  following  ot'count; 

Thomas  Sanderson  IS'ilmer  was  born  in  1834,  in 
Yorkshire,  Knglaud.  He  wase<lncated  at  I'res- 
ton  ;;rainniar  hcIiiioI,  .Stokesley,  and  at  Newton 
under  Urow,  was  advanced  under  Kev.C.  Cater 
and  I.oril  ISeresford's  son  at  St^ikesley,  and 
afterwards  wiis  ailniitted  a  pupil  of  the  York 
and  Kipon  diocesan  college.  He  was  appointed 
principal  of  l)iim'ii.ster  union  agricultural 
schools,  but  .soon  after eniigratetl  to  Xew  York. 
There  he  took  charge,  as  bead  master,  (d°  <ien- 
eral  Hamilton's  free  school.  Thence  lie  went 
to  Upper  Canada  and  was  aitpointed  ont^of  the 
professors  in  L'As.souiption  Jimuit  (JoUege. 
From  there  be  went  to  Rush  Medical  College 
and  J.ind  I'liiversity,  (Miicago;  tbeiice  tii  the 
fioole  Noriuale.  Montreal;  thence  to  Toronto 
University,  medical  department.  Later  lie  con- 
tinued bis  studies  in  the  1<;c(de  de  Medecini' 
and  MuCill  ruiversity.  Montreal.  ;nid  gr.idii 
ated  in  medicine  at  Vii;toriii  I'niversity.  In 
1868  liecro.ssed  to  London,  wliem^e  be  proceeded 
to  Xew  Zealand,  and  was  appointed  superin- 
tendent of  quarantine  at  Wellington.  In'l'as- 
iii;iniaand  Australia  be  held  similar  (msitions. 
His  lu-altb  failing,  ho  w  eut  to  Kgypt.  and  later 
returned  to  Knglaud.  The  tluglisb  clini;ite  not 
agreeing  with  liim,  lie  took  a  tour  of  the  Meil 
iterrunean  ports.  Ueturning  to  London,  tlie 
Kussiau  grippe  attacked  lilm.  and  be  was 
warned  to  seek  :i  new  climate.  He  returned  to 
Montreal,  en  route  for  tlie  Kocky  Mountains, 
wliere  lie  sought  Indian  .socii^ty  for  a  consider 
able  time.  Finding  winter  disastrous  to  bini, 
be  proceeded  to  I'tab  in  search  of  health.  For 
the  last  two  years  be  has  been  engaged  in 
writing  up  bis  (Jhinook  biNiks.  as  well  as  com- 
pleting bis  Kgyptian  Kites  and  Oremonies,  in 
which  lie  has  been  assisted  by  Knglisb  Kgyp- 
tolugists.  Dr.  ISulmer  is  a  member  of  several 
s.H^ieties  in  Kuglaudaud  Americaundtbeaiitbor 
of  a  number  of  works  ou  medical  and  acientitic 
aubjecta. 


Bureau  of  Kthnology :  These  words  following  n 
titleor  within  parentheses  after  a  note  indicate 
tbatacoi'y  of  the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen 
by  the  compiler  in  the  library  of  the  Jiiireau  of 
Kthnology,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Buifchmann  (Joliium  Carl  Kdiiard). 
l)it<  V'Jilkcr  1111(1  Sj»raeh<'ii  Neii-Mt'x- 
iko's  iind  dor  VVestHoite  des  liritiHcIieu 
Nordamerika's,  daig«^Htellt  von  Hni. 
HuHt-bmaiiu. 

In  Kiiuiglicbe  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zii  Ilerlin, 
Abbandlnngen,  aiis  deiii  dabre  1857,  pp.  2UU  414, 
Herlin,  1858,4°. 

A  few  words  of  Chinook  and  Catblascou 
(from  Scouler),  pp.  ;)7I1 -If  74 .  —  Votuibulary  of  sev- 
eral Indian  languages  compared  with  the 
pseiulo-Cliinook  (Catlilascon  f)  from  Scouler, 
pp.  375-378. 

Issued  separately  with  title-page  as  follows: 

|)i«    Viilkt'r    and     Sprafheu  |  Neti- 

Mexii'ii's  I  iiimI  I  der  W«'Kt.seite  |  des  | 
briti.schfii  Xoidaincrika's  |  dargi'stellt 
I  von  I  .Toll.  Carl  Kd.  liiiachinanu.  |  Aiih 
dm  AliliaiidiiiiiK*)!!  der  kiiiiigl.  Akade- 
luie     dtM'    Wissenschafteii  |  /,u    lierliii 

i«r.7.  I 

Herlin  |  gedriinkt  in  der  Bnclidrtick- 
(^reidcr  ki'tnio;!.  Akadeuiie  |  derWissen- 
Hcliafteii  I  1K'>8.  |  In  Coniniissiiin  bei  F. 
Dliininler's  Verlags-Hncbbandliing. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso 
notice  1  1.  text  pp.  2il!t  404,  InbaltsObersiiht 
pp.  405-413.  Verbes.seruiigeii  p.  414, 4^. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above. 

Cojiii'S  sfcii  :  Aslor,(!oiigiess.  Kaiues,  I'illing, 
Trumbull. 

The  copy  at  the  Fiscber  sale,  catalogue  no. 
270,  brought  \4s.:  at  the  Field  sale,  catalogue 
no.  •J:i:">,  75  cents;  jirlced  by  Leclerc,  1878  no. 
3012.  12  fr.  ;ind  liy  'IViibner,  1882,  1,5». 

Die  Spiireii  der  aztekiHcben  ^praobe 

iiii  nordlieben  Mexico  iind  boberen 
ainerikanis(;b<-n  Xorden.  Ziigleicb  eiiie 
MtisleriiiigderVolkernnd.Sprachendes 
n*"irdli*'lien  Mexico's  iintl  der  Wcstseite 
Nortbinierika's  vuu  (iuadalaxara  an  bin 
zniii  Kisiiieer.  Von  ,lob,  ( 'arl  Ed.  Hnscli- 
niann. 

In  Kiiuiglicbe  Akad.  derWiss.  zu  lierlin.  Ab- 
li;indluugenaus  di'm.lalire  18.'>4,  zweiter  Supp.- 
Haml.  pp.  I-81U  (forms  the  w  bole  volume).  Ber- 
lin.1859,  4^. 

List  of  words  in  the  Waiilatp^,  Molele,  Wat 
labi,  two  dialects  of  the  Chinook,  and  Calapuya, 
pp.  020-025. — Supplementary  vocabulary  of  the 
(Miiuiik  and  Calapuya  (from  Parker,  Scouler, 
Kalinesqiie.  and  (iallalin),  pp.  025  620.— Lord's 
prayer  In  Chinook  (from  Piitlot  de  Mufrast.p. 
6-'6. 

Issued  separately  w  ith  title-page  as  foUowf: 


Li    ! 


H'liriU  following  a 
tut-  It  note  indiciato 
ed  to  hiiH  l)o<>u  Hcen 
y  of  thH  Jtiireaiiof 

!nrl     Ediiurtl). 

In'ii    Neii-Mt'x- 

(le.s  liritiHi'hen 

ellt  von    Hni. 

\Vis8.  zii   Hcrlin, 
•«  1H57,  pp.  209  4U, 

:  and  Cathlascou 
I'ocabulary  of  «ev- 
iparcd  with  tbe 
l>  from    Scoiiler, 

t'-piige  iiH  followK ; 

[Miiflien  I  Neu- 
I'Htseito  I  ties  | 
'h  I  dai'g(,'8tt)llt 
(■hniiiiui.  I  Ans 
cijiiigl.  Akade- 
liii  I  zii    Herliu 

er  IJuelidvuck- 

e  I  (lerWissen- 

iniission  Itei  F. 

iliundliiiig. 

>  US  al)o\t'  verso 

[uhaltH-OlxTsicht 

.414,4°. 

r  title  next  above. 

H,  KameH,  I'illing, 

)le,  catalogue  no. 
d  .sale,  cataloj^iie 
l-eeleir,  If<7H  no. 
Ifx. 

srlitMl  Spiilflie 

iiiul  liiihereii 
Ziigh'icb  eiiie 
I  .Spiacheii  des 
del"  Wt'.staeite 
ilaxai'ii  iin  )>is 
ill!  Kd.  Hnscli- 

4«.  zu  Herlin.  Al) 
4,  zweiter  Siipp. 
lie  volume).  Her- 

-pi,  Molele.Wat 
i.audCalaiiiiya, 
ocubulary  of  tlio 
Parker,  .Seouler, 
O-Jf)  6'J0.-Kord« 
)t  de  Mofrari).  p. 

page  an  follows : 


CHINOOKAN    LANGUAGES. 


13 


BuBchmann  (.1.  ('.  K.)  —  Contiiiiied. 

Die  I  SpiircndfiiiztokiHrhriiSprache 

I  iiii  niirdlicliPii  Moxico  |  mid  liidioron 
amerikaniHclieii  Xordcii.  |  Ziif;li'i<li  | 
cine  MiiHteniiig  dcr  N'illker  imd  Spra- 
clieii  I  dcs  iitirdliclicii  Mrxico'H  |  mid 
dfirWj'stsf'itoNordaiiit'rika's  |  voiiliiia- 
dalaxara  an  hiH  >;mii  Ki.sniecr.  |  Vou  | 
Joli.  ('»irl  K<l.  HiiKcliiiiaiin.  { 

Iri'iliii.  I  (rednickt.  ill  d«'r  Biiclidrmk- 
ni'idriKoiiij{l.  Akadeniio  |  dcr  Wisscii- 
scliaff.'ii.  I  1S5!». 

Half  titlo  verso  blank  I  1.  gpneral  title  of  (lie 
herip«  verso  blank  I  1.  title  iiw  above  verso  Idaiik 
1  I.  abKekiirtze  Inhalts  uberHirbt  pp.  vii  \ii, 


BuBcbmann  (J.C.  E.)  —  f'ontiniied. 

text  pp.  l-7i;i.  KInleitunp  in  das  geograpbisehe 
Kejjister  |)p.  714  718.  i;eo):rapliiHelie  [<P){iHl)<r 
PJI.71S  Sl.'i.  veriiiisi'liteNaebweiHnnKenpp.8ll)- 
Hl(*.  Verbissi'riinpen.  p.  HI!t,  4''. 

I,in);nistierontent.s  an  under  title  next  above. 

f'npiet  imi .-  Astor,  Ibinton.  Karnes.  Maison- 
nenve.  I'illiiif;.  (^nariteb,  Sniithsonian.  Tnim 
bull. 

I'libliRbed  at  20  Marks.  .\ii  iinrnt  halfino- 
roeeo  eojiy  was  sold  at  tbe  Kisrber  sale,  i  ata- 
logiie  no.  2t>n,  lot^uariteb.  for  '.7.  lis. ;  tbe  latter 
juices  two  copies,  CHtalo(»iio  no.  12.'>.'J2,  one  '>l.  2*'. 
tbe  otlier  2<.  l(t«. ;  tbe  I'inart  cnpy.catalomie  no. 
17H.  broncbt  0  fr. ;  Koebler,  catalojjue  no.  440. 
prices  it  11!  M.jOpf. ;  priced  again  by  Quarit^'b, 
no.  30037,  21. 


c. 


See  Leedl.tatid  Frost  (J.  H.) 
I,ee(l».);nid  Frost  (.1.  H.) 
Vdiitbs. 
Lee  (U.)  and  Frost  (.f.  H.I 


Cascade: 

Hymns 

Senteni'e.s 

Lord's  prayer 

I'rayer 
Oatechism : 

('binook  ilargoTi  See  Demers  (M.)  rl  al. 

Cathlaacon : 

Vocabulary  See  ISiiscbmanii  (J.C  K.) 

Vocabnbiry  Scoiilcr  (.1.) 

Vocabulary  'folinie  (\V.  F.) 

Words  Itn.scbmann  (.).  ('.  K.) 

Words  Latham  (H. (i.) 

Catliii  (Georgt").  A  dcs(Tii)tivo  cata- 
logue |  of  |  Ciitliirs  Indian  collfction, 
I  coutaiiiing  |  portrait.**,  laiidscajies, 
ooHtnmeH,  &e.,  |  and  |  rciircsentations 
of  the  niannora  tiiid  ('nstonis  |  of  the  | 
Nortli  Anicricnn  Indian.s.  |  ColU'ctod 
and  painted  eiitiicly  by  Mr.  Catliii, 
during  eight  years'  ti'avel  amongst  | 
fftrty-eiglit  tribes,  mostly  sjieaking 
dirt'ei-ent  biiigiifiges.  |  Also  |  opinions  of 
the  jiresH  in  Kngland,  France,  and  the 
United  States.  | 

London:  |  iniblislied  by  the  author.  | 
at  his  Indian  collection.  No.  ti,  Water- 
loo place.  I  1S4H. 

Title  verso  names  of  jirinter.s  1  I.imHi'  and 
certificates  jip.  3  7.  text  l)p.  H-it2,  H'^. 

I'roper  names  of  a  number  of  individuals  in 
various  North  American  languages,  among 
them  a  few  of  the  <'liinook. 

Cnpiet  teen  :  Harvard,  Wellesley. 

Priced  by  Maisonneuve  A-  co.  in  \HHn.  2  fr. 

Tbe  descriptive  catalogue  is  reprinted  in  the 
various  editionsoft 'at  I  ill's  Notes  of  eight  years' 
travel  and  resideni'e  in  ICurope.  for  titles  of 
wbisb  see  bebiw . 

: North  and  South  .American  Indians. 

I  Catalogue  |  doscriptivo  and  juBtruc- 


Catliii  ((t.)  —  Continued, 
five  I  of  I  Catliii's  |  Indian  Cartoons.  | 
I'ortraits,  tyjies,  and  custonis  \nir].  \ 
fifX)  paintings  in  oil.  |  with  |  20,000  full 
length  ligiires  |  illustrating  '.heir  vari- 
ous games,   religions   ceremonies,  and 
I   other  ciiHtonis,   |  and   |   27    canvas 
)>aintings  |  of  |  Lasalle's  discoveries.  | 
New  York  :  |  Maker  iV  (iodwin.  Print- 
ers, I  Printiiig-honsp  square,  |  1871. 

Abridged  title  on  cover,  title  as  above  verso 
blank  I  1.  remarks  verso  note  1  1.  text  pp.  5-92, 
certificates  pi>.  03  99,  K-^. 

Linguistic  contents  as  in  edition  of  184X, 
titled  next  alvovc. 

t'oj>ie.i  tnn  :  .\stor,  t'ongri'ss.  Karnes.  Wei 
lesloy.  Wisconsin  Historii'al  Society. 

TheCatliii  Indian  collection. contain- 
ing ]iortraits,  laudsi'ap  s,  costumes, 
«.^c..aii(l  representations  of  the  manners 
iiiid  customs  of  the  North  American 
I'.>di:ni8.  I'ri'seiitcd  to  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  by  Mrs.  'rhoinas  Harrison, 
of  IMiiladeljibia,  in  1X70.  A  descriptive 
catalogue.  Hy  (ieorge  Catlin,  the  artist. 

In  Rhees(\V.rl.).Visitor'sgiiide  totlii'Smitb- 
soniaii  Institution  and  I'nited  States  National 
Alu.seiim,  in  Washington,  pp.  70-H9,  Washing- 
ton. 1HH7.8'". 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  alsive, 
p.  7li. 

Cnpien  sivii  :   rilling,  l'o«  ell. 

I'art  \.  The  George  Ciitlin    Indian 


gallery  in  the  National  Mnsetim  (Sinith- 
soniiin  Institution),  with  memoir  and 
statistics.     My  Thomas  Donaldson. 

Ill  .Vnnnal  Ueport  of  tbe  Board  of  Kegentsof 
tbe    Smitiisiini;in     Institution    *     '  -luly, 

18sr.,  part  2  (half-title  I  I  j-vjl,  3-939),  WasU' 
jngtou.  ISSO.  8". 


dMi 


mt^ 


14 


RIBLIOGRAr'HY    (»F    THE 


f5^ 


I 


M 


l>ii 


f 


I 


i^i 


Catlin  (O.)  — Contiiiiied. 

I)<'N(ii|itiv«»  catjiloijiif  of  In<linii  piiitraitH 
(Pl>.  13  -j:iO)  iiK'liiiU'H  till'  (liiniiuk.  p.  m). 

IhhiiciI  Hi'pavHti'lv,  Willi  lltl<'pa(if  im  fiiUowH : 

I'lic  I  (icnrj;«'('iitliii  IiidiiMi  j^alltTy  | 

ill  the  I  r.  S.  Nuti«)ii!il  Miiseiiiii  !(Sniitli- 
Koniaii    IiiHtitiitittn),   {   ^vith  |   iiii'iiioir 

illld     NtiltiKticM.  {    \\y   I  'I'lllllllilH    niMiiilil- 

soii.  I  From  t lie  Siiiilhsdniiin  n-jnirt  for 
lHH->.  I 

VVaHbiii'itoii :  |  (•overiimciit  print  iii^ 
ot'lico.  I  1^«7. 

'I'illi' viTNo  liliiiik  I  1.  ciiiitriits  up.  i  ill.illiis- 
tialiniis  pp.  v-vii,  text  pp.  I)-!)15.  inilrx  pp.  !>I7- 
939. H". 

I.inciiiHlircoiili'iilH  as  iinilcrlitlriD'xt  aliiivr. 

Coinm  $fcii :  KaiiirH,  IMIliii;:,  SiiiilliNiniian. 

IhhikiI  alco  with  tillr  piiK«  a«  fulliiw." : 

Tlio  I  (ieoijUH    Ciilliii  I  Iiuliiiii    ^''1- 

Ifiy,  I  ill  the  |  l'.  S.  Niilioiiiil  Miinciiim, 
I  (Sinitlisoiiijiii  Iiistitiitimi.)  |  Witli 
iiieiniiir  aud  Htatistics.  |  By  Thomas 
])oiiali)soii.  I 

WashiiiKtoii.  I».  ('.  I  W.  II.  howder- 
milk  *  Co.  I  1KK8. 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  conlpiits  pp.  i-  iii,  illiis- 
tratiiiiiH  pp.  v-vii,  tfxt  pp.  3-itl.").  imlex  pp.  !>17- 
939,  K-". 

rJiiuiiislir  coi'fonts  as  iiiii'icr  fitlrs  almvi'. 

<'i>pirt  seen  :   l.owili'riiiilk. 

Catlin's    notes  |    ot"  |  ci-^lit    yearts' 

travels  and  residence  |  In  lOuroiie,  | 
with  his  I  North  Ainorican  Indian  eol- 
leetion:  |  with  anecdotes  and  ini'idents 
of  the  travels  and  adventures  of  tliree 
I  ditlereiit  ]tarties  of  American  Indians 
whom  he  introduced  |  tothe  courts  of  | 
Kn^ilaiid,  France  and  Helginm.  |  In  two 
volumes  octavo.  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  |  With 
numerous  illustrations.  | 

New-York:  |  Ihiryess,  Striiifjcr  iV  co., 
'S22  Broadway.  |  181H. 

2  vols.:  liairi it Ic  vi'i'so  blank  1  1.  title  vitso 
(•op.vriy:lit  1  1.  prt'lari'  iiji.  \  ix.  cmiliiits  pp.  xi- 
xvi,  li'xt  ]i)i.  1  -.Wi;  lialftillc  vtiso  blank  1  1. 
title  vrrHo<o|iyrijiliI  1  1.  eoiitentspp.  v-xii,  text 
jip.  1   :i'.!.'),  appeiiilix  pp.  lf_'7-3:tH,  S^. 

A  (leseri)itive  <'atalii;£iie  of  Catlin's  Indian 
eolleelion  (vol.  1,  jip.  •J4H-29ri)  inelmles  ]ii-opi'r 
names  in  a  niinibirot'  Indian  lan<!iia^'es,  anionjr 
tliiiii  a  liw  III' tlie  Chinook.  ]>. '.'04. 

Co/lilt  seen:  Burean  of  Ktliniiliifrv.  rowell. 
■\Vatkinsiin. 

At  till'  Kiseher  sale  a  e.ipy.  no.  :i.")0,  briiujjlit 
in. :  the  Field  eop.v,  Ilii.  SO.".,  sold  for  i|i'.'..")ll. 

Catlin's     notes   |   of  |   eiifht    years' 

travels    and    residence  |  In    I'Jiioiie.  | 
with  his  I  Nortli  American  Indian  col- 


lectiuu:  |  with  anecdotes  aud  iueidcpts        Europe. 


Catlin  ((J.)—  Continued, 
of  the  travels  and  adventures  of  threp 
I  ditVerent  iiartiesof  American  Indians 
whom  he  introduced  |  totliocoiirtHof  | 
Fn^rland, France, and  He];;iuin.  |  In  two 
volumes  octavo.  |  Vol.  I[-II].  |  With 
numerous  illustrations.  | 

New  York:  |  pnhlislicdhy  the  author. 
I  Toliehadatallthel.ookstores.  |  1818. 

2  vols.:  pp.  i-xvi,  l-'^IB;  i  xii.  1  336;  plates, 
«\ 

IJii-iiiistiieoiilentsas  under  title  next  above. 
Co/nV*  mm  :  Coii;;ress. 

Catlin's    notes   |  of  |  ei};ht    years' 

travels  and  residence  |  in  Kiirope,  | 
witli  his  I  Nortii  American  Indian  eol- 
leelion. I  With  I  anecdotcH  and  inci- 
dents of  tlie  travels  and  adventures  of 
I  three  dirt'erciit  jiarties  of  .American 
Indians  whom  ho  |  Introduced  to  the 
courts  of  I  Kiifjtland,  France,  and  liel- 
giuin.  I  In  two  volumes,  octavo.  |  Vol. 
I[-II].  I  With  numerous  illiistratitms. 
I  Secoml  edition.  | 

Lmidon:  |  ]mhlislied  hy  the  author,  | 
at  his  Indian  collection.  No.  <i,  Water- 
loo iilace.  I  1818. 

2  vols.:  hall'-title  verso  blank  1  1.  frimtispii-ee 
I  1.  title  verso  names  of  printers  1  1.  preface  pp- 
v-ix.eonteiits  pji.  xi-xvi.  text  pp.  I  202.  appen- 
dix pp. -203  247.ealaliiaiii'  pp.248-2n«;  half-title 
verso  blank  1  1.  title  verso  names  of  printers  1 
1.  eontents  pp.  v  xii.  text  jip.  1-325,  appendix 
pp.  327  33(i.  plates,  8". 

Linyiiistii'  contents  as  nndertitlesabove. 

Cl)/)((^v  mvii :  Hritish  Mnsenni.  CongroHB. 
r.enox.  Wisconsin  Historical  .Society. 

Soinei'opies.  otherwi.si'  as  above.  liave''Tliird 
edition  '  ((lonsiress) :  others  "  Fourth  edition  " 
(Hureau  of  Kthnolopy.  Leuox).  both  witli  tlie 
same  date. 

Ailventiires  |  of  the  |  Ojihbewayand 

loway  Indians  |  in  |  I^ngland,  France, 
iinil  l!ele;ium;  |  heinjt  notes  of  |  eijiht 
years'  tnivelsaud  residence  in  Fiiirojie  | 
with  his  I  North  .Vmericiin  Indian  col- 
lection, I  hy  '.Jco.  Catlin.  |  In  two  vid- 
umes.  I  Vol.  1[-II].  I  With  numerous 
Fno;raviii>j;s.  |  Third  edition.  | 

London:  |  imhlished  hy  theaiithor,  | 
at  his  Indian  cidlection,  no.  U,  Water- 
loo i)!ace.  I  16,">2. 

2  vols.:  Iialf-tille  verso  blank  1  1.  title  verso 
blank  I  I.  preface  pp.  v-ix,  contents  ]ip.  xi-xvi. 
text  pp.  1  290;  half  title  verso  blank  I  1.  title 
verso  names  of  printer.'*  I  1.  eontents  jip.  v-xii, 
text  pp.  1-32.").  appendices  pp.  327-330,8''. 

A  re))rint  of  Notes  of  eight  years'  travels  iu 


re; 
el 


Hte 
Fl 


\i 


ntnroH  of  three 
U'liciin  Iiirli:iiiH 
>tlierourtH(ir  | 
l>j:i">n.  I  In  two 
I [-II].  I  With 

I 

I  hy  the  author, 
kstorca.  I  1R18. 
xii.  1  ,1;16;  iiIatCH, 

T  tidflll'XtllllOVC. 

I  vif!,hi    ypfirs' 
[  in    Kurope,  ( 
3iin  ludiiiii  col- 
tcH    and    iiici- 

inlvcntnres  of 
s  of  American 
oiluccd  to  the 
inc«',  and  Hel- 

octavo.  I  A'ol. 
i  illnstrations. 

y  the  author,  | 
,  No.  H.  Water- 

k  1  1.  frimtiM|iii'('<- 
r8  1  I.  jirffacp  ]t\t- 
pp.  1  '^02.  appi-ii- 
l48-2f)«:  halftitlo 
iiie«  <>(  printtTs  1 
1-325,  iippendix 

rtitlpsiilMivc. 
II  III.    Coii^rcHS. 

vM^ii'ty. 

tvv.  linvp"Tliircl 
Kniirtlu'dition" 
).  Itotli  with  the 


•jilihcwayand 
and,  France, 
itfs  of  I  eifjht 
n  Knrojie  | 
n  Indian  col- 
I  In  two  vol- 
tli  numerous 
on.  I 

the  author,  | 
no.  (),  Water- 

k  1  1.  titip  vprso 
piit--*  pii.  xi-xvi, 
M'liik  1  I.  title 

itiiits  pp.  v-xii, 

•7  xrn.K^ 
oar.-!'  traveU  in 


CHINOOKAN    LANUL'AGES. 


15 


Catlin  (ft.)  — Continnert. 

MnsuiHtic  pniit<«ntH  ax  ilnih'r  titlen  hIiovp. 

f'npieg  trem  Antor,  Bostmi  .VlliPiiiPniii.  liu 
rpaii  of  Ethnology.  WiHcoiisin  HiHtoriciil  Soci 
pty. 

(leorge  ('atllii,  jiaintpr,  liorn  in  Wilkpsltarrp, 
Pa.,  ill  1706.  (lipil  ill  .fprspy  (Mty,  \..T..  I)p<  tin 
l>pr2;i.  lH-2.  Hp«lii(lipilla\vatLitrliHplil.f!i>iiii., 
but  al't<»r  a  few  years'  pnirticp  wptil  to  IMiila- 
liplpliia  anil  tiiriipil  Imh  attpntiim  to  ilniwiii^ 
anil  painting.  A.s  an  artist  lip  wa.spiitiroly  splf 
taiijllit.  Ill  1»*S2  liP  went  to  tlip  Kiir  WpsI  anil 
Rppnt  eight  years  among  I  hp  Indians  of  YpUow- 
Rtnnp  River,  Indian  'I'prritory,  Arkansas,  and 
Florida,  painting  a  iinii|npspripsiif  Indian  jior- 
traits  and  piptnrp.s.  which  attrarleil  niiichaf  ten 
lion  on  thi'ir  pxhihition  both  in  this  poiintry 
and  in  Kiiro|M>.  Among  thesp  werp  170  full- 
length  portraits  and  a  largp  nnmbprof  piclnrps 
illiiHtrativpof  Indian  life  and  iiistonis  most  of 
which  are  now  itrp.sprvpcl  in  tlip  Xatioiial 
MuHoiiiii.  Washington.  In  IS.W  1K')7  Mr.l'atlin 
travplcd  in  South  and  (N'litral  .ViiiPrica,  after 
which  he  livpil  in  Kiiropp  until  IH71,whpn  hp 
returned  to  the  I'nitpil  Stales.  One  hiindred 
and  twenty-six  of  his  drawings  illiLstrative  of 
Indian  life  were  at  the  IMiiladpl)ihia  pxposition 
of  1N76. — Appletons  Ci/doi).  of  A  in.  liing, 

Chaltin  (Rer.  W.  C. )     See  Oill  (J.  K.) 

Chamberlain  (Alexander  Francis). 
Words  of  Algonkian  orifj;in  [in  the 
Chinook  Jargon]. 

In  S«uence,  vol.  18.  pji.  2tiO-201,  New  Vork, 
1891,4°.    (Pilling.) 

A  list  of  words  found  in  the  .Targon  vocaliir 
larips  of  Wintlirop,  Ciibbs,  and  Hale,  whicli  arp 
of  Algonqnian  origin. 

The    Eskimo    race    and    language. 

Their  origin  and  relations.  By  A.  F. 
Chamberlain,  B.  A. 

In  Cana<lian  Inst.  Proo.  third  scrips,  vol.  0. 
pp.  261-^7,  Toronto,  1889. 8°. 

Comparative  Kskiino  and  Indian  vocabr- 
laries  (pp.  318-322)  containa  number  of  f 'liinook 
and  Watlala  words  (from  Tolmie  and  Dawson, 
and  from  Hale),  pp.  318-320. 

Notes   on   the   Chinook    .Jargon    as 

spoken  in  the  Kootenay  District,  Soutli 
Fiasteru  British  t'olnmliia,  by  A.  F. 
Chamberlain,  M.  A.  Pii.  1). 

Manuscript,  7  unnumbered  pages,  written  on 
one  side  only;  in  possession  of  its  author,  who 
has  kindly  sent  it  to  me  for  inspection. 

A  vocabulary  of  1.50  .Targon  words. 

Alexander  Francis  Chamberlain  was  born 
at  Ke-Tiinghall,  Norfolk,  Eng'.anil.  .Ian.  12, 18«5, 
and  f.iitie  to  New  York  with  his  parents  in 
1870.  removing  with  them  to  Canada  in  1874. 
He  matriculated  from  t'le  Collegiate  Institute. 
Peterboro.  Ontario,  into  the  Cniversity  of 
Toronto,  in  1882,  from  whicli  institution  he 
graduated  with  honors  in  miHlern  languages  and 
i;tl;iM»lti),7  in  \m,    From  1887  to  18WI  h^  w»8 


Cuamberlaiu  ( .V.  F. )  —  (  ontiniied. 

fellow  in  luiMlern  languages  in  I'liiversity  Col- 
lege. Toronto,  and  ill  1881)  reccivpcl  the  di'grpe 
of  M.  \.  froiii  bis  alma  mater.  In  18110  Iip  wiw 
appointed  fpllow  in  anthropology  in  Clark  I'lii 
vprsity.  Worcester.  Mass..  where  he  occupied 
hiiiiself  with  studies  in  the  .Mgoni|iiiaii  Ian 
giiagpsand  the  physical  anthropology  of  .\iuer 
ica.  In  .Tune.  181)0,  he  went  to  Itritish  Colum 
Ilia,  where,  until  the  following  October,  be  was 
engaged  in  studying  the  Kootenay  Inilians 
under  the  aiisjiiccs  of  the  Hritish  Association 
for  the  Adviinceiiient  of  Scieni'c.  A  siiiiiiiiary 
of  the  results  of  llipsp  invpstigations  appears 
in  the  proceedings  of  the  assiH'i.ition  for  1892. 
.\  dictionary  and  graniiiiar  of  the  KiMitcnay 
language,  together  with  a  collection  of  lexf-tof 
myths,  are  also  liciiig  priMcedeil  with.  In  1892 
Mr.  Chamberlain  received  from  Clark  I'niver- 
sity  the  degree  of  I'll.  1>.  in  anthropology,  his 
thesis  being:  'The  Language  ot  I  lu«  Mississa- 
gasof  Skiigog:  .\  iiintributionlo  the  Mugiiis- 
tics  of  the  .Mgonkian  Tribes  of  Canada,"  em- 
bodying t'le  results  of  his  investigations  of 
these  Indians. 

Mr.  Chainberlain.  wliose  attention  w.-»«,  early 
in  life,  directed  to  pliilologic  and  ethnologic 
studies,  has  contrilmted  to  the  scipiililic  jour- 
nals of  .\merica.  from  time  to  time,  articles  on 
subjects  connected  with  linguistics  and  folk- 
lore, especially  of  the  Algonquian  trilH<s.  He 
)ias  also  been  engaged  in  the  study  of  the 
I,ow-»;eriiian  and  Krencli  Canadian  dialect.s, 
the  results  of  which  will  shortly  appear.  Mr. 
Cbanibcrlain  is  a  member  of  several  of  the 
learned  societies  of  .Viiierica  andCaniula  and 
fellow  of  the  American  Association  for  the 
.Advancement  of  Science. 

In  18!)2  he  was  appointed  lecturer  in  anthro- 
pohigy  at  Clark  Cniversity. 
Charencey  (Comtv  Charles  Felix  Hya- 
cintlie  (Joiihier  de).  f  Review  of  |  An 
international  idimn,  a  niainial  of  the 
Oregon  trade  languages  or  Chinook 
.Jargon,  liy  Mr.  Horatio  Hale. 

In  I.e  Museou.  vol.  10,  pp.  273-274.  Loiivain, 
1891.8". 

Chase    (I'liny    Karle).     On    the   radical 
signilicance  of  niinierals. 

In  .\mcrican  Pbilosoph.  .Soc.  I'roc.  vol.  10,  pp. 
18-23.  Philadelphia,  18H!),  8''. 

Examples    in     several     Indian    languages, 

among  them  the  Chinook  .Jargon  (from  (iilibs). 

Chinook.      The    Chinook     .Jargon,     and 

English  and  p-fench  t'(|iiivalent  forms. 

In  the  Steame"  ISuUutiu.  .San  Francisco,  .lune 
21,18.'S8.  (*) 

Contains  an  nnarranged  vrH'ahulary  of  354 
words  and  jilirases. 

Title  and  note  from  I  hIiIis's  Dictionary  of  the 
C'hinwik  .largon. 

For  notice  of  a  reprint  see  Hazlitt  (W.  C.) 
Chinook     [.Jargon]     dictiunary.      See 
Coones(S.  F.) 


16 


BIBLIOGRAPHY    OF   THE 


X 


m 


Chinook.  [VorahiiliiriPH  of  Home  of  tlip 
Iiiiiitin  languages  of  northwest  Anier- 
icii.  I 

MiiiiiiHcripl.'!  voIh.  «2  \<nnfh  folio.  Hoiiuht. 
fortlif  l.iliriiryof  Conuri'NH.  WiiHliinutoii.  U.  ('.. 
at  llirwiloof  flic  lltinirv  "f  Uir  liit«'  Mr.  (leu. 
Ilriiilcy,  tlic  I'lilDlo^iu'rif  wliii'li  hhvh  (Ih'.v  <'iinn' 
"from  tlif  liliniry  oC  Dr.  •Foliii  I'likfrins.  •» 
whiiin.  proliiilily,  thi',v  \V)M')'  prcsfiiliMl  liy  Mr. 
I>ii)Miiin'iui.  Tlify  were  |in'm'iiti'il  to  I'l-li-r  S. 
DiipoiK'i'iiii.  ()Mi|.,  Willi  J.  K.  TownHlit'iiil'H 
nwpt'rlM.  Fori  Viiiirouvi-r,  (!oliiiiiliiii  River, 
8«'p»»'Tiilii'r.  1h:i.'"i."' 

('oiitaiim  Ilii;;ui8tl<'  iiiiitrrliil  rrlntiii^'  to  ii 
nmiibcvor  flic  pcoplcH  ill  flic  vicinity  of  I'lijjct 
!^)iilii1.  iitnoiiust  tliciii  a  ( 'liiiiiHik  vocaliiilary  of 
194  woViIh  ami  plirascH,  anil  a  (.'hiiiook  .larjjon 
Vol  iiliiilarv,  "iiHcil  aM  flic  iiicaiiMof  roniiniinica 
fioii  between  tlic  IniliaiiH  and  whites  nil  (Joliiiii. 
Ilia  Uiver,"  of  14<i  worils. 
Chinook : 

See  IJiitcH  (H.  \Y.) 

Doiiienccli  (IC.  H.  O.) 


('hiH.sificafioii 

ClaMsiHcafioii 

('laxHifieatioii 

(MaxHiticitioii 

ClasMificatioii 

Classification 

ClaHsitieatioii 

('lassificatioii 

('lassiticalioii 

ClaBsiHcatioii 

('lassificatioii 

Dictionary 

Dictionary 

(JeneraldiHciissloii 

(ieiieral  itisiiissiim 

lieneral  ilisciissioii 

(icncral  di.scussioii 

(iencral  discussion 

(ieiieral  dLsciisslon 

(teneral  discnssioii 

(ieiieral  discussion 

(iciicral  di.Hciissioii 

(iencral  discussion 

(iencral  discussion 

lieoura|iliic  uanicM 

(iranuiiar 

(iraniniatic  coniinents  (iallatin  (A.) 

(iraniniatic  coiiimcntR  Hale  (II.) 

Grainniatic  treatise      Boas  (F.) 

(iraniniatiu  treatise 

Hyiinis 


(iairdner  (     ) 
(iallatin  (A.) 
Kcane  (A.  II.) 
.Iclian  (I,.  F.) 
Lafliaiii  (I!,  (i.i 
PrIcBl  (.1.) 
l'owcll(,I.  W.) 
Kafliicsc|iic  (('.  S.) 
Sayce  (A.H.) 
l!oa»(F.) 
(iililis  ((!.) 
l<aiicroft(H.  II.) 
Hcadi  (W.  \V.) 
lici'Kliaiis  (H.) 
Hrinton  (D.  (i.) 
Dnnc.an  (D.) 
Kells  (M.) 
Feaflicnnan  (A.) 
(iallatin  (A.) 
Hale(H.) 
Sproat  (({.  M.) 
Wliyniper  (F.) 
(iililis  ((i.) 
RoaH(F.) 


Hi 


llyiiins 

Legends 

Lord's  prayer 

Lord's  prayer 

Numerals 

Numerals 

Numerals 

Numerals 

Numerals 

I'raycrs 

Proper  names 

I'rojier  names 

Sentences 


Miiller  (F.) 
Blaneliet  (K  N.) 
Tate  ((,'.  M.) 
BoastF.) 
Berjjliolfz  ((i.F.) 
Dutlot  d«  .Mofras  (E.) 
Boas  (F.) 

DiiHot  de  Mofras  (K.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Haldomnn  (S.  S.) 
lioss  (A.) 
Blaiichet  (FN.) 
(,'atliii  ((i.) 
Stanley  (J.  M.) 
Franelii're  (G.) 
Uoap  (i-'.) 


Chhi'ok  — ('oiitiiiiipd. 

.See  Kell8  IM.) 
Boas  (K.) 
Boas  (F.) 


^l<lngs 

Texts 

Tribal  names 

Tribal  names 

Tribal  names 

Vocabulary 

Voeabnlary 

Vocabulary 

Viicabiilary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Voi'nbiilary 

ViM'Hbulary 

Vocabulary 

Vwabiilary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocnbiilary 

Vocabulary 

ViM'abiilary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Words 

Words 

Words 

Words 

Words 

Words 

Words 

Wonis 

Words 

Words 

Words 

Words 


llouclnss  (.1.) 
Haines  (K.  M.i 
.Vndersoii  (A.  (.'.( 
Buscliniann  (-I.C  K.i 
Cbiiiook. 

Domeuecli  (K.  H.  D.) 
Ibiiiii  (.1.) 
FrancbAre  ((t.) 
(iallntiiH.V.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Kllipe  (f.) 
Monttiomerie  (.1.  E.) 
Pinart  (A.  L.) 
Priest  (.1.) 
KaHnesi|iie  (('.  .S.i 
IJoss  (A.) 
Scolder  (J.) 
Short  ess  (H.) 
Tolmie  (W.  F.I 
I'olmie    (W.     F.(    and 

Dawson  ((».  M.) 
Woliass  (W.(j.) 
Bancroft  (H.  H.) 
Brinton  (D.  (i.) 
Rnsclimann  (J.  (/.  E.) 
Chamberlain  (.V.  V.) 
Daa(I,.  K.) 
ftrasserie  (K.  de  la). 
Haines  (E.  M.) 
Latham  (It.  (i.) 
Platzniann  (J.) 
Pott  (A.F.) 
Smith  (S.  B.) 
TylortE.  B.) 
Yoiith's. 


Words 

Chinook  .Tiirgoii. 

In  American  Homes,  illustrated,  vol.  4,  pp. 
;i38-;i3n,  Cbicajto.  l«7.l.  H\    (Lenox.) 

(Contains  specimens  of  a  dialo^^ue  and  tho 
Lord's  prayer  with  English  word  for  word 
translation. 

Ohinook  Jargon : 
Bible  history  See  Diirieii  (P.) 

Bible  history  St.  Oiikc  (L.  N.) 

Bible  stories  LeJeuiie(.T.  M.  R.) 

Cateelii.Hni  Demers  (AL)  rt  al. 

Dictionary  CId  cd.  I«iiti)  Blanchet  (F.  N.) 
Dictionary  (:id  ed.  IHfi'J.')  Blaneliet  (P.  N.) 
Dictionary  (4tli  ed.  1«(W)  Bl:iiichet  (F.  X.) 
Dictionary  ((jth  ed.  187:t .')  Blaneliet  (F.  N.) 
Dictionary  (6tli  ed.  187K)  Blaneliet  (F.  N.) 
Dictionary  (Tfli  cd.  1871t)  Blanchet  (F.  N.) 
Dictionary  (Mss.  189I)  BHlmer(T.S.) 
Dictionary  (1891)        C'iKmes  (S.  F.) 

Dictionary  (1871)        Demers  (M.)ff  oJ, 

Dietiopary  (!8(i2)        Dictionary. 

Dictionary  (1865)        Plctioi|ary. 

,)ictiopaiy  (1871  !)      Dictionary. 

Djctimiar,)-  (187:1)        Dictionary. 

Dictionary  (1877!)      Dictionary. 

Dictionary  (188;j)        Dictionary. 

Dictiouarj'  (1887)       Dictionary, 


ii 


CHINOOKAN   LANGUAOKS. 


17 


Chinook  Jargon 

—  ('outii)in'd. 

Chinook  Jargon  — 

Coiltiuiied. 

Dictionary 

(18«7) 

Dli'tionary. 

Lord's  prayer 

(iood  (l.n.) 

(M.) 

Hiitionary 

(IHHB) 

Dii  lionary. 

Lord's  prayer 

See  Hale  (II  ) 

F.( 

1)  otlonary 

(IHHH) 

Duricu  (I*.) 

Lord's  prayer 

Marietti  (P.) 

F.) 

Pictlonary 

(ISD'i) 

Duricu  (l>.) 

Lord's  prayer 

Nic(dl  IV..  K.) 

IISH  (.1.) 

IMctionary 

(Mss. 

IHICI) 

Kclls(M.) 

Numerals 

Con  (U.) 

s  (K.M.I 

Dirllonarv 

(Mss. 

1X841 

Kvcrcttc  (W.  K.) 

Numerals 

Dictionary. 

•will  (A.  ('.) 

Dirtlonary 

( Wash 

.\M\) 

(iiblis  (li.) 

NiiiiierHls 

liilK.I.K.) 

iiniiiin  (.I.e. 

K.. 

Dli'tionary 

(V.Y., 

80:i.H^) 

liibbs  (li.) 

Numerals 

IliHid  (.1.  11.) 

ink. 

Dirtionary 

(N.Y., 

ma.r) 

Oib.>s((i.) 

Numerals 

Haines  {K.  M.) 

mrlKK.lM).)           1 

|)irlionary 

(Iltll  c 

1.  IKS'J) 

(iilK.I.K.) 

Numerals 

Hale  (II.) 

(.1.) 

1 

Diotionary 

(lOlll  c 

1.  IX«4) 

tiilK.I.K.) 

Numerals 

Hazlitt  (W.C.) 

•li^ro«t.) 

1 

Dictionary 

(llth  c 

1.  1HH7) 

liilK.I.K.) 

Numerals 

Monttfomerielil.E.) 

tin  (.v.) 

1 

Dictionary 

(I2tlied.  MHO) 

<iill(J.  K.) 

Numerals 

NicolUK.  II.) 

(H.) 

1 

Dictionary 

(13thc< 

I.  lHi)l) 

(iill  (.I.K.) 

Numerals 

Palmer  (J.) 

»'  (('.) 

1 

Dictionary 

(iHHn> 

(iooil  (.r.  B.) 

Numerals 

Parker  (S.) 

Kiiint'riK  (.I.E.)            | 

Dictionary 

(1H.W( 

liuidc. 

Numerals 

Ricliardson(.V.  D.) 

t  (A.L.) 

Dictionary 

(IHOO) 

Halc(H.) 

Numerals 

Stuart  (li.) 

t(.I.> 

Dictionary 

(1«-'.') 

Lan){vein  (H.  L.l 

Numerals 

Swan  (J.  li.) 

fM(|IIO  (•'.  H.l 

Dictionary 

(I8H«) 

Lc.reune(.I.M.  U.) 

Periodical 

Le.leune(.I.  iT.  R.) 

(A.) 

Dictionary 

(ISO'.-) 

Lc.Tpunc(.T.M.R.) 

Pra.N  ers 

Bulmer  (T.S.) 

tT  (.r.» 

Dictionary 

(I8.');i) 

Lionnet  (  -) 

Prayers 

Demcrs  (M.)<7  (It. 

0H«  (K.) 

Dictionary 

(1H8H) 

I'robs.li  CI".  W.i 

Prayers 

late  (CM.) 

i.<(\V.  K.) 

Dictionary 

( Mss. 

l8o:i) 

St.()nKc(L.  N.) 

Primer 

Le.Ieunc(.l.  M.  K  ) 

W    (W.     F.) 

nn«l 

Dictionary 

(186.'i) 

Stinirt  ((i.) 

Keview 

Charencey  (H,de). 

WHOII   ((t.  M. 

Dictionary 

(1880) 

Tate  (CM.) 

Uevlew 

Crane  (.\.) 

HHH  (W.(!.) 

Dictionary 

(18«l)) 

Vocaliulary. 

Kevi(>w 

Leland(('.  li.) 

roft  (H.  H.) 

(i)<ncral  iltHcnsHioii 

Hancrolt  (H.H.) 

Keview 

Kcade  (.1.) 

on  (l>.<i.) 

(icncTal  di.tciiMsion 

Heacl)(\V.  W.) 

Keview 

Western. 

Iiniiinn  (.!.</ 

K.) 

ttcncral  discnHHion 

CliHiuli  (J.C.) 

Sermons 

Kells  (M.) 

ulitrloin  (A. 

F.) 

(iciit-ral  diH 

•ussion 

Drake  (S.(i.) 

Sermons 

Haledl.) 

r,.  K.) 

(icneral  diHcuHxion 

Foils  (M.) 

SermiMis 

Now. 

Rtric  (K.df  Ib).             | 

(icncral  discussion 

(iatsdiet  (A.S.) 

Sentences 

Allen  (A.) 

m  (K.  M.) 

(icneral  discussion 

Haines  (K.M.) 

Sont<-nci!s 

I'liinook. 

iini  (H.(;.) 

(iencral  discussion 

Hale(H.) 

Sentences 

Dictionary. 

niann  (J.) 

(icneral  dis 

ciission 

NicolKK.  H.) 

Sentences 

Kells  (M.) 

(A.F.) 

Ocncnil  discussion 

KcHde(.I.) 

.Sentences 

lireeii  (.T.S.) 

1  (S.  B.) 

(icneral  discussion 

Sprout  ((i.M.) 

Sentences 

IIale(H.) 

(K.  I?., 

(icneral  discussion 

Swan  (.1.  (i.) 

Senten<'cs 

Lclaud  (('.  li.) 

li's. 

(icneral  discussion 

Western. 

Sentences 

Mache  (M.) 

(icneral  diHcussion 

Wilson  (D.) 

Sentences 

MHcd.mald(D.(i.  F.) 

tratpil,  vol. 

4,  pp. 

Graininar 

Hultner  (T.S.) 

.Sentences 

Stuart  iO.) 

inox.) 

(iraininatic  connnents 

("rane  (A.) 

Sonjis 

Bulmer  (T.S.) 

Ualo);uo   and  thn       | 

(iranimatic 

comments 

Kells(M.) 

S(mKS 

Crane  (A.) 

1   word    lor 

word 

(iraiumatic 

commc 

ntg 

Hale(H.) 

Ten  comraandmenti 

Everette  (W.  E.) 

(iraninuitic 

trcatia« 

) 

Demcrs  (M.)««al. 

Text 

Bulmer  (T.S.) 

(irauiiuatic  treatise 

Hale  (H.) 

Text 

DenuTs  (M.)  ct  al. 

hiricii  (!'.) 

Hymn  booV 

Bells  (M.) 

Ti'xt 

Dictionary. 

t.Onj;*'  (L.N.) 

Hymn  booK 

Le  Jeune(.I.  M.R.) 

Text 

Kells  (M.) 

f.IlMUH)(.T. 

M.  K.) 

Hymns 

uuiincr  er.  S.) 

Vocabulary 

Anderson  (A.C.) 

(inicrs  (M.)  et  al. 

Hymns 

Deiners  (M.)c<  at. 

Vocabulary 

Arm.Htroni;  (A.N.) 

lanchct  ( V 

N.) 

Hymns 

Everetto(W.  E.) 

Vocabulary 

Beldon  (<}.  P.) 

lHn<liet(F 

N.) 

Hymns 

Eells  (M.) 

Voi'abulary 

Holduc(.J.  B.Z.) 

l.inchet  (F 

X.) 

Hymns 

HnU(H.) 

Vocabulary 

Chamberlnin(A.F.) 

lanoliet  (F 

N.) 

Hymns 

Maclcod(X.  D.) 

Vocabulary 

I'liinc  k. 

lant'lii'l  (F 

N.) 

Hymns 

St.OnjTcd,.  N.) 

Vocabulary 

(,'ox  (K.) 

.aniliet  (F 

N.) 

I,ct;end8 

St.()ugo(L.  N.) 

ViM'abulary 

Dictionary. 

ilmer  (T,S.) 

Lord's  p^l^.^ 

•er 

Hancrolt  (H.  H.) 

V(M!abulary 

Eells  (M.) 

xmes  (S.  F 

.) 

Lord's  iirayer 

B<>lduc(.r.  M.Z.) 

Vocabulary 

Kverette  (W.E.) 

'iMer.s  (M.)ff  al, 

UmX'a  praj 

•er 

Hulim'r(T.S.) 

VocalmUiry 

(inllatin  (A.) 

ctiojiiiry. 

Lord's  prayer 

Chinook. 

Vocabulary 

liibbs  ((}.) 

ctioipivy. 

Lord's  prayer 

Dictionary. 

Vocabulary 

liuide. 

ctiouary. 

Lord's  prayer 

Eells  (M.) 

Vocabulary 

Haines  (E.  M.) 

I'tionarv. 

Lord's  prayer 

Everett*'  (W.  E.) 

Vocabulary 

Hale  (II.) 

ctionary. 

Lord's  prayer 

Gibbs((i.) 

I      Vocabulary 

Ha/.litt(W.  C.) 

I'tiouary. 

Lord's  prayer 

OilKJ.K.) 

1       Vocabulary 

Le.Ieune(J.  M.  K.) 

ctionary; 

CHIN 

2 

Ih 


MIULIOOUAI'IIY    f)K   TIIK 


f 


Chinook  Jargon  —  Cotitinnofl. 


Vociilmlmy 

Vociibiiliiry 

ViM'ahiiliiry 

Viiriihiilary 

Vcicnliiiliirv 

Voniliiilmy 

V()riiliiilnry 

Viicalmliiry 

Voiiilmliiry 

VncHliiiliiry 

Viicalmliiry 

ViHaliiiliiry 

Wiirils 

W.ir's 

W.iriU 

Words 

Wiinls 

Wiinls 

Worils 

WorilH 

Woriln 

Olakama: 

Pioprr  namos 

Srntonci'S 

Viiraliiilary 

OlasBification : 
Chiiiiiiik 
Cliiiioiik 
Cliiiiiiok 
('hliiiiok 
('111  nook 
(.'liiiiiiok 
Oliinook 
Chinook 
(.'lilniiiik 
Cliinook 
Chinook 

Clatsop: 

Voc'alinlary 
Vocalmlnry 
Vot^abulary 

Vocahiilnry 


Sit  l.iiiiiiict  (  — » 

M.uilonaM  (l).U.  K.i 
I'aliiiiT  (.!.( 
PiirkiT(S.) 
Kii'liar<lHOM(A.  Dl 
KoHit  (A.I 

Si'lioohriirtdl.  l-'.l 
Sroiilnr('I.) 
Kproat  (ti.M.) 
Swan  (J.  <».) 
Vocatiulary. 
Winllirop  (  r.( 
ChaiiilKilain  (A.K.) 
Chasr  (IV  K.) 
Cr.ini'  (A.) 
KrllH(M.) 
I.alhani  (ll.O.) 
I.nlanil  (CO.) 
Norrls  (T.  W.) 
Tylor  (K.  II.) 
Wilnon  (D.) 

Spo  Stanlfv  (.1.  M.) 
(iatHihft  (A.S.) 
(iatschct  (A.S.) 

SopliatPH  (H.  AV.) 

Donipnpch  (  K.  It.  1 1.) 
(iairdnpr  (  -) 
(inllatin  (A.) 
.lehan  (I..  V.) 
Kiani'  <.\.  11.) 
I.nthain  (K.Cr.) 
I'rii-Ht  (.1.) 
I'owi'll  (.I.W.) 
Itatini'wqiM'  (C.  S.) 
Sayrc  (A.  11.) 

Sep  Emmons  (<;.  F.) 
Halp(H.) 
I.pp  (D.)  and   Frost 

(J.H.) 
SpmiiIe(J.  K.) 


H, 


Clough  (Jaiiics  Crt'.'iHwell).  On  |  the 
•'xisti'iHM'  I  (if  I  mixed  laiiKiiiine.s  | 
lioiug  1  ill!  t'xaniiiiatioii  of  the  I'linda- 
iiiontal  axioniHofthf  |  tVireif^iiKchoolof 
inoilt'i'ii  pbiloloijy.  iiioi'c  |  especially  as 
applied  to  tlie  Kiiglish  |  Prize  Kssay  | 
liy  I  James CresswellCloiijfh  |  fellow  of 
the  Koval  historical  soeiety  |  member 
of  the  Ell  jflish  dialect  society;  assistaiii 
at  Hixlderalield  college  |  late  modern 
master  at  Liverpool  colli'<^e  |  [(ireck 
(jnotation,  one  lino]  | 

Londoii  I  Longmans,  Green,  fiiid  co  | 
lS7ti  I  All  rights  reserved 

Halt'-titlp  vi'i'so  namo.s  of  printprs  1  1.  titlo 
vprso  blank  1  I.  prpfacp  ji.  (v].  statpnipnts  Ptc. 
1>.  |vi].  pontpnts  pp.  (vii]-viii,  text  pp.  1-125. 
postMcript  p.  [120),  8^. 


Clough  (J.  {'. )  — (Nintinned. 

Soiiip  ai'i'oiMit  of  llip  CliiiiiMik  Jargon,  with 
i»|M'rlmpn  worilM  (from  WiUon'K  I'rthutorie 
inait).  pp.  7-0. 

foiiifi  nrfii :   Kiiiiii'H. 

Comolete Chinook  Jargon.  See  Probkoh 

(T."\V.) 
Complete  dictionary  of  theChinook  .lur- 

gon.  ( 1KV)-18«2. )  Se«  Blanohet  (  F.  N.) 

Complete  dictionary  of  the  Chinook 
Jargon.    (1882.)    .See  Gill  (J.  K.) 

Oongreis:  Thlx  word  followint;  a  titip  or  within 
pari'nIliPMPH  al'lrra  niitp  indiratPH  that  apopyof 
tlip  work  rpfprri'd  to  liaw  bpen  uppn  l»y  tlip  rom- 
pilpr  in  till'  Library  of  Con^rPHa.  WaithinKton, 
1».  C. 

[Coonea  (S.   F.  )|     Dictioiniry  |  of  the  | 
("hiiu)ok  .Jargon  |  as  spoken  on  |  Pnget 
Bonnd    and     the    northwest.  |  with  | 
original  Indian   names  for  prominent 
idaces  I  and  localities  with  their  niouQ- 
ings,  I  historical  sketch,  etc.  | 

IMihlished  hy  |  Lowinan  iV  Itanford 
stationery  &  printing  co.,  |  .Seattle, 
Wash.     [1H)U.] 

Citivr  titlf:  <'liinook  DiPtionarv  I  and  |  orig- 
inal   Indian  names  |  of  |  westi'rn  \Va«hinj;ton. 
I  (I'lcturp.]  I 

Tjowman  *.  Hanford  |  ntntionpry  A-  |  print- 
in);  rompany.     [IHIM.| 

trover  title,  titlp  vprso  blank  1  1.  preface  pp. 
(:t-4|,  p.  ."i  blank,  kpy  to  |iriiniiiiPiation  p.  [ti], 
nnmpralsp.  |7|.tpxt  pp.  !»-:t8.  24". 

NunipralH.  p.  (7|.  -(MiinookKnKlixh    diction, 
ary  alphabetirally  arran^jml.  pp.  n-;i2.— Kngliali 
ronvprsation  ami  intprrojjati)rip,s.  answered  in 
Chinook,  pp.  ;i,l-34.  -Tlip  oath.  )>.  ;i4. 
Copietteeii  :   Kanips.  rillin;;. 

Cornell:  This  word  followiu};  a  title  or  within 
parpiithi'spN  after  a  note  iiidicatps  that  a  copy  of 
llip  work  refprrpd  to  has  bi-eu  seen  by  the  pom- 
jiilpr,  bploDKiim  to  the  library  of  that  nni- 
vprsity.  Ithaca.  X.  Y. 

Cox      (Ho.ss).      .Vdventures  |  on      the  | 
Cfdnmhia  river,  |  inelnding  |  the  narra- 
tive of  a  ro.sidence  |  of  si.x  years  on  the 
western  side  of  |  the  Kocky  mountains, 
I  among  |  various  tribes  of  Indians  | 
hitherto  iinktiown :  |  together  with  |  a 
journey  acro.ss  the  American  continent. 
I  By     ,'oss   Cox.  I  In    two   volumes,  | 
VoL  I[-II].  |. 

London:  |  Henry  Colbnru  and  Rich- 
ard Hentley,  |  New  Hurlington  street.  ( 
18HL 

2  vols.:  titlp  vprso  uanip  of  printer  1  I.dpdi- 
cation  vprso  blank  1  1.  prpface  pp.  vii-ix.  intro- 
duction pp.  xi-xx,  contents  of  vol.  1  jip.  xxi- 
xxiv.text  pp.1-388;  title  vprso  name  of  printer 


«ik  ,I«ruf>n.  with 
oil's  I'rehittorie 


Hm'Prob»ch 

^('hiiHMik  Jar- 
inohet  (F.  N.) 
the    Chinotik 
ill(.I.K.) 

II  (illr  or  within 
itt'H  thHt  II  copy  of 

nt'Pii  by  tho  roiii- 
CHB.  WiiHhiiiutoii, 

iiary  |  of  the  | 
km  on  I  Pii^et 
iwi'st.  I  with  I 
tor  ]>i'oniiiient 
itii  tlitir  iiieiiu- 
,  otc.  I 

laii  tV   Hmiford 
CO.,  I  f^eattle, 

onarv  I  anil  |  orig- 
tiTii  WaHhinRton. 

tioni'vy  .V  I  print- 

k  1  1.  prpt'ai'cpp. 
nunniation  p.  [•!), 
24". 

KiiKlifh  liiction- 
|p|).  O-IIU.— KngUsh 
irii's.  nnsworeil  in 
1,  p.  ;i4. 

II  title  or   within 

LitPsthat  II  I'opyof 

sciMi  hy  the  com- 

iiry  of   that  unl- 

|es  1  ou  the  I 
Inft  I  thi" iiaira- 
\x  yi'ars  on  tho 
Iky  mountains, 
1  of  luilians  | 
tother  with  |  a 
(can  continent, 
ko   volumes,  I 

lira  and  Hich- 
[ijlton  street.  | 

printer  1  1.  dedl- 
'  pp.  vii-ix.  Intro- 
It  vol.  1  i>p.  xxi- 
li  name  of  printer 


CHINOOK.VN    LANTJUAdRS. 


19 


Cox  (R.)  — Continiiril. 

I  I  riinlrntn  pp.  V  vili;  lixt  pp.  l-'im, npprnilU 
pp.  :i!»:>  UK),  n\ 

.ViiinrralH  I  12.  'JU,  uiiil  a  HJiort  viNiilmliiry  (7 
wonlH  ami  11  phraRrx)  in  (.'hiiioiik  iliirj^on.  vol  J, 
p.  i:ii. 

t'li/iii'tuvii  ;  .Vstor.  lliMtoii  Alhi'iiii'iiiii.  Ilrll 
lull  Mii.-tniiii,  CoiiKri'SM. 

SiiIiIm'h  Dirtioiiiiry.  no.  17-'97,  iiioiitioiiH  ii 
'm-vonil  I'llilion,  London,  lri:i2.  A  '". 

The  I  Coliimliiii  river;   |  or,  |  HceiioH 

iukI  ailventiireH  |  <liirin<;  |  a  nwideiire 
oJMi.x  yearn  «)M  the  western  |  side  of  the 
Uoeky  iiioiiiitains  |  anion;;  |  various 
trilies  of  Indians  |  liitlierto  unknown: 
I  together  witli  |  a  journey  arro.ss  the 
.\iuerieiih  continent.  |  My  K'osm  ('o.\.  | 
III  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I|-1IJ.  |  I'liiid 
edition.  | 

liondoii:  I  Henry  Colltiirn  and  K'ieh- 
ard  Heiith-y.  |  New  Hiirliii,i;ton  strcof. 

I  i«:w. 

2  voIh.  :  lillr  verso  niiinr.s  of  priiiti'r«  1  I. 
ili'tliiation  verso  blank  1  I.  prel'iii-j  pp.  v  vi. 
Iiitroiliietion  pp.  vii  xvl  I'ontenis  p|i.  wii  \\. 
text  pp.  l-:i:n;  title  ver«o  names  of  printers  I  1. 
1  (intents  pp.  iil-vi,  text  pji.  l-a,">0,  S  '. 

LinKiilxti''  eontents  an  under  title  next 
above,  vol.  2,  pp.  117-118. 

Co/iieii  Keen  .-  (Ircely. 

Adventures  (   on    tlie   |  ('olumliia 

river,  |  inehidin^  |  the  narrative  of  a 
residence  |  of  six  years  on  the  western 
side  of  I  tho  Rocky  mountains,  |  ainoni; 
I  various  tribes  of  Indians  |  hitherto 
unknown:  |  tojjether  with  |  a  journey 
across  the  American  contiueut.  |  By 
Ross  Co.x.  I 

New  York:  |  printed  and  pulilished 
hy  J.  &  J.Harper,  H2('litr-street.  |  And 
sold  by  the  principal  booksellers 
throughout  the  United  .States.  |  1832. 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  pp.  v-vi.  iiitro- 
dnction  pp.  vii-x,  <  onteiiti*  pp.  xi-xv,  text  pp. 
25-3;)l,  appendix  pp.  X!;t-a;)5.  S' . 

Lingiiistiu  oonteuts  as  under  titles  above, 
pp.  225-226. 

Cojiie*  seen  .-  Hancroft,  C'onsress,  Harvard, 
Mullet,  Pillinfi. 

Crane  (Agnes).    The  Chinook  Jargon. 

In  the  ItrlKhton  Hendd.  no.  ISS:;.  p.  4, 
lirinhton.  Knfilan<l,.ruly  12,  IHOo.  folio.  (I'illin};.) 

A  review  of  Hale  (!{.),  Manual  of  the  Oie;;on 
trade  lan;:ua:;e.  It  occupies  a  column  and  a 
half  of  tlii>  Herald  and  contains  a  number  of 
Jargon  words  with  their  dertvutions,  a  brief 


Crane  lA.) — Ctmlinnod. 

nutlliie  III  phonetics  and  uraniiiiar  of  the  Ian 
Uiiiii;e,  and  one  verse  of  a  son;:,  with  Eiinllsli 
trannlallon. 

Curtin    (.lereiiiiah).     |  VVords.    phrases, 
and  sentences  in  the  Wasko  language.  | 

MiiiMiscript.  pp.  77  2'JS,  J  In  the  libriiiyof 
the  niii'cau  of  Kllimdo^y.  Kcrorileil  ill  Wiinii 
.Spriiiu,  Ore;;on.  In  ISSI.  in  a  cnpN  of  l'o\veir,s 
Inliiidiii  lion  liithe.S|iiil,\  of  Indian  l.anciniues, 
Mei'onil  edition.     The  Itiireiin  iil|ihiilH't  is  iisi-d. 

Ilf  the  schedules,  nos.  I  l.tl  S.  t)>.  IM  21)  iil'o 
well  lilled:  iinH.  .'i,  10.  12  1 1,  and  17  partially  so; 
and  nos.  I).  11,  l.'>.  and  'in  have  no  entries. 

■lereniiah  I'lirliu  was  born  in  Milwaukee, 
Wis.  about  Ik:i.'>.  lie  bill!  liltle  iiiucation  in 
cliihlliiioil,  bill  al  the  line  of  l«- nl\  oilweiity- 
one  pi'epiireil  himself  to  enlev  rllilllps  Kxeler 
.Xcailcmy.  made  exlriioidiniiry  pmnresM,  and 
soon  entered  lliirvard  ( 'olleye.  «  here  he  wa.s 
;;riiduated  in  IHlill.  Ity  this  time  h.<  badbecoine 
noted  iimonu  his  classnintesand  aci|naintaiices 
for  his  wonderful  facility  asalinuiilMt.  On  lea  v- 
illK  collene  be  had  ac(|iiired  a  ;;oiid  knowledue 
of  Kiench.  Spanish,  l'ortii;;uese.  Itiiliaii. 
Uonmaiiiiin.  Dutch.  Danish  .Swedish.  Icelandic, 
liothic.l  ;ermiin.  and  Kinnlsb,  besli'icsti  reek  and 
l.iit  in.  He  had  also  made  considerable  pro;;reHs 
in  llebleu.  I'ersiiin  and  Sanskrit,  and  was 
bc^innin;:  to  speak  Kussian.  When  .Xdmiral 
Lissofsky's  licet  visited  this  coui.lry,  in  isiil, 
Curtin  beciime  iic(|uainled  with  IheollicerHand 
accompanied  the  expedition  on  its  return  to 
Uiisslii,  In  St.  I'eli  rsluirn  he  obtained  employ- 
ment as  a  translator  of  poly^lol  t'-le^iaphic, 
dispatches,  bill  he  w.is  presently  appointed  by 
Mr.  Seward  to  the  ollice  of  secretary  of  tho 
I'nited  States  legation,  and  beheld  this  place 
till  IStW.  Diiriny  thisperiod  he  became  familiar 
with  the  Polish.  Itolieinian,  Lithuanian, 
l.eltisb,  iiMil  llun;;ariiin  liinuuii;:cs,  and  miiile  a 
be;;inniny;  in  Turkish.  From  IsOHtill  1877  ho 
traveled  in  eastern  Kiiropo  and  in  ,\sia,  appar- 
ently in  theserviceof  the  Kussian  KoNernment. 
IntS7:i,  at  the  celebration  at  rra^ne  of  the. 'lOdth 
anniversary  of  the  birth  of  .lolin  Hiiss,  hu 
ilelivercdHie  oration,  speaking  w  ilh  '."reat  do- 
i|uence  in  the  Itoliemian  lan;:uii;;e.  Durin;r  his 
travels  in  llie  Danube  country  lie  learned  to 
speak  Sliivoniiin.  Croatian.  Servian,  ami  liul^ja- 
rian.  He  lived  for  some  time  in  I  lie  ('.iiicasiis, 
where  he  learneil  Minsrelian.  .Mikasian,  and 
.Vrnieiiian.  \t  the  be;;iiiniii;;  of  Hie  Kiis.so- 
Tiirkish  war  in  IH77.  he  left  the  Russian  ilomiii- 
ions.  and.  after  ii  year  in  London,  returned  ti 
his  native  country.  Since  then  he  has  been 
stuilyin;;  the  lan;!uaKes  of  tho  .Vni<>ricaii 
Indians  and  has  made  ..iliiiible  researches 
under  the  auspices  of  Mi|,i..lolin  W.  I'owell  and 
the    lliireiiu  of    Kllinolojjy.     He  is  said  to  be 

aci|iiiiinted  with  more  than  fifty  languages 

.ipiilctonn  Cijclop.  o/  Am.  liiog. 


20 


WIHLH)UHArilY    OF    THK 


T). 


li 


\\ 


ij 


M 


Daa  (IjiiIwik  KriHtiiiHcn).  (h\  Ww  iitliii- 
itioH  liftwi'i'ii  (ln'  liiii){ii:iKi's  (if  tli«i 
northern  trilM'Hol' tlwolil  and  iirwcnii- 
tini'iitH.  Ily  IjowIm  Kr.  Daa,  Kni|.,  of 
("liriHtiania,  Norway.  (I{un«l  iJfcemlHT 
t)i<>  !.'(»» h.) 

Ill  rhiliil<i;.'ii'iil  Stir.  |(il'  l,iiliiloii|  'rrilllN.  IttMI. 

pp. 'jrii-i;!ii.  i.diiiliiii  [1H")7|,H  .  (Coiiun-Kn.) 

I'linipiirativ)'  lalili's  Hliiiwiii;;  iitliiiilli's  lir 
Iwct'ii  AHiiitic  mill  Aiiii'i'iriiii  hiii'.'iiiiucH  pp. 
JIU  'JHri.  ninliiiii  wmils  Inmi  iiiiinv  Nnrlli  .Viiicr 
ii'Hii  IjiiiuiiaurH.  iiiiiiiii^  tlu'iii  a  fi'NV  III'  till' 
'I'mliiiiiik. 

DawBon  (/'»■.  (icorjio  Mcirri).  Ste 
Tolmle  ( VV.  F. )  ami  Dawson  ((i.  M. ) 

(iporuf  Mi'rror  IIuwmiiii  wan  liorii  iit  I'irhm. 
NovaKc'olia.  Aiii-iml  I.  Hill,  anil  istluH'lili'sl  hmii 
of  Sir  William  HawMon.  prinrlpal  of  Mrliill 
Univornilv.  Mniitii'al.  Ilu  wan  nliuatfil  al 
Mi'<iill  Collrut^aiiil  tlli^  Uii.val  Si'lioiilnf  MillrH  : 
held  till'  DiikiMif  ( 'orMwall'M  srlinlarslilp.  {{ivi'li 
by  the  rrlinc  of  Walis;  iiiiil  look  llir  Kilwanl 
KiirlicH  innlal  in  piila'iititiilo>;y  and  tlin  Miir 
t'lilHiin  nii'ilal  In  K<'"l"^.^  -  "<'  w»>*  a|>l>ointril 
gi'iilc,}{iHt  anil  tiatiinili.Hl  tn  Hit  NtaJf.slyH  Nortli 
Aint'i'lran  Itiiiiinlai'v  ('iiiiinii.sNinn  In  1^7:1,  ami 
attlmrlosrof  tlio('i)mmi.s«iiiii'H  work.  In  Irt7.">,  In' 
pnliliHlit'il  a  ri'port  iimlcr  Mii'  tillo  i>f  "  liciilnjiy 
anil  Ui'Kourro.H  iif  till'  Koi-ly  iilntli  I'aralli'l."  In 
ifnly,  lH7ri,  lif  rri'i'ivpil  an  appointnit'iit  on  tho 
gcolofjiraUnrvoy  <>f  (  anaila.  l'"rom  li<7.'i  In  II  7!l 
hit  waH  ori'iipitMl  in  tin' ^^roloijiral  mirvoy  ami 
exploration  of  Hrilltili  (liilninliia.  anil  kiiIihi'- 
qiicntly  on^aRi'il  in  .similar  work  liolli  in  thi' 
NortliwnMt'IVrritiiryanil  ItritisliColumlila.  Dr. 
DawHon  Im  tlii'  antlior  of  niimuroiiH  (lapcra  on 
frcolofry,  natural  liiHlory,  and  i'tliuolo};y.  pnli- 
liHlicd  in  tlin  ('anadian  NatiiraliHi.  (Jiiartcrly 
Joiiriialof  tli)'(rt'ido^li',al  ScM'icty,  Trans.'U'tionn 
of  tlio  Koyal  Sorioty  of  ("rinada,  I'tr.  Ht-  wa.s  in 
1887  81'lected  to  taku  charge  of  llio  Vukou  expc- 
dition. 

Definitio  Do^mati.s      .  Jargon 

Tchinook.     Sw  Demers  ( M. ) 

De  Horsey  {TAcul.  Alyornon  Frederii  k 
Rons).  Seo  Montgomerie  (J.  \..)  iiml 
De  Horsey  (A.  F.K.) 

[Demers  {Bishop  Modcste).]  iKMniitio 
Dogmatis  Immaculatii'  (Joucoptionis 
H<'ati8HiniH'.  Virojuis  Mariii-  |  a  SS.  1>. 
N.  PioIMMX. 

Second  headiii;/:  Kadoni  in  eani  I^in- 
^nani  traiiHlata  (pia'  viil^ro  ,Tar<ron 
Tt'liinook  I  (licitnr,  <iua'f|nc  ohtinet  in 
tota  Ore};;oni'n.si  I'rovincia;  |  anctore 
Episcopi)  Vancouvciicnsis  Insula'. 

'.'olophou  :  TyjiisJoanniM Maria- Shea, 
Neo  Klioraoeiisis.     [18fi0f] 

Xotitli"  ims»',  hfadlunrtonly ;  text  I  leaf  verso 
Wank,  Ig'^. 


Demers  (M. )  —  ('nntinued. 

Thr  doKnia  in  llrHl  ulvcn  in  IiAtln,  fnllnwed 
liy  llif<  tniiiHJation  inio  tlio  ClilniMtk  Jargon. 
CnpifK Hff II  :   (irorgi'lown,  I'illlllg. 

Blaiichet  (F.  N.)  and  St.  Onge  (L. 

N.)  .1.  M.  .1.  I  Chinook  [.larpm]  | 
l>ictionary,  Cati'cliiHni.  |  prayers  and 
hytniiH.  I  i'onipoNuii  'm  IH.'tH  iV.  1831*  liy 
I  ft.  rev.  ModcHto  iK'inerw.  |  Uevifrt-d, 
eorrecteil  and  completed.  I  in  1X()7  liy 
I  mo.sl  rov.  F.N.  Illanehet.  |  Witlimod- 
ilieations  and  addition.s  liy  |  Rev.  h.  N. 
St,  ( >np>  MiHHionary  |  anion);  the  Yaku- 
iiiiiH  and  oilier  Indian  TribeH.  | 
.Montreal.  |  1871. 

( 'iiref  fillv ;  'riie  j  miMHionary'«  lompanlnn  I 
on  I  III'  I  I'lK'itli  ToaNt.  I  [rii'tiir*'.]  |  |  Three  linfri 
of  mript  lire-Mat.  \x\i\.  lit.  | 

(Niver  title,  front i.npii  re  Mir.so  Idank  I  I.  title 
verHO  blank  I  I.  plate  I  I.  prefaee  (liy  Father 
St.  (Inge.  niiHlgiiid)  pp.  7-lt.  text  pp.  !I<1").  ad- 
denda p.  nu,  table  |uf  eoiitentH)  p.  07.  errata  p. 

iw.  It; ". 

.Short  aeeount  of  the  origin  of  the  ('hinoo'.< 
.largon,|)p.  7-H.  ISnloH  of  the  langiiHge.  pp.  0- 
10.--()f  the  iioiinx,  pp.  II -I'J.— Orthography,  p. 
12.  -Chinook  |.fargon]  dlitioiiary  (pp.  i:i-:i'J)  in 
double  eolnmim.  nndertlie  folbiwlngheadx.  each 
alphabetleally  arranged  by  .targou  words. 
Noiiim,  pl>.  l'l-'.'2;  AdjerllveH,  pp.  2;i-2.'>;  Nilin- 
liera.  pp.  J5-2li;  rronouiiH.  p.  20;  Verbs,  pp.  26- 
29;  .Vdverbs.  |ireposilion«.  I'OiijnnetionM,  and 
inter.jectioii.-  pp.  IHI-IJI.— Appendix,  pp. ;il-32.— 
The  Christian  prayera  in  Chinonk  [Jargon), 
pp.  ;i:i;i8.  -  Hymns  (in  Jargon  with  Frniieh 
headingH).  pp.  lift  4B.  Cateehism  (in  Jargon 
with  Knglish  heading.s),  pp.  47-6,').— Addenda (■» 
short  voialiiilary  j.  )>.  IMS. 

'  The  ChlniMik  .largon  wan  invented  by  the 
Ilndison  Hay  (!oiii|iaiiy  traders,  who  were 
miistly  I'"reinli  ('anadian.t.  Havingtotrade  with 
the  niinieroii.s  trilH's  inhabiting  thoeoiintries 
west  of  the  Uoeky  MonntainH.  it  was  iieeessary 
to  have  a  lan^naiio  iinderstoiMl  by  all.  Hence, 
the  idea  of  composing  the  Chinook  Jargon. 
Kort  Vanconver  being  the  principal  post,  the 
traders  of  the  twentyniiie  forts  ludongliig  to 
the  company,  on  the  western  slope,  and  the 
Indians  from  every  jiart  of  that  immense 
ciHuitry,  had  to  come  to  Vanc<mver  for  the 
trading  sea.son.  Tbey  used  to  learn  the  Chinook 
and  then  teach  it  to  others.  In  this  manner  it 
became  universally  known. 

'■  The  two  first  missionaries  to  Oregon,  Kev. 
F.N.  HIanchet,  V.  (f .,  and  his  worthy  compan- 
ion, Rev.  Mod.  Demers.  arrived  from  (^'anada  to 
Vancouver  on  tlie24thof  November,  1838.  They 
had  to  Instruct  niinierons  tribes  of  Indians, 
ami  tln^  wives  ami  children  of  the  whiU'S.  who 
spoke  only  the  Chinook.  The  two  luisHionaries 
set  to  work  to  learn  it.  and  in  a  few  weeks 
Father  Demers  had  mastered  it  and  liegan  to 
!>  reach 


<'liIN<»()KAN    I.AN(JIJA(IF,S. 


81 


IH'll. 

II  ill  I-alin,  followed 
'  ChiiiiNik  <Fflr;;nii. 
n  I'illiiit:. 

mil  St.  Oiige  (L. 
look  [.larj^oii]  I 
III.  I  iiriijerH  and 
1  IKW  &  |83!»  l.y 
I'liuTK.  I  Kt'viFfl'il, 
till.  I  ill  1W!7  li.v 
iH't.  I  WithniiHl- 
iM  >».v  I  h'lv.  L.  N. 
iiiiioiiK  till'  Yaka- 
Trjbi'8.  I 


niirv  «  I'linipaiiinii  I 

tiirr.)  I  ITIirw  linert 

I 

vorMo  lihiiik  I  1.  litlr 
liri'lmii  (liy  Kiitlitr 
II.  text   pp.  !)-lir),  ail- 

mto]  |i.  67,  orratJi  p. 

Kill  (if  thr  ('liinool< 
tliK  lilliUiiHgn.  pp.  0- 
'.' — OrtliiiKriipliy.  p. 
iminry  (pp.  i;i-;t'J)  in 
r>lI<>wiiif;lien<lH.  facli 
by  .farjjon  HonU . 
•«.  pp.  'j;i-2r>;  Xnin- 
.2(1;  Verbs,  pp.  28 - 

lOiijuiirtioiiH,  Hiid 

pendix.  pp.  .'(1-32 

Cliiniiok  fJarpoii), 
riion  Willi   Fromli 

liism  (in  Jargon 
47-6,'i._Ad(lpnilai'\ 

«H  invented  by  the 
•aderM,  who  were 
aviii<;totradrwith 
tiiiK  tlio  I'oiiiitriog 
».  it  was  iieceHNary 
mmI  by  all.  Ilenre. 
Chinook  Jarjion. 
iriiicipal  post,  the 
'orts  Imlonglnij  to 
rn  slope,  and  the 
of  that  immense 
ancoiiver  for  the 
learn  the  Chinook 
In  this  niauner  it 

cs  to  Oregon,  Uev, 
s  worthy  rompan- 
id  from  (,'anada  to 
iralier,  1838.  They 
rilM's  of  Indians, 
f  the  whitt's.  who 
two  luissiouaries 
I  in  a  few  weeks 
it  and  liegan  to 


Oemers  (M.)  — (oiitiiiiied. 

'  llei'oinpoHi'd  II  siir:ibiiliir\  u  hii  li  »m»  m-i\ 

iiMcfnl  to  other  iiiiMKioiiarieM.    II iiiipiwi'il  Me\ 

eial  eiiiilieleH,  which  the  liidjairi  learned  and 
HUH);  w  Mil  lUHteaiid  di'li«hl.  ll>'  alMo  IniUHlaled 
all  IheCliriiiliiiii  pniyer^  In  the  Hniiie  laiiifuaKe. 

'■"^inli '»  III itjiii  of  Hie  Cliiiiook  ,liir«.iii. 

wliieli  eniibleil  the  Iwotlrm  iiiisHJoiiiiieH  in  the 
eoiinlry  lo  do  a  ureal  deal  of  uimmI  am  ini;  Ihi' 
liidiaiiNund  half  lireedM.  I'he  invetiiliMiof  ihe 
Callicillc  Ladder,  in  April,  IM.m  hy  Very  l{e\ . 
Illanehel.  and  il.<  I  oral  I  explanation  inChiiiiHik. 
had  It  iiiarvehiiiN  Hiieei'HN  and  j;ave  the  ('atholie 
iiii«»ioiiarieHaKreal  siiperlorily  and  piepomler 
anee  miieh  envied  by  the  miHHionai'ieH  lieloiiu 
iiiu  toother  deiiiiiii illations. 

Kulher  Deineix,  afterwards  MImIiop  of  Van 
eiinvers   Island,    has    now  yoiie   to  enjoy    the 
reward  of  his  Kicat  hilHiiiis  and  apostolie  7.eal. 
II  would  he  loo  had  to  losit  his  lliotionary  and 
other  (.'hinook  works.     So,  Arehhlsliop  Ulan 
ehet,  who  has  himsi  If  madi'  a  eompeiidinm  of 
t  he  ( 'lirist  iaii  doelrine  in  t  he  same  lanuua).'e,  has 
liad  Ihe  jjoimI  iiispiralion  to  jret  tlm  whole  piili 
lished  with   his  eorreetioiis  and   addilions. 
I'if/acH  liii  h'allifi- SI.  UiKje. 

CoiieernliiK  the  lirepiirullon  and  piihlieatloii 
of  this  woik,  Father  ,Si.  ()n).'e  writes  me  as  fol 
lows: 

"Hisliop    Demerss  little    hi   m,.    which    wiis 
nirreeted  hy  Arehliishop   lllanehet,  was  mner 

printed.    The  arehliishop  jjave  metheim 

script,  whieh  1  arrauged.     I  made  Ihe  s|)elliii;; 
nniforni  and  overhauled  if  completely.     I  was 

ill  the  hospital  at   Montreal  at   the  ti .where 

my  liisliop  hiul  sent  me  heeaiise  of  ill  health. 
When  I  got  a  little  stronger,  time  being  hard 
to  pass,  I  procured  a  small  press,  wi-nt  to  work 
and  printed  this  (Miinook  book  and  the  Vakama 
eatutdiism.  It  was  hard  work  (or  an  invalid, 
and  I  made  the  dictionary  as  short  as  )iossible. 
"The  Calholie  Ladder,  of  which  I  send  yon 
a    eopy,  was,  as    yon    suggest,  published    by   ! 

Father  Liu-ombc;  lint  it  isonlyan bellishell   ' 

edilionof  the  Liulder  invented  by  Archbishop 
Hlanuhet  in  April,  1831).  The  archbishop 
never  printed  any  Chinook  explanation  of  it, 
and  in  my  prefaee  to  the  Chinook  Dictionary 
the  word  <iial  should  have  been  ineliidtsl. 

doiiiet  »efii  :  I'ldiiies,  I'illiiiL',  Trnmhnll 
Wellesley. 

Modeste  Demers,  li.  C.  bishop,  burn  in  Can- 
ada, died  in  Vancouver's  Island  in  1871.  If,, 
went   to  the  .Niirlhwest    I'erridiry  in  183H  and 

was  engaged   in   nii,ssioiiar>   duly  , ,jr   the 

Indian!!  until  1847,  when  he  w:is  consecrated 
bishop  of  Vaiicimver's  Island.  -  Api,lel,>nn 
('yclui).of  A»i.  ISioij. 

Dickinson  (— ).  Seo  Everette  (\V.  K.) 

Dictionary  |  of  |  Imlian  Toneriics  |  coii- 
taiiiiiig  nioHt  oftlif  words  tiud  terin.s  ( 
iLsed    ill    tin-  I  T.siiiip.seaii,     Ifydali.  A 
Chinook,    With  their  in.-aiiiner  or. .(|iiiv- 
alent  (  iu  the  |  Kuglish  Language.  | 


Dictionary      t'oiitlniit'd. 

I'ljliiishid   liy  Mil, hen  A  ('arNw.lJ,  ( 
Victoria,  V.  I.  |  Printed  at  the  uWWa  of 
Mn-     hiiily     Chioniclf.   |    Oovfniuieiit 
."^li'evt.  I  mV2.  (•) 

Title  I  I.  text  pp.  M,->,  10  >. 

Mydah  vocabnlary,  pp.  13.  I'simpsoan 
voeahiilaiv.  gninimalii  mites  and  phrases  pp. 
•I  III.    Chinook  .larg pp,  II    1,1. 

'"''b-  Ir Mr  Fran/,   Unas  fniiii  copy  in  his 

portsessioii. 

Dictionary  |  ..C  |  Indiitn  toiiginw.  |  con- 
laiiiing  I  MdNt  (,fth.«  WoidH  and  IViins 
I  iis.-dinthr  I  'I'shiinimraii.  Ilydah.and 
Chinook,  with  Mn-irnieaning  ..r  ei|niv- 
al.<iit  I  in  f!if  |  Knglisl/  lauginige.  | 

riililishfd    l)y  I  llihiii!'!  A  CarHWell, 
I  Vietoria.  V.  1.  |  I'lint.-d  at    il,„  Hrit- 
ish  eoloniNt  (illicit.  I  ISti.'). 

Cover  title  verso  advertisement,  no  inside 
title,  text  pp.  I-U,H(|,  HI  . 

Chinook  , I  argon  Knglisb  vocabulary,  double 
j  eoliiiiins,  pp.  1-4.  -Chinook  examples  (phrases 
and  8enlenecs).p.  ,1,  -  H\dali  Fimlish  visuhii. 
lary.  double  coliiniiis,  pp.  li  7.  Knglish Tshiin- 
shean  \iiic\  viMaliiilary,  verbal  eonjiigalions, 
phrases  and  seiilences,  double  culiimns,  pp,  s 
14. 

<'i>iiieii  Hei'ii :   .\stor.  Fames. 

Dictionary.     A   |  diitioinuy   |  i.|"    tiic  | 
Ciiiiiook    Jargon,  |  or  |   liHlian     Trade 
Language,  |  orihcNoilh  l'a(MHi!('oast, 
I  [Picture  of  an  Indian.]  | 

Published    l.y  T.  \.  IIIIiIm-ii  A  Co.,  | 
Viitoria,   H.  ('.  |  Colonisf    jirint— Vie- 
loria,  U,  (J.     [IHTlfJ 

Cover  title  as  aliove,  no  inside  title,  text  pp, 
l-'J!t,  advertisement  on  back  covers  . 

Chinook-Knglish.pp.l  18. -Knglish-Chinook, 
pp.  li»-2!l.  -Lord's  prayer  in  .largon  with  inter 
linear  Kii);lisb  translatioii,  p.  '.Ml. 

Ooiiiensri-ii :  lt,nici'ol'l,  Cornell.  I-^anies,  Tnim 
bull,  Wellesley. 

i''orthoniost  purl  areprini,  withoini.ssions.of 
Gitbs  ((r.),  llictionary  of  the  Cliinook  ,laif;on, 

lieiuinieil  in:  Hritisli  Coliimliia;  l£o|iiiit  of 
(he  lion,  II.  L.  Langvein,  C.  1!.  Miiiislcrof  I'ub 
lie  Works,  )ip,  101-182,  (Ktawa,  1872.  8', 
((teorgelowii.) 

Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  .largon,  | 
or,  I  Indian   Trade    Laiigiiagc  |  of    the 
I  north  Pacific  i;oa.sf.  | 

Victoria,  |{.  C:  j  T.  N.  Hil.l.cn  A 
CO.,  imbliNhers,  |  Government  street 
[ISTTf] 

Coiu-r  tiOe  .  Dietiotiary  |  of  the  |  Chinook 
•fargoii,  I  or  |  Indian  Trade  Language  |  of  the 
I  niirlh  I'm'illc  coast.  |  [Picture,]  | 

\  ietoria,  IJ.  C. :  I  I'nblished  by  T.  \.  Uibben 
A:  Co..  I  liuveruiueut  Street.     [1877*J 


22 


BTBLIOGRAPHY    OP    THE 


I  ' 


i'. 


I 


t 


fi' 


> 


jii 


!/ 


Dictionary  —  ContiiiiH'<l. 

Cover  title,  title  vernix  opyri^tlit  iiotii'e  (1877) 
and  liiime  III'  ]ii  iiitt'i'  I  1.  text  pp.  Ti  :i:i,  8^. 

I'ai't  I.  Ciiiiiiiuk-Kii};lisli.  nlpliulietleully 
iirriiiigtiil,  pp.  5-2:1.  — I'arl  II.  Kiitfli.tli  Cliiiiook, 
ilouble  eiilmuii.s,  alplialietieall.v  MiTiiii>!eil,  pp. 
2:i-llS. — Loril'M  iiraver  in  Jar^jon.  with  inter- 
linear Kn;;lis1i  tran.shitii>n.  p. :i:i. 

Collies  teen  :  Pilling. 

Dictionary  |  ol"  tlio  |  Cliinook  Jiiif^oii,  | 
or  I  Iniliaii  Tnide  l.,iiii}riiaji;f  |  ol'  the  | 
nui'th  Piicitic  coast.  | 

Victoria,  H.  C.  |  T.N.  MiblHMi  &  Co., 
piiblisLerH,  IGoviTiinifiifc  Strt'i't.  |  1883. 

Cover  titli' :  New  Kdition.  |  llietiunury  |  of 
the  I  Chinook  .Targoii,  |  or  |  Indian  Trade  Lan- 
jruage  I  ol"  the  |  north  I'.aeilie  coast.  |  [I''r- 
ture.]  I 

Vietoria.  n.  C:  |  I'nliliHhed  by  T.N.  llihben 
&.  Co.  I  (lovernnient  «tre<>t.    [1883.) 

Cover  title,  title  veriio  copyright  noticc(lH7Tl 
and  name  of  jirinter  1  1.  text  pii.  .")-l!.").  H '. 

Parti.  ('liinookKngli.sh.pp.  ri-24 — I'art  II. 
KngliHh'Chinook.  jip.  'J4  :i4.  —  Lord's  prayer 
in  Jargon  with  English  interlinear  t  ranslation, 
p.  :)5. 

Copies  seen :   I'illins. 

Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Cliiiiook  .Tarpon,  | 
or  I  Indian  Trade  Lanoiiaoe,  |  of  tlic  | 
north  l'a(Mlic  coaHt.  | 

Victoria,  B.  V.  \  T.  N.  llibbon  &  co.. 
FuVdishers,  Governnieut  Street.  |  1887. 

(^uitff'iVJc.-NewKditioi!.  |  Dictionary  |  of  the 
I  Chinook. I  argon,  |  or  |  ludian  Xrailu  Language 
I  of  the  1  north  I'acittc  coast.  |  [I'ictnre.]  | 

Victoria,  U.  C:  |  Published  by  T.  N.  Hibben 
&  ('o.  I  (iovernnient  street.    1 1887.] 

Cover  title  verso  advertisenu'nt,  title  verso 
copyrij^'ht  not  ice  (1887)  and  name  of  printer  1  1. 
textpp.3-:i3,  S". 

Part  1.  Chinook-EnglJHh,  alpliabetioally 
arranged,  pp.  3-'21.  — Part  II.  KnglishCliinook, 
alphabetically  arrangeil,  pp.  '."J-32.  ^-  Lord's 
prayer  in  .largon  with  interlinear  Kuglish 
translation,  p.  33. 
(htpiea  tei'n  ;  Ford. 

Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  Jargon,  | 
or  I  Indiiin  Trade  Lano:iia«fe  |  of  the  | 
iiortli  Pacific  coaist.  | 

V^itttoria,  B.  (,'.  |  B.C.  stationery  co., 
PtibliHhors,  |  (Joverunient  Strec^t,  1887. 

C:)ver    title:     Dictionary  |  of    the  I  Chinook 
Jargon,  |  or  |  Indian  Trade  Language  {  of  the 
I  north  I'acilic  coast.  |  New  edition.  { 

B.  ('.  stationery  co.,  Publishers,  |(ioveii>- 
numt  Stie.t,  I  Victoria,  Ii.  C.  |  1887. 

Cover  title,  title  vcr.io  copyright  noticc(1877, 
by  T.  N.  niliben)  and  nann<  of  printer  I  1,  text 
pp.  3-33, 8". 

Part  I.  Cliinook'Knglish,  alphabetically 
arranged,  pp.  :i  '_>!.  Part  1 1.  Kuglish  ('hinooU. 
double  colunins.  alpliabetically  arranged,  pp. 


Dictionary  —  Continued. 

li-'-:!2. — Lord's  iM'aycr  in  .largon,  with  inter- 
linear Kuglish  ti'  luslatiini.  p.  33. 
Copies  teen  .    .  illing. 

Dictionary  |  of  the  {  Cliiiiook  Jargon,  | 
or  I  Indian  Trade  Lan^rnaj^e,  |  of  the  | 
iiortii  Piicific  coast.  I  [\'ignette.]  | 

Victoria,   B.  C.  |  T.  N.  Hild.eii  [A] 
CO.,  Publishers.  |  Government  Street.  | 
18X9. 

Cover  title:  New  Kdition.  |  Dictionary  |  of 
the  I  (MiiuiMik  Jargon,  |  or  |  Indian  Triule  Lan- 
ginige  I  of  the  ^  north  Paeilic  coast.   [Picture.]  | 

Victoria.  15,  ('.  I  Published  by  T.  N.  Hibben 
A:  CO.  I  tiovernnieut  street.    [1889.] 

Cover  title,  title  ver.so  copyright  (1877)  and 
name  of  printer  1  I.  text  pp.  3-32, 8^. 

Part  I.  Chinook- Knglish.  alphabetically 
arranged,  pp. 3  21.— Part  II.  Kuglish-t.'hinuok, 
alphabeti<ally  arranged,  double  columns,  pp. 
21-32.— Lord's  prayer  in  Jargon  with  interlin- 
ear English  translation,  p.  32. 

Copiet  teen :  Pilling, 

Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  Jargon  | 
or  I  Indian    triide    laiigiii'ge  |  now    iu 
o;eiieral  use  on  |  the  north-west  oast. 
I  Adajded  tor  general  business.  | 

Olynii.ia,  W.  T.  I  T.  (i.    Lowe  &  eo., 
imblisiiers    and     stiitioners.   |   1873.  | 
Printed    at    the-    Courier    joli    rooms, 
Olynipia,  W.  T. 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  1-32, 12-^. 

Part  r.  Chinook-Knglish.pp.  1-20.— Part  II. 
KnglishChinook.  pp.  21-32. 

Copies  seen ;  Bancroft. 

Dictionary   of     the    Chinook  Jargtin. 

( 1868-1879. )    See  Blanchet  ( V.  N. ) 

Dictionary    of     the    Chinook  Jargon. 

(1891.)     See  Coones  (S.  V.) 

Dictionary    of    the    Chinook  Jargon. 

(1882-1887.)     SeeOilKJ.K.) 

Dictionary  of  the  Chinook  .     .  .  trade 


languiige. 

Dictionary : 
Chinook 
Chinook 
'■    .largon 
.largon 


SeeProbsch  (T.W.) 


See  Iloas  (F.) 
Gibbs  (C.) 
(3d  od.  1850)     Ulanchet  (F.  N.) 
(3d  ed.  lHt;20  lllauehet  (F.  N.) 
Jiirgou     (4th  ed.  1808)     Ulanchet  (F.  N.) 
Jargon     (0th  ed.  1873  !)   Ulanchet  (F.  N.) 
Jargon     (0th  cd.  1.S78)     Ulanchet  (F.  N.) 
J   rgon    (7tli  ed.  1879)    Ulanchet  (F.  N.) 
.largon       (Mss.  l.x'Jl)     llulnicr  (T.  S.) 
Jargon  (1891)    Coones  (S.F.) 

■largcm  (1871)     Deniers  (ADct  ai. 

.largon  (1802)     Dictionary. 

.Iarg(ui  (180.'i)     Dictionary. 

Jargon  (I87H)  Dictionary. 

Jar:;on  (1873/     Dictionary, 

•largon  (1877  0  Dictionary. 


argiiii,  with   inter  • 
iiiook  Jargon,  | 

Uil<<«',   I  of  till'   I 

^'igiiettc]  I 

\.  Hihl.fu  [A] 

uiiieut  Stroct,  | 

111.  I  Dictionary  |  of 

Intliau  'i'riuli'  Lnii- 

(•(last.   [Picture.]  | 

1  by  T.  N.  Hibbcn 

[1889.] 

•pyright  (1877)  and 

:i-;t2, 8^. 

hIi.    nlphnbetieally 

.  Kugliah-t.'liinoolv, 

tulile  columns,  pp. 

rgou  with  interlin- 

2. 

iiiook  Jargon  | 
gus'gu  I  now  iu 
orth-west  ciast. 
biisiiiCMH.  I 
Ci,  Lowe  Jt  CO., 
oners.  I  1873.  | 
'ier    job    rooms, 

tpp.  1-32,12='. 

1.  pp.  1-20.— I'art  II. 


linook     Jargnn. 
ichet  (F.N.) 

inook    Jargon. 

.  V.) 
linook    .Jargon. 

J.K.) 

>1<  .     .     .  trade 

h(T.W.) 

liofts  (F.) 
(iibba  ((i.) 
lUanchef  (F.  N.) 
llhinchet(F.  X.) 
l!laiichct(F.  N.) 
lihinchet(F.  N.) 
llhinchet(F  N.) 
Illamhct  (F.N.) 
liiilimT  (T.  S.) 
(Jo'Jiii'rt  (S.  F.) 
l)emer»i(M.)  ('<al. 
Dictionary. 
Dictionary. 
Dicti<iimry. 
Dii'lionary. 
Dictionary. 


CHINOOKAN    L.\N(lUAr.ES. 


23 


Dictionary —  T'oiitiimcd. 
('liimM)li    -OontiiiiK'il. 


■largun  (IH8:i)  Hiitionary. 

•Fargon  (1887)  Diitionarv. 

.largon  (1887)  Dictionary, 

.lurgon  (188!))  Diction.iry. 

.(argon  (188G)  Dnrieii()') 

.1  argon  (1802)  Diiricii  (I'.) 

.Targoii  (Mss.  18!i:i)  ICrlls  (.M.) 

.largoii  (Ms».  1H84)  Kvci-cltc  (\V.  K.) 

.Jargon  (Wash.,  180;t)  (JibliM  ((.l.i 

Jargon  (N.  Y.,  1803,8")  (iibbs((!.) 

.largon  (X.  Y..  1863,4  )  (;ibli»((l.) 

Jargon  (9tli  <m1.  1882;  Cill  (J.  K.) 

Jargon  (10th  cd.  1884)  (iill  (J.  K.) 

Jargon  (lltb  cd.  I887i  Cill  (J.K.) 

■Targon  (12th  ed.  188«)  (iill  (J.K.) 

Jargon  (13th  ed.  1891)  (iill  (J.  K.) 


.Tar^ron 

(188UI 

(iood(J.  li.) 

Jargon 

(1858) 

(luidc. 

.lariiou 

(IH'JO) 

HalcdI.) 

.lar^roii 

(1872) 

l.anjivi:n(ll.  L.) 

Jargon 

( 1880) 

I,.Jeiii.c(J..M.l{.) 

.largon 

(18112) 

l.i-.li'un.'(,I.M.Ii.l 

.largon 

(18.-)3l 

IJoLnct  (  -) 

.1  argon 

(18Hr') 

I'robsch  (T.  W.) 

.largon 

(M.S3.  IHill) 

St.Onge  (1,.  N.) 

Jargon 

(1805) 

Stuart  ((i.) 

Jargon 

(188!)) 

TateC.  M.) 

Jargon 

(180(1) 

Vocaliuhuy. 

Domenech  (.){>h(' Eniuuiiel  Henri  Dicii- 
donn6).  Seven  years'  resideuce  |  in  the 
great  deserts  of  Xortli  America  by  tlie 
I  abbe  Em.  Domenech  |  Aiiostolicnl  Mis- 
sionary: Canon  of  Montpellicr:  ^lem- 
ber  of  the  Poutitieai  Academy  Tilierina. 
I  and  of  the  Oeographical  and  Ktlmo- 
grai>hical  Societies  of  France,  &c.  | 
Illii.stiatyd  with  fifty-eight  woodcntsby 
A.Joliet,  three  plates  of  ancient  Indian 
music,  and  a  niai*  showing  the  actual 
situation  uf  I  the  Indian  tribes  and  the 
country  described  by  the  author.  |  In 
Two  Volnines  |  Vol.i[-II].  | 

London  |  !.,ongman,(ireen,  Longuiaii. 
and  Holierts  |  \>H]0  |  The  riglit  of  trans- 
lation is  reserved. 

2vo1h.  :  half-titlevcrso  names  of  printcr.s  1  1. 
titlevcr.solilank  1  1.  dedication  i>p.  \  vi.  iircfair 
pp.  vij^xiii.  contents  pp.  xv-xxi.  list  of  ilhis 
trations  jip.  xxiii-xxiv.  text  pp.  1  -44') ;  half  t  it  le 
verso  names  of  primers  1  1.  titli^  verso  lilaiik  I 
1. contents  pp.  v  xii.  text  [ip.  1  4(1').  colopliDii 
p.  |40C].niaii,  plates,  Ho. 

List  of  Indian  tribes  of  Xortli  .imerica.  V(d. 
1,  pp.  440-44,').  -Vocabuiaries.etc.  vol.  2.  pi).  104- 
189,  contain  84  words  of  tlii'  ( 'liiniv.il.. 

OopiMteen;  Astor,  Boston  AtbenaMni.  iii't 
isli  Museum,  (Jongress,  Watkiiisoii. 

At  the  Field  sale  a  copy,no,5.")0,  brought  $2.37, 
and  at  the  I'iuarl  sale.  no.  328,  (i  fr.  (.'larko  \ 
CO.  1880,  no.  0415.  price  a  copy  $5. 


Domenech  (  E.  11.  1>.)  —  Contiuned. 

Kiiianuel  Henri  llieudouiir  Homenei  h.I'rench 
author,  was  born  in  I.vdos,  France.  N'ovember4, 
1H25:  died  in  France  in  .lunc.  1880.  Ue  became 
a  ]>riest  in  the  Koiiian  (Jatlinlic  iliurch,  and  was 
sent  as  a  missionarv  to  Texas  anu  Mexico.  Dur- 
ing  Maximilians  residence  in  Ainei'ca.  Dome- 
nech ai'ted  as  )irii  ate  i'haplai?i  to  tin;  eminiiir, 
and  he  was  also  almoner  to  the  French  army 
during  its  occu]iation  of  Mexico.  <  In  his  'eturn 
to  Franei'he  was  made  honorar\  ranon  of  :dont- 
|)elUer.  His''  Manuscrit  pii'tograjjliiiiueameri- 
cain.  precede  d'une  notice  sur  lideo^^raphiedes 
I'laux  ItoMgcs"  (180(1)  was  published  by  the 
French  government,  with  a  facsimile  of  a  man- 
uscript in  the  library  of  tin  I'aris  avHeiial, 
relating.ashei  laimed.  tofhe  .Vmerican  Indian.i: 
but  iheKermaii  orientalist.  Julius  I'etzlmidt, 
declared  that  it  consisted  mily  of  scribblin>;,iiiil 
imoherent  illustrations  of  a  local  (ieriiiandia- 
leet.  Domenech  maintained  the  luitlieutieity  (d' 
the  niiuuiscript  in  a  |)amphlet  entitled  "  La 
verite  sur  le  livre  des  saiivages"  (1801).  wliich 
drew  forth  a  reidv  from  I'elzholdt.  translated 
into  Freneh  under  the  title  of 'Le  livre  des 
sauvages  an  point  de  vue  ile  la  civilisation 
fran(;aise"  (Brussels,  bsOl).  'luring  the  latter 
part  of  his  life  he  produced  severid  works  ])er- 
taining  to  religion  and  ancient  history. — Applf- 
ton's  VijelKp.  nf  Am.  liiug. 

Douglass  (.Sir  James).     Private  papers  | 
of  Sir  James  Douglass.  |  Second  series. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-36,  fo'.io:  in  the  ISaucroft 
Library.  San  FraniLsco,  (,'al. 

(Jontaiiis  lists  of  native  tribes  from  J'uget 
Sound  northward  to  dross  Sound.  Alaska, 
with  trader.s'  and  native  tribal  nanu'S,  groupi'd 
according  to  langiuiges,  pp.  7-33.  Hetween  pp. 
33  and  34  are  14  blank  pages. 

This  maniisiiript  was  cupied  from  theorii;. 
inaljiapers  in  Sir.lamis's  possessio-i ,  In  Indian 
names  tlii!  copyisi  has  nniver.siilly  siibstitiiti d 
an  initial  l<  for  the  initial  K 

Drake  (Samuel  (Jardner).  The  |  Aborig- 
inal races  |  of  |  North  .\ni(!rica;  |  coi;i- 
prisiiig  I  biographical  ski^tchcs  of  emi- 
nent individttals,  {  and  {  an  historical 
account  of  the  dittercnt  tvilios,  |  from 
I  the  lirst  discovery  of  till'  continent  | 
to  I  the  present  jieriod  |  with  a  dis.ser- 
tatiiin  oil  their  I  Origin,  Aiiti(|uities, 
.MannciH  and  Customs,  |  illustrative 
iiarriitives  and  anecdotes,  |  and  a  | 
copious  analytical  index  |  liy  Samuel 
(i. Drake.  Fifteenth  cditidii.  |  revised, 
with  valuable  additions.  |  by  I'rof.  II. 
L.  Williams.  |  |  Quotation,  six  lines,]  | 
New  York.  I  .Iiiist  \  comiiany,  piib- 
lislu^rs.  I  IL'L'  Ni.ssan  Street.    [18«-'.] 

'lille  verso  copyri;;ht  1  1.  lirel'ace  pp.  3-t. 
contents  pp.  .')-H,  Indian  tribes  and  n.ilious  pp. 


24 


BIBLIOGRAPHY    OP   THE 


li 


,{■) 


4 


i 


Drake  (S.  («.)  — t!oiiMiiuo(l, 

O-lCJmll-titli- verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  li>-767. 
Index  pi>.  76H-787,  8'^ 

Gatachet  (A.  S.)  Iiuliiin  languages  of  tlu'. 
Pai'iac  States,  V!>-  748-7fl;i. 

Copies  »een :  A.sto  (longresH,  WlHConnin 
HiHtorical  Socicly. 

Clarke  ik  co.  188C,  no.  (1377,  inici.'  a  copy  ♦:!. 

DuflotdeMofra3(Kug<iuO.  Kxploiiitioii 
I  du  tcrritoiro  |  de  rOn'fj^dii,  |  iltssCiili- 
forniei*  |  et  ilo  la  iiior  Vonneille,  |  exi*- 
ciit^o  pendunt  les  auiideH  1S40,  IXil  ot 
18'12,  I  par  |  M.  Diiflot  de  Mf)lrii8,  |  At- 
tat'h6  h,  la  16gati<»n  do  I'laiico  a  Mexico; 
I  ((uvrage  J)iildi(5par(irdi'edii  roi,  |  soiih 
Ifs  aii.spices  d»^  M.  If  mart'-clial  Soiilt, 
due  dc  Daliuatiu,  President  dii  Coiiseil, 
I  ft  de  M.  le  rainj^tre  des  affaires 
(5trangeres.  Tidiie  preinier[-Hecond].  | 

Paris,  I  Arthits  IJertraiid,  <^ditenr,  | 
librairu  de  la  Social 6  de  gfograpliie,  | 
Kue  Hautefeuille,  11"  L'3.  |  1844. 

2volg.:  frOMtirtpiece  1 1.  hiiU'-titlf  verBOuanion 
of  priuterH  1  1.  litlc  ver.so  blank  1  1.  iledlcatioii 
verso  blank  1  1.  avautpropos  pji.  vii  xii,  avfr- 
iiasonient  verso  note  1  I.  nota  vermi  blank  1  I. 
text  pn.  1-518.  table  <le»  cliapitres  pp. ')19-5'-M, 
tublu  lies  cartes  pp.  r>23-524;  half-title  verso 
names  of  itriuters  1  1.  title  verHo  blank  1  1.  text 
jip.  1  "lOO,  (able  <lcs  cliapitres  ]ip.  "lOl-.'iOt,  table 
descartespp.  r)0,">-50ti.  tabli!alpliabt'ti(|nc  et  ana- 
lytii|ue  des  niatieres  pp.  507-514, 8°.  af'is  folio. 

Cliapitre  xiii,  I'hilolo<;ie,  diversitto  de  lan- 
gnes,  etc.  (vol.  2.  pp.  387-484;,  includes  the 
Lord's  prayer  in  langue  Tchinouk  du  Kio  (Co- 
lombia. p.3!H):  numerals  1-10 uf  the  Tchinuoks. 
p.  401. 

Cop'ui  neen  :  Astor,  Bancroft,  ISosto  '.the- 
na'iini,  liritish  Museum,  Congress,  (ieological 
Survey. 

Dufosae  (E.)  Anierieana  |  ('atalogno  de 
livre.s  |  rel.itifs  a  rAuieri(|iit'  |  Europe. 
Asie,  Al'ricnie  |  ctOcdanie  |  [Ac.  tliirty- 
I'oiir  lines]  { 

Lihraii'ie  aneienne  et  nioderne  de  E. 
Diilosse  (  27,  I'tio  (lUfii^gaiid,  27  |  pri-s 
le  Pont-iieiil'  |  Paris  [18«7| 

Cover  title  as  above,  no  insidi^  title,  table  des 
divisions  1  1.  text  pp.  175-422,  S"'. 

('(mtaius,  ])a8siui,  titles  of  a  few  work" 
relatinu  to  the  Cliinookan  languages. 

Copiee  urm  ;   Kanies,  l'illin>t. 

This  series  of  catalogues  was  begun  in  1870. 
Dunbar:  This  word  follow'tig  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  imlieales  that  a  copy  of 
the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  th<5  inm- 
pili'r  in  the  library  of  Mr.  .lohn  I!.  Piinbar, 
Jiloomflcld.  N.il.,  which  is  now  dispersed. 

DuncK.a(I)avi<l).  Auiericaii  race.'*.  Coin- 
idled  and  abstraeteil  by  ProfeHsor  Uiin- 
cau,  M.  A. 


Duncan  (D.)  — Contiiiuetl. 

Forms  Part  6  of  Spencer  (H.),  Deocriptive 
sociolOj^y,  London,  1878,  folio.     (Congress.) 

ITader  (he  heading  "  Language,"  pp.  40-42, 
there  are  given  eomnients  an<i  extracts  from 
various  .luthors  upon  native  trllies,  including 
examples  of  the  Chinook,  p.  42. 

.Siuno  <'opies  have  the  imprint ;  Nbw  York,  1). 
Ap|det<m  Sc  co.  [n.  d,]     (Powell.) 

Dunn  (.John).  History  |  of  |  the  Oregon 
territory  |  and  liritish  North-American 
I  fur  trade;  |  with  |  au  account  |  of  the 
li!>bits  and  ciistoius  of  the  principal 
Uiitive  I  tribes  on  the  northern  conti- 
nent. I  By  .John  Dunn,  |  late  of  the 
Hudson's  bay  comjtauy;  |  eight  yearn 
a  resident  in  the  |  conutry.  | 

Eondou:  |  Edwards  and  Hughes,  Ave 
Maria  lane.  |  1844. 

Title  verso  name  of  print«r  1  1.  preface  pp. 
iii-vi,  contents  pp.  vii-viii,  text  pp.  1-359,  map, 
8c. 

A  vocabulary  (32  words  ami  9  pbi  i  icf '  of  (ho 
language  of  the  ('hinook  trilte  '0.!I5'> 

dopie*  seen  :  liritish  Museurn.  .' Si;. ^ 

There  is  an  edition  of  this  i.  .iw.  I'v  !,uel- 
phia,  Zeibcr  &  co  ,  1845,  which  doe.'-  not  contain 
the  voc.'.bidary.  (Hoh'-ou  Athenteum.  liritish 
.Museum.  Harvard.) 

Reprinted,  omitting  the  linguistics,  in 
Smith'.s  Weekly  Volume,  vcd.  1,  jip.  S82-416, 
Philadelphia,  1S4.5,  4>^.    (Mallet.) 

History  |  of  j  the  Oregon  territory  | 

iind  British  North-American  fur  trade; 
I  with  I  an  account  |  of  the  Iiabits  and 
customs  of  the  ]triiicipal  native  (  tribes 
on  the  northern  continent.  |  By  .lohu 
Dunn,  I  liite  of  the  Hudson  bay  com- 
pany, I  eight  years  a  reaident  in  the 
country.  |  Second  edition.  | 

Loiulon:  |  Edwiirds and  Hughes, Ave- 
Mariii  lane.  |  184(i. 

Title  verso  name  of  printer  1  1.  preface  pp 
iii-vi.  contents  pp.  vii-viii,  text  pp.  1-3.59,  in ^,;., 
8  . 

Linguist  ic  content  s  as  under  title  next  above, 
p.  359. 

Copies  Kie II :  Astor. 

[Durieu  (liinlioji  I'aul).]  Bible  history 
I  containing  the  most  |  remarkable 
events  |  of  the  |  «dd  and  new  testa- 
ment. I  To  which  is  added  a  compeu- 
dinm  of  |  church  1  istory.  (  For  the  use 
of  ihe  Catholic  sciools  |  in  the  United 
States.  I  By  (right  rev.  Richard  Gii 
mour,  1).  D.,  |  Bishop  of  ClevelanU. 
[Translated  into  *i<  •'  inook  .largon 
by  right  rev.  P.iu  j,.iiirtu.  Bishop  of 
British  Columbia.")  I  [Vignette, J  | 


Di 


E 

ol 

c 

.Til 

cb 

In 

of 

ni: 

du 

(in 

bil 

be< 

iss 

coi 

fill 


edi 
im| 
PIIB 
Uui 


Eamei 

entl 
the 
pile 
Nev 

Eellf 

il.... 
.vor 

•oi!' 
I   ■;! 


r 


«'hi 
R 
T 

i 

Skti 
Eel 

li 
■1  Wat 

Pi 
'..Mr 


the 


"^iil 


CHINOOKAN   LAXGUAGKS. 


25 


inucd. 

eiicer  (H.),  Denoriptive 

folio.    (CoiigrenK.) 

'  Languap',"  iti>.  40-42, 

ut»  ami  cxfi'urts  from 

native  trilieH.  iucliuUng 

k,  p.  42. 

iiiipriut :  N'ow  York.  V. 

(Powell.) 

ry  I  of  I  the  Oregon 
isli  Nortli-Ameiican 
I  au  account  |  of  the 
IS  of  the  principal 
tlie  northern  oontl- 
3unn,  I  hvte  of  the 
|)auy;  |  eight  yearrt 
•oiintry.  | 
•»ls  and  Hughes,  Ave 

priiit«r  1  1.  preface  pp. 
A'iii,  text  pp.  1-350,  map, 

r<li)aii(l  9  i>ln  .^i-?'  oft  bo 
)k  tril)e  o.  US' 

of  tlllH   •         .      I         ■•  .il'l- 

',  wliicli  duu^.  not  I'oiituin 
'on  Atheiijvnm.  liritiHli 

ig     tlid    liugnisticH,    in 
imo,  vol.  1,   pp.  ;  82-416, 
(Mallet.) 

e  Oregon  tcrritoi-y  | 

iVinerican  fur  trade; 

I  of  the  iiabits  and 

cii):il  native  |  tribes 

ontinont.  |  By  John 

HndHon  bay  coni- 

I  rcuidtMit  in  tlie 

(lition.  I 

dHand  Hughes, Ave- 


Durieu  (1\)  —  Continued, 

New- York,  Cincinnati,  and  C'hi(;ago : 
)  Rt'uzigcr  brothers,  |  printers  to  the 
holy  apostolic  see.  [n.  <1.]  [Kaniloops, 
H.C.:  l«93.] 

Front i8pie<'o  verso  1. 1  recto  lilai'k.  title  verso 
lettcrfrom  I'oiie  Leo  XIII  iinil  copyrijjht  )iotire 
(IKPiil)  I  1.  " approlxitions  to  ISisliop  tillmoiii's 
liil)le  lii.storv  "  H  11.  jirefari'  pp.  v  vi,  ti'vt  in 
Kii^lisli,  pp.  7-">(i-f ,  in  (.'liin(Mik  Jargon,  steuo- 
graphic  clmractrrs,  pp.  1-flO-j-,  12'^.  In  lonrse 
of  ])ubli<'atioM.  anil  will  contain  3:ifl  pages  in 
Knglisli  ami  abnnt  4U0  Id  Jargon. 

Tbis  work  is  au  outcome  of  tbe  enterprise 
of  Katber  Lc  ■leune,  of  KauiliK>ps.  liritisli 
<  'olnmbia,  wliobas  transcrilH-il  IJisbop  Durieii's 
Jargon  translation  of  tlie  bible  bistory  into  tbc 
cliaracters  ailoptcil  by  bim  for  teaching  bis 
Imliar  cliar};e8  to  read  and  write ;  a  description 
of  wliicb  will  be  found  in  tbis  bibliograpby 
under  bis  name,  llis  notes  buve  been  repro- 
duciul  bv  liini.  witb  tbe  aid  of  tbe  mimeogrupb, 
onsbects  tbe  .size  of  tliose  in  tbe  editbiu  i.;''lie 
liible  liistor.v  in  Kiiglisli.  witb  wbicb  tbeybave 
been  interlcavt^d.  Wbeu  tinisbcd  It  will  Ik- 
Issm-d  in  an  edition  of  200,  tbat  iiumbi'r  of 
C(i]iies  of  tbe  e<litioM  in  KngliHli  baving  been 
furni.sbed  by  Fatber  St.  Onge,  of  Troy.  \.  Y. 

Copies  nei'n  :   Pillin;^. 

I  bave  in  my  li'srary  a  copy  of  each  of  two 
editions  of  a  "('liinook  Vocabulary,"  witb 
impriiitsof  188tiand  1892,  on  tbe  respective  title 
pages  of  wbicb  apjtears  tbe  name  of  ISIsbop 
Dnrieii.     Tbcse  I  bad   pbiced  under  bis  name, 


Diuieu  (1'.)  —  INintinued, 

but  in  a  letter  to  me.  dated  XovemlMtr  It!,  181)2, 
the  bishop  modestly  disclaims  their  authorship, 
which  be  attributes  to  Father  .1.  .M.  K. 
he  Jeune,  under  whoi.e  name,  with  accom|ia 
nying  cxidainitious.  they  will  be  found  in  tliis 
bibliograpby. 

See  Le  Jeune  (.1.  M.  U. ) 

Tlu!  Kev.  A.  (I.  Morice,  of  Stuart's  Lake 
Mission,  British  (/'olumbia,  a  famous  .\tba|)as- 
can  scholar,  has  kindly  furnished  me  tlie  fol- 
lowing  brief  accuiint  of  tbis  writer: 

"  Hisbop  I'aul  Diirieu  was  liorii  at  St.  I'al-de- 
Moils,  ill  tliedloces<!  of  I'liy,  France,  December 
;i,  18H0.  After  his  course  In  classics  be  entered 
tbe  novitiate  of  the  Ol-bit^s  at  Xotie  Dame  ile 
I'O'/.ier  in  1847  and  iiii.'uc  iiis  religious  professiiui 
ii.  1849.  He  was  ordained  priest  at  .Marsi-illcs 
March  11,  l8.-)4,  and  was  sent  to  the  missions  of 
Oregon,  where  he  occupied,  successivelv,  .sev- 
eral posts.  At  the  breaking  out  of  the  rcbelliun 
among  tbe  Yakaiiia  Indians  he  bad  to  leave  for 
the  Jesuit  iiiissioii  at  Spokane.  He  was  after- 
wards sent  III  Victoria  and  then  to  (Ikaiiagaii 
by  his  superiors.  Theiici^  be  was  sent  as 
superiorof  the  Fort  Rupert  Mission,  and  when, 
on  June  2,  IST.'i.  he  was  ajipolnted  coadjutor 
bishop  of  liritisli  f 'olumbia.  be  was  superior  of 
St.  ("barles  Hou.se  at  New  ■\Vcstiiiinster.  On 
June  .'l,  1890,  he  siic.eeded  Uisliop  U.  V.  I)  Her- 
baiuer.  as  vicar  ajiostolic  of  ISritish  Columbia. 

"  He  understands  but  docs  not  speak  .several 
.Salishan  dialects,  and  he  is  especially  noted  fur 
Ills  iini|ualitieil  succe-ts  among  the  Indians," 


E. 


Iiu'inler   I  I.  preface  p)> 
'ill.  text  pp.  1-359,  lu":;., 


Is  under  title  next  alx 


111).]    Bible  history 

linost   I   reuiarkal)le 

Id    aiul    new   test  a - 

added  a  comjien- 

^tory.  I  For  the  use 

lools  I  in  the  Unite<' 

rev,  Richard  Oii 

lion  of    Clevelaijii 


Barnes:  This  word  followinga  tilleor  within  par- 
entheses after  a  note  indicates  tli:it  a  copy  of 
the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the  I'oin 
piler  in  the  lilu'ary  of  .Mr.  Wilberl'orce  Kaiiies. 

^^■ew  Voik  City, 
el'ii  I'liiiword  following  a  title  or  within  ii:ireii- 
tl—- 1  s  ..fti-r  a  note  Indicates  tbat  a  cop.\  of  the 
.o.«v  i-,''Vrred  to  has  been  loaned  to  me  for 
:oii'-f<  n  and  description  by  Rev.  Myron  Kells. 
1   'Jlci   ■'■■',,  Mason  County,  Washington. 

feeli*; .  '  ''(■.  Mynm).  How  languagesgi 
'^'*'   •        Intl.'  ,.  .re,  Maicb  •-':.  and  .fiilv  8. 


OW. 

I.>7'., 


(■) 


inook  Jargon 


I'hi     ;*o,  H    ■  lolio. 

Relates  wholly  to  tbe  ChiniMik  Jargon. 
Title  and  note  fiirnlsbed  by  Mr.  Rella. 

—  Art.  IV.  TheTwaua  Indians  of  tlie 
.Skokoinish  reservation.  My  Kev.  M, 
Kells,  Missionary  among  these  Indians. 

In  Hayden(F.  V.i,  llulletin.  Mil.  ;i,  pp.  ."«7  114, 
Washington,  lii,',,  8°.    (Pilling.) 

Vuur  songs  in  ('hiiiook.  with  Knglisb  trans 
'..t'o  IS.  pp.  0l-!»2. 

•  ■<  .-.i  si-iiarately  with  cover  title  as  follows- 


J,, .lieu.  Bishop  of  I  -  Author's    cditir-u.  |  Department    of 
ll  [Vignette.  1  I  the  interior.  |  United  States  geological 


EellB  (M.)  — Continued. 

and  gcographital  survey.  |  V.  V,  Hay- 
den,  I'.  S.  (ieiilogist-iii-Cliarge.  |  The  | 
'I'waiia     Indians  |  of    the  |  Skokomish 
reservation  in  Wasliingtoii  territ'.iry.  | 
l*y  I  rev.  M.  Eell.s,  |  missionary   among 
these    Indians,   |    K.xtraeted    fioiii    the 
liullelin  of  the  survey,  Vol.  III.  No.  1.  ( 
Wa.shington,  .\pril  9,  1K77. 

Cover  title  ;is  iibiive  no  inside  title.  leM  |)p. 
,-.7-114.  8  \ 

Linguistic  com  Mits  as  umler  title  m-xl  abr.VL. 

Ciipus  gffii:  Hrinton,  Kaiiies,  Vatiuiial 
..luseiim,  Pillir  ;. 

;<vmns  I    n    thi'   |  Ciiiuook    .Jargon 

Language   |  rompiled       liy   I    rev,     M. 
Kels(.sic],  I  Missiiiniii'.N  III' till-  ;Viiifi-ieaii 
Missiiiiiiiry Assiiriiitiiiii.  |  [N'igiietle.  |  | 
Portliind.t  Iregoii :  |  |iulilishiui;liiiuse 
iif  (ieii.  H.  Hiines.  ;  187S. 

(.'over  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso 
copyright  notice  (1878)  i  1.  note  p.  :i,  tevl  pp.  4- 
:iO.  sq.  10  '. 

Hymns  (alten.at.-  pajii's  .liirgoii  with  Kng 
lisb  headings,  and   Knglisb  translation),  pp.  4- 


Ml 


it 


^  i    M 


I 


26 


BIBLIOGRAPHY    OF    THE 


Cr-- 


n  i 


V    (i 


Eella(M.)  —  Continued. 

27 I.onl'n    iii'iivrr,  with  intt'iliiidar    KiikUsIi 

truitHlntioii.  pp. '28-'Jit.— Hles.siii;;  before  iiidiiln, 
Willi  iiitri'liiK-ar  Kiii^Usli  triuislatiuii.  p.  :iO. 

VoiiU't  «('<■;(;  Diinbur,  Kiimcs,  (ieorf^ftowii. 
riU'ii(.',\V.lle«le.v. 

Hymns  I  ill  the  |  Chinook+.Targon-l- 

Liiiij^uagi)    I   ('oni]iil*Ml     liy    |    rev.     M. 
Eells  I  MisHion'i.ryof  the  Ainerii'iiii  M".s- 
sioiiiiry  AMHiK'iiitioii.    St'conil  iMlition.  | 
K<!vi96(l  ami  Kiilaifjed.  | 

Fortlaml,  Omgoii :  |  David  Stepl,  suc- 
cessor to  Hiiiii-s  the  printer,  |  169-171 
Second  Street,  |  1««!». 

(Ji»v»)rtitln  UH  above  vtirso  note,  titli>  an  above 
vorso  iMipyrijflit  in>ti(;«  (1878  and  I88fi)  1  1.  note 
p.  :i,  text  ]!]).  4-40,  Hi|.  Ifr'. 

Hymns  (alti-riiate  jiaKi's  •larjron,  with  Km;;- 
lisii  lit-ailiiijrs  anil  Kii^lisb  traiislatinn).  ]ip.  I- 
^1.— Hymn  ill  tliu  Twaiia  or  SI<okoiuisb  Ian- 
giia<;<',  |i.  :i2;  Eii^lisji  translation,  p.  :t3.  — llyiiiii 
in  tlio  Clallain  lan^i  i;  .  )).:i4;  Kmrli.sb  trans- 
lation, p.  :!■">.— Hymn  i  '  nally  lansmifjf, 
|>.  :tti;  Knglisli  trausli  ,  7. —  Medley  in 
four  lan>;iiaj,res  (.lariiiMi.  'niHli.  t'lallam, 
niul  Kn^ilisli),  p.  III!:  lOn^tlisli  t  i.uislalinn.  p.  :i7.  - 
Lord's  prayer  in  .hirgon,  with  interlinear  Kiiji- 
lish  translation.  |ip.  ;iH-:,'!).  — lilussing  liet'oie 
meals,  in  .lar^on,  with  iiiUrlinear  Kiiglish 
traiLslation,  ]i.  40. 

C'opien  neen  :   Kames.  I*illini(,  Wellesley. 

The  Twana  language  of  Washington 

territory.     By  rev.  M.  Eells. 

In  Ameriean  Antiquarian,  vol..').  pji. 'JHO-lio;). 

Chieago.  1880-1881.  8'.    (Hiireaii  of  Kthiiolot;y.) 

A  jji'iinunatic   treatise  upon  several    Indian 

lanijuaiies  of    Washinjtton   Territor.v.    amon]L; 

them  the  (Miinook  Jariron.  p.  .'i(KI. 

Tlie  Chinoolv  .Jargon. 

In  the  Seattle  Weekly  I'ost-Intelligeneer, 
vol.  1.  no.  .")2.  p.  I.  e<duinii8,  Seattle,  Washington 
Ty.,  September  -J'.l.  1S82.    (rillin-,'.) 

Explains  the  oriffin  of  "that  miserable 
Chinook,"  defends  it  as  a  useful  intertribal 
laufTiiage  and  for  iiitereoiirse  between  the 
Indians  and  white  mi'ii.  gives  the  derivation  of 
several  wonts  of  the  luuguage  and  some  gram- 
mat  ie  notes. 

History  of  |  Indian  misHion8  |  on  the 

I'lieilie    eoast.  |   Oregon,    Washingtun 
and   Idaho.  |  My  \  rev,  Myron   Eells,  | 
Missionary  of  tlic  American  Missionary 
Association.  |  With  (  an     introduction 
I  by  I  rev.O.  H.Atlvinson,  D.I).  | 

Philadelphia :  the  American  Sunday- 
school  union,  |  112"  Jlicstniit  Street.  | 
10  Bilile  house,  New  York.     [1XH2.] 

I'Voiitispieee.  tith-  verso  eopyrighl  (188'.!)  1  1. 
dedication  verso  blank  1  I.  eoiitents  pp.  v-vi. 
iiitriMluclion  by  ( !.  H.  .Mkinsoii  pj).  vii-xi.  pref- 
a<'e  (dated  (lelolier  IMS.;)  ))p.  xiii-xvi.  text  pp. 
17  270. 12^. 


Bells  (M.)— Continued. 

Chapter  v,  Literature,  scienee,  pdiicaticn 
morals,  and  religion  (p)).  202  'J'JII),  eontaiiis  a 
short  list  of  IxHiks.  |>apers,  and  iiiauiiseripts 
relating  to  the  Indians  of  the  northwest  eonst, 
anioiig  them  the  Chiiiook  and  Chinook  Jargon, 
lip.  20:i-207.20lt  211. 

Ciijili'X  neen:  Congress.  I'illing. 

'leu  years  |  of  |  iniNsionnry  work  | 

among  the  IndiaiiH  |  at  |  Skokomish, 
Washington  territory.  |  1H74-1884.  |  IJy 
Rev.  M.  Eells,  I  Missionary  of  the 
American  Missionary  Association.  | 

Boston:  |  Congregational  Sunday- 
School  Pultlisliing  Society,  I  Congrega- 
tional house,  I  Conicr  Beacon  and  Som- 
erset Streets.     [1SM6.] 

Half-title  (Ten  years  at  Skokomish)  verso 
blank  1  I.  fruntispieee  1  1.  title  vei'Mo  eopyriglit 
(1881!)  and  names  of  printers  I  1.  preface  II. 
dediealion  via'so  note  1  l.eontints  pp.  vii-x. 
inlrodiietion  pp.  U-i:!.  text  pp.  i.'.-2"'  12^. 

Hymn  (three  vt'rses)  in  Chinook  J.irgon, 
with  Knglish  translation,  jip.  248-249.— Speoi- 
iiieii  lines  of  a  dargon  hynin,  )ip.  2ri;<-254. 

"ojiii'ii  sfeii :  Congress,  Pilling. 

Indians   of    f uget    Sound.     (Si.vtb 

]ia]icr. )     Measuring  and  valuing. 

In  .Vineriean  Anti<iuariaii,  vol.  10.  p.  174-178, 
( 'liiiago,  1888,  8''.     (liureau  of  Ethnology.) 

.Numerals,  anil  remarks  <'onrerning  the 
uiiiiieral  system  of  quite  a  number  of  the  lan- 
guages of  Wiu)kiugtiMi  Territory,  among  thoiu 
the  Chinook. 

The  iireeeding  articles  of  the  series,  all  of 
which  appeared  in  the  American  Antiiiuarian, 
contain  no  linguistic  material.  It  was  the 
intention  of  tlie  editor  of  the  Anti<iuarian, 
when  the  series  should  be  tlnished,  to  issue 
them  in  Viook  form.  So  far  as  thoy  were 
)irinted  in  the  niaga/.inethe.v  were  repagodaiul 
lierhaps  a  number  of  signatures  struck  off. 
'file  sixth  pajier,  for  instance,  tilleU  above.  I 
have  in  my  pos.sossion.  jiaged  44-48. 

The  Twana,  Chemakuni,  and  Klallani 

Indians  of  Washington  Territory,  By 
Hcv.  Myron  Eells. 

In  Smithsonian  Institution.  Annual  Kept,  of 
tlie  Itoard  of  Kegents  for  1887.  part  i.  pp.  UO.')- 
081.  Washington.  1889,  8  '.    (Pilling.) 

Xiimerals  1  10  of  a  number  of  Indian  lan- 
guages of  Washington  Territory,  among  them 
the  Chinook  .largou.  p.  044.— Keniarks  on  the 
same.  11.64.").— Three  words  of  the  Chinook  Jar- 
gon not  found  in  (lilibs's  dictionary,  p. 052. — 
Word  for  (Uiil  in  Twana,  Nisqually,  Klallam, 
and  Chinook.  11.07!!. 

"The  (Miinook  Jargon  has  been  ably  com- 
piled by  Hon.Ci.  Itibbs.  I  know  of  but  three 
wtirds  ill  Ibis  locality  of  Indian  origin  which 
are  not  in  bis  dictionary.  .  .  Out  of  about 
800  words  anil  phrases  which  answer  for  wurdu 


mm 


MM 


fl 


CHINOOKAN    LANCJUAOES. 


m 


c.  pdncatlcn 
lt),ruiitjUiiH  <i 
iiiauiiM('i'l]it4 
111  went  (Minst, 
iiUMik  Jui');oi>< 


inry  work  | 
Skokoinisli, 
4-1H84.  I  Uy 
ly  of  tllf 
iation.  | 
il  Suii(l;iy- 
I  Coiifrrcjra- 
on  and  Som- 

ikomisli)  viTso 
eruo  I'opjriglit 

1.  prt'lacf  1 1. 

\i\n  (ip.  vii-x, 
r)-27i- 12'^. 
iiiiKik   Jargon, 
4H--.'49.— SlK'ci- 
.  2ri;i-254. 

r 

111(1.     (Sixth 
iilning. 

,1.10,  p.  174-17.>*, 
tlinology.) 
liiirorniii};    thi! 
il)»>r  (iC  till!  lull- 
y,  among  tlieiii 

e  series,  all  ol 
|i  Aiiti(jiiarian, 
It  \vu«  the 
.'Vutuiuariaii, 

shed,  to  issue 

as  tlioy  were 
Ire  n^pagod  and 
fes   striii'k  off. 

titled  above.  I 

■48. 

Iniul  Klallaiu 
'litory.    By 

Inntial  Kept,  of 
Vart  i.  pp.  00.')- 

^f  Indian  laii- 
aiiioug  tlieni 
l-iiiarks  on  the 
Oliitiooktiar- 
jinary.  p.t!.")2.— 
fall.v,  Klallam, 

cen  aldy  com- 
l"  of  lint  three 
(irif^in  which 
Out  of  ahuiit 
Iwer  for  words 


Eells  (M.)  —  Continiibii. 

^iven  liy  liiin,  onl.v  aliout  470  are  used  here 
whicli  shows  liow  the  same  lanvfiiage  will  vary 
ill  ditlercnt  loealitii'S." 

This  arth-le  was  issued  separately,  also, 
without  rhange.     And  a^iii  as  Iblhjws  : 

TheTwaiia,  Cht'iiuikiuii,  and  Klallam  \ 

Indiaii!4of  Washiiijftoii  tcnitory.  IJy 
Kev.  Myiou  Kidls. 

In  Smithsonian  Institution.  Mise.  I'apora 
relating  toanliiropoloKy,  from  the  Sinitlisiiuian 
rejMirt  for  IHitd-'H',  pji.  O0')-OH1,  Washington, 
1889,  8°.   (Eames,  I'illiu;:.) 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  aliove. 

Aboriginal  geographic  iiitiiKi.'*  in  the 

state  of  Washington.    By  Myron  Hfll.s. 

In  American  A'lthropolojjist,  vol.  ">,  pp.  27  - 
S'l,  Wa.shinjiton.  1892, 8^.    (Pilling.) 

Arranged  alphahetically  and  derivations 
given.  The  laiigiiagi's  represented  arc:  (Miin- 
ook,  Chinook  .Jargon,  Nez  I'erce,  (Miehalis. 
Clallam.  Twana,  Calispel,  Cayiise.  I'liyalliip, 
and  Spokane. 

[Dictionary   of   the    Chinook    Jar- 
gon.] (') 

I'nder  date  of  .Tann.ary  9,  18!):t,  Mr.  Kclls 
writes  me,  conoerniug  this  work,  as  follows: 

"I  have  been  at  work  for  the  last  ten  months, 
as  I  have  had  spare  time,  on  a  Chinook  .raryoii- 
English  and  Knglish-ChiinHik  .Targon  Diction- 
ar.v,  with  introduction,  remarks  abimt  the,  lan- 
guage, and  grammar.  I  am  gathering  all  the 
words  I  can  tlnd.  whether  ob.solete  or  not,  from 
about  tlfteen  Chinook  dictionaries  which  have 
been  issued  since  IKWwith  the  various  spell- 
ings, marking,  as  tar  as  1  can.  all  those  now  in 
use;  also  intriMlucing  all  which  have  been 
adopted  into  the  language  of  late  years  from  the 
English  and  all  phrases  which  can  be  used  as 
words.  I  have  gone  through  with  the  English- 
Chinook  part  and  have  nearl.v  three  thoiLsand 
words;  have  gone  through  with  the  Chinook- 
English  part  except  .S'  and  T  and  have  about 
two  thousand;  I  hope  to  finish  it  this  winter, 
though  it  is  much  more  of  a  tusk  than  1  su)i- 
posed  it  would  he  whe,n  I  began.  I  hardly 
expect  it  will  ever  be  |iubllsbed.  but  will  keep 
it  in  manu.scri|)t,  having  done  il  largely  to  pri> 
serve  the  language  in  its  iiresent  transitional 
form,  which  is  quite  ditferent  Irom  what  it  w;is 
thirty  or  forty  years  ago. 

"I  hardly  know  whether  it  is  worth  while  fur 
you  to  mention  th;s,  as  it  is  in  such  an  iiiilin- 
islied stale;  still  I  have  even  now  jiiit  far  more 
work  on  it  than  I  have  on  all  my  other  Chinook 
Jargon  writings." 

[Words,  i>hrases  and   Hentences  in 

the  Chinook  .largou.]  (") 

Mauuseript  in  p<isse.ssion  of  its  .author. 
Recorded  in  a  copyof  Powell's  Introduction  to 
the  study  of  Indian  languages,  second  edition, 
pp.  77-lOJ,  105, 101»-111,  Ii;i-I2.'i,  127, 129, 1;i2-188. 
189-227.  On  p.228  isa  translation  of  John  lii.  It). 


Bells  (M.)  —  Continued. 

[Sermons      in     the     Chinook    Jar- 

g.ni.)  (^) 

Manuscript.  211  pages, 8°,  in  possension  of  its 
author. 

•■.Vbout  Ki  years  ago,  in  187,").  when  I  w.as 
learning  to  t.-,ik  the  liinguage,  t  wrote  fcnirser 
mons  in  tliel 'lijnonk  .l:irgon  u  liii  h  I  still  have. 
Since  that  time  I  have  preached  a  sn-M  deal  in 
the  language,  but  do  it  so  easily  that  I  simply 
make  a  few  headinifs  in  Kuglisb  ;inil  t:ilk 
exti'mpore.  On  Icmking  over  these  sermons  I 
tlnd  that  were  [  to  use  them  again  I  should 
need  to  ri-vise  them  and  to  idiange  niiiny 
expre.ssions  so  as  to  makt^  them  ilearir.  ' 

Tith's  and  notes  of  these  three  mamiscripts 
furnished  me  by  .Mr.  Kclls. 

See  Bulmer  (T.  S.) 

Itev.  Myron  Eells  was  born  .nt  Walker's 
I'rairie,  Wasbington  Territiiy.  October  7,  IH^Il; 
he  is  the  son  of  Kev.Cushing  Hells,  I).  1).,  and 
Mrs.  M.  V.  Kells.  who  went  to  Oregon  in  1.S:I8  as 
missi(niai'ies  to  the  Spokane  Indians.  He  left 
Widker's  Prairie  in  I84H  on  account  of  the 
WIrtniaii  massacre  iit  Wallawalbi  anil  (";iyuso 
w;ir,  anil  went  to  Salem,  Oregon,  where  he  begiin 
to  go  to  .school.  In  l.'<4!t  he  removed  to  Kurest 
( trove, Oreiion  ;  in  1851  t;)  Uillslion),Oregon.  and 
in  18.'i7  again  to  KoresI  Orovc,  at  which  places 
he  continued  his  school  life.  In  1802  be  removed 
to  \V;illawalla.  spending  the  time  in  tiinuing 
and  the  wood  business  until  1808,  except  tlie 
falls,  winters,  and  s|)riiigsof  ISOIt-  04,  1804- d,"), 
and  ISO.')- liO,  when  lu<  was  at  Koi'est  (irovniu 
college,  yiaduating  I'loiii  Paeilie  rniveisily  in 
1800,  in  the  seeoiii!  class  which  ever  graduiiled 
from  that  institution.  In  1.S08  be  went  to 
Ilartl'ord.  (,'onn.,  to  study  fur  the  ininistrv, 
entering  the  Hartford  riieolipgie:il  Semin.iry 
that  year,  graduating  from  it  in  1871, and  being 
ordaim'd  at  Hartford, . I  line  l.'i,  I871,as  a  Con- 
gregatioi'al  minister.  He  went  to  Ilois6  City 
in  October.  1871.  under  the  American  Homo 
Missionary  Society,  organiz'  1  the  Kirst  Con- 
gregational ehurch  of  that  place  in  1872,  :iii.l 
was  pastor  of  it  until  he  left  in  1874.  Mr.  Kells 
was  also  superintendent  of  its  Suiida.v  school 
from  1872  to  1874  ;ind  president  of  the  Idaho 
Bible  Society  from  1.S72  to  1874.  He  went  to 
Skokiimish,  Washington,  in.lune,  1874.  and  has 
worked  as  missionary  of  the  American  Mis- 
sionarv  Association  ever  since  among  the  Sko- 
koiuish  or 'i'wan:i.  :ind  Clallam  Indi;tns:  p.istor 
of  ('ongreg:ition;il  cliiiiih  ;it  Skokomish  IJeser- 
vatioii  since  1870.  and  siiperintemlent  of  Sun- 

!  day  sihool  ;it  Skokoiuisb  simo  I8,S2.  He 
oi-ganized  a  Congiegiitiomil  cliiirch  ;iniong  the 
(Mallams  in   18H2.  of  which   he  h;is  since  been 

I  jiiistor.  and  another  iiinoiig  the  whiles  at  Sea- 
beck  in  l.-tSO,  of  which  he  was  pastor  until  18,S0. 
Ill  1887  he  was  chosen  trustee  of  the  Pacille 
I'niversity,  Oregon;  in  188.')  was  elected  assist- 
ant .secretary  and  in  18.*' secret;ir\  of  its  bo;ird 
of  trustees.  Ill'  delivered  the  iidilnss  before 
the  (iainiii:!  Sigma  society  of  tli;il  institution  iu 


v 


1 


i-    1; 


■/ 


w 


28 


hIBLIOCJKAPHY    OF   THE 


M, 


ji'  IJ 


i    \\ 


t 


Pi 


Sells  (M.)  — Contiiiued. 

1870,  Ixsl'oro  the  aliiiiini  in  18iM),  and  proiu'hed 
the  tmccalaiirc.utK  stTiiioii  in  18H0.  In  1M88  lie 
WU8  ('liosen  truHtet'  <>!  WliitnianCoUuKe,  WhhIi- 
ingtnii,  <l»livorr<l  Hit;  iMMniuoiu'croeut  luitlnHH 
lliurt  in  1«8>*,  and  rrctiivtMl  llin  tlcgi'w  of  1)  I>. 
I'roin  that  iUHtitution  in  IHW).  In  l)4W  lie  w:is 
elt'ctcil  iiH  llnuncitil  HOiri-tarv.antl  in  IMitl  wan 
ankct)  to  iM^conio  prcHidi-ut  of  the  inHtitiition, 
bnt  ileclineil  liuth. 

He  wax  fleeted  an  aH80ciat<;  inenilier  of  the 
Victoria  luHtitnte  of  London  in  1881,  and  a 
curreHpundin;;  member  of  tlie  Antliropolojiical 
Society  at  WaHliin^ton  in  188.'>,  to  both  of  which 
BOcietieH  he  liHH  furnished  )iaperH  wliicli  have 
been  publiithed  by  tliom.  He  was  also  elected 
vice-president  of  the  Whitman  HiHtorical 
Society  at  Wallawalla  in  188U.  From  1874  to 
1880  be  waH  clerk  of  the  (.'ongregational  Ahso- 
elation  of  Oregon  and  WaHhinKton. 

Mr.  KelU  at  present  (189.'))  Imlils  the  po.iltion 
of  sn|ierintendent  of  the  department  of  ethnol- 
ogy for  th(!  State  of  AVanbington  at  the  Worbl's 
Columbian  Kxposition. 

Emmons  (Georgn  Falconor).  Replies  to 
iiiquiiieN  vnspectiiig  the  Iinlitin  trilies 
of  Oregon  and  L'aliforiiia.  By  George 
Falconer  Finiuon.s,  II.  S.  N. 

In  Schoolcraft  ( H.  K.),  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  ;t. 
pp.  200-225, 1'hiladelpbia,  1853,  4°. 

Vm-abulary  of  the  Clatsop  dialoi^t  (iiboiit  40 
v.'ord9),  pp.  223-224. 

"Many  words  in  this  langua<;c,  I  piesiime, 
urecomn'on  to  the  (Jhinook  lani;nage,  and  per- 
haps to  the  ('hickeelis  and  lvilamuke.s,  who  mix 
with  and  appear  to  iinder.-ttaud  each  other." 

Everette  (/>/•.  Willis  Eugene).  Compar- 
ative literal  traualation  ol'  the  "  Lord's 
Prayer"  in  the  T^Iiiiik  o-  Gliiuook  Jar- 
gon with  English.  (*) 

Manuscript;  recorded  "  from  personal 
knowledge  of  the  language.  Written  iit  (,'bil- 
eat,  Alaska,  1884.  Corrected  word  by  woid  by 
Sitka  and  Cbilcat  Indians." 

Comparative  literal   translation  of 

the  Ten  Commandments  in  the  T^Ti'ink 
or  Chinook  .Jargon  with  English.  (*) 

Manuscript;  recorded  "from  personal 
knowledge  of  the  language.  Written  at  Pyra- 
mid Harbor,  Alaska,  in  May,  1884,  and  ecu-- 
reeled  word  by  woi-d  by  repeating  to  (Miilcat, 
Sitka,  and  Uritisb  Columbia  Indians  until  th<;y 
were  tboronirhly  salislioil  with  eai'h  word  and 
its  meaning,  as  well  oo  a  full  understanding  of 
each  sentence." 

A  Dictionary  of  the  Langnage  of  the 

"Klinkit"(KlIngl't)orChiliatImli!»n8 
of  Alaska,  together  with  that  of  the 
T^Iiiiik,  or  Chinook  Trade  .Jargon  used 
on  the  North  Aioerican  Pari  lie  Coast 
compared  with  English.  (") 


Everette  (W.  E.) — Continued. 

Manuscript;  1,000  words,  alphabetically 
arranged.  Ke<Mirded  "  from  personal  knowledge 
of  the  langnage,  and  corrected  word  by  word 
Ity  the  Indian  trader,  .Mr.  lilckiiison,  and 
Chilcatand  Sitka  Inilians,  during  April,  1884, 
at  I'yramid  Harbor,  .\laskii. 

Titles  and  notes  concerning  the  above  manu- 
scripts furnished  by  the  author. 

Hyiini    in    the  Cliiikook  Jargon   as 

sung  by  tlie  Indians  of  Lake  Chelan, 
Wasiiingtou  territory,  U.  .S.  A. 

Manuscript,  1  leaf,  4°,  in  the  library  of  the 
liurean  of  Etbnoiogy. 

Tlie  by  inn,  which  is  written  in  black  Ink,  is 
accompanied  by  an  Kuglisb  interlinear  trans- 
lation in  red. 

The    Lord's    Prayer  |  in  [Chinook 

.Itirgon  I  as  s[ioken  hy  the  Indian  Tribes 
that  live  on  the  I'acilic  coast  of  West- 
ern Oregon,  U.  fS.  A. 

Manuscript,  1  leaf,  4'^,  in  the  library  of  the 
liiireaii  of  Kthuology. 

Tiie  prayer  in  .largou  is  written  in  black, 
with  an  Knglisb  interlinear  translation  in  red. 

The  two  last  mcutioned  manuscripts  wi^re 
transmitted  to  the  Uureait  of  Ktliuology  from 
the  Yakama  Indian  Agency,  August  15, 1883. 

From  notes  kindly  furnished  me  by  the  sub- 
ject of  this  sketch,  1  have  compiled  the  follow- 
ing: 

Dr.  Willis  Eugene  Everette  was  born  in 
Brooklyn,  New  York,  in  185.').  He  was  placed 
under  the  care  of  tutors  at  an  early  age,  and 
when  his  parents  died,  at  the  close  of  the  v.-nr, 
he  began  to  plan  for  his  own  ediicatior.  and 
future  life  work.  After  eight  years  of  study 
under  private  tutors  and  in  various  schools  of 
learning,  be  residved  to  attempt  to  investigate 
tlie  origin  of  the  aboriginal  races  of  North 
America.  He  went  direct  into  the  field  among 
the  Indians  of  the  western  shores  of  Hudson 
Bay,  where  he  wintered.  Here  he  began  study- 
ing the  languages,  mannora,  and  customs  of  the 
Oee,  Athabasca,  and  Chippewa.  Thenee  he 
.ioiirneyedamougstJheSaiilteux,  Blooil,  Piegan. 
and  Blackfeet;  the  Sioux,  Oros-Ventres,  Man- 
dan,  Assiniboine,  and  Oow ;  the  Paiiite  .  nd 
Klamath  )ieople;  the  Kogue  Kiver,  Alzeu, and 
Silet/,  Indians;  the  Umatilla  and  Ne7.  Perce 
peo])le:  the  Klikitat  and  Yakima  tribes:  the 
Indians  of  Piiget  Sound:  thence  up  along  the 
Itritisli  (,'oluinbia  coast  to  Chilcat,  Alaska, 
where  t  he  Tliiikit,  Slieetkah,  and  other  Alaskan 
races  were  found;  thence  across  the  luain 
range  of  .Vlask:i  into  the  headwaters  of  the 
Yukon  Kiver,  and  down  tlu;  Yukon  throughout 
the  inteiiorof  .\biska  to  tilt!  .\ relic  sea  coant, 
auKUig  the  Kutcha-Kiitchin.  Kvblipatshi,  and 
Yukoniyut  peo|ile,  of  tlie  valley  of  the  Yukon 
River  and  .seaeoast  of  Norton  Sound;  and, 
tinnlly,  down  to  the  Aleutian  Archipelago, 
among  the  Aleuts  of  L'ualaska,  thus  com- 
pleting a   chain   of    investigation    from   the 


nnmuMaiMiu  .^-^ 


ml. 

iilpliHbetically 
loiial  knowledge 

wiirrt  l»y  word 
Dii'kiiiMon,  and 
iiig  April,  18K4, 

h«  alM)ve  iiianii- 

k  Jarji^oii  ns 
Niike  Chelan, 

S.A. 

;  library  of  tlio 

ill  lilack  Ink,  \a 
itttrliuear  trauH- 

in  I  Cliiuook 
littliauTrihfd 
•ust  of  West- 

e  library  of  tlie 

rittcn  in  blatk, 
Dslation  in  red. 
iiiiiHcriiit.s  wrru 
Ktliuolojity  IVoiii 
iignst  J5, 1H8:). 
mo  by  till'  Miib- 
lilud  tbo  I'ollow- 

0  wax  boru   in 
Hu  wax  ]ila<:»d 

1  early  age,  arid 
lose  of  tlie  v.'Hr, 

ediicatior.  and 
years  of  Htiidy 
'ioii8  HcbooLs  of 
to  investigate 
aces  of   North 
tii<<  tield  among 
*re8  of  Hudson 
le  began  Htudy- 
customs  of  tlio 
Thence  he 
lilood,  Piegan, 
Ventres,  Man- 
he  Paiiitc  .  'id 
ver,  Alzeu,  and 
ind  Xez.  Perce 
ma  tribes:  the 
!  up  along  t\w 
ilrat,  Alaska, 
lit  her  Alaskan 
IMS   the    main 
waters  of  the 
III  throughout 
r(lr  sea  eoasi, 
iriipulshi,  and 
of  the  Yukon 
Sound ;    and. 
Archipelago, 
a,  thus  com- 
ion    froiu   the 


CHINOOKAN   LANOUA(JES. 


29 


Everette  ( W.  E. )  —  CoiiliniKMl. 

northern  cxtreniiUeMof  the  Tniled  Slates  and 
alonu  the  Pa<'iti<'  iohhI  to  the  northwrslerii 
part  of  North  America.  From  time  to  tiiiie  he 
returned  to  I'ivilizalioii  for  the  purpose  of 
making  stiidiiN  In  geology,  nit'dirine.  rliein 
igtry,  law.  and  mineralo^'y. 

He  is  now  writing  up  his  niimoroiiH  ixplora 
tions  as  fast  as  his  nuiiing  and  law  jiractire 
will  permit.  He  has  several  Inindicd  manii' 
8cript«,peiBonally  collected,  of  the  language.-!. 


Eveiettc  (\V.  K.)  —  (ontitiiied. 

manners,  ciiHloniH.  and  tradition.t  of  tlie  North 
Ameiiian  aborigiiieH,  and  is  in  liopesthnt  some 
liny  III'  will  liuvr  leisure  enough  to  reduce  them 
into  a  si'f  of  aboiil  ten  ipiarto  \olumes. 
Allhniigh  mining  geology  and  mining  law  is 
Ills  prol't'Hsioii,  liisai'tiial  life  work  has  been  the 
study  of  till'  nntliropology  of  our  North  Ameri- 
ran  aliorigines,  and  lie  devotes  all  big  spare 
time  ti>  t'le  latter.  His  present  l<M;atlon  it 
Taconia,  Washington. 


F. 


Featherman  (A.)  Scirial  liiHtory  |  of  (he 
I  racen  of  iiiankiiul.  |  First  tUvisinii:  | 
Nigritiini8[-'riiii(l     division:  |  Aoiieo- 
Maranoiiians].  |  Hy  |  A.  Keatluanian.  | 
[Two  lines  (|notjition.]  | 

London  :  Triibin'i&  i<>.,Ln(ljjitt«>IIill. 
I  18«r)[-1880].  I  (All  rifibtH  reserved.) 

;i  vols.  8". 

A  general  discussion  of  a  number  of  North 
American  tiimilies  of  speerli  orrurs  in  volume 
3,  among  them  tlieChiniMik,  wliirli  occupies  pp. 
36!)-;i78,  and  which  includes  a  brief  account  of 
their  language  on  p.  373. 
Copies  teen :  Congress. 

Field  (Thomas  Warn-n).  An  essay  | 
towards  an  |  Indian  liililiography.  | 
H«'ing  a  catalogue  of  hooks,  relating 
to  the  I  history,  anti(|tiities,  langnagos, 
cnstonis,  religion,  |  wars,  literature, 
and  origin  of  the  |  Anicriian  Indians, 
I  in  the  library  of  |  Thomas  W.  Field. 
I  With  liililiogiapliiciil  and  historical 
notes,  and  |  sytiopsescf  the  conteutsof 
Bome  of  I  the  works  least  known.  | 

New  York :  |  Scribner,  Arinstroug, 
and  eo.  |  1873. 

Title  verso  names  of  printers  1  1.  preface  pp. 
iii-iv,  text  iip.  1-430. 8°. 

Titles  and  descriptions  of  worksinorrelating 
to  the  Chinookan  languages  passim. 

Copies  geen  :  Congress,  Kames.  IMIIiiig. 

Atthe  Field  sale, no.  688,  acopy  brought  $4.2.'): 
at  theMenzies  sale.  no.  718,  a  "  halfci'iishi'd.  red 
levant  morocco,  gilt  top,  uncut  copy,"'  brought 
$5.50.  Priced  by  Leclerc,  1878, 18  fr. ;  by  (^luir- 
itch.  no.  1190ft.  15(1. :  at  the  Pinart  sale,  no.  368, 
it  brought  17  fr. ;  at  the  Murphy  sale,  no.  949, 
fi.^O.    Pr'ced  by  Quaritcli,  no.  30224,  \l. 

Catalogue  |  of  the  |  library  |  bel»ng- 

ing  to  I  Mr.  Thomas  W.  Field.  |  T<i  be 
sold  .at  auction,  (  by  |  Hangs.  Merwin 
&  CO.,  I  May  24th,  1875.  (  and  following 
days.  I 

New  York.  |  187.'). 

(lover  title  22  lines,  title  as  above  verso  blank 
1  1.  notice  etc.  pp.  iii-viii,  text  jip.  1-376,  list  of 


Field  I T.  AV. )  —  Continued. 

prices  pp.  377-393,  supplement  p|i.  1  -.W,  8'.  Com- 
piled by  Mr.  .losepli  Sabiii.  mainly  Ironi  Mr. 
Field's  K.sMay.  title  of  which  is  given  above. 

Contains  titles  of  a  number  of  works  in  and 
relating  to  the  t'liiiUHikan  languages. 

Ciipies  nien :  Iliirean  of  Kthnology.  ('oii- 
gress.  Kami's. 

At  the  S«|iiier  sale,  no.  1178.  an  iiniiit  copy 
brought  $l.'-''i. 

Ford:  This  word  lollowing  a  title  or  inilosed 
within  parentheses  after  a  noli' indicates  that 
a  cojiy  of  the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by 
the  compiler,  belonging  to  the  library  of  Mr. 
Paul  U  Ford.  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Franch^re  (("Gabriel).     Relation  |  d'un  | 
■voyage  |  a  la  cote  dii  |  nord-ouest  |  <le 
I  rAnieriqiic  Scptcntrionale,  |  dans  les 
aunties  |  1810,  11,  12,  13,  et  14.  |  Par  fi. 
Franchi-re,  fils.  | 

Montival:  |  de  rimpriinerie  de  C.  B. 
Pasteur.  |  1820. 

Half-title  (Kelation  d'un  voyage)  verso  blank 
1  I.  title  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  pp.  5-6,  avant 
propoH  pp.  7-10,  text  jip.  11-284,  8". 

Quelqiics  mots  (•16)  de  la  langiie  Chinoiique 
on  Tidiiuouk.  p]!.  204-205,— Eleven  iibrasi-s  in 
the  same.]).  205. 

Ciipien  ireu  :  (ieorgetown,  .I.'icqiies  Cartier 
School,  Mallet. 

Niirrative  |  of  a  |  voyage  |  to  |  the 

northwest  coast  of   America  |  in   the 
years  1811, 1812, 1813,  and  1814  |  orthe  | 
lirst  American  settlement  on  the  Pacific 
I  By    (iabriel    Franchere  |  Translated 
and    edited      by    ,1.  V.  Huntington  | 
[Vignette]  | 

Red  field  |  110  ami  112  Nassau  street, 
New  York  |  1854. 

Frontispiece  1  I.  title  verso  copyright  and 
name  of  stereotyper  1  I.  jircface  to  the  second 
edition  pp.  3-7.  preface  [in  English]  t<i  the 
French  edition  )ip.  9-10.  contents  pp.  11-16.  in- 
troduction pp.  17-22.  text  pii.  23-,37fi.  16'. 

A  brief  reference  to  the  t'binook  language, 
p.  262.  The  viH'abulary  and  phrases  l^re omitted 
in  this  edition. 


k' 


\    ^ 


I 


f. 


I 


30 


BIULIOOHAI'HY    OF    THE 


Franohdre  fO,)  — (*ontiniicfl. 

CnpifA  iirrn :  Itrilish  Miim-iim,  ConurcHw. 
(><'<iryi'towii.  ^!illl(l^,  rilliiiK.  'rrniiiliiill. 

(tiihriol  Kninrlii'ic,  was  linrii  (in  Novcinbnr  'i, 
l7Hfl,  in  Monlrcitl,  wliiTd  luH  fntlitn- had  cRtnli' 
listu'il  hiniHoir  aH  a  nn'ii'liant.  IIjh  early  lil'n 
apiicai'M  to  havi>  licni  Mpriit  at  M(rlioiil  nnil 
Ix'liiiid  liis  fatlirr'H  ciiuntiT. 

In  tlio  Hpriii;;  iil'  1HI(»  KrmKtlioro  Hniiuht 
nniiiliiynii'iit  in  llir  I'aiifir  Knr  Coni|mny.  ami 
on  May  '.'4  he  (tinned  articlrn  of  en;;nj;t'ini'nt 
wifli  (Mil- of  the  conipaiiy'tt  partners.  I'.y  thin 
njireeiiient  he  hound  hiinMelt'  (o  the  Herviec  of 
the(on\pany.  a«  n  clerlt,  for  \ivi\  years.  In  .Inly 
he  left,  home,  with  a  iinniher  of  hid  yonni;  coin- 
patriotH,  in  <Mnoes  for  Sew  VorU. 

The  I'aeitle  F'nr  (Company  was  eqaippinj; 
two  expeditions  for  the  (^"nlnmliia  conntry-- 
one  overland,  from  St.  fiiniis,  and  IIk- other  hy 
sea.  aronnrt  Cape  Horn,  and  Kraneh('>re  was 
assisiKMl  to  the  party  K'>i"K  ''.v  sea.  .Se]>temlior, 
1H10.  the  Hhigi  Tominin,  .Tonathan  TInirn,  lieu- 
tenant I'.  S.  Xavy,  master,  set  sail  for  the  I'aeitle, 
eoast.  On  .V|iril  12  the  parly  were  Ini'iled  on 
the  south  Kid(^  of  the  (,'oliinihia.  ten  miles  from 
its  month,  and  the  (!ompany's  priiieipal  jiort, 
(tailed  AstiM'ia,  was  fonndeil. 

Fraiieli(''ro  exliihit(!d  a  W(mdorfnl  talent  for 
ac(|uirini;  the.  Indian  lanf;na<;esof  theeonntry, 
and  otherwise  made  himself  so  nsefnl  that  ho 
was  n^tained  at  headiiiiarters  mint  of  the 
time,  althimth  hemadi'  a  nnnilierof  excursions 
np  the  (;:olunil>ia,  the  Cowlitz,  and  the  Willa- 
mette. 

Afterthedisbandnn-ntof  the  I'aeitle Knr Com- 
pany he  entere(l  temporaiilv  into  the  servii  lof 
tlio  Northwest  Company;  but,  although  bril- 


Fraiichdre  (<i. )  —  Contiiiuefl. 

llanl  otFers  wore  made  to  him,  ns  soon  as  oppor- 
tunity ottered  he  determined  to  return  to 
MontriMil  by  the  ('a  nail  lan  overland  route  iiptlin 
(>'(dnnibia.  across  the  KiH-ky  MniintainR  thnmgh 
the  Athabasca  I'ass.  down  tlie  Athabasca, 
across  thn  marshes,  down  the  Saskatchewan, 
across  Lake  Winnipeg,  up  Winnipeit  and 
Rainy  rivers,  down  the  Kaministi(|na,  across 
Lakes  Superior  and  Huron,  np  the  French 
River,  across  the  liniKht  of  lands  at  IjakeXipis- 
siiiK,  down  the  Mattawan,and  linallydnwn  tho 
Ottawa  to  the  St.  Lawrence,  a  distance  of  tlve 
thousand  miles,  traveled  in  canoes  and  on  foot. 
He  appeared  under  the  paternal  roof  on  the 
evenind  of  September  1,  1814,  greatly  to  tho 
surpris(>  of  his  family,  who  had  received  no 
intelli(;enc(<of  him  since  he  had  left  Now  Vork, 
lour  years  previously,  and  who  mourned  him 
as  (hmd.  sinco  they  imagined  he  had  perished 
in  the  ill-fatt»l  Tonquin,  oil' tho  coast  of  New 
Caleibuiia. 

Franclii>re  removed  to  .Sniilt  Ste.  Marie  with 
his  youii)!  family  in  18:14  and  (-ngaged  in  the 
fur  trade.  Later  he  became  a  partner  in  tho 
noted  connnercial  liouso  of  I'.  Chotean,  Son  & 
(,'o.,of  St.  Lmiis,  and  later  still  he  established 
hini«(df  in  New  York  City  as  the  senior  partner 
in  the  tirm  of  G.  Fianch(^re  &.  ('n. 

He  died  at  the  residence  of  his  soninlaw, 
Hon.  John  S.  Prince,  mayor  of  St.  Paul,  Minn., 
at  till",  ase  ot  seventy  years,  the  last  survivor 
of  the  (Celebrated  Astor  expeditions.— JfaHet,  in 
Catholic  Annual,  1887. 

Frost  (J.  H.)    Heo  Lee  (D.)  aud  FroBt 
(J.  H.) 


Oal 


G. 


! 


'■ 


Oairdner  ( /)r. — ).  Notes  on  chc  Geoj;- 
iiipliy  of  the  Colimibia  River.  By  tho 
late  Dr.  Gairdiier. 

In  Royal  (ieog.  Soc.Tour.  vol.11,  pp.  250-257, 
London.  1841,  8^.    (Congress.) 

Notes  on  the  Indian  trilies  of  the  upper  and 
lower  Columbia,  pp.  2ij5-2')<>.  contains  a  list  of 
tlitc  peoples  of  that  locality,  with  their  habitat, 
among  them  the  divisions  of  tlio  Chinook. 

Gallatin  ( AUiort).  \  Hyii(>])8is  of  the  In- 
dian trihe.s  \vithiii  the  United  States 
eaHt  of  the  Hocky  Moiiutains  and  in 
the  Britiah  and  Rii.ssian  posse.ssioiis  in 
North  America.  By  the  IIou.  Albert 
Gallatin. 

In  American  Antiquarian  Soc.  Trans. 
( Archa'ologia  Americana), vid.  2,  pp.  1-422, Cam- 
bridge, 1836, 8°. 

A  vocabulary  of  ll.'l  words,  and  the  numerals 
1  12,  20,  in  Chinook  (mouth  of  the  Qolumbia), 
p. 379. 


Gallatin  (A.)  —  Continued. 

Hale's  Indians  of  North-west  Amer- 

ica,and  vocabularies  of  North  America; 
with  iui  introduction.  By  Albert  Gal- 
liitin. 

In  American  Ethnological  Soc.  Trans,  vol.  2, 
pp.  xxiii-clxxxviii,  l-lltO,  New  York,  1848,8'". 

(ieneral  account  of  the  Tsinuk,  or  Chinooks, 
pp.  15-17. —The  Tshinuk  family  (pp.  .W^S) 
includes  pronun('ial ion, p.  5fi;  |)ersonal  pronouns 
of  the  Watlala.  ]).  515;  jiossessive  pronouns, 
p.  .57:  partial  c(m,iugation  of  the  verb  tiihe  col'l, 
]i.57;  transitive  intlections.  p.  58;  pluralization 
of  nouns  in  tho  M'aiwaikum.  p.  58.— Tho  "Jar- 
gon "or  trade  language  of  Oregon  (pp.  62-70) 
includes  a  general  .acc(mnt  of  tiio  language,  pp. 
62  64;  Jargon  words  (41)  derived  from  the 
Knglish,  p.  64 :  derived  fnnn  tho  French  (33),  p. 
6.');  formed  by  onomato))ieia  (12),  p.  65;  alpha- 
betical English  meaning  o"  the  words  of  the 
. I  argon  (165),  p. 66 ;  grammatic  treatise,  pp.66- 70. 

'All  the  words  tliii.H  brought  together  and 
combined  in  this  singularly  constructed  speevb 


1 


CMINUOKAN    LAN(JUA0E8. 


m 


Oallatln  ( A.)  — ('••ininnrd. 

['Tiirgnii]  nrn  ahmit  Uvii  liiiiiilroil  iiiiil  tU'ty  in 
niimhnr.  Of  tliPitt',  111),  iiii'liiilin;;  llin  niiinrr' 
alu,  ar«  fnim  tli«  Tshiniik,  17  fiimi  I  In-  NiiotkiiM, 
:)H  from  I'ilhor  tho  one  or  tlio  oMut,  Imt  dimlil- 
fill  fi'iiiii  wliii'li:  Xi  from  tlii^  Krciii'li,  and  11 
from  Clio  Kn<;llMli.  TliiHr  two  last  ari>  xiili' 
joiiii'il.aH  well  a«  tlin  woril.i  fciniii'd  tiy  onoiiia 
(o|i<ria;  and  an  alplialicfical  Kii;;liHli  list  of  all 
tlui  otiinr  words  in  addi'd,  wlili'li  will  »how  of 
what  materials  t  111' HCHiity  vocalmlary  consist  a." 
Vocabulary  of  the  lowiTfJIilnook  (179  words), 
pp.  89-9:..— Vooalmlary  of  tlin  Watlala  («0 
words),  p.  121. 

Tiilthi  of  ){onori<!  Iiuliiin  fimiilios  of 

Ill  Schoolcraft  (H.  K.),  Indian  trilirs,  vol.  ;i. 
pp.  :i97-402,  Phlladi'lpliia,  lOiS.  4  . 

Im'liidi'H  tlio  Tshiuook,  p.  402. 

Allxirt  'lallatin  waHlioniin  (icneva,  SwitziT- 
land.>Inniiarv29, 1701, and  ilivd  In  Astoria,  li.  1., 
.Vngiist  12, 1849.  Ho  was  di'sccndod  from  an 
ani:ifnt  patrician  family  of  Geneva,  wlio.so  name 
had  Ions  boon  honorably  coniioi'ted  with  the 
history  of  Switzerland.  Yonn^  .Mbert  had 
been  baptized  by  the  name  of  .Mirahani  Alfonse 
AIIhtI.  In  177:1  lit!  was  sent  to  a  boardint; 
school  and  a  year  later  entered  the  fniversity 
of  Oeni'va,  whr-re  he  was  graduated  in  1779.  He 
sailed  from  L'Orieiit  late  in  May,  1780,  and 
reached  Boston  on  .Inly  1 1.  He  entered  Con- 
;;rps8  on  Uecember  7,  1795,  and  iMnitiniied  a 
menilH-r  of  that  body  until  his  a]ipolntiiieiit  as 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury  in  IHOl,  which  olhce 
h«  held  continoiisly  until  18i:i.  His  services 
were  rewarded  with  the  appointment  of  min- 
ister to  France  in  February,  181,11  he  entered 
on  the  duties  of  this  ofllce  in  January,  181fi.  In 
1826,  at  the  solicitation  of  I'resident  .\dams,  he 
accepted  the  appointment  of  envoy  extraonii 
nary  to  (jrreat  Hritaiu.  On  his  return  to  the 
United  States  he  settled  in  Xew  Vork  City, 
where,  from  18;il  to  1839,  he  wasjiresidentof  the 
National  Rank  of  Xew  York.  In  1842  he  wa.s 
as.so<;iatod  in  the  establishment  of  the  American 
KtbnoloKical  Society,  becomini;  its  first  presi- 
dent, and  in  1843  he  was  elected  to  hold  a  simi 
larothcein  the  New  York  Historical  So<iety.  an 
honor  which  was  annuallyconferred  on  him  until 
his  iXe.Mi.—Appleton'n  Cjielop.  nf  Am.  Jiimj. 

Gatschet:  This  word  followin;;  a  title  or  within 
Iiarentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that  acopy  ol 
the  work  referred  to  has  bi'en  .seen  by  the  com 
piler  in  the  library  of  .\tr.  .\lbert  S.  Gatschet. 
Washinjtton,  1).  C. 

OatBchet  (Albert  Suiimel).  Indiiin  lini- 
Riiage.s  of  the  Paciftc  states  and  ti'iii- 
tories. 

In  Mapizine  of  American  Hist.  vol.  1,  pji. 
145-171,  New  York,  1877,  sni.  4^    (Pilling.) 

Short  account  of  the  Chinook  lansuaj^e  anil 
its  dialects,  p.  107.  — Same  of  the  Chinook  Jar- 
gon, p.  16K. 

Issued  separately  with  half-title  as  follows: 


OatBchet  (A.  s. )  -  Coiitiniiril. 

Indian    liiiijjiiiij^fs  |  of   ihr  |  I'acifto 

Htatcs  and  torritorii'M  |  hy  |  Alln>rt  S. 
(latsrljct  I  Hepiinf.d  from  Marclif  18771 
N'liinhcr  of  The  M)i}{a/iiii'  of  Ainoricaii 
History 

[Ni'w  York:   1H77.| 

Half  title  verso  blank  I  I.  text  pp.  145  171, 
sm.4 '. 

Mngiiisticcont4Miln  asunder  title  next  above. 

dopift  .wfii  :  .Vstor.  Kami's,  rillinu,  Welles 
ley. 

Ueprinled  in  the  followiiiu  works: 

Beach  (\V.  W.),  Indian  Miscellauv,  pp.  410 
447,  Alliaiiy.  IK77.  8  , 

Drako  (.S.  (1.),  .Vboriginal  races  of  North 
.Vmerica.|«p. 748-703,  New  Vork.  1882,8  . 

.\  sMi>plemeiitnry  p.tper  by  tlie  same,iullior 
and  with  the  same  title,  wlilcb  appeared  in  the 
Magazine  of  .Vmerican  History,  vol.  8,  contains 
no  (Miiniinkan  material. 

Vocalitilary   of    tlui  ('litckania    lan- 

Manuscript,  7  h'aves,  4^,  in  the  library  of  th« 
bureau  of  Ktlmolo^iy.  Collected  at  the  Grande 
Uonile Reserve,  Vamliill  ('o.,  ()re;;on,  in  Decem- 
ber, 1877,  from  Frank  Johnson,  a  Clackaina 
Indian,  and  recorded  on  one  of  the  Smithsonian 
forms  (no.  170)  of  211  words.  About  150  words 
ami  plira.ses  are  given. 

Words,    phraHi's,  iim)   sentences    in 

the  CMaekama  lanj;nao;f. 

Maniisorijit;  reconled  in  a  copy  of  Intro- 
duction to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages.  1st 
edition.  Material  cidlected  at  Gninile  Uondu 
reservation,  Vamliill  County,  Oregon,  I)e<:em- 
ber,  1877. 

Vocalmhiry  of  the  WtiHi'o  .ind  Wac- 

cant^ssisi  diah^cts  nf  tht<  (.'iiiniik  family. 

Manuscri))!,  7  pp.  folio.  Taken  at  the  Kla- 
math Lake  Agency,  Oregon,  in  1877. 

Albert  .Samuel  (ialscbet  was  born  in  St.  Ueat- 
enlierg,  in  the  Heriiose  Oberland,  Switzerland, 
Oitober3, 1832.  His  propedeutic  education  was 
aciiuireil  in  the  lyceiims  of  Neiichatel  (1843- 
184,'))  and  of  Heine  (1 840-1 8.J2),  after  which  ho 
followed  courses  in  the  universities  of  Iteriie 
and  Berlin  (1852-18.58).  His  studies  had  for 
tlieirob.ject  tlioancieiit  worldin  all  itsphasesof 
religion,  history,  language,  and  ait,  and  thereby 
liis  attention  was  at  an  early  day  directed  to 
philologic  rese:irches.  In  ISirihe  began  the  pub- 
lication of  a  series  of  brief  monographs  on  the 
local  etymology  of  his  country,  entitled  ''Orls- 
etyniologische  Forse.bungen  aus  iler  Schweiz" 
(1865-'07).  In  1867  he  spent  several  months  in 
London  pursuing  anti(|iiarian  studies  in  the 
Itvitish Museum.  In  IStiShesetllediii  New  Vork 
and  became  a  contributor  to  v:irioi!S  domestic 
and  foreign  lierimliciils,  m:iiiily  on  sclent  ilic 
subjects.  Drifting  Intoamore  atlenlivo  study 
of  the  Aiuerieaii  Indians,  he  published  several 
compositions  u|Mm   their  languages,  the  must 


V 


111 

s4 


32 


BIBhIO(JKArHY    OF    THE 


Ik'  -' 

II) 

'i 


f 


[I! 


I 


:^/ 


OatBchet  (A.  S. )  —  ('oniiinu'il. 

iinpnrtaiil  of  w)iir)i  1m  "  /nriill'  Spra<'hcii  »iih 
fli-in  SiWlwi'Ht«n  NnrdaimirlkaH,  "  Wciiimr.  1H7B. 
TIUH  Icci  to  IiIh  iH'iiif;  appointod  to  tlie  iiosilioii 
of  ftlitiolcii»mt  ill  Iho  rnit«'il  StiitcH  Gi'olodical 
Siirvi'y,  iiiidcr  M^|.<loliii  W.  Powull,  in  Miiicli, 
1877.  wlion  lu'  ri'iiiovi'd  to  WiiHliinictoii.  nud  tirnt 
einployi'd  liinimdf  in  iirriimjiiiu  llm  linKiilHllo. 
iDrtniiHcriptH  ol'  Dili  SiiiiMiHiinliiii  IiiMtitiition, 
now  till'  property  of  llir  lliiri'iiii  of  Ktlinolouy, 
wliirli  fornix  ii  piirtiif  tlii<  SiiiltliHonliiii  Inxlilii 
tioii.  Mr.  ItntHrln-t  linn  I'vcr  Miiirt>  Iwcn  iirtivi'ly 
coiimicti'd  with  that  Imrt'uii.  To  iiirrciiHc  its 
liliKiiiMtir  I'ollectioiiH  mid  to  cxti'iid  liix  own 
Rtiidii'N  of  till-  tndinii  l»iii;iiaKi'>*' l>r  Iiiin  niiido 
extriiHivii  tripx  of  liii)!iiii«tir  iiiid  otlinologir 
exploration  niiion){  llm  IndiiinHnf  North  .Vnicr 
ii'rt.  Aftt'r  returning  from  a  Hix  iiioiithH' 
aojoiirii  anion;;  th«  Klninath.'^  and  KnlapiiyaM 
of  Oivpin,  Hrttlod  on  liotli  Nidi'.s  of  tlir  Cam'ado 
RanK>'i  ho  viHltPil  tlio  Kiitalm  in  South  Carolina 
and  th(<  (Mia'litH  and  HIiotiniaHhn  of  I.oiiiHlana 
in  1881-'H'J,  the  KayowK,  Comanclu',  .Vpaclif, 
Yattasxec,  f'nddo.  Naktchp.  Modof,  and  other 
tril)<'«  in  tlio  Indian  'IVrritory,  the  Tonkawn 
and  LlpnnR  in  'I'i'xaR,  and  the  Atakapa  Indiann 
of  Loiii»iaiia  in  1884  'S.'j.  In  188(i  lit<  miw  thi< 
TlaHkaltiTH  at  Saltillo,  Moxiro,  a  ivmnantof  thu 
Nahiia  raco,  liroii;;lit.  thcro  ahonf  157.'i  from 
Annhnac,  and  wan  tlio  tiriit  to  discover  tlirathn- 
ity  of  tli)>  Illloxi  laiiKiiap-  with  tin-  Sioiian  fam- 
ily. He  also  coniniitti'd  to  writing  tlio  Tnnixka 
or  L'onira  lanfjiiaKn  of  tiOiiiHiaua.  never  liuforn 
investiKated  and  forniin;;  a  iiugniHtin  family  of 
itsidf.  KxcurnionH  toother  partsof  thecountry 
broiiiflit  to  liiM  knowledge  other  Indian  lan- 
(Iiiage.s;  the  TiiHkarora,  (Jaiif^huawaga,  I'enob- 
8Cot,  and  Karankawn. 

Mr.  (intschet  has  eompilod  an  extonsivo 
report  eniliodying  his  resoarches  among  the 
Klamath  Lake  and  Modoc  Indians  of  Oregon, 
which  forms  Vol.11  of  Cnntributionii  to  \orth 
American  Kthnology.  Among  the  trilies  ond 
liingiiage.s  disoiissed  liy  him  in  separate  publi- 
cations are  the  Timnnna  (Florida),  Torikawo 
(Texas),  Viima  (California,  Arizona,  Mexico), 
(.'Ininif^to  (California),  Beotliiik  (Xewfonnd- 
land),  (Jreek,  and  Hitchiti  (Alaitania).  His 
numerous  jinpers  are  scattered  through  the 
publications  of  the  various  learned  societies, 
the  magazines,  and  government  reports. 

Oei.eral  discussion: 

See  Bancroft  (H.  H.) 
Beach  (W.W.) 


General  dlsoussibn  — 

Chinook  >rargon  See 
Chinook  .largon 
Chinook  daruon 
('hiniHik  ilargon 
(jhiniHik  .largoii 
ChiniMik  ilarifou 
(^'hiniHik  dargon 
Chinook  .largon 
('liliKMik  Jargon 
Chinook  ilargon 
Chinook  Jargon 
Chinook  Jargon 

Oeographic  names : 
Chinook 


Chinook 

Chinook 

Chinook 

Chinook 

Chinook 

(Jhinnok 

Chinook 

Chinook 

(JhiuiMik 

('hinook 

(Tiinook 

('hinook 

Chinook  iT argon 

Chinook  Jargon 


Borghaus  (H.) 
Brintou  (!).<}.) 
Durcan  (D.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Feath"rnian  (A.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Gat8cliet(A.  S.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Sproat(G.  M.) 
Wbymper  (F.) 
Bancroft  (H.  H.) 
Beach  (\V.  W.) 


Cniitiuued. 

Cloiigli  (J.C.) 
nrake  (S.O.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Oatschet  (A.S.) 
Haines  (E.  M.) 
Ualedl.) 
NicolKE.U.) 
Keade  (J.) 
Sproat  (G.  M.) 
Swan  {3.  Cm.) 
Western. 
Wilson  (D.) 


Oit 


ofl 
us 


See  Gihbs  (G.) 

Oeologioal  Survey:  The.se  words  following  a  title 
or  within  parentheses  after  a  noteindicatn  that 
a  copy  of  the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  l>y 
the  compiler  in  the  library  of  the  T'nited  States 
(leidotfical  Survey.  Washiiigton,  I).  C. 

Oeorgetown:  This  word  following  atitleor  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy  of 
the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the  com- 
piler in  the  library  of  Georgetown  University, 
Washington,  D.C. 

OibbB( /'r. Cieorjjffi).  SiniMiHoican miscel- 
laneoiiH  <•<: '.lections.  1 161 1 A  |  tiiftioiiury 
I  of  the  I  Chinook  Jargon,  |  or  |  trade 
language  of  Oregon.  |  Prepared  for  the 
iSuiithsonian  iiiNtitution.  |  By  |  Georgo 
Gil»lm.  I  [Seal  of  the  institution.]  | 

Washington:  |  Smithsonian  inHtitu- 
tion :  I  March,  186.3. 

Title  verso  advertisement  1  1.  contents  p.  iii, 
preface  pp.  v-xi,  bibliography  pp.  xiii-xiv.  half- 
title  (Part  I.  Chinook-English)  verso  note  1  1. 
text  pp.  1-29,  half-title  (Part  It.  English- 
Chinook)  p.  31,  text  pp.  :t3-44,  8''. 

(leneral  discussion  of  the  language  and  its 
derivation,  pp.  v-viii.  —  Short  comparative 
vocabulary  (eighteen  words  and  phrases)  of 
English,  'llaoquatcli  and  Kiitka,  and  Colum- 
bian, p.  ix.— Analogies  between  the  Chinook 
and  other  languages  (Ilaeltziik,  Btlbella,  Clat- 
sop,  Nutka,  Cowlitz,   Kwantlen,  Selisli,  Chi- 

halis,  Nisqually,  Vakainnand  Klikatfit),  p.  x 

Bibliography  of  the  Chinook  Jargon  (sixteen 
entries),  pp.  xiii-xi v.— Dictionary  of  the  Chin 
ook  Jargon:  (Jhinook-English,  jip.  1-29;  Eng- 
lish-Chinook, pp.  3:}-43.— The  Lord's  prayer  in 
Jargon,  with  interlinear  English  translation,  p. 
[44]. 

Copies  seen :  Astor,  Bancroft,  Dunbar, 
Fames,  Pilling,  Trumbull,  Welleslev 

"Some  years  ago  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion printed  a  small  vocabulary  of  the  Chinook 
Jargon,  furnished  by  Dr.  B.  K.  Mitchell,  of  the 
U.  S.  Navy,  and  prepared,  as  I  afterwards 
learned,  by  Mr.  Liounet.  a  Catholic  priest,  for 
bis  own  use  while  studying  the  language  at 
Chinook  Point.  It  was  siiiimitted  by  the  Insti- 
tution, for  revision  and  preparation  for  the 
press,   to  the  late  Professor  W,  W.  Turner. 


* 


lued. 

(.I.e.) 
S.O.) 

t.) 

it- (A.  8.) 

(E.  M.) 

.» 

B-U.) 

,1.) 

(}.M.) 

r.o.) 
II. 

(D.) 

Ilowin);  n  tltlo 
pinilicatn  th»t 
«  bot-n  m-cii  by 
T^nitwl  Statfs 
D.C. 

titleor  within 
I  that  a  copy  nf 
'II  liy  tlip  nini- 
■n  University, 

iranniiHcel- 
i  diLiioniiry 
I  or  I  trade 
jired  for  th« 
By  I  Georgo 
ition.]  I 
iaii   inHtitu- 

ontonts  p.  iii, 

ziii-xiv,  half- 

erso  note  1  1. 

II.   KnKliah- 

;iiage  and  its 

i-omparativH 
phrases)  of 
and  Coliim- 

tlio  Chinoolv 
fdljella,  Clnt- 

•Solish,  Chi- 
«atnt),p.  X.— 
i-gon  (sixteen 

of  the  Chin 
Ip.  1-29;  Eng. 
fd's  prayer  iu 

ranslation.  p. 

|ft,     Dunbar, 

liiin   Itistitii' 
I  the  Chinook 
Rhell.of  the 
aft«rwar(l8 
priest,  for 
inguage  at 
Ijy  the  Inati- 
kion  fur  the 
|"W.  Turner. 


CHINOOKAN   LANCJUAUES. 


33 


Oibbs  (O.)  — rontimied. 

Although  it  ret'i'ivcd  the  tTitioal  examinnlion 
of  tlial  (llsliiigiiishi')!  philoloi^ist,  iiuil  was  nt' 
(ISO  in  <lir<<cliiig  ittlentioii  to  tliii  language,  It 
was  ileliriuut  in  the  iiumlicr  of  words  in  uhi', 
contained  iiiauy  which  did  not  (iropirly  licloiig 
to  the  .largoii.  unit  diil  not  give  the  sources 
(toni  wliicU  tht'  words  were  derived. 

"Mr.  Hale  ha<l  previously  gi  vcn  a  vocahulary 
and aneoiint  (d'  tbis.Iargouin  Ids'  Klhiiogrii]diy 
of  the  I'liited  .States  l'^\ploriiig  Kxpeditloii.' 
whieh  was  noticed  hy  Mr.  (iullatiii  in  tlii' 
Transactions  of  the  American  Kthmdogical 
.Society,  vol.  ii.  He  however  fell  into  some 
crrora  in  his  derivation  of  the  words,  chietly 
from  ignoring  the  Chuhalls  element  of  the  .fur- 
gon,  and  the  number  of  words  given  by  him 
aniuunted  only  to  about  two  hundred  and  fifty. 
"A  copy  of  Mr.  Lionnot's  vocabulary  having 
been  sent  to  me  with  a  request  to  iimko  such 
corrections  as  it  might  require,  I  concluded  not 
merely  to  collate  the  words  contained  in  tbi.t 
and  other  printed  and  manuscript  vocabularies, 
hut  to  ascertain,  so  far  as  jiusBihle,  the  Ian- 
guHges  which  had  contributed  to  it,  witli  the 
original  Indian  words.  This  had  liecomo  the 
more  important  as  its  extended  use  by  difl'er- 
cnt  tribes  had  led  to  ethmdogical  errors  in  the 
classing  together  of  essentially  distinct  fami- 
lies."— Preface. 
Issued  also  with  title-page  as  follows : 

A  I  dictionary  |  o'   tlie  |  Chinook 

.Iiii'giin,   I   or,  I   trade     laiijjriia^e      ot° 
OiKgoii.  I  Hy  Gt'orgo  Gibbs.  ( 
Now  York:  |  C'ramoi.sy  jiress.  |  186H. 

Ilalf-title  (Shea's  r..ilirary  of  American  Lin- 
guistics. XII.)  verso  blank  1  1.  title  vur.so  blank 
1 1,  preface  pp.  v-xi,biblii>graidiyof  llioChinool< 
.largon  pp.  xiii-xiv,  balf-titlu  <d"  part  1  verso 
note  I  l.Chiuook-Kngli.sli  dictionary  ]))).  l-'Jl), 
half-title  of  part  II  vt^rso  blank  1  I.  Knglish- 
(."hiiiook  dictionary  p|i.  UIm;),  the  Lord's  prayer 
in  Jargon  p.  [441,8°. 

CopieH  teen:  Astor,  Boston  Atheim<iim, 
Congress,  Dunbar,  Harvard,  Lenox,  Smith- 
Hunian,  Trumbull,  Wellesley. 

Some  copies  (twenty-live,  I  believe)  were 
issued  in  large  quarto  form  wit  li  no  cliauge  of 
title-page.    (Pilling.  Smitlisouian.) 

See  Hale  (H.) 

Alphabetical     vocabulary  |  of     the 

I  Chiuook  language.    |    By   1   Georgt^ 
Gibbs.  I  [Sni.dl  design,  with  n-.otto  in 
Irish  and  Latiu.]  | 
New  York:  |  Cirvmoisy  press.  |  18(>3. 

Title  verso  blank  1 1,  preface  i>p.iii-v,  orthog- 
raphy p.  vi,  bibliography  pp.  vii-viii,  text  pp. 
9-23,  8°. 

Vocabulary  (English-Chinook),  pp.    9-2i) 

Local  noinencl.it ure,  pj).  21-2;f. 

Copies  teen :  Astor,  Boston  Athenseuni,  Brit- 
ish Museuin,Congress.  Eiuiies,  IIarvard,Leuox, 
Smithsonian,  Trumbull, Wellesley, 

CHIN 3 


OibbB  ((!.)  — ("onlimu'd. 

.SoMii-  ccqijes  contain  a  looNe  half-title  (Shea's 
I  library  of  .\iiierican  lingiii.stics.  |  VIII.) 
Inserted  afterwards.     (Lenox.) 

There  was  a  small  edition  (twenty  live 
copies,  1  believe)  issued  in  largo  i|uarto  form, 
with  title  slightly  cliaiige<l,as  f(dlows; 

.\l|>habctiial  vocabulary  |  of  the  | 

Chinook        language.    {    My    |    tieorge 
(tibliH.  I  I'liblishcd  under  the  ausjticos 
of  the  SinitliHouian  institution.  | 
New  York;  |  Crainoisy  jiress.  |  1H(>;1. 

Title  vorao  blank  1  I.  preface  pp.  ill- v, 
orthography  |i.  vi,  bildiograpliy  pp.  xiiviii, 
text  pp.  «-2:i.  4  \ 

Vocabulary    alphiilietically      arranged      by 
Knglish    word'4.  double    columns,    pp.  ll-'Jd. 
Local  nomenclature,  pp.  2l-2:i. 

t'tipiei  I'-eti :  Kaines,  Lenox,  I'illing,  Smith- 
sonian. 

nibliography  of  the  Chinook  .Fargon, 

In  Gibbs  ((i.),  Diitionary  of  the  Cliiiiook 
ilargon,  pji.  xiii-xiv,  Wasliiiigton,  lMfl:i,  H  '. 

Contains  sixteen  titular  entries,  clirouolo^- 
icaliy  arranged. 

Ke])rintcd  in  tlie  same  work:  New  York,  IMtill, 
8'^  and  4'^,  titled  above. 

Bibliograpliy  (of  the  Chinook  lan- 
guage] . 

In  Gibbs  (Ci.),  Al|dutlietical  vocabub'ry  of  the 
(Miinookiangiutge,  pii.  vii-viii.  New  Voik,  isr.ii, 
8'^  and  4'^. 

Contains  six  titular  entries  only. 

Chinook  .Targon  Vocalmliuy.    Ctmi- 

plled  by  (ieo.  (iibbs,  Esij. 

Mainiscript,  UK  Jiage.s,  H"',  iu  the  liliriiry  of  tlie 
Mureaii  id'  Ethnology.  Iteeorded  in  a  Idaiik 
book  ;  alphabetically  arranged  liy  Jargon  words. 
(Contains  4KI  entries. 

(ieorge  Uibbs,  the  son  of  (Jol.  Doorge  (iibbs, 
wasbomontlielTthof  July,  18'  >,  at  Suns  wick, 
Long  Island,  near  the  village  of  Ilalletts  Covo, 
now  known  a.s  Asto'ia.  At  .seveiiteeu  be  was 
taken  to  Europe,  whei-  be  remained  two  years. 
I  On  bis  return  from  Eirrope  he  comineined  the 
reading  of  law,  and  iu  18;)8  took  Ids  degree  of 
bachelorof  Jaw  at  Harvard  University.  In  1848 
Mr.  Gibbs  went  overland  I'roin  St.  Louis  to 
Orog.)n  and  established  himself  at  Colur.'..  .i. 
In  1854  he  received  the  appointment  of  co'  ■  iir 
of  the  jiorl  of  A.-itoria,  whicli  be  lielil  during 
Ml'.  Killmore'rt  administration.  Later  lut 
removed  from  Oregon  to  Washington  Territory, 
and  settled  upon  a  ranoli  a  i't'v;  miles  from  I''ort 
Steilacoom.  Hero  be  had  his  bi'iuliinartiTH  for 
several  years,  devoting  himself  to  the,  .-^tuily  of 
the  Indian  languages  and  to  the  collection  of 
vocabularies  and  traditions  of  tlie  northwest- 
ern tribes.  During  a  groat  part  of  the  time 
ho  was  attached  to  the  U^nitcd  States  (Sovern- 
mcnt  Commi.ssion  in  laying  the  boundary,  as 
the  goohigist  or  botaulMt  of  the  expedition.  lie 


W  I 


84 


UIBLIOORAPHY   OF   TIIK 


Olbbs  ((>.)  — CnntiiiiiiMl. 

WUM  iklHO  iittnrlii'il  ikH  ^('(iliiKlHt  to  thii  mirvoy  of 
a  nillroail  roiilo  to  tlin  I'acinc,  niidnr  Mii.|or 
StovKHM.  Ill  1H57  li«  witM  iippoint' .1  to  tliu 
iiortliwi'Ht  hoiiDilary  Miirvcy  iin<  • .  Mr.  Anlil- 
lialil  Caiiipbfll, ait  ('oiiinilHHioni'r.  In  180()  Mr. 
tiililiK  n^tiiriii'tl  to  N'inv  York,  anil  in  IHfil  wan 
ojitliityiiiAVaHliln^ton  in  ;;uiii'<liii)(tliiiCa|>ltal. 
l.ati'r  liii  ri'siilitil  in  Wasliiiii^ton,  lirinj;  mainly 
iMiiployi'il  intliK  llud.siin  Hay  ClainiH  ('oiiiiiiIH' 
Hion,  to  wliirli  lit)  wixH  Hi'i'rrtary.  Ilo  wiih  kIho 
tinpigt'il  in  till)  urruiiKi'ini'nt  of  a  lar^o  niiiHH  of 
niaiiUMrrilit  lirarliiK  n|ioii  tlio  utliuolii;{y  mill 
pliiloloK)  oftlio  Aini^rican  IndiaiiN.  HIm  .><i'rviri'H 
werii  availi'ilof  liy  tlirSinitliHonian  IiiHtitutiou 
toMU|i('rintonil  itxlaborMin  lliiHtlidil,  anil  tiilii.H 
oni'r);y  and  coinplrtii  linowlrd;,'o  of  tint  Hiiliji'it 
It  j{rt''itlyowi'H  it»  »iir(ii.s,s  ill  thin  lirancli  of  tlii' 
Hurvii'K.  Tint  vaiualilii  and  laborioitH  Hi^rvlcx 
wliicli  lilt  rrndi'red  to  tbt<  lUMtitiition  wax 
itntiri'lyKnit nitons,  and  in  i.iMdi'atli  tliat  I'^tab- 
liHliini'iit  an  wi'l',  aa  tbo  I'liimnof  Hricnco  hml  an 
ardiMit  frli'nd  an  I  an  iniportan*  rontribntor  to 
itH  ndvaiKi'iiiitnt.  In  1871  .Mr.  liibbH  nmrrird 
liiH  coimin.MiHH  Mary  K.  fiibliH  of  Newport, 
H.  1.,  and  removed  to  Xow  Itavon,  where  be 
died  on  Ibo  Otli  of  April,  lrt73. 

[Gill  (John  Ktiye).]    Dictionaiy  |  of  tbo 

I  Chinook  J lugoii  |  withnxnmplosof  | 

Use  in  Conversation.  |  (Compiled  from 

all  vocabnlarics,  and  greatly  improved 

I  by  the  addition  oi  necessary  words 

I  never    before    published.)    |   Ninth 

edition.  | 

Portland,  Oregon:  |  published  by  .1. 
K.  call  tfc  CO.  I  93  I'irst  Street.     [18«2.] 

Cover  title:  A  oomploto  |  dictionary  |  of  tbo 
I  Chinook    Jargon.  |    KngliBliCliinook     and 
Cbinook-Kngllah.  |  Ninth    edition.  |  Keviaod, 
Corrected  and  Enlarged.  { 

Portland,  Oregon.  |  J.K.  Gill  *.  co.,  publish- 
ers. I  1882.  I  HimeB  the  printer. 

Cover  title,  title  verso  blank  1  1.  prefoi'e  pp. 
3-4,  text  pp.  5-62, 18°. 

English  and  Chinook,  double  colunniH. 
alphabetically  arranged,  pp.  5-3J.— Numerals 
1-12,20,30,100,1000,  p.  33. -Chinook  and   Eng- 

llsh,  alphabetically  arranged,  pp.34-,')7 Con 

vornatious,  pp.  58-00. — The  Lord's  jirayer,  with 
interlinear  English  translation,  pp.  til-02. 

Copien  teen :  Eames,  I'illing. 

In  the  preparation  of  this  dictionary  Mr. 
Gill  had,  he  informs  me,  the  assLstauce  of  Uev. 
W.  C.  Chaltiu.  An  eighth  edition  was  pub- 
lishod  in  1878,  in  continuation  of  those  is.siied 
by  the  flrin  of  S.  J.  McCormick  (see  Blanchet 
(F.  N.),  whoso  stock  wns  purchased  by  thoflriii 
of  which  Mr.  Gill  was  a  member.  Of  tlntt 
edhion  I  have  been  unable  to  locate  a  coi>y. 

"The  first  attempt  at  publication  of  the 
trappers'  and  traders'  Indian  Jargon  in  use 
among  the  coast  and  interior  tribes  of  the 
Northwest  was  made  in  182.'>,  by  a  sailor  [.Tobn 
K.  Jowitt]  who  was  captured  from  the  ship 


OillM.  K.)  — Continned. 

Hoston,  which  was  surprised  by  tho  Indians  at 
Nootka  Sound,  her  captain  and  crew  murdered, 
the  sailor  who  iHsiied  his  ad  ventures  under 
tlietllln,  'The  Captive  in  Nootka'  and  later 
the  •  Traders'  Dictionary,'  being  the  only  sur- 
vivor. 

"  .Sivcr.il  llttlebooks.  mostly  for  trndors'  use, 
have  lieeii  |iriiiti'il  in  this  ilargon.  A  worthy 
missionary  |ltev.  Myron  Kells|  published  i|nite 
II  number  of  liymns  translated  from  Knglisb,  in 
CbiiiiHik.  which  has  been  the  only  use  of  thu 
lanuiiage  in  the  Held  of  lielles-lettnis. 

"  The  language  of  the  niitive  Indians  Is  sel- 
dom heapl.  The  progressive  Knglish  is  foriilng 
itswnyeveii  into  t  lie  lodges  of  the  most  savage 
tribes;  andmanyof  theoriginal  Indian ilialucts 
of  the  coast,  of  which  Chinook  was  tho  most 
imporlant.  have  disappeared  ontiruly,  with  the 
nations  that  sjioke  them. 

"Of  the  ancient  languages  of  the  (Jhinooks, 
but  t  wo  hundred  words  aregiven  in  the  present 
dictionary,  the  remaindur  being  words  from 
other  coast  tribes,  Vakimas,  Wasoos,  Nez 
I'erei''s,  and  other  tongues."— /V«/ae«. 

Mr.  I  lills  statement  in  regard  to  the  "  llrst 
attempt  at  publiciitiou  of  the  trappers'  and 
traders'  Iniliau  Jargon,"  i|uotud  above,  nistils  ii 
word  of  correction.  .lewitt's  work,  first  issued 
under  tlio  title  of  ".-V  .journal  kept  at  Nootka 
Sound,  "  Jioston,  1807,  contains  no  linguistic 
mat^'rial.  Later  it  was  published  with  the  title 
"A  narrative  of  the  ail  ventures  and  suflTerin' 
of  John  R.iTe-.vitt,"  Middletown.  Connectf 
1815.  and  went  through  a  number  of  editi 
This  work  does  not  contain  a  Jargon  voc.to.. 
lary  at  all,  but  one  in  the  Nootka  language 
(Wakttshan  family).  The  work  entitled  "The 
(Japtive  in  Nootka"  is  not  by  Jewitt,  but  is  a 
compilation  from  his  work  by  S.  G.  Goodrich 
(I'l'tcr  Parh-y),  and  was  first  issued,  so  far  us  I 
know.  Philadol|ihia,  1832.  It  contains  a  few 
Nootka  words  and  ]ihi'ases  passim,  but  no 
voi'abnlary.  Of  the  Traders'  Dictionary,  by 
Jewitt,  of  which  Mr.  Gill  speaks,  I  have  been 
unable  to  trace  a  single  copy. 

[ ]  Dictionary   |   of     the   |   Chinook 

Jargon  |  with  examples  of  |  Its  Use  in 
Conversation.  Compiled  from  all  exist- 
ing vocabularies,  and  greatly  |  im- 
proved by  the  addition  of  necessary  | 
words  never  before  published.  |  Tenth 
edition.  | 

I'ortland,  Oregon :  |  published  by  J. 
K.  Gill  &  CO.  I  1884. 

Cover  title ;  Gill's  |  complete  dictionary  |  of 
the  I  ('hinook  Jargon.  |  English-Chinook  and 
(Miinook-Knglish.  |  Tenth  edition,  |  Kevised, 
fJorrected  and  Enlarged.  | 

Portland,  Oregon;  |  J.  K.  Gill  &  co.,  publish- 
ers. I  1884. 

Cover  title,  title  verso  name  of  printer  1  1. 
jirefaeo  signed  J.  K.  Gill  &  oo,  pp.  5-6,  text  pp. 
7-60, 18°. 


ly  tlio  IndlAtm  at 
rrew  iiiuriltirHl, 
lv«iitur«rt  iinditr 
lolkik '  iiiitl  later 
tig  the  only  Hiir- 

'  fop  trwlBrn'  lino, 
rumi-     A  wiirtliy 

I  iiiililiHiii'd  i|iiili< 
:  from  Kii|;1IhIi,  in 

only  iiHO  of  the 
lettnts. 

II  IiuUnilii  iH  Mill- 
:iiKllHhiiiforitlnK 
rtliomont  Haviixii 

III  tiiilianilinloclH 
ok  wan  tho  moHt 
aiitiruly,  with  tho 

of  the  (Jhliiookit, 
-en  in  tlie  preitout 
it'inK  worilH  from 
IS,   Wascos,    Nez 
-I'le/aee, 
»rd  to  the  "  llrst 
lie  trapperH'  and 
,ed  uImjvc,  U('<m1«  it 
work,  Hrgt  isHiiud 
1  kept  at  Kootku 
Ids  no  llnKiilMtio 
ihed  with  tliH title 
■on  and  nutforin' 
iwn.  ConutHitf 
nbor  of  editi 
a  Jargon  voc.m^ 
'footka  langiiaKO 
rkontitlod"Tho 

Jowitt,  hut  ix  a 
S.  O.  Goodrich 
sHiiud,  so  far  as  I 
c'ontaiuH  a  few 

paHMiiii,  but  no 

Dictionary,    hy 

iikH,  I  have  been 

be   I   Chinook 

f  I  Its  Use  ill 

rora  all  oxist- 

greatly  |  iin- 

)f  nocessary  | 

ished.  I  Tenth 

blished  by  J. 

e  dictionary  |  of 
»ih-Chinook  and 
ition,  I  Keviaed, 

U  &  €0.,  publish- 

o  of  printer  1  I. 
pp.  5-6,  text  pp. 


CUINOOKAN  LANGUAGES. 


35 


OllK.F.  K.)  — (jontiniiiil. 

Kn^llxli't  'hiniiok  dictionary,  double  cnliironit, 
alpliabt'tloally  arriin){i>d,  pp.  7-32.— NunuTiiln, 
p. :tL>,  — Chinoiik-KiiKliHli  dlitionarv,  alplnibiti' 
rally  iirraiiKC'il,  pp.  :i.'l-.'i4. -('onvcrMiitliPii!i,  Kn 
UlJNh  (.'hinnok,  pp.  .Vi-na.  -l.ord'it  priiynr,  with 
intcrlini'iir  KukHnIi  traiiHlution.  pp.  .tO-H(). 

fV)/iiV#  ire II  :  Mimton  Atlicnii-uiu,  llritlMh 
MuHeiiiii.  rCaini'N,  Pilling. 

[ ]  dictionary  |  of  tho  |  Chinook  .far- 

gon  I  with  exainplett  of  |  Uae  in  ('on- 
Vernation.  |  (Compiled  from  all  vocab- 
ularies, and  greatly  ini-  |  proved  by 
the  adilition  of  noceHsary  words  |  never 
before  published.)  Eleventh  edition.  { 

1887.  I  Portland,  Oregon  :  |  published 
by  .1.  K.  Ciill  &.  CO.,  |  Booksellers  and 
Stiitioners. 

riittr  title:  Dictionary  I  .if  the  |  Chinook 
iTnrjtnn,  |  [DcHiKnj  {  KuKlltth  <'liinook  mid 
CliiniHik-KneliHb.' Klovcnthoditiun,  |  Kovinod, 
(;orre<!t<'d  and  Knlargcd.  | 

Portland,  Oregon:  |  J.  K.Glll  &  co.,  piildi.ih- 
ern. |  1887. 

Cover  title,  title  verso  blank  1  1.  explanatory 
8Ugge<«tion.i  verso  blank  1  1.  prcfaco  (iinsiKncd 
and  dated  Jan.  1, 1H87)  jtp.  5-8,  text  pp.  7-fiii,  18  '. 

Linguistic  contents  as  in  tenth  edition  titled 
next  above. 

Copitt  teen :  Harvard. 

Gill's  I  dictionary  |  of  the  |  Cliinook 

Jargon  |  with  examples  of  |  Use  in 
Conversation.  |  (Compiled  from  all 
vocabularies,  and  greatly  im-  |  proved 
by  the  addition  of  uecessary  words  | 
never  before  published.)  |  Twefth  edi- 
tion. I 

1880.  I  Portland, Oregon:  |  published 
by  J.  K.  Gill  &  co.,  |  Booksellers  and 
Stationers. 

Cover   title:    (rill's  |  dictionary  |  of  tlic   | 
Chinook   Jarjron,  |  [Picture  of  an  Indian.]  | 
English  -  Chinook    and    Chinook  -  Kniilisli.  | 
Twelfth  edition.  |  Revised,  Corrected  and  En- 
larged. I 

Portland,  Oregon:  |  J. K. Gill  St.  co.,  publish- 
ers. I  1889.  I  Swope  &  Taylor,  iirinti-i-s. 

Cover  title,  title  verso  copyright  (1889)  1  1. 
explanatory  suggestions  pp.  .1-4,  preface  pp.  5- 
6,  text  pp.  7-63, 18  . 

English-Chinook  dictionary,  doutdc columns, 
alphabetically  arranged,  pp.  7-31!.— Numerals, 
p. 32. — Chinook-English  vocabulary,  alphabet- 
ically arranged,  pp.  33-.">4.— Conversation,  Eng- 
lish-Chinook, pp.  55-58. — Lord's  prayer  in  Jar- 
gon, with  interlinear  English  translation,  pp. 
59-60.  —  Appendix,  English-Cliinook,  double 
columns,  alphabetically  arranged,  pp.  61-63. 

Oopiet  teen :  Pilling. 

Gill's  I  dictionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook 

Jargon  |  with  examples  of  |  UseiuCou- 


Olll  (J.  K.)  — Conlinued. 
versatioii.  |  (("oiii]iili'd  from  all  vocab- 
ularies, and  greatly  im-  |  proved  bytiie 
addition  of  necessary  words  |  nov(<r 
before  published.)  |  Tliirtoeuth  edi- 
tion. I 

Portland,  Oregon:  |  Published  liy  J. 
K.(iill  A;  Co.,  I  Booksdli^rs  and  .sta- 
tioners. I  1891. 

Cover  title:  tiill's  dictionuiy  |  of  tlii>| 
Chinook  .(argon.  I  I  Picture  nf  an  Indian.  |  | 
Kiiuli.tb  ■  Cliiniiiik  mid  Cliiiionk  ■  KngliMli.  | 
Tliirteeiitli  edition.  |  Kevised,  currected  and 
cnlargcil.  | 

Portland,  Oregon:  |  .1.  K.tiill  \  co.,  iiiiblish. 
ers.  I  181)1.  I  S.C.Heaeli,  printer. 

Cover  title,  title  ver.to  copyright  (1H91)  1  I. 
explanatory  siiugeNtlons  pp.  3  4,  preface  pp.  5- 
fl,  text  pp.7-fl:i.  IS'. 

English  r'bliiook,  double  eolunins,  alphabet- 
ically  arranged,  pp.  7-32.  -  .Numerals  1  1'.', '-'o, 
:i,).  nil).  10(10,  ],.3'J.—CliiniKikEn«ll»li,  alphabet- 
ically arranged,  ]ip.  33-54.  ConveiHation,  pp. 
55  -.58.  Th(i  lioril's  prayer,  with  interlinear 
Knglisb  transliitlciii,  pp.  .58-60,  — Appendix, 
English-Chinook,  pp.61  63. 

Ciipief  feeii :  Pilling. 

In  response  to  certain  in<iuiries  of  mine,  Mr. 
Gill  writes  rae,  under  date  of  November  19, 1891, 
as  follows: 

"  In  your  favor  «(  October  271b  you  re(|uest 
lis  to  supply  you  with  a  copy  of  each  edition  of 
the  Chinook  Jargon  wliicli  we  have  published, 
and  also  to  state  what  we  may  be  able  in  regard 
to  the  biblioyrajiliyot  the  ChiniMikan  languages. 

"So  far  as  the  Chinook  Dictionary  piiblislied 
by  Mcf'ormick  Is  cimccrncd  [see  Blanchet  (V. 
N.)],  wo  doubt  very  much  whether  wo  could 
find,  without  advertising,  asinglixopy  of  if  at 
this  time.  We  received  from  McCorniick  & 
Co.  some  dozens  of  them  of  different  dates  of 
publication,  but  iinil'oriii  as  to  contents,  when 
webought  thedii'tionary  from  them.  "Weeither 
disposed  of  or  destroyed  them  years  ago.  It  is 
now  about  twehe  years  since  wo  began  tho 
publication  of  our  Dictionary  of  Chinook.  The 
dictator  of  this  letter  compiled  our  dictionary 
and  added  hundreds  of  necessary  words  to  tho 
vocabulary  of  the  English-Chinook,  which  is 
yet  <iuite  insullicient  as  a  dictionary  for  onli- 
iiary  civilized  peoide,  but  more  flian  ei|ual  to 
the  demands  of  the  Indians  aud  settlers  for 
whom  it  was  intended.  It  is,  :it  least,  <|Uite  as 
extensive  as  need  be,  but  not.  perliaiis,  so  well 
selected.  1  flatter  myself  tliat  tho  diction;iry 
we  produced  in  1878,  which  I  believe  was  our 
earliest  publicatbm  of  it,  was  tho  first  one 
based  upon  a  right  corception  of  the  origin  of 
many  of  tho  words  comprising  the  Chinook 
vocabulary,  and  also  a  phoiietii:  basis  which 
should  pro<luco  the  form  of  all  Cliinook  words 
and  the  simph'st  style  corresiionding  to  our 
method  of  writing  English.  AVe  have  just 
issued  a  thirteenth  edition  of  this  dicliuuary, 


J,aM^, 


PilVMi 


A: 


BIBLIOORArilY   OF  THE 


V  i 


Oill  (J.  K.)— Continued. 

wliii^li  (^orreNpoiidn  with  tlio  last  two.  AVo  also 
8011(1  you  a  i;opy  <>f  the  ni'itli  t'dition,  which  I 
bolitivu  ruproHt^uts  thu  prtivioiift  oiglit  <'(Uti(iii» 
niid  tlio  ^'icoet'diiig  one»  up  to  tho  olevciith. 
The  work  was  HtoreotyjHMl  wht'ii  wp  t;ot  out  our 
first  edition,  and  tho  luly  chnnKO  liiis  been  in 
the  preface  and  appcndiy.  I  havo  iciirnctl 
isn.ch  about  the  Chinook  Jiii'non  and  other 
Indian  tongui's  sincr  Die  coiii|ula>ioM  of  tli<< 
lirst  dicti>)nary,  and  if  it  were  to  bo  rewritten 
to-day  I  should  nmkc  some  very  slight  oliiuifjos 
in  the  book.  I  do  not  tliink  the  ch.anKOs 
rociuired  would  affei't  more  tliaii  twelve  of  tlio 
root- words  of  the  Chinook,  but  [  sliould  make 
some  reaoareh  into  ttio  litoraturiMif  the  early 
part  of  Ihis century  and  pass  some  time  among 
the  Indians  most  jirolici'Mit  in  the  Ciiinook  to 
find  if  possible  the  words  used  intertrjbally  for 
'coyote,'  'rock,'  'fir.'  ■maple,'  'momtlaiii,'  'hill,' 
the  names  of  dillbrent  parts  of  the  human 
hi'dy,  its  disease: ,  and  many  other  subjects  anil 
things  wliii^ii  ;,;■.:!■  ha%'e  been  referred  to  by 
words  in  common  use  i,;>fore  the  white  people 
came  to  this  region,  but  whicii  Ilie  (^on;iiilers 
of  till!  early  dictionaries  seein  to  have  entirely 
neglected. 

"  When  I  began  the  compilation  of  our  own 
it  was  only  because  we  had  to  have  a  new  edi- 
tion of  the  dictionary.  The  head  of  oui' lirni 
considered  tlie  old  one  was  '  plenty  good 
enough,'  and  for  that  reason  my  labors  in 
increasing  tin  vocaliiilary,  both  Ciiinook  ami 
Knglish,  were  greatly  curtailed.  Jlis  view  of 
the  matter  was  a  business  inie,  howt^ver,  and 
mine  the  impracticable  side  of  it.  Probably 
within  the  time  we  liave  been  pulilisliiiig  this 
dictionary  (thirteen  years)  the  Indians  wlm 
wore  restricted  to  tlie  use  of  (Jliiiionk  in  ion- 
versat ion  with  the  settlers  of  tin  N'orth  Pacific 
coast  have  decreased  more  than  one-half  in 
number.  A  great  jiortioii  of  tliese  have  died 
or  been  killed  by  our  enterprising  settlers  (the 
probable  reason  for  this  killing  being  that  the 
Indians  lived  upon  lands  nur  people  wanted; 
an  example  whicli  they  have  bad  before  tlieni 
since  the  settlement  of  Manhattan  and  whiili 
they  have  not  been  slow  to  follow).  (Chinook 
is  becoming  a. joke  on  the  Pacitii'  coast.  White 
peoplelearnit  forthesakeof  attemiiting  to  talk 
with  Indians,  who  speaK  Just  as  good  Knglish 
as  their  would-be  patrons  and  inlerloeutors. 
The  sale  for  the  books  slowly  decreases  also. 

"You  are  probably  aware  thai  iliirinii  tlie 
last  year  a  v.ih-.ablo  Ipook  u|)on  the  ( niiniiok  was 
issued  in  Loudon,  written  by  Horatio  Hale, 
M.  A.,  F.  11.  S.  C.  It  is  the  most  amliitimis 
publication  on  this  siilijcct  whicli  has  ever 
been  attempted,  and  to  me  it  is  a  marvel  that 
this  work  should  have  si'ow  tl  e  light  in  Lon- 
don,  so  I'emote  from  any  apparent  interest  in, 
or  knowledge  of,  the  ("hinook.  If  you  have  it 
you  will  lind  that  Mr.  Hale  basfoUowed  nearly 
the  same  system  of  spelling  as  that  I  adopted 
a  d07,en  years  ago.  I  jui'ge  that  my  diet  ionary 
was  his  model,  to  some  exteut,  frr lu  <Ue  fact 


Gill(J.K.)— Cnntinuod. 

that  he  siiells  the  word  kloihe  as  I  do;  also 
kloni;  klook,  etc.,  which  in  some  of  the  other 
vocabularies  have  bi^en  spelled  with  a  'c' 
instead  oi  'k'  and  with  a  tlnal  '  Be  '  inst^^ad  of 
'she,'  and,  in  fact,  thre^i  or  four  difl'eront  ways 
oi'  spelling  for  the  same  word.  Mr.  Hale  uses 
kluh  for  the  verb  to  tear,  to  rend,  to  plow,  etc. 

"  N'ow,  this  word,  as  I  hear  it  tqmken  among 
the  Indi.ans.ends  guttiirally,  and  for  that  rea- 
son I  spoiled  it  as  I  have  heard  it  pninoiinced, 
kluijli.  Mr.  Il.ile  accents  the  last  syllable  of 
klaliaiie  and  spells  tho  last  sylLiblo  nie, 
which  would  make  his  prouounciation  of  the 
word  very  difl'eront  fiom  mine.  Mine,  I  know, 
is  the  common,  in  fact,  universal  expression.  I 
am  often  moved  to  open  a  correspondence  with 
Mr.  Hale  on  the  subject  of  his  book  because  of 
lii.s  iconoclasm.  •  He  attempts  to  prove  too  much, 
as  I  lieliove,  and  would  make  it  apjiear  that 
Chinook  did  not  cxi.tt  as  an  intertribal  language 
prior  to  its  necessity  for  the  use  of  the  trapper 
and  the  trader.  I  am  convinced  of  the  contrary. 
Witliiii  the  year  I  have  talked  with  an  Indian 
who  was  a  man  grown  when  Lewis  and  Clarke 
came  to  this  coantry,  .and  have  his  assurance 
that  the  Klikitat,  Multnomah,Clat8op,Chiuook, 
and  other  tribes  all  talked  toeacli  other  in  this 
ancient  V'olapiik  upon  matters  of  business  or 
any  other  inter  tribal  affairs,  while  ;<M;h  tribe 
had  its  own  language.  I  have  sahl  aouietbing 
on  this  subject  in  the  preface  to  our  dictionary. 
Mr.  Hali''s  book  has  given  me  iiiiieh  pleasure  in 
reading  over  bis  collect  ion  of  (Jhiiiook  romantic 
songs  and  <v\amples  of  the  common  use  of  tho 
language.  It  is  not  strange  if  there  should  be 
a  wide  dill'erence  in  the  pnmunciation  and  use 
of  the  laii;;;;age  between  .San  Francisco  I5ay 
and  Sitka,  between  the  niouili  of  the  Coliiml)ia 
and  the  top  of  the  Itiniky  Mountains. 

"Mr.  li.ile  mentions  one  or  two  books  or 
pamphlets  which  '  iiav  >  not  seen,  but  shall 
take  my  tirst  opi  cirtiin  ty  to  nr.iourr,  giving 
more  spac;>  '"  ''.k     Jliiiiook. 

"  1  inclose  yon  several  honks  whi'-li  I  th'nk 
you  will  lie  glad  to  get.     .     .     . 

'You  will  see  that  none  of  these  ditferent 
books  attempt  to  give  the  accent,  and  leave  tho 
learner  entiri'ly  at  a  loss  as  to  the  force  of 
the  words.  For  instani'e,  the  Chinook  word 
for  blanket,  jia.iesec  (sp(!lloil  in  two  or  three 
ways  by  the  dillerent  publishers),  is  properly 
pronounced  with  Iheiccent  'in  the  second  syl- 
lable. You  will  see  how  very  ilitTerent  tha 
word  becomes  if  you  attempt  toancent  the  (Irst 
or  last  syllables.  I  er.n  assure  you  that  there 
arc  no  ditl'erenies  in  our  publications  of  the 
Chinook  di<l ionary  exceiiting  what  I  have 
referred  to  in  the  two  examples  sent  you.  The 
books  from  other  sources  which  I  send  are  the 
only  eilithuis  wliich  had  appeared  at  tho  time 
I  procured  them  and  1  think  they  hcvo  none  of 
them  been  duplicated  since." 

In  resjioiise  to  criticism  niado  by  mein  regard 
to  the  above,  more  especially  of  that  portion  of 
it  ruUtiug  to  Jewitt'4  work  (suo  under  lirst 


aH  1  <lo;  also 
of  tlio  other 
with   a    '«' 
Hi'  iustcnil  "f 
lifferent  ways 
tf  r.  Hale  «isi>8 
to  plow,vU-. 
ipokon  aim>n« 
I  for  that  rt'ii- 
;  im)nounci)il, 
i8t  syllablo  <)f 
sylLiblo    Jii". 
iciation  of  tlio 
Mine,  I  know, 
expression.  I 
jontlencewith 
Bok  b(wauso  of 
rovotoomucli, 
t  appear  that 
ribal  UngiiaKo 
of  tlio  trappor 
f  tho  contrary, 
vith  an  IniUan 
win  anil  Clarke 
his  assurani'o 
ataop,  Chinook, 
3!!  otluir  iutliis 
of  business  or 
Miilo  .wh  tribe 
said  souitthing 
our  dictionary. 
\ich  pleasure  in 
linook  romantic 
inion  use  of  tho 
,liero  should  be 
iation  and  use 
ranciseo  I5ay 
the  ('oluinbia 
iiins. 

two  books  or 
lecn,   but  shall 
(ouri  ,  giving 

wln-h  I  th'nk 


liese  dilTcn'ut 
nn<l  liMU  i<  tho 
I  the  force  of 
hinook  word 
two  or   three 
•s),  is  properly 
lie  second  syl- 
differtMit  tha 
iccent  the  first 
(lu  that  there 
at  ions  of  the 
what  I    hiivo 
,eut  you.   The 
I  send  are  the 
I'd  at  tho  titno 
y  have  none  of 


CHINOOKAN  LAKGUAGES. 


37 


by  meiiirejjiird 
khat  portion  of 
luo  under  first 


Oill(J.K.)  — Conkiniied. 

Gill  title  above),  Mr.  Uill  writes  nie,underdate 
of  October  6, 1892,  as  follows : 

"As  to  my  argument  that  the  Jargon  was  of 
an  earlier  date  than  1820,1  hav  to  say  that  1 
went  r.'.j-idly  last  evening  through  my  cojty  of 
.lewitt's  "Captivt  of  Nootka"  (IHfil),  and 
found  scattered  through  the  following  words, 
which  I  am  sure  have  a  relation  more  than 
accidental  to  the  present  Chinook. 

".Tewitt  uses  the  word  pnir  for  the  tiring  of  a 
gun.  He  speaks  of  an  cdilili)  root  called  i/iia 
Hjone  and  another,  ijaina. tho  latter  douhllcss 
a  form  of  itama,v  and  the  former  (jroliahly  of 
ktniite,  both  of  which  roots  are  still  eaten  b) 
many  of  oiiriu'imitivc  Indians.  Tiiee  is  identical 
with  the  jiresent  word  for  the  deity  or  any- 
thing great.  I'ellh-iieUh  is  evidently  piljill; 
pps/in<- (had)  is  also  identical.  Time  other  words 
u.sed  by  .lewitt.  kiitnik.  qualidotie.  and  ahwrlth, 
are  all  rather  familiar  to  me  in  sound,  and  if  I 
had  time  to  hunt  them  up  I  believe  I  could 
connect  two  of  tlK'Ui  with  Chinook  readily. 

"Now,  I  do  not  claim  that  the  'hinook  Jar- 
gon originated  at  the  mouth  of  the  (^'olumbiu 
Kiver,  where  the  Chinook  Indians  lived,  but 
that  it  V  A  an  intcTU-ibal  language  of  quite 
ani'icvit  date,  and  used  at  lirst  by  the  coast 
tribes,  whose  intercoursi;  was  nu.i'li  more  fre- 
quent than  thos(«  of  the  interior.  It  spread  'u 
thef'olunibia  Uivur  and  throu;rli  waterways,  at 
last  reaching  the  IJocky  Mountains,  and  lov- 
ored  the  coast  from  San  Kivincisco  l?ay  to  the 
Arctic.  As  tlie  trading  was  done  largely  at 
Nootka  Souii  a  century  ago,  that  language 
would  naturali .  Uv  largely  represented  in  such 
a  .jargon,  but  tlic  fact  that  the  olihsl  whiti' 
people  who  have  made  any  records  of  this 
Oregon  region  have  usi'd  li/er  as  a  name  forGod, 
ehitck  for  wati;r,  il/(ut/(C  for  good,  etc.,  and  that 
thu  same  things  are  foiiml  in  the  Nootka  and 
other  northern  tongues,  other  than  the  original 
Jargon,  seems  to  iin'  only  to  prove  my  position. 
Jewitt  encountered  these  words  as  long  ago  as 
18011,  which  certainly  gives  me  reason  tor  my 
theory  that  the  Chinook  is  of  an  earlier  date 
thaiiopiionentscoiiii  de.  The  whole  4if  Jewitt's 
narrative  is  so  palp.ibly  that  of  a  simple,  old- 
time  sailor  spinniiii:  his  yarn,  which  hears 
internal  evidc^nceof  its  truth,  and  which  agrees 
with  established  fails  and  circumst'.ui'es  on 
this  northwest  const,  that  it  leaves  in  no  -ibt 
as  to  the  existcnco  of  most  of  tho  >'hiiigs  he 
speaks  ol,  tliongh  he  was  not  a  man  «.*'  sulli- 
cient  observation  and  exiierienee  to  make  ti.^ 
best  use  of  his  opportunities.  When  he  wrote 
tjaiiiii  for  kamins  it  may  have  been  days  or 
mon.hs  from  the  time  of  liearing  it.  and  wrote 
his  remembrance,  iicrhaps.of  a  word  whichiiiay 
have  been  pnmouiiced  dilVereiitly  when  he 
\ctually  heard  it.    Authors  who  have  edited 

owitt's  workliavetakensoinelilierties  with  his 
text,  and  improved,  acecu'ding  to  their  uolioiis, 
upon  it.  Like  that  Scotih  pastor  who,  hearing 
Shakespeare's  'Sermons  in  stones,  hooks  in  tl  e 
ruuuiug  brooks,'  and  being  convinced  that  the 


Oill  (J.  K.)  —  Continued. 

printer  had  done  the  poet  in,justico, said:  'Ay, 
he  meant  sermiuis  in  hooks,  stones  in  the  run- 
ning brooks,"  so  many  a  simple  story  is  luado 
to  serve  the  purpose  of  pedagogism  and  <iuit« 
h)s   ;  !(.-,  intended  character. 

"  The  Nootka  Indians  in  1803,  when  Jowitt 
was  among  them,  were  in  the  habit  of  using  the 
words  wliii'h  I  have  iiuoted  above  among  tliem- 
selvi's.  There  were  no  whites  in  tho  country 
excepting  Jewitt  and  his  compnniims,  and  the 
inference  is  that  tint  Indians  u.sed  only  the  Ian 
guage  which  was  familiar  to  them  and  not  In 
any  sense  t'  accommodate  tlnur  expression  to 
Jewitt's  comprehension.  In  speaking  with 
strangers  of  other  tribes,  however,  they  would 
lirobably  do  what  Americans  who  converse 
with  (iermans  sometimes  do.  that  is.  interpolate 
German  words  (if  they  know  any)  in  their 
KiigHsh  conversation,  with  the  idea  that  they 
exhibit  ineirown  knowledge,  or  that  they  set 
their  auditor  at  ea.<e.  As  Jewitt  was  of  a  dif- 
ferent race, 'he  use  of  the  words  above  may 
have  been  im)U'cssed  iipcui  him  rathtir  than  the 
words  which  may  have  been  in  use  for  the 
same  things  ill  the  n.it  ive  tongue  of  the  Nootkas, 
But  if  t  lie  words  are  Nootk.i,  as  you  insist,  and 
I  am  willing  to  admit  they  may  be,  there  is  no 
doubt  about  tlieii-  having  been  transplanted  to 
the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  and  having  s)U'ead 
into  the  interior  of  the  Pacific  Sh)pe— a  trans- 
planting whi<-h  may  have  been  fnmi  either 
source,  a.sy  oil  can  readily  see.  Andas  the  earliest 
whites  on  the  Columbia  heard  the  same  words 
in  use  by  Indians  who  spoke  languages  which 
well  Greek  to  the  Indians  on  I'liget  Sound  and 
Vancouver  Island,  the  fai't  is  ail  the  more  cit- 
taiiily  established  that  many  words  were  com 
mon  among  a  number  id'  tribes  who  had  their 
own  native  words  also  for  the  same  things.  .Vs 
Jewitt  gives  but  a  do/.en  or  less  Indian  words 
altogether  in  the  edition  of  his  liindt  which  I 
have,  and  at  least  six  of  them  are  congeners  of 
the  Chinook,  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  if  ho 
had  used  sixty  words  of  the  people  among  whom 
ho  lived,  he  might  have  shown  us  the  same 
proportion  of  Chinook  words,  and  it  is  but  fair 
to  consider  that  he  would  >iot  have  chosen  only 
words  which  were  of  tliis  eominoii  Jar<;on," 

Mr.  (iill's  comments  w  u'e  forwarded  by  TOO 
to  Mr.  Horatio  Hale,  the  i  i.horof  the  "  Manual 
of  the  Oregon  trade  1  !  j;uage  or  ('hianok  .lar- 
goii"  reforred  to  by  ^i  1.  (till,  who  comments  as 
follows: 

"  In  ])repariiig  my  account  of  the  (.'hinook 
.Iiu'gon  fortlie  enterprising  London  publishers, 
Messrs,  Whittaker  Sc  Co.,  I  had  not  the  advan- 
tage of  being  :ible  to  refer  to  Mr.  Gill's  dic- 
tionary, whii  h  1  have  never  seen.  From  his 
account  of  it  I  have  no  doubt  that  it  would 
have  been  of  material  service  in  my  task.  His 
care  in  mi'vking  the  accented  syllables  is  ,. 
.scholarly  jireeaulion  which  compilers  of  such 
vocabularies  are  too  a))!  to  neglect. 

"  M.\  materi;ils  were  derived  mainly  from 
my  own  collections,  m.nle  in  Oregon  in  1841, 


ik 


?rr 


38 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


" 


,11 


i 


Gill  (J.  K.)— C'ontinnod. 

and  imblmlicil  in  \Hi(>  in  my  volume  of  the  V. 
S.  Kxploring  Kxpedition  Hories.  Tlieso  wem 
Hii](plMiH!nfeil  l>y  liittT  information  obtainnd 
from  tlie  cxcellimt  dictionary  of  GnorKO  Gililw 
and  from  tlio  l<'tt«rn  and  piildinafions  of  Mr. 
Hells  and  Dr.  lioaH.  T  ^lioiild  liavo  iJrBfcrrcd  to 
retain  tlic  '  scii'ntillo  <  rtliograpliy'  (I'oiisonantH 
as  in  Knulinli.  vowols  as  in  Italian)  wliich  was 
adopted  in  my  fonner  work;  l)nt  as  tlioJarKon 
lias  now  lioeoiue.  tliron^li  its  use  by  tlie  mis- 
sionaries and  otliers,  a  wrilti'n  lanijnafie  willi 
the  ICnylisli  ortlionrapliy,  it  seemed  proper  to 
adopt  that  spellinji,  merely  addinj;  tlie  seien- 
tlllc  forms  in  jiarentlioses  as  a  puide  tothejiro- 
nunviation. 

"The  word  meaning  out,  which  Mr.  (Jill 
sjkMs  llahaiif  (dividinj;  it  in  his  dictionary,  I 
presiiii.v,  to  show  that  it  is  a  tri.syllahle)  i", 
writt*ai  bvMr.  Eells  in  liis  sermon  printed  in 
my  .Iarj;oi,  volume  (p.  ^'-*)  kiahanie  (klnhaiiie. 
l-npa  tnini,  out  of  town),  .ind  by  Mr.  (iihlts,  I'ali- 
liaiiie.  itT  klni/hauie.  with  tho  accent  allixed  to 
tlie  last  syllable.  Tlio  .1  argon  has  .several  tri- 
syllables of  this  sort,  i=.nch  as  taghalie  or  ««/i- 
Imlie,  above,  keeXirilee,  below,  Ulahie.  earth, 
which  are  variously  written,  and  are  accented 
indlll'erenlly  on  the  (irst  or  on  the  last  syllable. 

"In  Mr.  Gill's  suggestion  that  '(."liinook 
existed  as  an  intertribal  language  iiriortotbe 
necessity  of  the  nso  of  tho  trapper  and  tr.ader,' 
he.  evidt^ntly  confounds,  as  many  do,  the  proper 
(Chinook  language  with  the  Jargcm,  or  artificial 
trade  hnignage.  The  indians  of  Oregon  terri- 
tory were  (inick  in  learning  languages,  and 
some  of  them  could  speak  live  or  six  native 
idioms.  The  geniiini'  Chinook,  being  spoken 
by  a  tribe  holding  a  central  position  along  the 
(^dnmbia  River,  and  much  given  to  trade,  would 
naturally  be  known  to  many  natives  of  other 
tribes,  and  would  be  frequently  spoken  in  inter- 
tribal intercourse,  like  the  Chippewa  among 
the  eastern  Indians  and  the  Malay  in  the  East 
Indian  Archipelago.  This  was  doubtless  what 
was  meant  by  Mr.  (iill's  aged  native  informant 
in  referring  to  the  Chinook  as  tlie  common 
medium  of  intercourse  before  the  white  traders 
visited  tho  cointry.  That  he  could  have 
referred  to  the  Jargon  is  simply  impossible,  as 
tho  internal  evidence  of  its  structure  sutti- 
eiently  shows. 

"Both  jdiihdogy  and  ethnograjihy  are  much 
indebted  to  the  thoughtful  labors  of  intelligent 
iminirerslilkoMr,  (iilliii  preservj'g  tlieseinter- 
estingrelics  of  vanishing  idioms  and  aboriginal 
custoniB.  I  ought,  jierliaps,  to  add  that  though 
tlie  use  of  the  Jargon  is  dying  out,  for  the  rea- 
son whitli  Mr.  (till  so  ]iitliily  gives,  in  tlie 
country  of  its  origin — the  I'aeitU'  coast  region 
south  of  I'uget  Sound — it  is  extending  in 
liritish  ('olumbia  and  Alaska,  and  seems 
likely  to  do  good  service  there  for  many  years 
to  come," 

Gill's  coiniiloto  diotiomiry  <>f  the  ( 'liinook 
Jiirgou.    .SiH)Oill(.T.  k.) 


Gill's  dictionary  of  tho  Chinook  Jargon. 

(1889-1801.)     See  Gill  (J.  K.) 
Good  [Rfi'.  John  Booth).     A  vocabulary 
I  and  I  outlines  of  grammar  |  of  the  | 
Nitlakapantnk  |  or  |  Thompson  tongne, 
I  (Tlio       Indian      language      sjioken 
hetwi'cn  Yale,  Ijillooct,  ]  Cache  Creek 
and   ^'icola   Lake.)  |  Together  with  a 
I  IMionotic      Chinook       Dictionary,  ( 
Ada]>ted   for  use  in  the  Province  of  | 
Jiritish  Columbia.  |  By  J.  B.  (Jood,  S. 
P.  (J.  inissioi'.ary,  Yale-Lytton.  |  Hy  aid 
of  a  Orant  from  the  Hight  H<m.  Superin- 
tendent of  Indian  |  Aft'airs,(>tta\va.  | 

Victoria:  |  Printed  by  the  St.  Paul's 
Mission  Pre.ss,  (S.P.C.K.)  (  Collegiate 
School,  1880. 

(!over  title  ditlering  from  the  above  ici  one 
line  of  tho  imprint  only  ("Victoria,  H.(;.:"), 
title  as  above  verso  blank  1  1.  jirefaco  pp.  5-0, 
text  pp.  H-40,  H". 

('liinook  [.largon]  dictionary.  English-(;hln- 
ook,  aliiliabetically  arranged,  in  double  col- 
umns, containing  about  750  words  and  tho 
numerals  1-11, 20,  30, 100, 1000,  occupies  the  even 
numoered  pages  8 -SO,  the  Thompson  vocabu- 
lary occurring  on  tlie  alternate,  oddnumbere<l 
jiages.— (conversations,  English-Chinook,  pp. 
S2,  ;)4. — The  Lord's  prayer  in  Jargon,  with  inter- 
linear triinslation  in  English,  p.  34. 

Copiet    teen :     Hancroft,    Dunbar,    Eameg, 
MaUet,  I'illing.  -Wellesley. 
Grrammar: 


Chinook 

G-rammatic  comments : 
(yliinook 
(Chinook 
('liinook  Jargon 
("liinook  .largon 
Chinook  Jargon 
Watlala 

Grrammatic  treatise: 
(,'hinook 
Chinook 
( 'liinook  Jargon 
Chinook  Jargon 
Chinook  Jargon 


See  «oas(F.) 

See  (jallatin  (A.) 
lIale(H.) 
Crane  (A.) 
Eell»(M.) 
Hale(H.) 
Bancroft  (H.  H.) 

See  Boas  (F.) 
MuUer  (F.) 
Bulincr  (T.  S.) 
Beniers  (M.)  et  al. 
Hale  (H.) 


Grassetie  (Kaoul  do  la).  Titudes  |  de  | 
gr;immairo  comparde  |  Des  relations 
grammaticales  |  con8id(5r<5e8  dans  leur 
f  concept  et  dans  leur  expression  |  ou  dc 
la  I  cat<5gorie  des  cas  |  par  |  Raoul  de 
la  Grasserie  |  doctour  en  droit  |  .luge 
an  Tribunal  de  llenres  |  Membre  de  la 
Soci<^t(^  <le  Linguistique  de  Paris.  | 

Paris  I  .Jean  Maisouneuve,  (>diteur  | 
25,  (luai  Voltaire,  |  25  |  18fK) 

Printed  cover  as  above,  halftitle  verso  blank 
I  I.  title  as  above  ver.to  blank  I  I.  de<1ication 
verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  1-344.  contents  pp.  34S 
351,8°. 


OHINOOKAN   LANGUAGES. 


39 


inoolc  .targort. 
■.  K.) 

A  vocabulary 
mar  |  of  tho  | 
inpHon  tongue, 
II  age  spoken 
]  Cache  Oeok 
ijetlier  with  a 

Dictionary,  | 

Province  of  | 
.1.  B.  (Sood,  S. 
^'tton.  1  By  aid 

Hon.  Superin- 
rs,  Ottawa.  | 

the  St.  Paul's 
I.)  I  Collegiate 

tlio  iibovo  ill  one 
ri('torla,  n.C.;"), 
1.  preface  pp.  5-0, 

•y.  Eiiglisli-(;iiin- 
I,  in  «loul)lo  col- 
)  words  and  the 
occupifistlie  evou 
lionii>Hon  vocal)!!- 
,te,  oddnunibertMl 
isliCliinook,  pp. 
argon,  with  inter- 
p.  34. 
Dunbar,    Kame8, 


f)as(F.) 

»natin  (A.) 
iik'(H.) 
r.ino  (A.) 
ell8(M.) 
alo(H.) 
ancroft  (H.H.) 

nan  (F.) 
iiller  (F.) 
ilnicr  (T.  S.) 
emers  (M.)  et  al. 
ale  (H.) 

Etudes  I  de  | 
Des  relations 
•6es  dans  Icur 
ression  |  ou  de 
lar  I  Raoul  do 
u  droit  I  Jugc 

Memltre  de  la 
do  Paris.  | 
uvo,  oditeur  | 
L8(H) 

I'titlt)  voFRo  lilank 
ik  1  1.  dtHlicutioii 

contcntH  pp.  345 


Orasserie  (R.)  —  Continuod. 

Kxamplos  from  several  Xortli  American  lan- 
guages are  made  use  of  by  the  author :  Nahuatl, 
Dakota,  Othomi,  Maya,  (Julch*-,  Totonaque, 
IroquoiH.  Athajmske,  Cliiapau^iiue,  Saliaptin, 
TcherokesB,  Algonquin,  Taraaque,  Esquimau, 
Tchinuk,  Choctaw,  pp.  17,  OH.  C9, 70, 71, 72, 7.1,  74, 
84, 129-132, 133, 177, 325-320,  394, 395. 
Copiei  seen :  (latschet. 

Oreely:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  noti!  indirates  that  a  <'(>py 
of  tho  work  referred  to  has  been  sbcn  by  the 
compiler  in  the  library  of  <;«ii.  .\.  AV.  (ireely, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Green  (J.  S.)  Extracts  from  tho  report 
of  an  exploring  tour  on  the  northwest 
coast  of  North  America  in  182P,  hy  Rev. 
J.  S.  fJreon, 

In  the  Xlissionnry  Herald,  vol.  26,  pp.  343-345, 
Boston  [1830],  80.    (I'illiug.) 

"Their  lang.iage,"  p.  344,  includes  four 
phrases  in  the  language  of  Queen  (Jliarhitte 
Island  compared  with  the  same  in  the  Jargon 
of  the  tribes. 


Ouide-Book    to  the   Gcdd    Regions    of 
Fra/er  River.     With  a  map  of  tlio  dif- 
ferent routes,  &v. 
New  York,  \»W.  (•) 

55  pp.  24°. 

A  vocabulary  of  the  Jargon,  pp.  45-55. 
Title  anil  note  from  (iibbs's    Diitiomiry  of 
the  ('hiniiiik  >liirgon. 

Guide  I  to  tho  ])rovineo  of  |  British  Co- 
lumhia,  I  for  |  IHIl-H.  \  Compiled   from 
the  latest  and  most  authentic  sources  | 
of  information.  | 

Victoria:  |  T.  N.  Hibhen  &.  co.,  pub- 
lishers. I  1877. 

Title  verso  copyright  notice  (1877)  and  name 
of  ])rinter  1  1.  preface  verso  blank  1  1.  contents 
pp.  v~xii,  text  1)]).  1-374,  advertiseuients  pp. 
375-410,  8". 

Dictionary  of  the  (Chinook  .Targon.  Indian 
tnule  hm""  „.  of  the  I'acille  ccaat.  I'art  I. 
(JliinookKuglish,  pp.  232-239.— I'art  TI.  Kiig- 
llsh-(;hiuook,  pp.  240  249.  Each  alphabetically 
arranged. 

Copies  Keen :  Itritish  Museum,  Eamea,  I'illiug. 


H. 


Haines  (Elijah  Middlebrook).  The  | 
American  Indian  |  (llh-nish-in-na-ba). 
I  The  Wh<de  Subject  Complete  in  One 
Volume  I  Illustrated  with  Numerous 
Appropriate  Engravings.  |  By  Elijah 
M.  Haines.  |  [Design.]  | 

Chicago:  |  tho  Mas-sin-na-gan  com- 
pany, I  1888. 

Title  verso  copyright  notice  (1888)  etc.  1  1. 
preface  pp.  vii-viii,  contents  and  list  of  illus- 
trations i)p.  9-22,  text  pp.  23-821,  large  8°. 

Ch.iptcr  vi,  Indian  tribes,  pp.  121-171,  gives 
special  listaand  a  general  alphabetic  list  of  the 
tribes  of  Xorth  America,  derivations  of  tribal 
names  being  frequently  given  j  among  them 
the  Chinook,  pp.  131-1,32. — Chapter  ix.  Indian 
languages  (pp.  184-212)  contains  much  lin- 
guistic material  relating  to  the  Xorth  Ameri- 
can peoples  J  amongst  it "  the  Chinook  Jargon, " 
which  includes  a  general  discussion  of  the  lan- 
guage, p.  211,  and  a  vocabulary  of  90  words, 
alphabetically  arranged  by  English  words,  pp. 
211-212 — Chapterxxxvi.  Numerals  and  tlie  use 
of  numbers  (pp.  433-451)  includes  the  numer- 
als 1-12,  20,  100  (froir  Schiiolcruft),  p.  445.- 
Chapter  Iv.  Vocabularies  (008-703)  includes  a 
"Vocabulary  comparing  pronouns  and  other 
parts  of  speech  {r.thoii.he,i/eii,)iii)  in  the  dia- 
lects of  various  Indiau  tribes,  among  them  the 
Chinook,  p.  070. 

Copies  teen :  Congress.  Eames.  Pilling. 

Haldeman  (Samuel  Stehman).  Analytic 
orthography :[  an  (  investigation  of  tho 
sounds  of  tho  voice,  and  their  ali>Iia- 
botic  notntioii;  |  including  |  the  mecli- 
auiam  of  speech,  |  and  its  bearing  upon 


Haldeman  (S.  S.)  —  Continued. 

I  etymology.  |  By  |  S.  S.  Haldeman,  A. 
M.,  I  professor   in  Dt^laware  college;  | 
member  [Ac.  six  lines.]  | 

Philadelphia:  (  J.B.Lippincott»S:  co. 
I  London:    Trii))ner  A:  co.  I'aris:  I$en- 

jamiu  Duprat.  I  B<  ilin:  Ford.  Diinini- 
ler.  I  186(). 

Half-title  (T'''ilvan)irlEee88ay)  verso  blank 
1 1.  titleversi  I  1  iiri'facepp.v-vi,c<mtent8 

pp.  vii-viii,  m.j.  iilitinual  corrections,  text 

pp.  5-147,  corrections  and  additions  p.  14H,  4'. 

Numerals  1-10  iu  a  niiinbcr  e'  Vmcrii  .lu  lan- 
guages, among  them  the  t  luiiook,  '■dictated 
by  Dr.  J.  K.  Townsend,"  p.  140. 

Copies  seen  :  liostou  Athonicum,  llritisli  Mu- 
seum. Bureaiuif  FIthnology,  Eames,  Trumbull. 

First  printed  iu  American  Philosoph.  Sim'. 
Trans,  new  series,  vol.11.     (*) 

Samuel  Stchiuan  Haldemiin.  naturalist, '  s 
born  in  Locust  (Jrovc,  Lancaster  County,  I'a., 
August  12, 1812;  died  in  Chickics,  i'a..  Septeui 
ber  10,  1881).  He  was  educated  at  a  classical 
school  in  Harrisburg  and  then  spent  two  years 
in  Dickinson  College.  In  1836  Henry  1> 
Uogers,  having  been  appointed  Stale  geologist 
ot  Xew  .Jersey,  sent  for  Mr.  Hahleman,  who 
had  been  his  pupil  at  Dickinson,  to  assist  him. 
A  year  later,  on  the  reiu'gani/.ation  of  the 
Peimsylvania  gi'ological  survey,  tlaldomun 
was  transferred  to  his  own  .State,  uiul  was 
ai^tively  engaged  on  the  survey  until  1842.  Ho 
made  (txtensive  researches  atnoug  Indian  uli*- 
lect  sand  also  In  Pennsylvania  Dutch,  besides  ia- 
vestlgations  in  the  Knglish,  Chinese, and  other 
languages AppUtoti't  Cyclop,  u/  Am.  Jlivg. 


Ill 


J 


m 


m!..vjL-im 


^W^-WIK 


40 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


h        ^ 


Hale  (Horatio).  Uuited  Status  \  explor- 
ing expeditiou.  |  During  tho  yoars  | 
1«;«,  1839,  1840,  1811,1842.  |  Umlcrtho 
connnsind  of  |  Charlos  Wilkes,  (J., S.N. 
I  Vol.  VI.  I  Ethnograpby  and  philol- 
ogy. I  By  I  Horatio  Halo,  |  philologist 
of  the  t'xjtedition.  | 

Pliiladolpliia;  |  printed  by  C.  Sher- 
man. I  1816. 

HalftiL'.c  (Unilt'il   Sfiitcs  cxplorint;  oxpeili- 
tioii,  byaulliority  lit'  (N)iiifrcs«)  vcrsii  liliink  I  1. 
titld  vorno  blank  1  1.  cdiitcnts  pp.  v-vii.  alphabet 
pp.  iic-xii,  li.ilt'titli)  vnrso  blank  1  l.text  pp.  :t 
(iC6.  ma)),  4^'. 

Laii;ruag<'s  uf  niirthwestorii  Aiuurica  (pp. 
553-650)  coiitaiiix  K'^'n'ral  roinaiks  and  oxaiii- 
pliis  of  the  l.aiigiiaL;o9  of  the  piMiplas  of  that 
roKion,  including  tho  Tgliiiiiik  family,  ])p.  562- 
504. — Koinarks  on  the  voi:abiilarii's,  pji.  5fi7 
508.  —  Vocabulary  (OOU  wonlf)  of  the  THhiniik 
(Watlala  or  (JaHcado  Indian.-*,  Xilialoitili  or 
Echoloots,  T.shiinik,  Tlatsop  or  (JlatsoiiH, 
N^Takaikaiii  or  Wahkywinns),  pp.  ,''i70-0'_«>.— Tho 
"Jarj;on"or  trade  ]angua;?o  of  Ori'gon  (pp. 
6:15-050)  contains  nMiiaik.s  on  itH  origin,  pp.  0115  - 
6:i0.— List.s  of  17  words  drrivi^d  from  tho 
Nootka,  41  words  from  tlio  Kiiglish,  lOlt  word.s 
from  the  Trtbiniik,  Xi  words  from  tho  Fremli, 
\2  words  by  onomatopo'ia,  and  'M  doubtful,  pp, 
630-0:1'.).— Komarks  on  t  ho  phonology,  grammar, 
etc.  (including  the  numeials  I  li>,  100,  and  tlie 
jironouns),  pp.  640-844.  -Short  sentences  with 
Knglish  equivalouts,  |)p.  644-040.  —Vocabulary 
(KnglishCMiinook,  alxmt  325  words),  pp.  040  (i,50. 

For  a  rejirint  of  much  of  this  niateiial  see 
Gallatin  (.\.) 

Cupirs  ncfii :  Astor,  llritisb  Mnsi-iini,  Oon- 
gross.  Lenox,  Trumbull. 

At  the  Sijuier  sale.  no.  440,  a  copy  brought 
$13;  at  tho  Murphy  .sale,  no.  1123,  half  maroon 
morocco,  (op  edge  gilt,  $13. 

Issued  also  willi  the  following  title: 

United  Stat('s  |  exploring  expedi- 
tiou. I  During  the  yeacs  )  1838,  183!», 
1840,1841,  1842.  I  Under  the  cominaiid 
of  I  Chiirles  Willtes,  U.S.N.  |  Ethnog- 
raphy and  philology,  j  Uy  |  Horatio 
Hale,  I  jihilologist  of  the  expedition.  | 

IMiiladelphia:  |  I^eti  iind  lUanchard, 
I  1846. 

Half-title  (United  States  exploring  i-xpcdi 
tion)  verso  blank  1  1.  title  ver.so  blank  I  1.  con- 
tents pp.  v-vii,  alphabet  jiii.  ix-xii,  half-title 
verso  blank  '.  1.  text  pp.  3C)06,  map,  4  ". 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  aliove. 

(hipivt  .wen  ;  Karnes,  l.onox. 

Was   America   ])eopled    from    I'oly- 

nesiuf 

In  CongrtNs  Tnt.des  Amoricanistos.  ( 'ompte- 
renilu,  7th  session,  pp.  375-387,  Berlin,  18'.)0.  H\ 
(Kames,  I'illiug.) 


Hale  (H.)  —  Continued. 

Table  of  the  pronouns  /,  thou,  ii'e.  (inc.),  we 
(exc).  ye,  and  tliei/  in  the  languages  of  I'olynesia 
niid  of  western  America,  pp.  38(^387,  includes 
the  Tshiuuk,  p.  380,  line  21. 

Issued  separately  with  title-page  as  follows : 

Wiis  Americii  peopled  from  Polyne- 
sia? |  A  study  iu  comi»arative  Philol- 
ogy. I  By  I  Horatio  Hale.  |  From  tlio 
Proceedings  of  the  Inteniutioual  Con- 
gress of  Americanists  (  at  Berlin,  iu 
<  )c.tober  1888.  | 

Berlin  1890.  |  Printed  by  H.S.Her- 
mann. 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  3-15, 8«. 

Pronouns  in  the  languages  of  I'olynesia  and 
uf  western  America,  including  the  Tshiauk,  p. 
14. 

Ooiiiet  neen  :  i'illing,  Welle.sley. 

An  international  idiom.  |  A  manual 

of  tl  ^  I  Oregon  trade  language,  |  or  | 
"Chinook  Jargon."  |  By  Horatio  Hale, 
M.  A.,  F.  R.  S.  C,  I  member    f&c.   six 
lines.]  I 

London :  I  Whittaker   &.    eo.,  White 
Hart    Street,    |  I'aternoster    square.  | 
1 890. 

Half-title  verso  lilank  1  I.  title  verso  names 
of  printers  1  1.  jirefatory  note  verso  extract 
from  a  work  by  (^uatrofages  I  1.  contents  verso 
blank  1  1.  text  p)>.  1-03, 10^ 

The  Oregon  ti-iule  languap",  pp.  1-3.— Its 
oiigi)!  and  compositioT'.  i)p  'i-D, — Orthograjdiy 
and  pronunciation  (p|>.  0-12)  includes  threeshcrt 
ccnnjiarative  vocabularies— (.'hinook,  (Jhiuook 
Jargon,  ami  meaning;  Knglish,  Jargon,  and 
meaning;  Kreuch.  .fargim,  and  meaning,  pp.  9- 
11.— (irammar,  including  numerals  ami  a  list 
of  pronouns,  ])p.  12-1!).  — I'ho  past  and  future  of 
the  Jargon,  pp.  19-21.— The.  language  as  spoken 
(pp.  22-38)  includes  a  list  uf  sentences  and 
))hr.ases.  pp.  22-2;f;  songs  (from  Swan  and  Boas) 
with  Knglish  translations,  pp,  24-25;  hymns 
(from  Kclls),  with  Knglish  translation, pp.  26-27; 
sermon  (from  Kells's  manuscript),  in  Knglish, 
pp  28-31;  the  same  in  ,1  argon,  with  interlinear 
Knt'lisli  translation,  pp.  32-37;  the  Lord's 
pnyir  (from  P^olls)  in  ir;irgon,  with  interlinear 
translation  into  Knglish,  pp.  37-38. — Tradelan- 
guagc.  alphabetically  arranged,  in  double  col- 
umns, by  Jargon  words,  i)p.  ;i9 -52. —English 
and  tr.adelan  guage,  ali)habetically  arranged,  iu 
double  columns,  by  English  words,  |ip.  .53-03. 

"This  dictionary,  it  should  be  stated,  is.  in 
the  main,  a  copy  (with  some  additions  luul  cur- 
riMitions)  of  that  of  (leorge  Gibbs  [</.«.],  pub- 
lislied  by  the  SmltlLsonian  Institution  in  1863, 
and  now  regarded  a-  >  he  standard  authority,  so 
far  as  any  can  be  said  to  exist;  but  it  maybe 
added  that  the  principal  part  of  that  collection 
was  avowedly  deri\'ed  by  the  estimable  coiu- 


CHINOOKAN   LANGUAGES. 


41 


u,  ice  (luc.),i(ie 
tiHoI'l'olynoHia 
6-H87,  includes 

iige  uti  follows : 

rom  Polyne- 
tivo  Philol- 
I  From  tho 
titioual  Cou- 
;    Berlin,   iu 

>y  H.S.Her- 

(-15,8°. 
I'lilynoHia  iiuil 
li(<  Tdhiniik,  p. 


I  A  uiauiial 
uag«,  I  or  I 
jratio  Halo, 
sr    [&c.   six 

CO.,  AVhite 
r    Hquave.  | 

e  verso  names 
verso  eitraet 
coutouta  verso 

l>p.  1-3.— Its 
Ortliograpliy 
lies  three  she  ft 
took,  Chiuook 
Jargon,  and 
uiing,  pp.  9- 
ils  and  a  list 
and  future  of 
age  as  spoken 
cntencus  and 
n  and  Boas) 
i;  liyniii.'i 
i>M,i)p.  26-27; 
in  English, 
th  interlinear 
the   Lord's 
Ml  interlinear 
— Trade  Ian- 
double  col- 
-52.— Knglish 
arranged,  iu 
))p.  filt-OU. 
stated,  is,  in 
ions  and  cor- 
'I- v.],  jmb- 
ition  in  IHti:), 
lutliority,  so 
ut  it  may  be 
it  collection 
iuiuble  corn- 


Hale  (H.)  — Continued. 

piler  from  my  own  vocabulary,  published  seven- 
teen years  before. " 

Copietteeii:  Eames,  Pilling. 

For  critical  reviews  of  this  work,  see  Oha- 
rencey  (U.  de),  Orane  (A.),  Lelund  (C.  C), 
Reade  (J.),  and  Western. 

Horatio  Hale,  ethnologist,  bom  iu  Newport, 
N.  H.,  Mays,  1817,  was  gnuluated  at  Harvard  in 
18;t7and  wasappoint«d  in  the  same  year  pliilolo 
gist  to  the  ITnited  States  exploring  expedition 
under  Capt.  CbarU's  Wilkes.  In  this  capacity 
he  studied  u  large  luiinber  of  the  languages  of 
the  Pacidc  islands,  aa  .  >11  as  of  North  and 
South  America,  Australia,  and  Africa,  and  also 
investigated  the  history,  traditions,  and  cus- 
toms of  the  tribes  speaking  those  languages. 
Tho  results  of  his  inquiries  are  given  in  his 
Ethnography  and  Philohigy  (Philadelphia, 
1846), 'Which  forms  the  seventh  volume  of  the 
expedition  reports.  He  has  published  numerous 
memoirs  on  anthropology  and  ethnology,  is  a 
member  of  many  learned  societies,  both  in 
Enro])e  and  in  America,  and  in  188C  was  v4ce- 
presidentof  tho  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science,  presiding  over  the 
section  of  anthnipology. — Appleton's  Cyclop,  uf 
Am.  Biotj. 

Harvard:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  indicati^s  thata<'i>py 
of  the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the 
compiler  in  t!  elibraryof  Harvard  I'niversity, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

[Hayden    (Ferdinand    Vandever)],    in 
charge.    Dopartmcnt  of  the  interior.  | 
Hiilletin  |  of  |  the  United  States  |  Geo- 
lofjieal  and  geojjra)>hieal  snrv«',y  |  of  | 
the  teiritorieH.  |  No.  1[-V<)1.  VI].  | 

WaHhiufjton :  |  Government  printing 
ottice.  I  1874[-1881]. 

6vols.  SJ. 

EelU  (M.),  The  Twaua  Indians,  vol.  ;i,  |-|>.  ,'i7- 

114. 

Copiemeen:  Geological  Survey. 

Hazlitt  (William  Gartnv).  British 
(Jolumbia,  |  and  |  Vancouver  island ;  | 
coni])rising  |  a  historical  sketch  of  the 
British  settlements  (  iu  the  north-west 
coast  of  America;  |  And  a  Survey  of 
tho  I  physical  character,  capabilities, 
climate,  topography,  |  natural  history, 
geology  and  ethnology  |  of  tliat  region; 
I  Cuuipiled    from  Otlicial    and    other 


Hazlitt  (W.  C.)  —  Continued. 
Authentic      Sources.    |   By   |  William 
C'arew    Hazlitt,  |  author  of  [&,v.  two 
lines.]  I  With  a  map.  | 

Loudon:  |  G.  Uoiitledge  &  co.,  Fnr- 
ringdon  street.  |  New  York:  |  18  Beek- 
nian  street.  |  1858.  |  (Tho  auth.ir 
reserves  the  right  of  Translation.) 

Half  title  verso  blank  1  I.  title  verso  names 
of  printers  1  I.  preface  )ip,  v-vi,  contents  pp. 
vii-viii,  t<>xt  pp.  l-24il,  appendix  pp.  241  247, 
colophon  i>.  248.  lU-^. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chinook  dargon  (1165 
words  and  phrases,  and  the  numerals  I  12,  lou, 
lOUU)  from  tlu!  San  Francisco  Kulletin.Juue  4 
I  I8r)8|,  pp.  241-24;i.     .See  Ohinook. 

(Jopiet  teen  :  Bancroft.  British  Museum,  Con- 
gress, Harvard. 

The  I  great  gold  fields  of  |  Cariboo ; 

I  with      an      authentic     description, 
brought  <lown  |  to  the  latest  period,  | 
of  I  British  Columbia   and   Vancouver 
island.  |  By  William  Carew  Ha/litt,  | 
of  the  Inner  teinide,  barrister-at-law.  | 
With  an  aectirate  maji.  | 

London:  |  lioutledge,  Warne,  and 
Rontledge,  |  Farringdon  street.  |  New 
York :  5i},  Walker  street.  |  18t)2. 

Title  verso  names  of  i)rlnters  I  I.  preface  pp. 
iii  V,  contents  jip.  vii-viii,  text  pp.  I-  Iti."),  appen- 
dices jin.  lfi(i- 184. 10^. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Cliinook  .largon  as  noted 
under  title  next  above,  p](.  17y-18(). 

(Jiipieh  teen:  -Vslor,  itancrofl.  Boston  Athe- 
na'iim. 

This  author's  ('arlhnn,  Die  iteichi  lUtenrered 
gidtl  Jielilx  1}/  Htithli  Hnliinihid,  I.ondon.  1862, 
docs  not  ciintain  the  vocabulary. 

Hymn-book : 

(MiiiicKik  .largon 
('hinoiik  ilargcin 


Hymns : 

Cascade  ! 

Chinook 
<yiii.  'Hjk 
("liincM.V  Jargim 
t^'hinook  u.irgon 
Chinook  Jargon 
tJiiinook  Jarg(m 
(Hiinook  ilargon 
('l.'.'i<H>k  .largon 
Chinook  Jargon 


Sec  Eclls  (.M.) 

I,i'.Icnnc(.I.  .M.  It.) 

l.ec(U.)aiid  Krost  (.1.  H.) 
Blanchet  (K.  N.) 
Tate  (CM.) 
Bulmcr  (T.  S.) 
Denicr.s  (M.)(7aJ. 
Everettt^  (W.K.) 
Hells  (M.) 
II.ile(lI.) 
.\Iiulcod  (X.  I).) 
Sl.()nne  (I..  N.) 


v1 

i 


i 


T" 


a 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   Of   1'HE 


;i 


J. 


Jaequea  Oartier  School :  These  words  following  a 
title  or  hicloHiMl  within  parcntlx^Hes  aft<-r  a  note 
indit'iitx  tluit  a  copy  of  tho  work  referred  to 
luiH  been  seen  by  the  compiler  in  the  library  of 
that  institution,  Montreal. 

J^han  (Lnuis-Fraufois).  T^oi8i^me  ot 
dernii^ro  |  Encydopi^dip  th^oloRiqno,  | 
[&('.  twenty-four  liiiew]  |  iwililii'o  |  par 
M.  I'abb^  Migue  |  [&c.  Hix  liiieH.J  | 
Tonio  treute-«inatrifeino.  |  Dictioiinairo 
de  lingiiisthiue,  |  To  s  .tuiqiie.  |  Prix: 
7  francs.  | 

S'lniininio  et  se  vend  chez  J.-P.  Migno, 
^ditenr,  |  atix  ateliors  catliolifpif's,  nio 
d' Anilioi.se,  an  Petit-Montrouge,  \  Bar- 
ri^r«  d'enfiii-  de  Paris.  |  1858. 

Second  title:  Uietionnairo  |  do  [  linKnistiqiie 
I  et  I  do  philologie  eomparee.  |  Histoire  de 
toiites  les  liiiigties  inortes  !>t  vivautos,  {  oii  | 
traitt't  coiii|>letd'idionin{>rHphio,  |  cmbraMsant  | 
I'oxanien  eriffpie  de»  »ynteineH  et  do  toiites  les 
qiiCHtiuns  qui  ho  rattaeliont  |  k  rorigine  et  k  la 
flliation  den  langucH,  h  lour  esHoneo  organique 
I  et  ii.  lenrH  ra]>)iort»  ave(^  I'histoiro  den  races 
hiinialnns,  do  lours  migrations,  etc.  |  Pr<ie6de 
d'uu  I  Essai  sur  lo  role  du  langage  dans  revo- 
lution de  rintolligenve  huniainu.  |  Par  L.-F. 
J^han  (de  Saint-Clavien),  |  Membre  do  la  Soci- 
6t6  g6ol()gique  do  Franco,  de  1' Aeudemie  royale 
des  sciences  do  Turin,  etc.  |  [Quotation,  three 
lines,]  I  l'ubli6  |  parM.l'Abl)6  .Migne,  6ditt)ur 
de  la  Hiblidtht^que  univorselle  du  elergt,  |  ou  | 
des  cours  cumplets  sur  chaque  branclio  do  la 
science  eccl^siastique.  |  Tome  unique.  |  Prix : 
7  francs.  | 

.S'Imprime  et  so  vend  choz  .T.-P.  Migne,  6di- 
tour,  I  auxateliurs  catholiques,  rue  d'Aniboise, 
au  Petit-Montrouge,  |  Barri6re  d'eufer  de 
Paris.  I  ISIJS. 

Outside  title  1  1.  titles  as  above  2  11.  rolurans 
<two  to  a  page)  9-1448,  largo  8^. 

See  \inder  title  next  below  for  linguistic  con 
tents. 

Gopiei  seen  :  British  Mnsenni. 

—  Troisieme  et  derniere  |  Encyclopedia 
j  tb(!ologi(iue,  I  on  twisi^nie  et  der- 
nicre  |  serie  de  dictionuairos  sur  tontes 
les  parties  de  la  science  religieuse,  | 
ofirant  on  fran^ais,  ct  par  ordre  alpha- 
betiqiic,  I  la  pins  dairo,  la  plu*  facile, 
la  i>lus  conimode,  la  pins  varir^e  '|  .<»t  la 
plus    l:onlpl^te  des  tWologies :  |  [&iC. 


J^han  (L.F.)  — Continued, 
seventeen  lines]  puMiee  |  parM.l'abb*? 
Migno,  I  [&c.  six  lines.]  |  Tome  trente- 
cpiatrit'nie.  |  Dictionnairo  de  lingnis- 
tiqne.  |  Tome nniqnc.  Prix:  8 francs.  ( 
S'impriniectsc  vend  cliczJ. -P.  Migue, 
<^ditenr,  |  aux  ateliers  catboliqueB,  rue 
d'Amboise,  20,  an  Petit-Moutronge,  | 
autrefois    Barricre    d'enfer    de  Paris, 
maintenant  dans  Paris.  |  1864 

i       Second  title  i  Dictionnairo  |  de  |  linguistiquo 
I  et  I  de    philologie   comitaree.  {  Uistoiro   dc 
toutes  I  les  langues  mortes  et  vivantes,  |  ou  | 
traitecompletd'idiomographie,  |  embrassant  | 
I'exainen  critique  des  systfcraes  et  do  t<mtos  les 
questions  qui  so  ruttachent  |  a  I'origiuo  et  a  la 
filiation  des  langue>     i  leur  CHSonce  organique 
I  et  a  leurs  rai)p()rts  avec  I'histoire  des  races 
humaiues,  de  leurs  migrations,  etc.  |  Pr^!ced6 
d'un  I  Kssai  sur  le  rolo  du  laugago  dans  revo- 
lution   de    rintelligeuco  liuraaino.  |  Par  L.-F. 
.Telian  (de  Saint-(Jlavien),  |  Memljre  de  la  Soci- 
K   ^'te  geidogiquedo  Fr.'ince,  dol'AciMliJmioroyalo 
r   des  sciences  do  Turin,  etc.  |  [Quotation,  three 
lines.]  I  Puldie  |  par  M.  Tabbe  Migne,  £diteur 
de  la  Uibliotb^quo  universellodu  clerg^,  j  ou  I 
<los  <M)urs  comidets  sur  chatiuo  branclie  do  la 
i'    Hcienco  occlesiastique.  ]  Tome  uni(iue.  |  Prix : 
|k  7  francs.  I 

iH      S'imprimo  et  se  vend  chez  J.-P.  Migne,  6di- 
?  tour,  I  aux  ateliers  catholiques,  rue  d'Amboise, 
1 .  20.  au    Petit-Montrouge,   ]  autrefois    Barrifire 
4    d'ltnfer  do  Paris,  maintenant  dans  Paris.  |  1864 
n       First  title  verso  "avis  important"  1 1.  second 
•-,'   title  verso  printer  1  1.  introduction  numbered 
I'   by  columns  9-208,  text  in  double  columns  209- 
I'   12,'>0,  notes  additionnelles    columns    1249-1432, 
-    table  des  matit^res  columns  1433-1448,  large  8°. 
n      The  article  "Colombienne,"  columns  435-436, 
J    contains  a  brief  enumeration  only  of  the  tribes 
speaking  languages  of  five  different  families, 
of  which  two  are  (Miinook,  viz  : 
•      2»  Colombienne  inferioure,  includinK  the  dia- 
lect.s  of  the  Echoloots,  the  Skilloots,  the  Wah- 
kiacum,  the  Cathlamahs,  the  Chinuooks,  the 
Clatsops,  and  the  Chilts. 

3''|Multnomah,  including  the  dialects  of  tho 
Multnomah,  the  Cathlacumup,  the  Cathlauah- 
quiah,  tlie  Cathlacomatup,  tlio  Clannahmin.l- 
mum,  tlie  Clahnaquah,  the  Quathlapottes,  the 
Shotos.  the  Cathlabaws,  and  the  Clackumos. 
(fiojiiet  teen ;  Kames. 

Johnson  (Frank).     See  Qatschet  (A.  S.) 

JiUs  ( B. )    SCO  Vater  ( J.  S. ) 


parM.l'ablj<? 

Tduie  treiite- 
•»'  tie  liiiguis- 
x:  8  francs.  | 
zJ.-P.  Migue, 
yboliqucs,  rue 
Moutroiige,  | 
er  de  Paris, 
18(U 

1e  I  lingiiiHtiqun 
e.  I  Uiittoiro    «lc 

vivautes,  |  on  | 
,  I  orabrasHant  | 
I  tst  do  t<mt«H  1«H 

r<irigiiut  vt  It  In 
lonce  orgaiiiqiio 
.stuire  des  racBM 
H,  iitc.  I  Pr<ic6<l6 
;age  daim  I'evo- 
lino.  I  Par  L.-K. 
inliro  de  la  Soci- 
\.ca<16mio  royalo 
Qu<)tati<>u,  tliret) 

Migiie,  6diteiir 
du  clergi',  |  on  I 
10  branche  do  la 

uni<iue.  I  Prix : 

,T..P.  Migne,  6Ai- 
,  ruo  d'AmboiHo, 
refoia  Barri6re 
anit  Paris.  |  1864 
tant"  1 1.  sficond 

tion  numbered 
lecolumoH  209- 
imna    1249-U32, 

-1448, large  8°. 

oliimns  435-436, 
nlyof  tlie  tribes 
ferunt  families, 

eluding  the  dia- 
loots,  the  Wah- 
Chinuooks,  the 

3  dialeeta  of  the 

the  Cathlanah- 

Claunahmina- 

atlilapott<.'8,  the 

e  Clackumos. 

Bchet  (A.  S.) 


CHINOOKAN   LANGUAGES. 


43 


K. 


Keane  (Angnsins  H.)  Ethnogra|iliy 
and  philology  oi"  Aiiiorira.  lly  A.  H. 
Keniit'. 

In  Bates  (IT.  W.).  f 'ontral  Amcrioa,  tin-  WrHt 
Indies,  )'tc>.  pp.  4t;i-5(!l.  London.  18TK.  H". 

(icnerrl  Hi'licnio  of  Amt-riran  racfs  and  Ian- 
guagt'H  (pp.  4(10-4<.)T)  includes  a  IInI  hI'  IIh' 
lir,'Ui('li(>H  of  till'  Cliinnokau  family,  divided  intii 
languages  and  dialects,  p.  474.  -Alplialictii  al 
list  of  all  known  American  tribes  and  lan- 
guages, pp.  4it8  .'itil. 

Reprinted  in  the  1882 and  1885 editions  of  the 
same  work  and  on  the  Hame  pages. 


Keane  (A.  II.)  —  Continued. 

Anierit-au  Indiiins. 

In  Kncyclo)ia  ilia  Jlrltannira.  ninth  Pdition, 
vol.  12,  i>p.  822-8;i(l.  New  York,  1881,  royal  8 ', 

Colnmbia  Itaees,  ]i,  82G,  includes  thedivisious 
of  tile  Cliinookan. 

Knipe  {I{ei'.  V.)    [Coniparntive  vocaltu- 
iiiry  of  the  C'liinook  antl  Tahkaht.] 

Manuscript,  3  leaves,  folio,  written  on  uiie 

side  only;  in  the  library  of  the  liureaii  of  Etli- 

nolojjy.     Included  in  an  article  by  Mr.  Knipe, 

nntith^d:   Notes  on  the  ludiau  tribua  of   the 

I       northwest  coaat  of  America. 


L. 


Langevin  (H.  L.)    IJritiah  Crtlnmbia.  | 
Koport  of  the  hon.  II.  L.  Langevin,  ('. 
]}.,  I  minister  of  public  works.  |  Printed 
by  order  of  parliament.!  [Vignette.]  | 

Ottawa:  |  printed  by  1.  IJ.  Taylor, 2!l, 
31  and  33,  Ifideau  street.  |  1872. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso 
bl.ink  1  1.  lujntents  ]i]).  iii~iv.  [li.st  of  J  apiien- 
dices  pp.  v-vi.  text  pp.  1-55,  appendices  ])p.  .56- 
246,  8". 

A])pendix  ('('.  A  dictionary  of  the  Chinook 
Jargon,  or  Indian  trade  language  of  the  north 
Pacific  coast.  Published  by  T,  N.  llihben  and 
Co.,  Victoria,  B.  (^  Part  I.  Chinook-Knglisli. 
pp.  161-173.  Part  II.  Knglish-Chinook,  pp  1V4- 
182. 

Copies  teen :  Georgetown. 

Latham  (Robert  Gordon).  Miseellaiieou.^ 
contributions  to  the  ethnography  of 
North  America.  Hy  R.  G.  Lath  ran,  M.  I). 

In  I*hiIological  Soe.  [of  London],  Prix;.  vd.'\ 
pp.  31-50  [London],  1846, 8^.    ((,'oi:grea«  ) 

Coutaius  a  nnniber  of  Cathlascon  terms  in 
the  comparative  lists  of  words. 

Keprinted  in  the  same  author's  Op  jseula.  pp. 
275-297,  for  title  ol  which  see  below. 

On  the  languages  of  the  Oregon  ter- 
ritory. Uy  11.  G.  Latham,  M.  J).  Read 
before  the  Society  on  the  11th  Decem- 
ber, 1844. 

In  Kthnological  Soc.  of  London,  .Tour.  vol.  1, 
pp.  154-166,  Edinburgh  [1848],  8°.   (Congress.) 

A  vocabulary  of  the  Shoshonee,  showing 
"atlinities  (such  as  they  are)  "  with  a  number 
of  American  languages,  among  them  tin- 
Chinook  and  Cathlascon,  pp.  15i)-16(l. 

This  article  niprinted  in  the  saine  author's 
Opr.tcula,  l)p.  249-264,  for  title  of  which  see 
below. 

The  I  natural  hi,story  |  of  |  tlievarie- 

ties   of    man.   |   By  |  Robert   Gordon 


Latham  (R.  0. )  —Continued. 

Latham,  iM.  D  ,  V.  U.  S.,  |  late  fellow  of 
King's  collegf;,  Cambridge ;  |  one  of  the 
vice-presidents  of  the  Ethnological  soci- 
ety, London;  |  » ;:rre?'ponding  member 
to  the  Ethntdogical  society,  |  New 
York,  etc.  |  [Monogram  iu  shield.]  | 

Loudon :  |  John  Van  Voorst,  ]^ater- 
nosterrow.  |  M.D.CCCL  [1850]. 

Half-title  verso  blank  1  1,  title  verso  names 
of  printers  1  1.  dedication  verso  blank  1  1. 
preface  pi).  vii-xi,  bibliography  jtj).  xiii-xv, 
exidnnation  of  plates  verso  blank  1  1.  contents 
l)p.  xix-xxviil,  text  pp.  1-566,  index  pp.  567-574, 
li.st  of  works  by  Dr.  Latham  verso  blank  1  1. 8°. 

Division  F.  American  Mongolida'  (pii.287- 
46U)  includes  a  classification  of  a  number  of 
North  American  families,  among  them  the 
Chinncks,  pi>.  316-;)23.  This  includes  a  general 
discussion,  pp.  316-321 ;  Jargon  words  of  Eng- 
lish origin  (26),  of  French  origin  ('.'2),  and 
derived  by  imomatopieia  (8),  pp.  321-322. 

Copies  seen:  .i.ureau  of  Ethnology,  Con- 
gress, E.'.mes. 

Ou  the  languages  of  Northern,  West- 
ern, and  Central  America.  By  R.  G. 
Latham,  M.  U.    (Read  May  the  9th.) 

In  Philological  .Soc.  (of  London ],Tr.ins.  1856, 
pp.  .57-115.  London  [18,57],  8°.    (Congress.) 

Brief  references  to  the  Chinook  and  its  rela- 
tion to  other  northwest  languages. 

This  article  reprinted  in  the  same  author's 
Opusenla.  pp.  326-377,  for  title  of  which  see 
below. 

Opuscula.  I  Essays  |  chiefly  |  philo- 
logical and  ethnographical  |  by  |  R(di- 
ert  (iordou  Latham,  |  M.  A.,  M.  D.,F. 
R.  S.,et(!.  I  late  fellow  of  Kings  college, 
Cambridge,  late  professf)r  of  Knglish  | 
in    University  college,   Loudon,    late 


f 


44 


BlBLlOGRArHY  OF   THE 


f 


\ 


h 

! 

\ 

1 

r  1 

0 

I' 


t     . 


r 


Lathani(R.  G.)— f'<»"ti»'i«'<l- 
itHHistuiit  physiciau  |  at  tht^  MidtUosex 
hospital.  I 

Williams  &  Norgato,  |  11   Henriotta 
Htroct,  CoTtitit  gard«!ii,  Lottdoii  |  and  | 
20  South  Frtidciick  Htrt'Ct,  Kdiiibitin'i- 
I  Leipzig,  IMiartiiianii.  |  IHdO. 

Title  vtirHO  ]iiiiii«<  of  piiiitt'i'  1  1.  iiicfacn  ])li. 
iii-iv,  ('oiitfiitH  pp.  v-vi.  ti'xt  pp.  I-IITT,  iidtlt'iiila 
and  currineiiilu  ]>p.  ;17K-41H,  8^. 

A  reprint  i)f  a  niiiiilH'r  of  paptii's  roail  l)ct'(irc 
tliii  fithnolii<;i('al  anil  |iliiliiliit;i(Mil  HorirticH  of 
Koniliin,  anion^  tluMu  tli«  following',  wbicli 
incliiilx  Cliinookan  material : 

On  till'  lanKiiaK''!*  I't"  Ori'gon  territory  (pp. 
21l>  'JIU)  c.itntain.s  in'0iiii>araliv»i  voralmlarv  iiC 
till)  .ShiLsliiiniii  with  hiIiit  lauf;iiaf;oN,  aninii;; 
tlimu  llin(;hino(ik  ami  t'atlila.sron,  ]>]>.  25,1  'J.Mi. 

MixcttllanooiiH  loiitriliiitlnii.s  to  the  I'tlinn^' 
raphy  of  North  America  (p|>. 'J7r)-297)  contaiuH 
a  iiiinihiT  of  Oathlam'ou  wonl.H  In  thr  compara- 
lis'c  lists. 

(Jii  tho  lanRnatcus  of  northern,  wostrrn,  anil 
ri'ntral  Anifrlea  (pp.  :t'Jfi;i7")  conlaiiis  lirirf 
references  to  t)ie  C^liiiiook  ami  its  relalioii  to 
other  languages. 

Aililenilii  anil  corrigenila.  1«.'>!>  (pp.  ;i7S-41H) 
contains lirlefeominents  on  theClilnook.  p.  ',iHH; 
Chinook  wonls,  ji.  ;)8!»;  short  voeabnlary  (1'-' 
wonls)  of  the  Chinook  loniiiareil  with  Selish 
and  Shoshonie,  pp.  41.'>  410. 

Copus  si'ei) :  Astor.  Hoston  Puhlir,  Hrinton. 
Bureau  of  Ethnology, Congrusa,  KameH,  I'llliiig. 
■\Vatkiiison. 

At  the  Sqnier  sale  a  preneutatlon  I'opy,  no. 
630,  brought  $.'.;t7.  The  Murphy  copy,  no.  14;i«, 
80I1I  for  $1. 

KlenHMits  I  of  |  loiiiparativo  jdiilol- 

ogy.  I  Hy  I  K.fJ.  Latham,  M.  A.,  M.  1)., 
F.K.S.,  &c.,  I  late  follow  of  Kings  Col- 
lege, Cambridgi' ;  and  late  pvofes.snr  of 
English  I  in  Tniversity  college,  Lon- 
don. I 

London :  Walton  and  Maberly,  TTpper 
Gowor  street,  and  Ivy  lane,  P.-tteinoster 
row;  I  Longman,  (ireen,  liongman, 
UobertB,  and  Green,  (  raterno.st(!r  row. 
I  1862.  I  Tlie  Kight  of  Translation  is 
Reserved. 

Half-title  ver.so  names  of  printers  1  1.  title 
verso  blank  I  1.  ileilicatlon  ver.so  blank  1  1. 
preface  pp.  vii-xi,  contents  pp.  xili  xx,  tabnlar 
view  pp.  xxl-xxxil,  errata  l>.  [xxxlli],  text  pp. 
1-752,  addenda  i)p.  7r);i-7r>7,  index  p]).  7.58-774. 8'^. 

Vocabulary  of  48  words,  and  tho  numerals 
1-10  in  the  Watlala  language,  pp.  402-40:t. 

Gopieii  geen  :  Astor,  British  Museum.  Bureau 
of  Kthnology.  Karnes,  Watkinson. 

Dufosse,  1887  catalogue,  no.  24,')64,  i)riced  a 
copy  20  fr.,  and  Illuiseniauu,  no.  30  of  cata- 
logue 10.  10  U. 


Latham  (R.  0.)  — Continued. 

Kohert  (iordon  Latham,  the  eldest  son  of  the 
Uev.  'I'homas  Latham,  was  born  in  the  vicarnne 
of  Billingshorough,  Lincolnshire,  March  24, 
1H12.  Inl819hewa8enteredBtKton.  Twoyears 
afterwards  he  was  admltteil  on  tlie  foundation, 
and  ill  182!)  went  to  Kings,  where  he  took  his 
fellowship  and  degrees.  Kthnology  was  his 
flrst  imsslou  ami  his  last,  though  for  botany 
he  had  a  ver.v  strong  taste.  Iledled  March  0, 
\HAS. —Theodiirf  Wiillt  in  The  A Ihiniviim,  March 
17,  IMS. 

Leclerc  (Cliarles).  Hildiotiieca  |  anieri- 
eana  |  Catalogue  laisonnt'  |  d'une  ties- 
jireeiense  |  r<dlec.tion  de  livres  aneiens 
I  et  modcrnes  |  sur  rAm^rique  et  les 
l'hilii)piues  |  Classr^s  ])ar  ordre  alpha- 
hetii|Ui'  lie  noms  d'Auteurs.  |  Redig*: 
par  Cii.  Leelere.  |  [Design.]  | 

Paris  I  Maisonnenve  A  C''  |  15,  ((uai 
Voltaire  |  M.  1).  CCC.  LWM  [1867] 

Cover  title  as  aliove.  half-title  verso  details  of 
sale  1  1.  title  as  .ibove  verso  blank  1  1.  jireface 
pp.  v-vil,  catalogue  jip.  1-407,8°. 

Includes  tith'S  of  a  number  of  works  contain- 
ing material  relating  to  the  Cliinookan  lan- 
guages. 

Cojiii'i  seen  :  Congress,  Kanies,  Pilling. 

At  the  Kl.schor  sale,  a  copy,  no.  1)10,  brought 
1()». ;  at  the  ,Sc|uler  sale,  no.  C51,i|!l..')0.  Leclerc, 
1H78,  no.  114,').  |irices  It  4  fr.  .ind  Maisonnenve.  in 
1889, 4  fr.  The  Murphy  cojiy,  no.  1452,  brought 
$2.75. 

Bihliotheca  |  anierieana  |  Histoire, 

gdographie,  |  voytiges,   arcb<?ologio    et 
lingnistique  |   des  |  deux  Ann^riques  | 
et  I  des  ilea  Philippines  |  rddigde  |  Par 
Ch.  Loclero  |  [Design]  | 

Paris  I  Maisonnetive  et  C'",  lihraires- 
♦"•diteurs  |  2,5,  quai  Voltiiire,  2."».  |  1878 

(Jover  title  as  above,  half  title  verso  blank 
1  1.  title  as  above  verso  blank  1  1.  avant-pi'opos 
pp.  i-xvii.  table  des  divisions  ])p.  xvlii-xx,  cat- 
alogue ])p.  1-043,  supidement  pp.  045-094,  index 
pp.  095-737,  colophon  verso  blank  1  1.  8°. 

The  linguistic  part  of  this  volume  occupies 
pp.  537-043;  it  Is  arranged  under  families,  and 
contains  titles  of  books  In  many  American  lan- 
guages, among  them  the  following: 

Langucs  americaines  en  g<!n('ral,  pp.  537-5.')0; 
Chinook,  j).  !J05. 

Copies  seen  :  lioston  Athcno^nni,  Eamos,  Pil- 
ling. 

Priced  by  Quaritcn,  no.  12172,  12*. ;  another 
copy,  no.  12173,  large  jiaper,  U.  ]«.  Leclerc's 
Supph'iiient,  1881,  no.  2831.  i)rlcesitl5fr.,  and  no. 
2832.  a  <;opy  on  Holland  iiajK-r,  30  fr.  A  large 
paper  copy  is  i)riced  by  Quaritch,  no.  30230, 12*. 
Maisonnenve  in  1889  i>rices  It  15  fr. 

Lee  (Daniel)  and  Frost  (J.  H.)  Ten 
years  in  Oregon.  |  By  D.  Lee  and  J.  H. 
Frost,  I  late  of  the  Oregon  mission  of 


i^Rt  non  of  the 
I  tilt)  vlcaratte 
!•,  Mardi  24, 
n.  Two  yuars 
e  foiiiiilatitin, 
)  Iki  took  hiM 
lopy  wiiH  Ilia 
:Ii  for  iHitiiny 
litil  Miinli  », 
nmim,  March 

>ca  I  atiiori- 

ll'llIK'  tlVH- 

rcH  aiK'it'iis 
iquo  et  les 
niiv  ii]plia- 
I'H.  I  Kodijr*^ 

I 
'"■  I  15,  i|U!ii 

I  [18fi7] 
iTsii  (li'tailx  of 
k  1  1.  iirefat'o 

>'orkH  contain- 
linookan  Ian- 
Pilling. 
1. 1)10,  brought 
.50.  LecltTO, 
liHonnc'iivo.  in 
1452,  broiiKlit 

I  Histoire, 

iiidriques  | 
[ligde  I  Par 

I',  lihraires- 
k).  I  1H78 
I  verso  blank 
ivant-projios 
:viii-xx,  cat- 
45-094,  index 

,8°. 

ne  occui)ioH 
familicH.  and 

iierican  lan- 

I  pp.  537-550; 

|KanioR,Fil- 

tn. ;  another 

Leclerc'8 

)fr.,andno. 

'.    A  large 

.  30230, 12». 

p.)  Teu 
viul  J.  H. 
isstou  of 


ClIINOOKAN   LANOUAOES. 


u 


Lee  (D.)  and  Frost  (J.  11.)  — Cont'd. 
ttiH    Misthodist    upiNcopal     church.  | 
[ricturc]  I 

New-Yi)rk:  |  piihlishod  liir  th« 
authors:  200  MullK^iTy-strnot.  |  .F. 
CoHord,  Printer.  |  1844. 

Title  verm»  copyright  not ic«  1  1.  preface  pp. 
3-6,contcntH  p]!.  7  11.  text  pp.  13-344,  t2«. 

Hpcciraen  of  an  Indian  [Catlilancon]  iirayer 
with  Knglish  translation,  ]ip.  1H4-1»<5.— A  num- 
ber (if  Hciitences  and  uraoe  before  meals  in  the 
language  of  the  Indians  of  theCnHcades,  p.  204. 
— Hymn  (two  ver.ses)  in  the  (Jascado  with 
KngliHli  translation,  p.'  205.— Vocabulary  (.')0 
words)  of  the  (.'latsop  [Chinook  .Jargon],  south 
sldeof  the  Columbia  IJlver,  pp.  343-344. 

Copiet  geeu  ■  Astor,  Boston  Athonieum,  llrit- 
ish  HuHeum,  Coiigre.><s,  Pilling,  Trumbull. 

A  few  sentences  in  Chimiok  Jargon  from  (his 
work  aro  reprinted  in  Allen  (J.),  Ten  Years  in 
Oregon. 
Legends : 

Chinook  .See  Hoas  (!•'.) 

Chinook  .Targon  St.  Oiige  (L.  N.) 

[Le  Jeune  (/V'»«  .Toan-Mario  IJaiihael).  | 
Practical  |  Chinook  [.Jargon]  vocabu- 
lary I  comprising  |  all  ».V  the  only  n.'iiial 
words  of  that  wonderful  |  Language 
arranged  in  a  most  |  adviintageoua 
order  for  the  speedily  learning  of  |  the 
8aino,  after  tho  ]»lan  of  |  right  r(>v. 
bishop  Dnricn  O  M  I.  |  the  most  experi- 
enced Missionary  iV  Chinook  [  siteaker 
iu  Hritish  Ctdunibia.  | 

St.  Louis' nilHsion  |  Kaiuloops.  |  ]SH(5. 

Cover  title  verso  directions  toi'  pronounrla 
tion,  no  inside  title;  text  ]ip.  1-10,  10  '. 

The  vocabulary,  which  is  Cliinook  .lar;;oii,  is 
arranged  by  lessons,  i-xviii,  wilhuiit  hi'iidiiigs. 
They  comprise:  i,  nuiiieral.s;  ii,  llie  (irniaineiil, 
seasons,  and  days  of  the  week;  iii,  geograpliic. 
features,  &o. ;  iv,  the  family  and  relationships; 
V,  animals;  vi,  inipleiiients  and  utensils;  vii. 
nationalities;  viii,  nouns;  ix.monej';  x,  parts 
of  the  body;  xi,  wo;iring  app.irel ;  xii,  domestic 
utensils;  xiii,  nouns;  xiv,  ad,jectives;  xv.  pro- 
nouns; xvi,adverb.s;xvii,  verbs ;xviii,  scripture 
names  and  church  terms. 

Copies  teen  :  Kells.  Pilling. 

A  later  edition  witli  title-page  a.s  follows: 

('iiinook     [.Jargon]     Vocabulary.  | 

Chinook-English.  |  From  the  Original 
of  lit.  Rev.  I  BLshop  l>urieu,  O.  M.  I.  | 
With  the  Chinook  Words  in  Phonog- 
raphy I  By  I  J.  M.  K.  Le  Jeuue  O.  M.  I. 
I  Second  Edition.  | 

Mimeographed  at  Kamloops.  I  Octo- 
ber 1892. 

Cover  title  verso  "Duployan  Phonetic  Alplia- 
bet,"  no  inside  title,  text  (triple  columns. 
CUiuook    Jargou    iu     italics    alphabetically 


Le  Jeuue  (J.  M.  K.)  —  Continued. 

arranged,  .largon  in  Htenogrnphic  eharni'tern, 
and  Knglish  in  italics)  pp.  1-1(1,  priyor  in  Jar- 
gon, stenographic  cluira<'ters,  on  recto  of  back 
cover,  verso  list  of  publications  by  Father 
Le  Jeiine. 

f'ojiies  Kfen :  Pilling. 

Karly  in  October,  1HII2,  I  wrote  to  llishop 
Diirieu  reciuesting  a  copy  of  the  IHRO  edition  of 
the  'Chinook  Vocabulary,"  composed  by  him, 
and  le-'iived  in  reply  (November  1)  a  state- 
ment (o  the  ed'ect  that  he  wouhl  he  glad  to 
oldige  me,  but  that  he  had  written  no  such 
book.  Transcribing  tlii>  titlepagoof  the  little 
book  in  ({uestion,  I  sent  it  to  him  asking  an 
explanation,  as  his  name  was  given  thereon. 
The  following  is  his  response: 

Nkw  Westministbk,  It.  ('., 

Xvv.  W,  I'ittS. 

Dkak  Sir:  In  answc  •  to  yourfavorof  the 
lull  inst.,  1  beg  to  s(atc  tliat  what  I  wrote  you 
in  my  last  i.s  but  the  truth.  I  Iiavo  not  written 
anything  in  the  Indian  language  or  in  the 
(.'hinook.  What  you  have  enumerated  under 
my  nauK*.  because  my  name  is  miMidoncdon  the 
title  of  the  work,  must  bo  placed  uiiih'r  the 
name  of  l!cv.  Father  I.i'.leune  asthe  publiHlier 
ami  tlie  author.  Rut  to  make  sure  of  it,  ancl 
inordcr  tliiit  yourbibliognipliy  may  he  corn-ct, 
I  will  sold  this  letter  to  Rev.  Father  Le  .Teuiie, 
of  Kaiuloops,  begging  him  to  give  you  tlie 
name  of  the  author  of  thos<^  works  you  havu 
)ilaceil  under  my  name. 
I  have  the  honor  to  be.  dear  sir, 
Your  humble  servant, 

PaCI,  Dl'IUKU. 

Tlii.s  was  sent  me  with  the  following  exjilaii- 
atoiy  h'tler  liy  Father  I.e  Jeune: 

KAMl.oofs,  Ii.  ('.,  Nitv.21,  lH:ii. 

JtKAli  Sni:  Uishop  Durieii  gavometho.se  les- 
sons in  Chinook,  in  a  few  tlying  sheets,  over 
twelve  years  ago  (.September,  1H7U).  Of  course 
those  sheets  arci  lost  long  ago.  A.s  his  lordship 
does  not  want  to  appear  as  theautlioroftho.se 
little  paiuphb'ts,  you  had  belter  luentiiui  them 
as  arniiiged  by  myself  out  of  lessons  recoivod 
I'l-oiii  his  lordship. 

Yours, 

Fathkr  Lr  .Teitne. 

,  [ ]  [Two  lines  stenographic  charac- 

!  tors.]  I  No.  1.  Kaiuloops  Wawa  May  2. 
'91  [— (i7.  20  Fc^U.  93] 

A  periodi<al  in  ;lie  t'liinook  Jargon,  steno- 
giapliic  cliaracti'i'i),  intended  as  a.  weekly,  but 
issueil  ill  its  early  stages  at  irregular  intervals, 

i  at  Kamloops,  Itrit.sh  Columbia,  under  the  edi- 
torship of  Father  Le  Jeiiiie,  and  reproduced  by 
him  witli  the  aid  of  the  mimeograph.   See  tiu;- 

j        dimile  of  the  lirst  page  of  the  initial  issue. 

I  The   first  thr.'c   numbers  aro  in  triple  col- 

umns. .Jargon  in  italics.  Jargon  in  shorthand 
I'haracters,  and  English  in  it.alics;  the  fourth 
number  is  in  double  columns,  .Jargon  in  short- 
hand and  Knglish  in  italics;  the  subsequent 
issues  are  in  shorthand  with  headings  in  J!)ng- 


!     I 


i 


i! 


I  i\' 


n 


'  ( 


''  r  I 


I  I 


4t 


BlHlJOGKAlilY   OF    THE 


Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  K.)  —  Continued. 

lisli.  All  tilt!  iHHUuH  nrii  in  KP  oxi't^iit  ikih.  A-O 
and  7-8  ((loiibln  niimlxTit),  wlili'h  ant  in  'M'.  At 
the  b«{{iiiiiiD8 1'ttcli  iHHiix  cunHiHtfd  of  H  puKOH, 
wit)i  coutlniioiiH  paKinatiuii,  hut  ociaHioiuilly 
thii  parlH  wiTo  Hopiirattily  paKtitl.  Krifiniiin); 
with  uo.  33.  thi<  lirHt  Ihhiiii  u(  vol.  2.  all  thu  uiini- 
biTNConHlHt  (if  4  )m)(tm  each. 

Thu  fulliiwln);  Ih  a  dt^talli'il  IIhI  nl'  the  Imaiios, 
Diado  up  from  my  irijiy,  whit^h  in  tlic  only  nnii 
I  havo  Hnttii,  K>^'i"K  numbvr,  datu  ol'  ixiiue,  and 
paKluatUm : 

No.  1    May   2, '»1,  pp.  1-8,16°. 
2  9.  Id,        1-10,160. 

16,  '»1,        17  24, 16'^. 
Aug.  5,  '91,        25-;)2, 10". 


3 
4 

5-6 

[7-8 


St^pt. 
Oct. 

Fob. 


lU 
11 
12 
13 
14 
16 
16 
17 
IH 
lU 

20 
21 


23 
U 

23 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 
31 

32 

Vol.  2 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 


'91, 

'91, 

1,'Oi!. 

6,  '92, 

14, '92, 

21, '92, 

2H. '92, 

Mch.  6, '92, 

13,  '92, 

•20,  '92, 

27,  '92, 

Apr.    3, '92, 

10,  'm, 

10,  '92, 

17-24.  '92, 

24, '92, 

May  1,'92, 
8, '02, 

15,  '92, 

22,  '92, 

20,  '92, 

June  S,  '92, 

12,  '92, 

19, '92, 
20,  "92, 


30, '92 


July  3, '92, 
10,  '92, 
17, '92, 
24,  '92, 
31,  '92, 


38    Aug.  7,  '92, 


1 J2,  32^0. 

1  ;)21,32na. 

1  4,100". 

."i-S,  16". 

9  12,  10". 

l;i-10, 16". 

17  20, 10". 

2 1 -'24, 16'. 

[25  '20),  17  '206, 10". 

33-34.  21-'246,  39-40,  10". 

41-4H, 10". 

49  52,  l-lc,  10'. 

25-286    (57-00    lacking), 

10". 
05-00, 29-326, 71-72, 10". 
73-74,33-306,79-80,10". 
Hl-82  (8386  lacking),  87- 

88, 10". 
89-90,  37-406,  95-90, 10". 
105-112  (07-104  lacking), 

10". 
113  114,   41-446,    119-r.'0, 

16". 
121-122, 123-1206,  l'27-r2K, 

45-486, 10". 
129-130, 131-r346, 135-130, 

10". 
137-138, 139-14'26, 139-142, 

6ij»  6, 143-144, 10". 
145-140, 147-1506, 151-15'2, 

10". 
155-1,58  [Hie]  6, 16". 
153-154, 150-100, 163-1066, 

10". 
(167-lOH     lacking)     109- 

1726, 10". 

1-4, 10". 
5-8, 16". 
9-12, 16". 
13-16, 16". 
17-20, 16". 
21-24, 16". 


Supplement  to  nos.  33-38.  pp.  l-24(?,  16". 

39  Aug.l4, '92,pp.25-28, 10". 

40  21,  '92,        29-32, 10". 


Le  Jeune  (.1.  M.  K. )  —  Continued. 

No.  41     Aug.'28,  92,  pp.  33  IIO,  10\ 

42    Si'pt.  4,  '92,  37  40,  16". 

•a  11, '92.  4144,10". 

44  18, '92,  45-48,  IC". 

45  2.'>,  '92,  49  .V2,  16". 
40     Oit.    2.92,  .'.3  ,">6,  HI". 

47  10  (Hie)  ,57  tiO,  16". 

48  16,  '92,  01  04,  16". 

49  '23, '02,  Kt  08,  10". 
,50  30, '92,  69  7'2,  10". 
61  Nov,  0, '02,  73-76,  10\ 
.52  13.  '92,  77-HO.  10". 
58  '20,  '0'2,  81-84,  10". 
64  27,  '92,  8,5-H8.  10". 
:>:>     l>w.    4,  92,  89-92,10'-. 

11,  •9'2,  '.l3iW.  10". 

18,  '92,  07-100,  10  '. 

'25,  '92,  Hll-104,  16". 


50 
87 

S8 

Vol.  3 : 
59 
00 
61 


dan.     1,  03,         1  4, 10". 
8. '03,         5  8,16". 
15,  03,         9-l'2,  12". 
as  2'2,  '03,         13-10,  10". 

63  29,  93,         17-'20,  10". 

04  Kob.  ■  5, '93,         21-24,10". 

05  12, '03,  '26  '28. 10". 
60  19,  03,  '29-32, 10". 
67              26,  '93,         33-30,  UP. 

Thi>  breaks  in  tlio  pagination,  beginning  in 
no.  15,  aro  duo  to  tho  intention  of  tlit<  editor  to 
mako  si'imrates  of  dill'crent  mitics  of  artich'.s, 
one  of  which,  entitled  Sacred  History,  run.s 
through  miiny  of  the  issues,  beginning  with  no. 
9,  each  with  its  special  heading,  "The  creation 
of  the  world,"  "Adam  and  Kve,"etc.  In  all 
the  later  numbers  of  vol.  1,  beginning  with  no. 
15,  the  middle  sheet  (4  jiages)  has  its  own  bead- 
ing, name  of  the  jiaper,  date,  etc.,  as  on  the  tirst 
sheet.  The  Sacred  History  series  runs  us  fol- 
hiws,  page  17  in  no.  15  connecting,  it  will  be 
seen  from  the  table  below,  with  the  sixteen 
jjages.  variously  numbered,  appearing  in  the 
earlier  numbers: 
No.  9,  pp.  2-4 
10,        0-8 


11, 
12, 
13, 
14, 
15, 
16, 
17, 
18, 
19, 
20, 
21, 


10-12 
16 
18-20 
22-24 
17-'20 
21-24 
none 
none 
25-28 
29-32 
33-30 


No.  22, 

lacking. 

23, 

pp.  37-40 

24, 

none 

25, 

41-44 

20, 

1'23-120 

27, 

131-134 

28, 

139-142 

28, 

i:iO-142  bis 

29, 

147-150 

30, 

15.5-158 

31, 

103-166 

32, 

169-172 

Referring  to  this  list,  it  will  be  seen  that  in 
no.  20  the  author  added  fourextra  pages  (45-48), 
after  which  the  sejiarate  pagination  was  discon  • 
tinned.  In  no.  28  also  four  extra  pages  (139- 
142  bi°«)  are  included. 


a  Nos.  5-0  are  entitled  Chinook  Hymns;  nos.  7-8,  Klementsof  .'ihorthand;  for  titles  see  below. 

6. Sac  red  history  i)age8. 

cNight  prayers  in  the  Shushwap  language, 

(fHistury  of  the  old  testament;  for  title  see  St.  Onge  (L. N.) 


iA 


CMINOOKAN    LAN(SITAnKS. 


47 


iniied. 


P. 

.flo. 


i-io 


)n,  liPKinnini;  in 

of  the  editor  to 

iTii'S  lit'  iirfiulf.s, 

I  History,  runs 

{inninj^  with  no. 

:,  "Tlio  creation 

re,"  otc.    In  nil 

cinnhi);  wltli  no. 

iis  its  own  liciul- 

as  on  the  first 

es  runs  us  fol- 

tinn,  it  will  bts 

th  tlio  sixteen 

piiearinK  in  tlie 

,  laeitin);. 
pp.  :t7-40 
none 
41-44 
123-120 
i:il-134 
];i0-142 
i:in-142  bis 
147-150 
15.')- 158 
163-100 
109-172 

be  soon  that  in 
I  pages  (45-48), 
bion  wnsilisooU' 
tra  pages  (139- 


( sre  below. 


c9^ 


-  ^  "N 


Kotn'i  loops 


^6 


V 


QO'   ' 


'^. 


'/ 


'6 


(6^ 


4  "^na^c^C 
to  a.j^/iea'^ 

Wa'Ti/f-  to 
tcoirj^    to 

f^o  mmtl-th\ 
ff-'  C/ty   6e 
iL'hitt.  MenA 


1 


FACSIMILE  OF  THE  FIRST  PAGE  OF  THE  KAMLOOPS  WAWA. 


48 


BIDLIOOKAPUY   OF  THE 


H 


:i:J 


Le  Jeune  (.I.M.  I{.)  — ('oiiUiiiifd. 

Ill  Ik  fi'W  iiiinilM'rK  I  ho  nrtiilttoii  Siu'rcil  HU- 
tiiiy  iM  iiiiilltoil.  OI'tlii'Hi'  Mil.  17i'oiltiiinit  III  lirii 
fiiiir  liaK<^N(if  liyiiiim  m't  ti>  iiiiihIi'i  Iii>.  1H,  ui|{lit 
]ira,vi'r  in  KliiiHliwap;  in  iin.  'J'J  niithiiiK  wnx 
BilbHlitiiti'il;  no. '.'4,  IIhI  of  HiibHt'rilii'i'M,  I'tr. 

Ill  ox|iliuiAlloii  iil'tliuHo  irri<t{uliirltii'Fi  Fatlirr 
l,u  .Ii'iiiii',  iiiiiliT  diito  cif  July  i:i,  1HI)2,  wrili'H 
nil'  an  followM : 

"(JouuiTiiliiK  your  nunurkmin  nilxMinx  iuhji'j* 
nnil  liiinilii'is,  Irt  iiin  miy:  'I'lirrii  iiii>  only  4 
im^oH  of  no.  I'.),  |i|i. 'i.'i-'JS;  it  wii.s  ii  iiil.stalii>;  no. 
IH  Ih  Ap.  :i  anil  no.  UU,  wliii.li  hIiouIiI  liavi' Ihtii 
no.  li),  Ih  Ap.  ID.  It  wait  ton  lato  to  rorrrit  tlio 
iTror,  HO  r  rontiiiiiril  roiintlng  from  no.  ;;il 
npwaril.  In  tlio  miiiiii  way  yoii  will  tinil  no.  'Jl, 
'Saiifil  Ill.ttiiry,'  §  O4~70,  iiai;<'»  '■i-\'M,  is  tlii< 
Niinio  ilatc  an  no. 'J'J,  Ap,  24.  TIik  li.it  of  mili' 
HiTilirrn  run  j;o  in  no,  24  an  pa;;in  07  lOil, ami 
my  ]'"ri«nrli  IrttiT  of  Ap.  Ut  a«  piiKi'i*  101-104. 

"I  am  iiNhaiiii'il  that  llirrii  hIioiiIiI  lio  ho 
niiii'li  I'linfiixion  In  tliii  )iaiilnation  of  tlio  llttin 
jiiiprr;  an  you  Hi'v,  T  was  li'yinjj  to  rarry  out 
two  tliliiKH  at  ti  iiiio  tiiiiK"  tlrMt  to  niiiko  tlin 
rt'jiular  \miiv>*  with  tlio  ralfiiitar  of  llii<  woi'k 
anil  nrroiiil  the  four  piiijca  of  Sarrcil  llLstory. 
TlirHit  wi'i'K  not  Imkui'iI  at  tlio  banii<  tinir,  lint  in 
two  Mrrii'M,  as  I  w  Ishril  to  liavn  tlio  Sarrnl  Ilin- 
lory  ImmiiiiI  .Mi'paratrly.  Tlii'ii  I  am  not  Hitting 
at  roHt  in  an  oMirr,  but  travrliiiK  tliroU]L;liout 
my  nii.><.sioii,  ovrr  'lOil  milrx,  taking  my  iliipli- 
rating;  oiittlt  with  inc.  with  niiirh  lii'.siili'a  to 
ilo,  as,  for  iiislainc,  :)(•()  coiifi'Msion.s  to  linir  at 
Kamloopit  at  Kastrr,  40(1  last  nioiilh  at  tliu 
Sliiisliwap,  t'ti'. 

"Villi  will  MiM>  that  witli  July  I  liriiaii  tlio 
Hrconil  voliimi,  anil  licroaftrr  I  ho  |ia;;i's,  four 
to  i>it<'h  numlii'r,  will  lio  niiiiilii'ii'il  in  xiirrrH- 
hIoii.  Tlio  Sai'i'i'il  History  will  ln>  ttivi-ii 
inoiillily  only — 10  pilars  to  i-arli  iiiimlii'r.  I 
lommiMiio  ndain  from  tlio  vory  lirKiuuin^', 
liaviii;;  l''allirr  Sl.Oiiyo's  translation." 

Most  of  tlio  matti-r  nivoii  is  of  a  ri'li^ioiis 
rharartcr,  tho  Sarri'ii  lli.>itory  sorics  of  artiili-s 
lii'iiiK  tho  most  I'xti'iisjvr.  Ili'ixinuiiiK  with  no. 
i:i,  I'licli  issno  rontaiiis  a  list  of  tho  feast  anil 
fast  ilays  for  tho  ensuing  wcik,  ami  with  no.  I,') 
tho  n"''I"'''^  <*f  tlm  various  SunilavM  aro  nivoii. 

A  (Jliinook  vocaliiilary  appears  in  tlio  flrst 
thri'O  nuuihors,  ami  a  list  of  phrases  in  the 
fourtli. 

Durinf;  Oetolier,  IH'.rj,  T  iweiveil  from  Father 
I.oJeiiiio  copies  of  a  roissiio  of  nos.  1-H  of  the 
Waira.  iiam'il  1-40,  all  in  lll\  anil  (ontainiii);  for 
tho  most  part  the  inatrrial  f;iven  in  tho  ori;;i 
mils.  They  are  ilateil  May,  .rune,  July, 
.\ii)just,  Septenilier,  Novenilier,  anil  Dedeiiilier, 
ISirj,  anil  January.  IHOIJ.  four  payes  oaeli,  roii- 
Hi'i'utivelj-  pajied.  Ti)  thcso  i.s  milled  a  sup- 
plemental signature,  paged  :t:)-40,  headed 
"Success  of  tlio  Duployan  Shorthand  aiuon;; 
the  natives  of  llritish  Columhia." 

There  have  also  been  issued  two  "  Siipple- 
ments  to  tho  Kaniloops  'Wawa"  "Chicago 
■World's  F'air  Xotes,"  numbered  1  and  2,  and 
datud  respectively  Jf ovembor  1  and  8, 1893,  each 


Le  Jeuue  (.F.  M,  It,)  — ('oiitiiiii«i1. 

contalnlnu  l<><u'  pa;tCH  iiiiiiiheri'd  1  K.  The  lirst 
contains  an  illiistriilion  of  a  U.  S.  coast  linn 
baltlii  Mhlp.  tho  Hci'onil  one  of  llio  ManiifactureH 
and  I.llionil  .Vrls  lluihliiit;. 

There  is  alito  a  third  of  tlie*o  exlraii,  iihIiiuIo 
i|iiarto  pnuo  lioadod  :  "f'liicaKo  Xewn,  Supple- 
ineiit  to  tho  KamliMipN  Wawa.  No,  I.  N'ov.  Ut, 
IHO'J,"  nt  the  top  of  w  lilcli  in  tho  picture  of  thu 
liatlloHlilp. 

My  ini|iiirii's  In  ro«ard  to  tlicHe  Ntra,\  Lhsiich 
mot  with  the  followliiK  rospiinse  from  I'lithcr 
I.e  .reuiic: 

"In  answer  to  your  letter  of  Nov.!,  IHII2, 
pages  1-40  you  nicntion  aro  Nimply  a  new  edi- 
tion of  tho  flmt  i'IkIiI  liiimbers.  .\s  you  see  by 
tho  first  numliers  T  sent  you,  I  did  not  exactly 
know  what  my  littlo  paper  was  goiiiK  to  Iw. 
N'owthal  tho  Iiiillaiiswant  their  papers  boiinil, 
I  find  tlio.Ho  first  numliers  oxliaiisted.  Itesidcs, 
numliers  5,  tl.  7,  and  Hwere  never  properly  niiiii- 
liered;  so  I  niailo  this  new  edition  of  el;;lit 
niinibers  to  lie  used  as  hoadlliK  tor  the  voliiiiie, 
I  oiiileavored  to  ;;et  into  these  eiifht  iiiimlicrs 
what  constitutes  the  first  text-book  for  Jtidian 
Htiidents,  so  that  they  can  boused  separately. 
Now  the  collei^tion  follows  in  consecutive  num- 
bers, I,  2,  :i,  etc.,  to  IH,  no.  11)  |exce|it  the  sacred 
history  su|iplemeut  I  beiii};  skipped  by  mistake; 
then  20-;il,  HiipplunientH  to  nos.  15-;i2,  save  no. 
22.  omitted  alsiiliyniistake;  then  from  no.ir.'ou 
ill  rejtiilar  order.  I  reprint  sonio  of  the  runout 
numbers  of  vol.  I  to  eoni]det)'  tho  sots  Rent  mo 
for  binding,  and  rodross  as  much  as  I  can  my 
former  incorrectness  of  ]iaKiiiation.  Concern- 
ing the  puKi'S  "  Success  of  the  Duployan."  etc., 
I  havo^iveii  up  the  idea  of  eniboilyiiiK  them 
I  into  soiiiothinn  else;  .so  they  roniain  as  they 
are,  a  letter  of  information  to  correspondents. 
'I'lie  "  ( 'bicauo  New  s  "  siipiileuieiit  and  any  of  her 
I  may  hiroafter  produce  are  separate  panes 
which  1  shall  issue  at  my  convenience  to  inter- 
est the  Indians  and  yive  them  some  useful 
'  information,  but  without  bindinj;  myself  to 
!  issue  tliem  rejiularly.  Tlicy  aro  rather  essays 
'        than  anytliinu  else." 

Tlio  siip|ilemeiital  si(;iiiituro  of  no.  H  of  tho 
reissue  of  the  iraica  contains  so  many  intorest- 
iiiH  faints  bearing  ii|ioii  Kuther  Le.reum's  work 
I        and  upon  the  methods  used  in  this  new  dopart- 
i        uro  in  jieriodical  makiiif;  that  I  give  it  here- 
with in  full. 
j       i'MO('('».s-  ii/  the  Ihipl»<inii  Shorthaml  ainottg  the 
natives  of  liritUh  Columbia. 
'■The  Diiido.van  system  of  steiiograiihy  made 
its     apparition     in     France      in     181)7.       The 
i        orginators  aro   tho  Diiployo  brothors,   two  of 
i        whom  aro  nieinbors  of   tho  clergy   and    two 
others  eminent  stenographers  in  Paris.  Father 
Lo  Jeiino  became  acquainted  with  the  system 
in  1871,  being  then  16  years  old,  and  learned  in 
a  tow  hours.      Two  or  three  days  after  ho 
wrote  to  Mr.  E.  Dnployo  and  by  return  mail 
received  a  very  encouraging  letter.    He  found 
th<s  KuowUHlge  of   shorthand  very  profitable, 


l-«.    TllKlllKt 

.  S.  riiiiHt  Hint 
Muiiiitiii'tiirrH 

xtriiB,  iiHiiiult) 

'('t'HH,  Sll|l|lll>- 
S'k.  I,  Nov.  I  Ml, 
idctiirc  ol"  tlio 

i<  Mira.v  Ihhid'h 
•  frnm   Kiillicr 

■  Nov.  I,  IHD'J, 
ply  a  new  cill- 
Ah  ymi  hcc  liy 
111  imt  I'Mirdy 
I  giiiii^'  III  lit'. 
|ia|ii'i'Mliiiiiiiil, 

kIi'iI.     lll'Nilll'H, 

liriipi'i'ly  iiiiiii' 
tliin  III'  i'i|;lit 
ir  till'  viihiiiii'. 
itflil  niiniliiri* 
MiU  fur  Iiiiliaii 
'il  Mi'paniti'ly. 
Nrrlllivi'iiiiiii- 
|it  till'  Hiicri'il 
■<l  li.viiii.sliikrj 
15-irj,  Havi'  nil. 
I'roiii  no.  IlL'on 
III'  tliK  riin-oiit 
(  Mols  fli'iit  mil 
|i  an  I  can  ni.v 
•n.     CoiKriTii' 

|ilii.vaii,"  ctr., 
iiMlyIn;;  llicrii 

iiaiii  at  tliry 
[•ri'H|iiinili'iitM. 

iiiilanyotlii'i' 

paratx  pa^i'S 

I'lICO  to  illllT- 
SIIIIH'    ll.si'i'lll 

li  niy.st'lf   to 
atliiT  r»»ayH 

'  no.  H  of  I  ho 

any  intort'Ht- 

|li'iini''M  work 

iii'W  (lopart- 

Igivn  it  liero- 

aiiinii;i  the 

It. 

;rapliy  nindo 
J18C7.  Tlio 
liorH,  t  wo  of 
ly  anil  two 
liris.  Father 
the  system 
learned  in 
ya  after  lio 
[-oturn  mail 
He  found 
I-  profitably 


CHINOOKAN    LAN(arA(Ji;«. 


# 


Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  H. )  —  Coiitiiiiiotl. 

I'ViT  Hini'ii,  either  lor  lakin)(  down  iintert  or  lor 
eorreM|Hindeiii'e.  Il  wuh  only  In  ■Inly,  Inini.  that 
tlin  idea  flrHt  eaiiiK  to  iry  the  Hhorthaiid  ai  an 
eaHyphonetie  writing  for  the  IndlaiHof  llritlNh 
I'oliimliia.    The  llrHt  trial   liiranie  a  MiireeHn. 

At  tliu  end  of  Sepleiiiher.  IMlHi.  a   | r  Indian 

iripplo,  named  Charlev-.VIexis  MayiioH,  from 
the  Lower  Nii'ola.  Haw  the  wriliiiK  for  (he  IIihI 
lime,  and  got  the  I  nt  nil  ion  of  the  HyNlemal  IIvnI 
hIkIiI.  HeHel  todei'iphera  few  pagi'Hof  linlian 
prayers  in  Hhorthaiid.  In  lens  than  two  iiionlliH 
he  learned  every  word  of  them,  and  he  hooii 
lii'gan  to  rnmniiiiiieate  IiIh  leiirnini;  to  his 
frirnilM  and  relallveH. 

"Tliroiigh  hJH  endeavoin  Homeeiuht  or  ten 
Indlaim  at  (Joldwater,  Nlenla,  K.  <'.,  Iieeaine 
thoriinglilyaei|Uainted  wilhlhe  wrUlnuHyHlem 
hefiire  April  Int.  IHIM.  In  .Inly,  IHUl,  the  tirnt 
leHHiiim  were  (;lven  to  the  Shnshwap  IndiaUH; 
they  lasted  an  hour  every  day  for  four  or  live 
days.  Three  or  four  of  the  hest  .^IIUI1K  men 
went  Oh  Htudyinu  what  lliey  had  learned,  and 
t  ere  ilell};htod  to  llnil  themselve.s  able  to 
eiirreH)ioniI  in  Hhiirthaiid  in  the  early  fall. 
Unring  the  winter  months  they  lieliieil  to  prop- 
agate the  Hyntem  of  wrltinKamiin;;lheir  people. 
In  the  meantime  MayooH  had  eome  to  Kani- 
loops  and  was  ]iushiiig  the  work  ahead  among 
the  young  pcoido  there. 

"Ill  Deeember,  IHUl,  the  syHtoin  was  Intro- 
ilui  I  il  to  the  North  Tbomsiin  Indians^  in  Jan- 
nary.  lWt2,  to  those  at  Douglas  I.ake;  In  Kelirii- 
ary  at  .Spuzzum  and  North  Uend  ;  anil,  last  of 
»'  in  Mareh,  to  those  at  Deadman's  (.'reek, 
neai  Sarvina.  Soon  after,  Indian  letters  came 
.,,  ..,  William's  I.ake,  Jn  May,  18!):',  a  few 
lessons  were  given  at  St.  Mary's  MisHJim  to 
the  Lower  Kraser  and  seaioast  Indians.  Now 
the  Indians  teaeh  eaeli  ot^ier  and  are  very 
anxioiiH  to  learn  on  all  sides.  The  most 
advanced  understand  the  value  of  the  letters 
ami  the  spelling  of  the  words;  but  theirreatest 
number  begin  by  reading  the  words,  then  learn 
the  syllabU's  by  eomparing  the  words  lo^ether, 
and  at  last  eome  to  the  leltors.  They  learn  by 
analysis  and  mueli  ijiiieker  than  by  .Hviithesis. 

"Tho'Kamloop  AVawa  '  was  first  Issued  in 
May,  1801,  and  in  elKbt  nniutlily  niiiiiliers  ^ave 
the  rudimeuta  of  stenography  ami  the  Chinook 
hymns  as  first  Chinook  re.ider. 

"Witlino.  9,  li'ehruary  ist,  IH1)2,  ii  hns  beeome 
\-eekly,  and  has  over  sinee  continued  to  reach 
every  week  the  ever  increasing  niiuilier  of  sub- 
Hcribera.  It  is  now  issued  at  2riO  copies,  4 
liages,  12uio,  weekly.  A  supplement  of  equal 
size  is.sued  whenever  convenient.  The  lirst 
volume  of  the  Kamloops  Wawa  closed  last 
June  with  number  112.  A'ol.  II  will  terminate 
with  no.  58,  Dec.  25,  18!)2.  Conteiits:  1"  Ele- 
ments of  Stenography  in  (Chinook  and  Kiiglish. 
2"  (Jhinook  and  Latin  Hymns.  :i"  A  number  of 
Indian  uew.<).  4"  Bcfjinning  of  Sacred  History. 
5"  Weekly  Calendar  be;;inning  with  March  Ist, 
'92.  6»  Gospel  for  every  Sunday.  7"  .Some 
prayers  in   Sliushwap.     8"  A   few    hymns    in 

CHIN 1 


Le  Jeuiie  (.1.  M.  R.)  — rimtiiiiifih 

SliUNhwiip  iiiid  ('hiniHik.  I)'  .\  few  Kntlllsli 
lissoni.  See  nos.  ;i;i,  :i4,  :i.'i.  1(1"  Narratives  of 
early  Church  llislory,  .SI.  Mary  Magdalen,  St. 
lames,  etc. 

"  The  KaiuliHips  I'lioiiour.iphir  had  Its  first 
number  Issued  in  .lime.  18112.  .six  niiiebers  are 
now  ready,  llliiHtrallni;:  I"  How  Hborthand  is 
laii'tlil  III  the  natlvcH.  2'  .Vlphabet  and  rules 
o''  shiirthand.  :i"  Syllables  and  syllaliiial 
tallies.  I"  1st  reailiii,;  bookH  of  Hhorthaml  Dt 
pages  monthlv.  'I'lu'  intention  Is.  In  the  fnlhiw- 
ill;;  uumliirs.  to  make  a  study  of  ablireviatlve 
plioiiog'^ii  li\.  showiii;;  how  outlines  can  ho 
made  according  to  the  Diiployaii  system.  Wo 
do  not  |ii'i'lenil  to  leach  sliorlh.  e\  prol'esHo.  hut 
only  to  ^ive  to  those  interested  all  the  inforinn- 
lion  that  we  can  conccrniiiji;  our  little  work. 

(Seven  numbers  are  Issueil,  the  hist  in  .lamt- 
ary,  180:i,  none  coulaiiilugChinookan  material.) 

"  In  |ireparatiiin  :  1"  .\  seciind  edition  of  tho 
Chinook  and  Mn^illsh  \ocahulary.  2"  Al- 
manac for  |89:i.  of  which  these  pages  am 
iiitendeil  lob ime  a  part.  :i'  A  Chinook  trans- 
lation, by  Kt.  Itev.  Ilishop  Durieii  [7.  t',]  from 
New  Westminster,  of  Kishop  liilmoiir's  Bible 
History.  2illt  copies  of  the  Knglish  text  have 
been  received  tlirough  the  kindness  of  Rev.  L. 
N.  St.Oiige,  Troy,  N.  Y.  These  will  be  inter, 
leaved  with  tlie  Chinook  text  so  as  to  )iresent 
the  illustratiiinsof  the  original,  and  the  Knglish 
text  opposite  its  ('hiniiok  version. 

"Slime  will  link;  How  are  all  IIicho  works 
issiieiU  I'll  to  dale  nearly  all  the  work,  auto- 
^rapbing  and  dupllcaling  011  llie  miiiieiigraph, 
has  been  ilone  by  the  iiilthor  during  the  leisure 
hiiursof  hisniissionary labors.  Itiil  thatiourso 
can  nut  be  carried  on  aii.y  longer.  Hired  work 
has  to  betaken  in.  \  few  Indian  women  are 
already  trained  to  do  the  piinting.  With  their 
coiiperatiiin  10  pages  can  be  jirinted  on  '.'00  to 
2.'i0  copies  in  a  day.  Hut  that  work  has  to  bu 
paid  for;  ami  tho  resources  are  at  an  end.  I'eo- 
ide  have  first  womlered  at  the  work  ;  some  lintl 
fault  with  it ;  very  little  thus  far  has  buondouo 
to  help  11. 

"  Now  is  the  lime  lor  the  friends  of  a  goisl 
cause  to  see  if  somctliiui;  better  could  not  bo 
done  in  favor  of  this  lillie  work.  Volunlary 
diiuations  will  be  accepted  as  ;i  |iriivideutial 
blessing.  .Subscriptions  to  papers  are  also  a 
|iowerful  means  of  support  ainl  improvornent. 
Man.ysay:  "Wedo  not  want  to  study  the  pho- 
migraphy."  ItuI  ciuild  they  not  t;iki'  the  papers 
as  specimens  of  ciiriosily,  etc.,  in  I  heir  libraries? 
The  first  volume  of  the  Kamloops  Wawa  is  now 
bound,  and  would  make  a  very  interestinuiteiu 
in  any  library.  I'rico  only  tl-.W.  Send  .f2-,'>0 
and  have  the  numbers  of  the  Kamhiops  I'ho- 
iiographer  as  well.  Please  induce  your  friends 
to  contribute  according  to  their  means.  I!y 
doing  so,  .you  by  all  me,ins  shall  help  to 
enlighten  many  who  are  still  sitting  in  dark- 
ness and  in  the  sIumIow  of  death." 

The  periodical  Is  almost  entirely  the  work  of 
Pi'ire  Le  Jeune,  but  few  contributions  of  Jar- 


;  1 


O* 


50 


I' 


rsn 


i 


HIBLIOORAI'IIY    OF   THE 


I 


,  "^  '  "-mi-  "y-  — «  _«, 

KoLtn  loops      /i^CC3i/CL., 

■^        <        —       •«.-.) 


/ .-      -fc       -* 


) 


)         Uos    ^4f  I,         I 


> 


Cni'joooA  •¥ywfis. 


■n^^^^M«i^^ 


n. 


P  :> 


V 


'XA 


yit^ 


FACSIMILE  OF  COVER  TITLE  OF  LE  JEUNE  S  JARGON  HYMN  BOOK. 


IiC  Jeune  (J.  M.  K. )  —  ( 'outinued. 

jL^iiii  iMuti'i-lal  »)i|)i'ariiig  fri>iii  otiior  IiiiiuIh.  'Dk' 
only  t'xcrplions  I  liavn  diHiovcrcd  ar«  sliDpt 
nrtiolcs  in  iios. '.M,  :t4,  ami  .'j.'i.  I'roju  tlii^  iirn  cf 
Dr.  T.  S.  lidlmer,  unci  'h  ra«i<niiilly  mw  f'rnin 
FatlierSt.  Oil},"'. 

An  imli'ptindi  nt.  ls«iitMif  i'id  Wawa  apiuMrnl 
.iiiidi'r  (lalo  i>t'  JniH-  I.  1891,  niunliiiri'il  1  ;  ami 
iwo  of  tll(^  iti.siir.s  ar«  in  (l(iiil)lii  nmuliiTs.  .'i  li, 
,ai"l  [7  K|;  tfn«i'  latter.  ^W  in  .xiz'-.  lark  tin 
lioa*lin"as  jrivtMi  in  the  iirriodii'al  jivoiht  anil 
6vi(l(Mitlv>V('rt  init  intended  oiisinallv  as  a  \»\\-l 
of  Mill  sorius.  The  titles  «t'  thoio  Ibrt'c  isHiics 
ai'P  an  follow  a : 

[ ]  [Two  linoH   Htonojjrtipliic  cbHrac- 

terH.]  I  No,  1.  KiunloopH  Wawa.  1  .Tu.  '!)1 

No  titln  jiast".  lii-'ailinfr  ou  rover  as  above; 
text,  hwuicd  "  (;iiin')<)k  Voealmlary,"  jij).  1-!I"J, 
advertiHonicut  (ni  lnu^k  eover,  18". 

On  the  front  cover  I'ollowin;;  loe  lioadliiy  are 
two  coluuiua  of  iiiattor,  <iuc  in    ICu^jUnb,  italiti 


I  Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  R.)  —  CoiiiiiuK^i]. 

<liara<t<>r8  headed  "Cliinook  \  ■•  abnlarv,"  the 
seeoiid  in  . Jargon,  stenoKraiiliii^  eliiiracieia. 
The  vol  (loulary.  aluhalieli.  ,il|\  arranyied,  lri|ile 
rolnnniH,  Jargon,  Hhortlinnil.  and  KiigliHh,  pp. 
1  111.— ('hiiiiKik  hymns,  iip.:'3-;t2 
Copies  geen :  '"illinji. 

[ 1  [Two  lilies  Hli'iio^ra]ilii<'  cliarad- 

frr  1  I  Kiiiiitoo)iH  vVawa,  |  SfplcmlMT, 
1H!M  I  N'w  r,  A    ti.  I  Chinook   Ilyiim.-,.  | 

i       [One  line  8toiiogra]»hic  chariictorH.] 

j  [Kainloops,  !<.('.:  1891,  J 

I  Cover  title  vor.io  the  alphabet,  no  inside  litle; 

]         te'VI   (in  «'enoi;ra]iliie  iharaitirs,    lieadin;;.s  irt 
I        .f.irjroi' ;.nil   liBtin  in  italiea)  )ip.  l-;i2,  alphabet 

utiA  nunieral.s  oi-  '•  -to  of  baek  cover,  list  of 
j       pirolfrrttlons  by  i'  Le  Jomio  verso  of  baok 

eovc'V.  ^S".   See  the  facsintlle  of  llio  <over  title. 
j  CojUtu  mm  ;  IMlllnj;. 

I.s»ui'(l'\la))  wltll  lover  litle  astbilows! 


|.lWfW<«Wtall»>,«n>«imMMlll 


CH1N00K.VN   LANGUAGES. 


51 


liinuHl. 
riiUiilarv,"  (lit" 
ic    cliiiriiclriM. 
i'ruii;,'<il,  tri|ilc 


Iilitc   cIciriM^- 
tScpt-i'mlicr, 
Ik   llyiiin.-i.  I 
Lrinilci'N.] 

|ni)  iiiRiilotitit", 

lii'iiiTinjuH  irt 

l-;i2,  uli)liab«'t 

cover,  liwt  of 

[  viTHo  of  l):ifk 

llie  (ovt-r  title. 

ltbUow8t 


Le  Jeu.:ie  (J.  M.  R.)  —  Coiitiimed. 
r ]  [Two  lines  steiiographio  charac- 
ters.] I  Chinook  Hymns.  | 

Kiwnloops.  H.  C.  |  1891 

Cover  titl«vprni)  nlphalH't  iin<l  nuincrnls,  no 
irsido  title;  text  in  steuograidiii!  chiiractcrs 
pp.  1 -32,  alplinbiit  recto  oC  ba»!k  <ovia-,  list  of 
publications,  by  Father  I,e  Jouiio  verso  of  back 
cover,  32^. 

C'ontcntH  aa  under  title  ni'Xt  above;  tbo  verno 
of  tbe  front  cover  in  '  be  one  edition  forms  the 
recto  of  the  back  eoviT  in  the  other. 

Copiet  teen :  Pillin}?. 

[ ]  Eleimsnts  |  of  |  short  hatwl.  |  Part 

I.  I 

Kaiiiiooi)r.  |  1891 

Covertitlc  verso  the  alphabet,  textpp.  [1-'12|, 
alphabet  and  numerals  recto  of  back  cover,  list 
of  publications  by  Father  Lo  Jeuul^  verso  of 
bitck  cover,  32^.  Inserti'd  by  Father  Le  Jenne 
as  a  substitute  for  the  laikin({  nos.  7-8  of  th(> 
Kamloops  Wawa,  Oct.,  1' ')!. 

Contains  no  Chinookan  material. 

CupieK  sci-n :  rilling. 

[ ]  Chinook  |  jirimer.  |  By    which  | 

The  Native  of  Uritish  Colimiltia  |  iind 
luy  other  persons  |  Spesiking  tho  Chi- 
nook I  are  taiiglit  |  to  read  anil  write 
Chinook  |  in  Shorthand  |  in  tlio  Space 
of  a  few  lionrs.  |  Price:  10  C<-iits.  | 

Mimeographed  at  |  St  Louis  Mis- 
sion. I  Kamloops,  M.  (':.  \  May,  1892. 

<  'over  title  as  above,  verso  ailvertise  uent .  no 
inside  title;  text  pp.  1-S.  iidvertiwiiientrecte  if 
baek  cover,  ver.sc  list  of  publications  tiy  Fatlier 
I.e  Jeune,  10  \ 

See  p.  52  for  facsimile  of  tho  cover  title. 

Copifs  Si'eii :  Tilliii}:. 

A  comparison  of  tbe  faisimiles  of  tbe  title 
paces  of  the  hymn  book  and  primer  with  the 
printed  text  of  the  same  will  sliow  a  few  ditler 
ences  of  puactuation.  The  ]irinted  text  i.-< cor- 
rect;  the  facsimiles  are  defective  in  that  re- 
spect. 

A  jilay  I  ill   Chinook.  |  Jo.scpli    ;inil 

his  Hrethrcn.  |  Act  I.  |  By  J.  M.  K. 
Lc  Jenne  O.  M.  I. 

Kainloop.s,  KV.  \  .July  1"  189:'. 

Cover  title  (manuseript,  in  tlie  hamlwritiiiu 
of  its  author),  no  ioHidti  fiilr;  text  (in  Chinnok 
■laicon.  stenoKra-,ihic  cliaracters)  pp.  1-20,  Hi  . 

Coi'ies  vceii :   i'iliinj;. 

Cliinook  I  First  Heading  l^jok  |  in- 

clmling  I  Cliinook  Hymns,  Sylhvhary  | 
and  Vocabnhiry.  By  .1.  M.K.  l,c  .Jenne 
O    M.    I.  I  Price:     10  Cents.  |  [Eight 
line?  steuogra])hic  characters.]  | 

Kamloo])8.  I  1893 

'""itlo  verso  Chinook  alphabet  1  1.  text  in 
oteno;'r»phic  obaraeters,  with  lieadinnsin  Knjj;- 
bsh  and  Jargon  in  italics,  pp.  l-tl«J.  10°. 


Le  Jeime  (.J.  M.  K. )  —  Continued, 

Hymns,  pji.  1-11.  —  Exercisus,   pp.  12-15.— 
Vocabulary,  pp.  10-18. 
Copiei  seen :  Pillin'{. 

See  Durieu  (P.) 

I'ere  Jean-Marie  l{a])h.iel  Lo  Jeunc  was  lK>rn 
ai  I'leybert  Chrl  '.  Fiuistere,  Franco,  April  12, 
18,'x),  and  came  to  liritish  ('olumoia  .is  a  mis- 
sionary prie-st  in  October,  1879.  Ho  made  bis 
lirat  acquaintance  with  the  Thompson  Indians 
in  June,  IHSO.  and  hiis  been  among  them  ever 
since.  Jle  began  at  once  to  study  their  lan- 
guage and  was  iible  to  express  him.self  easily 
in  that  language  after  a  few  mouths.  When  he 
lirst  came  he  found  alx.ut  a  dozen  Indians  that 
knev  .-i  few  prayers  and  a  little  of  a  catechism 
in  the  Thompson  language,  composed  mostly 
by  liight  Kev.  liishop  I)url'->:,  O.  M.  I.,  tho 
jiivsent  bishop  of  New  Westminster.  From 
1880  to  ]»H2  he  traveled  only  between  Yale  and 
LyttoM,  'u  miles,  trying  to  make  acquaiutanco 
with  as  many  natives  as  he  could  in  that  dis- 
trict. Since  1882  lie  has  bad  to  visit  .ilso  tho 
Nicola  Indians,  who  s')e.ik  the  Thompson  Ian- 
gi\age  and  the  Douglas  Lake  Indians,  who 
are  a  branch  of  tlie  Okanagan  familj-,  and  hiid 
oecasiou  to  become  aciiuiiuted  with  the  Okan- 
agan language,  in  which  he  composed  and 
revised  nu)8t  of  the  jirayers  they  have  in  use  up 
to  the  present.  Sim-e  June  I,  I89I,  he  ba.s  also 
had  to  deal  v.'th  the  Shushwap  lndi;ins,  and, 
as  the  lauguage  i.n  similar  to  that  in  use  by  tbe 
Indians  of  Thom])son  liiver,  be  very  soon 
iH'came  familiar  with  it. 

lie  tried  several  years  a^i.  to  teach  the  In- 
dians to  read  in  the  Kiiglish  characters,  but 
without  avail,  and  two  years  ago  he  undertook 
loteai'b  them  in  shorth;ind,  experimenting  llrsl 
upon  a  young  Indian  boy  whoh'arnedlheshort 
band  after  a  single  1  sson  anil  began  to  htdp 
him  teai'b  the  others.  I'he  work  went  on 
slowly  until  last  wlnfii',  whi'uthe'  began  to  \m 
interested  in  it  all  over  the  coun'ry,  and  since 
then  they  have  bein  learning  it  with  eagerness 
and  teaching  it  to  one  another. 

Leland  (Cliarles  (Jodfroy).  The  Chinook 
.largon. 

In  St.  .lames  lia/.ette,  vol.  17,  no.  2ri29.  p.  fi, 
I.cmdcm,  July  i:i.  1888,  fidio.    (I'illing.) 

(ieneral  remarks  ciuici  rning  the  bciguaije. 
with  woi'ils,  phrases,  and  sentences  therein. 


L- 


An  international  idion 


In  the  Saturday  Review,  vol.  30,  no.  IS'.'2,  pp. 
377-378,  London,  .Sept.  27, 1800,  folio. 

A  review  of  Hale  (II.),  An  international 
idh)m,  giving  a  number  of  exfmples. 

Lenox:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
imrentbesei?  altera  note  indicates  that  a  copy  of 
tbe  wi.vk  retVrred  to  has  been  seen  by  the  com. 
piler  in  the  Lenox  Library,  Xew  York  City. 

[Liounet  (Pw;  — -).]  Vocalmliiry  |  of  the 
I  Jargon  or  trade  language  |  of  Oregon. 


1', 


'i 


V  \\' 


\\  % 


il 


J' 


52 


L. 


BIBLIOGKAl'IlY    OF   TllK 


CHIHeOK 


PEIMEI 


I 


ouv-v^    u,>'M/   u>'fl'*e»^  pe^*5«jvvy 


l(L 


» 


\'\«,l 


""  t       -  '  I  ^  ■  , 

tvt'VKfi.    SpauL    of- Q.  je/tu  Kuu^^s, 


Pna  .    1/)   CpyviK.  I 

I 

Miw^acjrai^KedL    at" 

St   Louis  Missi'ovu. 


I 


FACSIMII.Ii  OF  COVER  TITLE  OF  LE  JEUNE'S  JARQr>N  PRIMER. 


;m 


CHINOOKAN    LANGUAGES. 


na 


1 


Lionnet  ( I'irc  — )  —  ('oiil  iimtid. 

Colophon:  I'abliHhod  by  the  .Siuitli- 
Noniaii  institution,  |  WiiHliiiigton,  1). 
C,  I  April,  ia53. 

No  titli'  Jingr,  licadiiit;  only;  lottur  of  Prof, 
lloiiry  anil  rcpoit  of  Trof.  \V.  \V.  Turnor  1  1. 
text  |ii>.  1  2:!,  8'  form  i'-;  4'  |ni^r. 

Kirnrli.  KnL''.iHli.  ami  .lai'Miin  vocalmlaiy, 
alplialx'tical'v  ai'nin;;iil  by  Kii^ncli  words,  pp. 
1-'J2. 

■'  Dr.  I'..  KmhIi  Mitvlicll,  ofdio  Uniti'd  Stiili's 
Navy,  tccontly  pi'i'suntc'd  to  tlic  Sniilli.sonian 
I  list  it  I' linn  a  manuscript  vii('al>iilary.  in  Kri'iiiii 
and  ''•111,  olitainod  in  Oriffon.  and  said  to 
lia>t!  lioenroinpilnd  liy  a  KriMicli  (Jatliolic  prifst. 
It  waH  siiliinitti'd  for  critical  cxainiiiatioii  to 
Vrof.W.  W.  Turner,  and  in  accordance  wit  li  liis 
HUii;j;<'.stioll  lli(!  vocaliularv  lias  bi>cn  ordered  to 
lie  printed  fordi.striliiitioii  iii(»re;{oii."--  /v'.r^cdct 
/idiii  li'ller  II f  I'm/,  lleiiry. 

"  Sonii)  years  a;;o  the  .Sinitlisniiian  Institu- 
tion ]irintod  aHinall  voiabulary  of  the  (/liino(di 
.lai-Kon,  furnislied  l>y  Dr.  \i.  \^.  Miteliell,  of  tlii^ 
U.  S.  Navy,  and  iirepared,  as  I  afterward 
learned,  by  Mr.  Lionnet,  a  Catbolie  priest,  for 
his  own  use  wliiU^  Htndyinir  the  lansuafjo  af 
Chinook  Point." — Extract  /nun  the  preface  <i/ 
<IUit)xii  I>ictiiiHanj  of  til c  Cliiniink  Jarriitn. 

(hijiiex  seen  ;  (ieorgetown.  Pilling,  Sinitlison- 
iaii. 
Lord's  prayer: 

l-'iiscado 

Chinook 

Cliinook 

Chinook  Jargon 

Chinook  Jargon 

Chinook  Jargon 

Cliinook  Jargon 

Chinook  Jargon 

Chinook  .Jargon 

Chinook  Jargon 

Chinook  .largou 

Chinook  Jargon 

Chinook  Jargon 

Chinook  Jargon 

(Chinook  Jargon 

Chinook  Jargon 


See  Youth's. 

Bergholtz  (G.  F.) 
Diitlot  de  Mofras(K.) 
liaiicroft  (II.  n.) 
Holdiic  (J.  P..  Z.) 
Hiiliner  ,T.  S.) 
Chinook. 
Dii^tionary. 
Kell.^  (M.) 
Everotte  (W.  K.) 
Oibhs  ((}.) 
tiilKJ.  K.) 
Cood  (J.  I!.) 
Hale  (II.) 
Xlarietti  (P.) 
Niroll  {V..V.) 


Luwdcrmilk:  This  word  followiiiga  title  or  within 
parenlbeses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy 
of  the  work  I'efern^d  to  has  been  seen  by  thi' 
compiler  in  tlm  bookstore  of  W.  II,  Lowder- 
milk  &  Co.,  Washington,  I).  C. 

LudeTvig  (llcriuaiin  Kni.>*t).  Tlic  |  lifcr- 
iitiu'c  I  of  I  Anii'rii'iiii  nlmrigiiiiil  Liii- 
giiago.s.  I  IJy  I  Iltiriujiun  K.  Liidrwig.  | 
Witli  iulilitidiis  iiiid  corrccliiiiis  |  hy 
prott'ssHiir  Will.  W.  'I'lirner.  |  Editoil  by 
Nicolas  Trilbiier.  | 

London  :  I  'I'riibiuM-  and  co.,  (^>0,  Pator- 
nost.T  row.  I  M1)CCCI>V1II  [lH.-)8]. 

Ilalftitle  "Triibner'H  bibliotheca  glottica 
I"  verso  blank  1  1.  title  as  above  verso  printer 
1  I.  prefiwii  pp  V  viii, contents  verso  blank  1  1. 


Ludew^ig  (II.  K.)  —  (Joiiliniicd. 

I'ditor's  ail  vert  isenient  iip,  ix-xii,  hiographic^il 
nionioir  pp.  xiii-xiv,  introductory  bildiograph- 
ical  notices  iip.  xv-xxiv.  text  pp.  1-209,  addendu 
pp.  210-246,  index  pp.  247-25t5,  errata  iip.  2.')7-2.")8, 
8c.  .\rranged  alphabetically  by  languages. 
Addenda  by  \Vin.  AV.  Turner  and  Nicholas 
Triibiier,  pp.  210-246, 

Containsa  listof  grammars  and  vocabularies 
of  the  languages  of  the  American  peoples, 
among  them  the  following: 

American  langiniges  generally,  pp.  xv-xiivj 
Chiniik  and  Chiniik  Jargon,  ]ip.  40-41, 47. 

Copies  seen  :  Itiireau  of  Ktlinology,C!oiigress, 
Kaiues,  (Jeorgetown,  Pilling, 

At  the  Fischer  sale,  no.  H90,  a  copy  brought  5«. 
6d.:  at  the  Field  sale,  no.  14011,  «2.fl:i;  at  the 
Sijuiersale,  no,()9U,  .$2.62;  another i'0]iy,  no.  1900, 
if2.;)H,  Priced  by  Leelerc,  1878,  no.  2075,  1,".  fr. 
The  Pinart  eiijiy,  no.  .">G5,  sold  for  2!)  fr.,  and 
the  Murphy  copy,  no.  1540,  for  $2.50. 

"Dr.  Ludewig  has  himself  so  fully  det:uled 
the  plan  and  piiriiortof  this  work  that  little 
more  remains  for  me  to  add  beyond  the  mere 
statement  of  the  origin  of  my  lumuection  with 
the  )iiibliciition  and  the  mention  of  such  :uldi- 
tions  tor  which  I  am  alone  responsible,  and 
which,  during  its  progress  through  the  press, 
have  gradually  acoumuUited  to  about  one-sixth 
of  tho  whole.  This  is  but  an  iict  of  justice  to  tlio 
memory  of  Dr.  Ludewig.  because  at  the  timeof 
his  death,  in  December,  1856,  no  more  tlnin  172 
pages  were  jirinted  oil',  and  these  constitute  tho 
only  portion  of  the  work  which  had  the  bemdlt 
of  his  valuable  per.4onal  and  llnal  revision. 

'•Similarity of  pursuits  Ici', during  my  Ht.ay 
in  New  York  in  1855,  to  .an  intimacy  with  Dr. 
Ijiidewig,  during  which  he  mentioned  that  he, 
like  myself,  had  been  nniking  bibliographical 
memoranda  for  years  of  all  books  which  serve 
to  illustrate  the  history  of  spoken  l;inguage. 
As  a  first  section  of  a  more  extended  work  on 
the  literary  history  of  language  genoniUy,  ho 
had  prepared  a  bibliographical  memoir  of  the 
remains  of  aboriginal  languages  of  Amorica. 
The  nninuscript  Iniil  been  deposited  by  him  in 
the  library  of  the  Kthuological  Society  at  N'ew 
York,  but  at  my  reriuest  heat  once  most  kindly 
phu'ed  it  at  my  dis])08al,  stipulating  only  that 
it  should  be  printed  in  Kuropi',  under  my  per- 
sonal superintendence. 

"Upon  my  return  to  Knglaud,  1  lost  no  time 
in  carrying  out  the  trust  thus  confided  to  me, 
intending  then  to  contine  myself  simply  to  pro- 
ducing a  correct  copy  of  my  friend's  immuscript. 
Hut  it  soon  became  obvious  that  tlie  transcript 
had  been  hastily  made,  and  but  for  tho  valuable 
assistance  of  literary  frii'iids,  both  in  this 
country  and  in  America,  tho  work  would  iirob- 
ably  h;ivobeeii  abandoned.  My  thanks  are  more 
])articularlv  duo  to  Mr.  K.  (},  Squier,  and  to 
Prof  Williiim  \V.  Turner,  of  Washington,  by 
wliose  considerate  and  valiuiblo  cooperation 
many  dilliculties  wore  cleared  away  and  my  edi- 
torial labors  greatly  light^'iied.  This  encouraged 
iiie  to  spare  neither  personal  hibor  nor  expense 


;  1 


)   ■ 


mm. 


54 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  THE 


Ludewig  (H.  E.)  —  Continued. 

in  tho  attempt  to  rendor  tlio  work  as  perfect  ra 
poNaible,  with  what  success  must  bo  left  to 
tliejiiilginentof  those  who  can  fairly  appreciate 
tho  lal)orH  of  a  pioneer  in  any  new  field  of  lit- 
erary research."— £(Htor'»  advertUement. 

"Dr.  Ludewi);.  though  but  little  known  in 
this  country  [Kugland],  was  held  in  consider- 
abloesteem  as  a.juriat,  Imthin  (iermanyand  tho 
United  States  of  America.  Born  at  Dresden  in 
1809,  witli  but  little  ex<,'ei)tion  he  continued  to 
reside  in  his  native  city  until  1844,  wlion  be  emi- 
grated to  America;  but,tliough  in  both  coun- 
tries he  practiced  law  as  a  profession,  his  lient 
was  the  study  of  literary  history,  wliich  wa.s 
cvideuccsd  Ity  his  '  Livre  des  Ana,  Essai  de 
Catalogue  Manuel,'  ]>ublis)ied  at  his  own  cost 
in  1837,  and  by  Iiis  'Bibliothekonoraie,'  wliicli 
appeared  a  few  years  later. 

"  Hut  even  while  tlius  encaged  he  deliglit^-d 
in  investigating  the  rise  and  progress  of  tlie  land 
of  his  subsequent  adoption,  and  his  researches 
into  tlie  vexed  question  of  the  origin  of  tlio  peo- 
pling of  America  gained  him  t  he  highest  consid- 
eration, on  both  sides  of  tlut  Atlantic,  as  a  man 
of  origin.tl  and  inquiring  mind.  He  was  a 
contributor  to  Jsaumann's  'ISeraprouin;'  and 
among  the  chief  of  bis  contributions  to  that 
journal  may  lie  mentioned  those  on  'American 
Libraries, '  on  tho 'Aids  to  American  lUbliog- 
rapliy,'  aiul  on  tlie  'Hook  Trade  of  tlio  ITuit^fd 
States  of  America.'  In  1 84(1  appeared  his  'Lit- 
erature of  Anu'ricau  Local  History,'  a  work  of 
much  importance  and  wliich  requir*"'  no  small 
amount  of  labor  and  perseverance,  owing  to  the 
necessity  of  consulting  the  many  and  widely 
scattered  materi.als,  which  had  to  be  sought  out 
from  apparently  tlio  most  unlikely  channels. 

"Those  studies  formed  a  natural  introduc- 
tion to  the  present  work  on  '  Tho  Literature  et' 
American  Aboriginal  Languages,'  which  occu- 
pied his  leisure  concurrently  wiili  the  others, 
nml  the  printing  of  wbicb  was  ciininienccd  in 


Ludewig  (II.  E.)  —  Coutinne<l. 

August,  1850,  but  which  he  did  not  live  to  see 
launched  upon  the  world ;  for  at  the  date  of  hi* 
death,  on  the  I'Jth  of  December  following,  only 
17'2  pages  were  in  type.  It  biul  boon  a  labor  of 
lovo  with  him  for  years;  and,  if  ever  author 
were  mindfulof  the  >iOHU»ipre»mfurma;iiium, 
he  was  when  hedeposited  his  manuscript  in  the 
library  of  the  American  Kthnologieal  .Society, 
tUffldent  hivnself  as  to  its  merits  and  value  on  a 
.'<ubject  of  such  paramount  interest.  He  bad 
satistied  himself  that  in  iliie  timetho  reward  of 
his  patient  industry  might  be  the  production  of 
some  more  extended  national  work  on  the  sub- 
ject, and  with  tbii?  he  was  contented;  for  it  was 
a  distinguishing  feature  in  his  character,  not- 
withstanding his  great  and  varied  knowledge 
and  brilliant  .a<'quirements,  to  disregard  his 
own  toil,  even  amounting  to  drudgery  if  need- 
ful, if  he  could  in  any  way  assist  the  promul- 
gation of  literature  and  science. 

"Dr.  Ludewig  was  a  corresponding  member 
of  many  of  tlie  most  distinguished  Kuropean 
and  iVmerican  literary  societies,  and  few  men 
were  held  in  greati'r  consideration  by  stiholara 
both  in  America  and  (iermany,  as  will  readily  bo 
acknowledged  should  bis  voluminous  corre- 
spondence ever  see  the  light.  In  privati'  life  he 
was  distinguialio<l  by  the  best  qualities  which 
endear  a  man's  memory  to  those  who  survive 
him:  ho  was  a  kind  and  atfectionate  husband 
and  a  sincere  friend.  .Vlways  accessible  and 
<^ver  ready  to  aid  and  counsel  tlio.se  who  applii^l 
to  b'lU  for  advice  upon  matters  pertaining  to 
literature,  his  loss  will  long  be  felt  by  a  most 
extended  circle  of  friends,  and  in  him  Germany 
mourns  one  of  the  b<!st  representatives  of  her 
learned  men  in  America,  a  genuine  type  of  a 
"lass  in  wbieli,  with  singular  felicity,  to  genius 
of  the  bigbest  order  is  combined  a  painstaking 
and  plodding  perseverance  but  seldom  mi-t  with 
beyond  thecoiiHucs of  the'  Fatherland.'  " — Jiio- 
iiraphie  memoir. 


M. 


I> 


Macdonald  (Duncan  Oeorgo  Eorboa). 
Hritish  Columbia  |  and  |  Vancouver's 
island  |  coinprLsiuy  |  a  ao.scnptioii  of 
those  depi'iidoucios:  their  physical  | 
charactor,  climate,  capabilities,  popu- 
lation, trade,  natural  history,  ^rooiofry, 
ethnology,  gold-iiolds,  and  future  pros- 
pocta  I  also  |  An  Account  of  the  Man- 
ners and  Customs  of  tho  Native  Iiidiinis 
I  by  I  Duncan  (Jeorge  Forbes  Macdon- 
ald,  C.  E.  I  (Late  of  the  CJoverument 
Survey  Staft"  of  British  (Columbia, 
and  of  the  Iiiteruiititmi;!  Boundary  | 
Lin(>  (if  North  America)  Author  of 
'Whiit  the  Fiirmcrs  may  dovith  the  | 


Macdonald  (D.  (}.  F.)  —  Continued. 
Land'   'The   Paris   Exhibition'     Deci- 
mal Coinage'  iVc.  |  With  a  comprehen- 
sive map.  I 

London  |  Longman, Green,  Longman, 
Uoberts,  &  (Jreeu  |  1«62. 

Half-title  ver.so  name  of  printer  I  I.  title 
verso  blank  1  l.jirefai'e  pp.  v-vii,  contents  pp. 
ix-xiii,  text  pp.  l-44'2,  appendices  jip.  44I1-^.'>'J4, 
map,  ><". 

Vocibulary  of  the  (.'hinook  Jargon  and  Kng 
lish  ci(uivalent  terms  (IIT.'i  words  and  10  phrases 
and  sentences),  pp.  :i94-;iU8. 

Copie.<i  teen:  British  Museum,  Congress. 
Sabin's  Dictionary,  no.  4:il4!),  mentions:  Sec- 
ond edition,  London,  Longm.ins,  18U3, 8°. 


CHINOOKAN   LANOrAGES. 


65 


Macfie    (Matthew).    Vancouver    Island 
and  I  British    (-'ohirahia.  |  Their    his- 
tory, resources,  and   prospects.  |  By  | 
Matthew  Macfie,  F.  R.  G.  S.  |  Five  years 
resident  in  Victoria,  V.  I.  | 

London:  |  Longman,  Green,  Long- 
man, Roherts,  &,  Green.  |  1865. 

lliilf-titlo  verso  iiniuit  of  printer  I  1.  Irontin- 
jiiccc  1  1.  titlo  verso  ))lauk  1  1.  deilication  vnrso 
liluiik  1  1.  prefai'o  pp.  ix-xii,  eontent.s  pp.  xii- 
xxi,  list  of  illustrations  verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp. 
1-518,  appendix  pp.  ."ilO-.WS,  index  pp.  559-574.  8- . 

A  few  sentences  in  the  Cliiuciok  Jargon,  pp. 
472-473. 

Oopiet  seen :  Bancroft,  Itoston  AtheniBuni, 
Britisli  Museum,  Congress,  (icological  Survey, 
Pilling.  • 

Macleod  (Ber.  Xavier  Donahl).  History 
of  the  devotion  |  to  the  |  hlessed  virgin 
Mary  |  in  |  North  America.  |  By  |  the 
rev.  Xavier  Donahl  Macleod,  |  professor 
[tfec.  two  lines.]  |  Witli  a  memoir  of 
the  author,  |  by  |  tho  most  rev.  John  B. 
I'nrcell,  D.  D.,  |  archbishop  of  Cincin- 
nati. I 

New  York:  |  Virtue  &  Yorstcm,  |  12 
I)ey  street.    [Copyright  18(56.] 

Frontispiece,  title  verso  copyright  notice  1  1. 
pu))liHhors'  notice  j)p.  iii-iv,  inscrijition  to  the 
memory  of  the  author  verso  hluik  1  1.  contents 
pp.  5-7,  verso  blank,  memoir  by  I'urcell  pp. 
ix-xxiii  verso  blank,  engraving,  text  p]>.  1-401 
vorso  blank,  index  pp.  4011-407,  8°. 

Hymn  to  the  Blessed  Mary,  in  the  Chinook 
Jargon,  p.  255. 

Copies  seen:  British  AInseum,  Congress, 
Georgetown. 

History  |  of  |  Roman  Catholicism  | 

in  I  North  America.  |  By  |  the  n-v. 
Xavier  Donald  MacLeod,  |  professor 
[&c.  one  line.]  |  With  a  memoir  of  the 
author,  |  by  |  the  most  rev.  John  B. 
Pur<'ell,  I).  1)  ,  I  archbishop  of  Cincin- 
nati. I 

New  York:  |  Virtu<«  &  Yorston,  |  12 
Dey  street.     [186-?] 

Vortrait  1  1.  title  verso  blank  1  1.  ijublishers' 
notice  jip.  iii-iv,  contents  ](p.  v-vii,  dedicatiim 
verso  lilank  1  1.  mt^moir  pp.  ix-xxiii.  text  iip. 
1-401,  index  pp.  403-407,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  t  itie  next  alxive, 
p.  255. 

OopieH  teen  :  Boston  Athenieiiui. 

Xiivier  Donald  McLeod,  author,  born  in  New- 
York  city,  November  17. 1821  ;  died  near  Cincin- 
nati, (»bio,  July  211,1805;  studied  .'it  ColuMibiis, 
and  surprised  his  family  an<l  friends  by  taking 
orders  in  the  Protestant  l''.]iisi'<ip,'il  church  In 
1845.  .\lter  Hi)ending  a  few  years  in  a  eimntry 
parish,  he  went  in   IS.'ili  to   Kurope.  where  he 


Macleod  (X.  D.)  —  Continued, 

traveled  and  studied  until  1.S52.  The  result  of 
his  European  visit  wiis  his  conversion  to  tlio 
Kimian  Catholic  faith.  In  1857  ho  became  edi- 
torially connected  with  the  St.  Louis  "  Leader." 
Subsequently  ho  was  ordained  a  prie8t,  and 
appointed  professor  of  rhetoric!  and  l)elles- 
lettresat  Mount  St.  Mary's  college,  Ohio.  lie 
met  Ills  death  in  a  railroad  accident. — dpple- 
font  f'l/elop.  of  A  in.  liiog. 

Maisonneuve:  This  word  following  a  title  or 
included  within  parentheses  after  a  note  .ndi- 
cates  that  a  copy  of  the  work  referred  to  haa 
been  si'en  by  the  compder  in  the  bookstore  of 
Maisonneuve  et  Cie.,  Paris,  France. 

Mallet:  This  word  following  a  title  or  inclosed 
within  parentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that 
ii  copy  of  the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by 
the  compiler  in  the  library  of  Mi^jor  Kdmond 
Mallet,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Marietti  (Pietro),  editor.  Oratio  Domi- 
nica in  CCL.  lingvas  versa  |  et  CLXXX. 
charactervmformis  vel  nostratibvs  vel 
peregriiiis  exprcssa  |  cvrante  |  I'etro 
Marietti  E(j vite  Typographo  Pontificio 
I  Socio  Administro  |  Typographoi  |  S. 
Con.silii  de  Propaganda  Fide  |  [Print- 
er's device]  I 

Romae  |  AnnoM.  DCCC.  LXX  [1870]. 

Half-title  1  1.  title  1  1.  dedication  3  ll.pp.xi- 
xxvii,  1 -;U9,  indexes  4  11.  4°. 

Includes  59  versions  of  the  Lord's  prayer  in 
various  American  dialects,  among  them  the 
Oregonice,  p.  303. 

('o)iii's  seen:  Trumbull. 

Massachusotts  Historical  .Society:  These  words 
following  a  title  or  within  jiarentlieses  after  a 
note  indicite  that  a  <'opy  of  f  hi^  wcuk  rt^ferred 
to  has  been  si'on  by  the  compiler  in  the  library 
of  that  society,  Boston,  Mass. 

Missionary's  Companion.    Bee  Demers 

(M.)  ct  ah 

Montgomerie  ( lAcut.  John  Eglinton)  and 
De  Horsey  (A.  F.  R.)  A  |  fcnv  words  | 
coll(M'f(>d  IVotiithe  I  hiiigiiagcs  |  spoken 
by  the  Indians  |  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  I  Columbia  River  &  Ptigef's 
Sound.  I  By  John  E.  Montgomerie, 
Lieutenant  R.  N.  |  and  Algernon  F.  R. 
De  Hi>r8ey,  Lieutenant,  R.  R.  | 

London :  |  printed  by  George  Odell, 
18  I'rincess-street, (Cavendish-square.  | 
1848. 

Vitle  verso  blank  1  I.  introduction  pp.  iii-iv, 
textpp.  .1-30, 12>. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chinook,  Clikilat,  Cas- 
cadi^  anil  Squally  hinguages.  ]i|i.  1-23.-  Numer- 
als  in   Chinook   .largon,  ji.  '23.— Numerals   in 


56 


BIBLIOORAPHY   OF   THE 


Montgomeiie  (J.  E.)  —  ContimuMl. 

S<|Uiill.v,  p.  24 — Chiiiouk  proper  and  Clirlmlls 
iiiiinberB,  p.  24. — Niiiiici*  of  ])Iiico8,  jip.  2r)-28.— 
Ciirruptlous  iiHcd  in  tlio  triuling  laiigiiiigu,  pp. 
28-30. 

Capie§  Men :  British  Museum,  Sir  TlKiniiiB 
I'liillip.^),  C'lieltenliain,  Kngland. 

Miiller  (FrieilricL).  Gruudriss  |  der  | 
SprachwiHsenscbiift  |  vou  |  D'.  Fried- 
rich  Miiller]  ProfesH()r[&c.  thn^o  lines.] 
I  I.  Baud  I  I.  Abtbeilung.  |  Einltdtiing 
ill  die  Sjtrach\vi88eii8('haft[-IV.  Band. 
I  I.  Abtheilung.  INachtriigeziiiuOrmiil- 
riHS  aus  don  Jabren  |  1877-1887].  | 

Wieul876[-1888].  I  Alfred  Holder  |  K. 
K.  Universitilts-Bucbbandler.  ]  Kotli- 
eutbiiriiiHtrasse  15. 

4  vols.  (vol.  1  ill  2  iiarts,  vol.  2  origii.ally  in  4 
dlvinions,  vol.  3  originally  ill  4  divi.sion.'*,  vol.  4 


Miiller  (F.) — Continned. 

part  1  nil  jiiibliAlKtii),  each  part  and  division 
with  an  onlwido  title  and  two  iimide  titles, 8° 

Vol.  2,  part  1,  which  iiieliiilcs  the  AnitTiean 
languages,  was  originally  issued  in  two  divi- 
sions, each  with  the  following  gpeoial  title : 

DieSpraclien  |  der  |  schlichtliaarigenRasseii 
I  von  I  D'.  Friedrich  Miil'er  |  Trofessor  [&<■. 
eightlines.]  |  I.  Ahtheiliing.  |  Die  .Sprac  lien  der 
aiistraliselien,  der  liyperboreisehen  |  und  der 
aiiierikanisoheii  lUs.se  [.viV].  | 

W'ien  187it[-18«2|.  I  Allred  Holder  |  K.  K. 
Hof-iind  ITiiiversitiits-IJiichliandler  |  Hotheii- 
ihiiriimtrassel.'i. 

Die  SpraelK'  der  Tsliiniiiv,  vol.  2,  iiart  1, 
division  2  (pp. 254-2.'J(i)  iiK-liides:  Die  Laiite,  p. 
2.")4.— Das   Nonien,  p.  2i4.— Das  I'ronoiiieii,  \t. 

2.W.— Das  Verlmin,   i>p.  2.")5-250 Die   Zalilen- 

aiisdriii'ke,  p.  2.'>0. 

dopies  neeii :  Astor,  British  Museum,  Bureau 
of  Kthnology,  Karnes,  Watkinson. 


N. 


)    i 


1 1 


<i 


National  Musenm:  These  words  following  atide 
or  within  jiarentlioses  after  a  note  indicate  that 
a  cojiy  of  tlie  work  referred  to  has  been  seen 
by  the  compiler  in  the  library  of  tliat  institu- 
tion, Washington,  D.  C. 

New.    Tbe  New  Testament  in  Chinook. 

In  the  New  York  Times,  Oct.  12,  1«)0. 
(Eames.) 

A  short  extract  from  a  sermon  in  the  (Jhinuok 
Jargon,  with  literal  English  translation. 

Copied  from  The  Academy.  (*) 

NevT  edition.  Dictionary  of  tbe  Chinook 
Jargon.    See  Dictionary. 

Nicoll  (Edward  Holland).  Tbe  (Chinook 
language  or  Jargon. 

In  Popular  Science  Monthly,  vol.  35,  pp.  257- 
261, Now  York,  1889,8°.  (Bureau  of  Ethnology, 
Pilling.) 

A  conversation  in  Chinook  .Targon,  with 
English  tran.slation,  p.  2.57. —  Origin  of  the 
Chinook  Jargon,  showing  many  words  derived 
from  the  Engli.sh,  French,  Chinook,  Chehnlis, 
etc.,  onomatopoeia,  prefixes,  etc.,  pp.  257-250. — 
Numerals  1-11,  20,  100,  p.  260.— Lord's  jiraycr, 
■with  interlinear  English  translation,  p.  260. 

Nihaloth: 

Vocabulary  See  Halo  (H.) 

Norris  (Philetus  W. )  Tbe ;  calumet  of  tbe 
Cotoau,  laudotber  |  poetictil  legeiuls  of 
the  border. !  Also,  |  a  glossary  of  Indian 
names,  words,  and  |  western  provin- 
cialisms, i  Together  with  I  agnide-book 
I  of  tbe  I  Yellowstoiuj  national  jiaik.  | 
By  P.  W.  Norris,  |  live  years  stiperin- 


NorriB  (P.  W.)  —  Continued, 
tendent  of  tbe  Yellowstone  national 
jiark.  I  All  rights  reserved.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  r.,ippiucott  &. 
CO.  I  1883. 

Frontispiece  1  1.  title  verso  copyright  notice 
1  1.  dedication  vers<'  'ilank  1 1.  poem  verso  blank 
1  1.  introduction  .  0-12,  contents  pp.  13-14, 
illustrations  verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  17-170, 
notes  pp.  171-221,  glossary  pp.  223-233,  guide 
book  pp.  235-275,  map,  sm.  8°. 

Ghissaryof  Indian  words  and  provincialisms, 
]>p.  223-233,  contains  a  number  of  Chinook 
Jargon  words. 

Copieii seen :  Natiimal  Aliiseuiii,  Pilling,  Pow- 
ell. 
Numerals : 

Chinook 

('hiuook 

Chinook 

Chinook 

Chinook 

(Miinook  Jargon 

('hinook  Jargon 

Cliinook  Jargon 

Chinook  Jargon 

Chinook  .Jargon 

Chinook  Jargon 

Chinook  .largoii 

Chinook  Jargon 

Chinook  iTai'gon 

Chinook  il  argon 

Chinook  .1  argon 

Chinook  Jargon 

('hinook  ,1  argon 

Chinook  .rargon 

(Chinook  ,1  argon 


See  Boas  (F.) 

Duflotde  Mofraa  (E.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Haldeman  (.S.  S.) 
Boss  (A.) 
Cox  (R.) 
Dictionary. 
Gill  (J.  K.) 
Good  (J.  B.) 
Haines  (E.M.) 
nale(H.) 
Hazlitt(\V.C.) 
Montgomerie  (.1.  E.) 
Nicoll  (E.F.) 
Palmer  (J.) 
Parker  (S.) 
Kichardson  (A.D.I 
Stuart  (G.) 
Swan  (J.  G.) 
Tate  (C.  M.) 


i-^, 


tnd  division 

le  titles, H° 
lio  AiiKTican 
in  tH'o  ilivi 
;ial  title: 
rifjenRasm'ii 
jfcssor    [itf. 
S|iriifhciiil<'i- 
t>u  I  und  (Itr 

.Ider  I  X.  K. 
lor  I  Kotlii'ii- 

1.  2,  jmrt  1, 
Die  Laiite,  )i. 
'ronunit'n,  p. 
-Die   Zulileii- 

leiim,  Kiireaii 


o  uiitional 

I 

piucott    &. 

yviglit  iKitii'o 
n  vorso  blauk 
it»  pp.  r.i-U, 
t  pp.  17-170, 
23-233,  guide 

)vinciali»iiiH, 
of    Chinook 

illing,  Pow- 


^otVaa  (E.) 

(S.S.) 


If.) 

|)(.I.E.) 
1) 


l(A.l).) 


CHINOOK  AN   LANGUAOES. 


67 


P. 


Palmer  (Joel).  Journal  of  travels  |  over 
tbe  I  Rocky  iiioiiiitains,  |  to  the  | 
mouth  of  the  Coliiiiibiii  river;  |  made 
during  the  years  184.5  and  1846:  |  con- 
taiuiiig  luhnite  deHcri|)ti(>ns'  of  the  | 
valleys  of  the  Willamette,  Umjuiua, 
and  Claiupt;  (  a  geiifval  deHcrlptiou  of 
I  Oregon  territory  ;  |  its  inhahitants, 
climate,  soil,  "prodnctions,  etc.,  etc.; 
I  a  list  of  I  ueo^ssary  outfits  for  emi- 
grants; I  and  ii  I  Tahl"  of  Distances 
from  Uamp  to  Camp  on  the  Route.  | 
Also;  I  A  Letter  iioni  the  Rev.  H.  H. 
Spalding,  resident  Missionary,  for  the 
last  ten  years,  |  ain<mg  the  Nez  Perce 
Tribe  of  Indians,  on  the  Koos-koos-kee 
River;  The  |  Organic  I^aws  of  Oregon 
Territory;  Tables  of  iibont  300  words 
of  the  Chinook  |  Jargon,  iind  al)oiit200 
Words  ^f  i]w  Nez  Perc<>  Language ;  a 
Description  of  |  Mount  Hood;  Inci- 
•lents  .,£  Travel,  &c.,  &.e.  |  By  Joel 
Palmer.  | 

Cincinnati :  |  J.  A.  &  IT.  P.  James, 
Walnnt  etreot,  |  between  Fourth  and 
Fifth.  I  1847. 

Cover  title :  Journal  of  travels  |  over  the  | 
Koi'ky    mouutaiuH,  |  to    the  |  month    of    the 
Cohuiibia  river;  |  made  during  the  yearM  1H45 
and  1846.  |  By  Joel  I'almer.  | 

Cincinnati:  |  J.  A.  &  V.  V.  James,  AValniit 
street,  |  between  Fourth  andFiflli.  |  1847. 

Cover  title,  title  ver.so  copyright  notice  <'tc.  1 
1.  publishers'  stati'uieut  pj).  iii-i  v,  text  pp.  9-18!), 
errata  .sliii,  12°. 

AVords  (200)  used  in  the  Chinook  Jargon, 
alphabetically  arranged  by  Jargon  words,  pp. 
147-151. — Chinook  mode  of  computing  numbers 
(1-500),  p.  152. 

Cujiiet  neen:  British  Mnseuni,  Congress, 
Harvard. 

Journal  of  travels  |  over  the  |  Rocky 

mountains,  |  to  the  |  month  of  the 
Columbia  river  ;|  made  during  the  years 
1845  and  1846:  |  containing  miinite 
descriptions  of  the  |  valleys  of  the 
Willamette,  Umptiuii,  and  Clamet;  |  a 
general  description  of  |  Oregon  terri- 
tory; I  its  inhabit.ants,  climate,  soil, 
productions,  etc.,  etc.;|a  list  of  | 
uecessiiry  outfits  for  emigrants;  |  and 
a  I  Table  of  Distances  from  Camp  to 
Camp  on  the  Route.  |  Also ;  |  A  F^ctter 
from  the  Rev.  II.  II.  Spalding,  resident 
Missionary,  for  the  last  ten  jeai v?,- 


Palmer  (J.)  — Continued. 

timoDg  the  Nez  Perc(>  Tribe  of  Indians, 
on  the  Koos-koos-kee  River;  The  | 
Organic  I^aws  of  Oregon  Territory; 
Tables  of  al)ont  300  words  of  the  Chi- 
iH)ok  I  Jargon,  and  about  200  Words  of 
the. Nez  Pen-:'  Language;  a  Description 
of  I  Mount  Hood;  Inciilents  of  Travel, 
Ac,  &c.  I  Hy  Joel  Palmer.  | 

Cincinnati:  |  J.  A.  &  IT.  I'.  James, 
Walnut  street,  |  between  Fourth  and 
Fifth.  I  1850. 

Title  verso  copyright  notii'o  etc.  1  1.  puldish- 
ers'  statement  i>p.  iii-iv,  text  pj).  !l-180, 12 '. 
Linguistic  :'outent s  as  under  tiUene,xtalM)ve. 
Copies  seen:  British  Museum. 

Journal  of  travels  |  over  the  |  Rocky 

mountains,  |  to  the  |  mouth  of  the 
Columbia  river  ;|  made  during  the  years 
1845  and  1846:  |  cimtaining  minute 
descriptions  of  the  |  valleys  of  the 
Willamette,  Umjtqna,  and  Clamet;  |  a 
general  description  of  |  Oregon  terri- 
tory; I  its  inhabitants,  clinnite,  soil, 
productions,  etc.,  etc. ;  |  a  list  of| 
necessary  oiittits  for  emigrants;  |  and 
a  I  Table  of  Distances  from  Camp  to 
Camp  on  the  Route.  |  Also;  |  A  Letter 
from  the  Rev.  H.  H.  Spalding,  resident 
Missionary,  for  the  last  ten  years,  | 
among  the  Nez  Pere6  Tribe  of  Indians, 
on  the  Koos-koos-kee  River;  The  | 
Organic  Laws  of  Oregon  Territory; 
Tables  of  about  300  words  of  the  Chi- 
nook I  .Jargon,  and  about  200  Words  of 
the  Nez  Perc<^.  Language ;  a  Descrijttion 
of  I  Mount  Hood;  Incidents  of  Travel, 
&v.,&v.  I  Hy  Joel  Palmer.  | 

Cincinnati:  |  J.  A.  &  IT.  P.  James, 
Walnut  street,  |  between  Fourth  and 
Fifth.  I  1851. 

Title  verso  copyright  notice  etc.  1  1.  dedica- 
tion verso  blank  1  1.  publishers'  advertisement 
pp.  v-vi,  index  [contents]  pp.  7-viii  [sic],  text 
pp.  9-189, 12°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above. 

Copies  seen  :  Boston  Athenieum. 

Journal  of  travels  |  over  the  |  Rocky 

mountains,  |  to  the  |  mouth  of  the 
Columbia  river ;  |  made  during  the  years 
1845  and  184(!:  |  containing  minute 
descriptions  of  the  |  valleys  of  the 
Willamette,  L'mpqua,  and  Clamet;  |  a 


f 

V 


\      . 


58 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  THE 


i  '   ' 


\\ 


Palmer  (J.) — Continued, 
fjenernl  deHcription  «1'  |  Oregon  terri- 
tory; I  itH   inluibitantH,   clininto,   soil, 
prodiictioiiB,    «tc.,   et<;.  ;|a    list    of  | 
ntMtoMsary  oiitiitsforumiKrants;  |  and  n 
I  Table  of  Distances  from  Camp  to 
Camp  on  the  llouto.  |  Also;  |  A  Letter 
from  tl>e  Rev.  H.  H.  Spalding,  resident 
Missionary,  for  the  last  ten  years,  | 
among  the  Ne/,  Perc(5  Tribe  of  Indians, 
on  the    Koos-koos-kee    River;   The  | 
Organic  Laws  of  Oregon  Territory; 
Tables  of  about  300  words  of  the  Chin- 
ook I  Jargon,  and  about  200  Words  of 
the  Nez  Perc6  Language ;  a  Description 
of  I  Mount  Hood;  Incidents  of  Travel, 
&c.,&c.  I  Hy  Joel  Palmer.  | 

Cincinnati :  |  J.  A.  &  U.  P.  James, 
Walnut  street,  |  between  Fourth  and 
Fifth.  I  1852. 

Titl«  verso  copyright  notice  etc.  1  1.  dt'tlicn- 
tioii  vuraoblanli  1  1.  piibliHiierH'  otlvtirtimmient 
pp.  v-vi,  index  [contents]  pp.  7-viil[*ic],text 
pp.  9-189, 12°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  al>ove. 

Copies  seen:  CongresH. 

Parker  (Hev.  Samuel).    Journal  |  of  an 

I  exploring  tour  |  bejrond  the  Rocky 
mountains,  |  undpr  the  direction  of  the 

I  A.  «.  C.  F.  M.  I  Performed  in  the 
years  |  1835,  '36,  and  '37;  |  containing 

I  a  deseriptionof  the  geography,  geid- 
ogy>  elimate,  and  |  productions;  and 
the  numbei',  manners,  and  |  customs  of 
the  natives.  |  With  a  |  map  of  Oregon 
territory.  |  By  Rev.  Samuel  Parker, 
A.M.  I 

Ithaca,  N,  Y.  |  Published  by  the 
author.  |  Mack,  Andrus,  &  Woodruff, 
Printers.  |  1838. 

Title  verso  copyriglil  notice  1  1.  preface  pp. 
iii-vi,  I'outents  pp.  vii-xii,  text  pp.  13-371,  map 
and  pliites,  12". 

V(M'ab>ilary  (90  words)  of  tlie  Cliinook  [Jar- 
gon] language  as  spoken  about  Fort  Vancouver, 
pp.  330-338.— Nunier.ils  1-10, 20, 40, 100,  p.  338. 

Copies  ieen :  l{ostx>n  A  tlientouin,  Itoston  Pub- 
lic, Itritisli  Museum,  Congress,  £amcs,  Mallet, 
Trumbull. 

Journal  |  of    an  |  exploring   tour  | 

beyond  the  Rocky  mountains,  |  under 
tlie  direction  of  the  |  American  boiird  of 
coramissions  [«iV]  for  foreign  missions, 

I  in  the  years  1835,  '36,  and  '37;  |  con- 
taining I  a    description  of  the  geog- 
raphy, geology,  climate,  productions  | 
of  the  country,  nml  the  number,  man- 
ners, and  I  customs  of  the  natives:  | 


Parker  (S.)— -(Jontinned. 
with  a  I  map  of  Oreg<m  territory.  |  By 
rev.    Samuel    Parker,  A.   M.  |  Second 
edition.  | 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.  |  Published  by  the 
author.  |  Mack,  Andrus,  &.  Woodrnif, 
printers.  |  1840. 

Title  verso  copyright  notice  1 1.  riH^ommen- 
dations  pp.  iii-iv,  preface  pp.  v-viii,  jircface  to 
till!  second  edition  pp.  ix-x,  contents  p]).  xi-x vi, 
text  pp.  17-384,  appendix  pp.  385-39tl,  addenda 
pp.  399-400,  map  and  plate,  12°. 

Linguistic  cont«<uts  .is  under  title  next  above, 
pp.  396-398. 

Copies  seen:    Congress,  Kamcs,    Oecdogical 

The  edition:  Kdinburgb,  1841,  8°,  does  not 
contain  the  Chinook  Jargon  material.  (Con- 
gress.) 

Journal  |  of  an  |  exploring    tour  | 

boycmd  the  Rocky  mountains,  |  under 
tlie  direction  of  the  |  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  |  in 
the  years  1835,  '.36,  and  '37 ;  |  containing 
I  a  description  of  tlie  geography,  ge- 
ology, climate,  produc-  |  tious  of  the 
country,  and  the  numbers,  manners,  | 
and  customs  of  the  natives :  |  with  a  | 
map    of    Oregon    territory.  |  By    rev. 
Samuel  Parker,  A.M.  |  Third  edition.  | 
Ithaca,    N.   Y.  |  Mack,    Andrus,     & 
Woodruff'.  I  Boston :  Crocker  &  Brew- 
ster.— New- York :  Dayton  &  Saxton ;  | 
Collins,   Keese,  &    co. — Philadelphia: 
Grigg  &  Elliot.  |  London:  Wiley  & 
Putnam.  |  1842. 

Title  verso  <'opyright  notice  (1838)  and  names 
of  printers  1  1.  recommendations  pp.  iii-iv, 
])rcfaco  pp.  v-viii,  preface  to  the  second  and 
third  editions  pp.  ix-x,  contents  pp.  xi-xvi, 
text  pp.  17-394,  ap]>eudix  pp.  39.'»-408,  map  and 
plate,  i2°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  pp. 
405-408. 

Vojiies  seen ;  Bancroft,  ISostoii  Athenncum, 

-mes,  (Jeological  Survey,  Mallet. 

Journal  |  of   an  |  exploring  tour  | 

beyond  the  Rocky  mountains,  |  under 
the  direiition  of  the  ]  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  |  con- 
taining I  a  description  of  the  geography, 
geology,  climate,  pro-  |  ductions  of  th(i 
country,  and  the  numbers,  man-  |  ners, 
and  customs  of  the  natives :  |  with  a  | 
maj)  of  Oregon  territory.  |  By  rev.  Sam- 
uel Parker,  A.  M.  |  Fourth  edition.  | 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.  |  Andrus,  Woodruff,  & 
Gauntlett.  |  Boston :  Crocker  &  Brew- 
ster.— New  York :  Huntington  &  Sav- 
age; I  Robinson,  Pratt,  &.  Co. — Phila- 


srritory,  |  By 
M.  I  Second 

bed  by  the 
&.  Woodrufl', 

)  1 1.  n^^oinmen- 
-viii,  prt'l'ace  to 
tents  pp.  xl-xvi, 
)85-39i),  addenda 

titln  next  above, 

ac8,    findoKical 

41,  8°,  does  not 
material.  (Con- 
Bring  tour  I 
lainH,  I  under 
1.  C.  F.  M.  I  in 
;  I  containing 
lography,  ge- 

tions  of   tbe 
4,  manuers,  | 
!8:  I  with  a  j 
ry.  I  Hy    rev. 
ird  edition.  | 

AndruH,     & 
ker  &  Brew- 

&  Saxton ; | 
'hila«lelphia : 
m:  Wiley  & 

18.')8)  and  names 

ions  pp.   iii-iv, 

^h<i  sct'ond  and 

9  pp.  xi-xvi, 

5-408,  map  and 

titles  above,  pp. 

)n  AtlicnB'uni, 
•t. 

ling  tour | 
lins,  j  under 

F.  M.  I  con- 
geography, 
tions  of  tbe 
man-  |  ners, 

I  with  a  I 
y  rev.  Sam- 
edition.  I 
V^oodruflf,  & 
er  &  Brew- 
ton  &  Sav- 
Co.— Phila- 


CHINOOKAN  LANGUAGES. 


59 


Parker  (S.)  — Continued, 
delpbia:  Thomas,  Cowpnr-  |  tliwait  &- 
(;o.— London:  WUey&Putnnuj.  |  1841. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-416,  map,  12°. 

LinKuiatic  contents  aa  under  titles  alKtve,  pp. 
4ia-«16. 

Copiei  Mtn:  One  in  tlic  library  of  \V.  AV, 
n*iacli,  Yonkerg,  N.  Y. 

.Tounial  |  of  an  |  exploring    tonr  | 

Iteyond  the  Rocky  mountains,  |  under 
the  direction  of  the  j  A.  B.  C  F.  M.  i  con- 
taining I  a  description  of  the  gcograpliy , 
geology,  climate,  |  productions  r)f  the 
country,  and  the  numbers,  |  maunors, 
iind  customs  of  the  natives:  |  with  a  | 
map  of  Oregon  territory.  1  By  rev.  Sam- 
uel Parker,  A.M.  |  Fifth  edition.  | 

Auburn :  |  J.  C.  Derby  &  co. ;  |  New- 
York:  Mark  H.  Newman  &  co., — Gen- 
eva: G.  H.  Derby  &,  co.  |  Cincinnati: 
Derby,  Bradley  &,  co.  |  IKlfi. 

Title  verso  eop_vri;i;bt  notiee  ete.  1 1.  rcrom- 
iiiendiitions  pp.  iii-iv,  preface  i)p.  v-vii,  preface 
to  the  flftli  edition  p.  ix,  contents  pp.  \i-xvi, 
text  pp.  17-422,  map  und  plate,  12°. 

Linfruistic  contontH  as  under  titles  above, 
lip.41ft-421. 

Copien  seen:  Congress,  Eames, Georgetown, 
Harvard. 

Samuel  Parker,  rlergyman,  bom  in  Asbfleld, 
N.  H.,  April  2:t.  1779;  died  in  Itbaca,  N.  V., 
Murcli  24, 18CC.  He  was  graduated  at  Williams 
ill  1806  and  at  Andover  Theological  Seminary 
ill  1810,  iiccame  a  missionary  in  western  New 
York,  and  subsequently  was  in  eliarge  of  Con- 
gregational ciiurches  iu  Massachusetts  and 
New  York.  Mr.  Parker  originated  the  mission 
of  tiie  American  board  in  Oregon,  traveled  there 
in  183,5-1837,  subsequently  lectured  in  many 
eastern  Stateson  the  charaeter  of  that  territory, 
and  did  mucli  to  establish  the  claims  of  the 
United  States  (iovernment  to  the  lands,  and  to 
induce  emigrants  to  settle  there.  JTe  is  also 
s.aid  to  have  been  the  iirst  to  suggest  the  jiossi- 
bllity  of  constructing  a  railroa<l  througli  the 
Ro<;ky  mountains  to  tlio  Pacific  ocean. — Apple- 
ton'ii  Cyclop,  of  A  m.  lilog. 
Periodical : 

Chinook  ,Targon  Soo  Le  Jenne  (.T.  M.  11.) 

Pilling:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy  of 
the  work  referred  to  is  in  the  possession  of  the 
compiler  of  this  catalogue. 

Pilling  (James  Constantine).    Smithson- 
ian institution — liureau  of  ethnology  | 
J.  W.  Powell  director  |  Proof-sheets  (  of 
a  I  bililiography  |  of  |  tlie  languages  | 
of  the  I  North  American  Indians  |  by  | 
James  Constantino   Pilling  |  (Distrib- 
uted only  to  collaborators)  | 


Pilling  (J.  C.)  —  Continued. 

Washingtou  |  Government  printing 
office  I  18Mr> 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  notice  siKnod  J.  W. 
Powell  p.  ili,  preface  pp.v-vill,  introdui^tion  pp. 
ix-x,  list  of  authorities  pp.  xi-xxxvi,  list  of 
libraries  referred  to  by  initials  pp.  xxxvii- 
xxxviil,  list  of  foe-similoM  pp.  xxxix-xl,  text 
pp.  1-839,  additions  and  corrections  pp.  841-1090, 
index  of  Ia4igiia2es  and  dialects  pp.  1091-1135, 
plates,  4°. 

Arranged  alphabetically  by  name  of  author, 
translator,  or  first  word  of  title,  due  liundreil 
and  ten  copies  printed,  ten  of  tluini  on  one  side 
of  the  sheet  only. 

Pinart  (Alphonse  L.)  [Linguistic  mate- 
rial  relating  <  to  the  Chinookan  fam- 

il.v.]  (•) 

.Manuscripts  in  possession  of  their  author, 
wild,  some  years  ago,  in  response  to  my  request 
for  a  list  of  his  linguistic  niaterial,|wrotoiue  as 
follows: 

"  I  have  collected,  during  my  fifteen  years  of 
traveling  vo<'ubiilaries.  texts,  s(mgs,  general 
linguistic  material,  etc.,  in  the  following  laii- 
giniges  a.id  dialects  .  .  .  and  some  relating 
to  the  Cliin(H>k.  It  is  impossible  at  present  to 
give  you  the  number  of  pages,  etc.,  as  most  of 
it  is  contained  in  my  notebooks,  and  has  not 
OS  yet  been  put  into  shape. 

Platzmann  (.IuHiih).  Vcrzeichniss  |  ciner 
Aiiswnlil  I  amerikanischer  |  Gramnia- 
tiken,  |  Worterblicher,  Katechismen  | 
u.    s.   w.  I  Gesaramelt  |  von   |  Julius 
Platzmann.  | 

Leipzig,  1876.  |  K.  F.  Kohler's  anti- 
quariuin,  |  Poststrasse  17. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso 
blank  1  I.  dedication  verso  blank  1  1.  quotation 
from  Houqiiette  verso  lilank  I  1.  text,  alphabet- 
ically arranged  by  family  names,  pp.  1-38, 8°. 

List  of  works  in  fMiinuk,  p.  10. 

Cnpiei  «<>«^i:  ('ougress,  Eames,  Pilling, 
Trumbull,  Wellesley. 

Pott  (August  Friodrich).  Doppelung  | 
(KiMluplikation,  Gemination)  |  als  | 
eines  der  wichtigsten  Bildungsmittel 
der  Sprache,  |  bcleuchtet  I  aus  Sprachcn 
:iller  Wdttheile  |  dnrch  |  Aug.  Friedr. 
Pott,  Dr.  I  Prof,  der  Allgemeinen 
Sprachwiss.  an  der  Univ.  zu  Halle  [&c. 
two  lines.]  | 

Lemgo  &  Dctmold,  |  im  Verlage  der 
Meyer'scheu  Hof  buchhandluug  18G2. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  alMive  verso  quo- 
tation 1  l.Vorwortpp.iii-iv,  Inhaltsverzeichniss 
pp.  v-vi,  text  pp.  1-304,  list  of  books  on  versoof 
back  cover,  8°. 

Ui'duplicato  words  in  Chinook,  p.  114;  in 
Lower  Cliinook,  pp.  37, 41, 00,  61, 02,  90. 

Copiei  seen .-  Astor,  British  Museum,  Eames. 


:  I 


: 


60 


llIBLRXJItArilY    OK    TIIK 


Pott  (A.F.)  — (!«>iitiimi'<l. 

Kiiihiitiiiig  ill  die  allgemriiid  Hpnuli- 

wiHH*;iH;liiift>. 

Ill  IiitoriiiitionalH  /oitHilirifl  TUr  ii1Iu<>inrlnit 

S|)ni<Oi\viiiHi'iiHcliitf(.  vol.  I,  |i|i.  1-IM,  :rj!)  :i.'il,  vol. 

2.  pp.  r.t  11.-),  am-'jr.i,  vol.  n,  pp.  im  fjo,  liiit  -jts, 

Sllpp.  pp.  1   lli:i,  vol.  4,  pp.  07  U(l,  vol.  Ti   |ip.  Il- 
ia, l.ui|)/.iK,  1HH4-1HH7,  mill  II«inil'i>nii,  IKXU,  liirui' 

'I'lioliltiratiiroor  Aiiii'iiciin  liiiL,'iiistii'.i.  vol,  4, 
pp.07  0*1.  'I'IiIm  pnrlion  wai  piililiilii'il  iirtrr  Mr. 
I'otlHili^utll,  wlilcli  ori'iiriril  .lill.v  ■',  1HH7.  Tlio 
K<'MiMiil  oililor  of  till*  Zi'llMcliillt,  Mr.  'I'l'ilniii'r, 
HialcH  ill  It  iiotn  Hull  I'olt'N  piipir  Ih  roiiliiiiii'il 
-  from  till)  iiiuiiiiMrripth  wliii'li  Im  li  It.  iiml  Unit  il 
i.s  tonloNO  with  tint  laii;{iiat;i's  of  .ViiMtialia.  In 
tlio  Hfti^tioii  of  Aiiirrliaii  liiiifiii.stir.s  |iiilillra' 
tiniiH  iiiiill  till*  inorx  iiii|Mii'taiit  slockHot'  N'orlli 
AiiDirint  ant  iiii'iitioiii'il,  with  lirii  I'  iharai  li'ii- 
zation. 

Powell:  Tliix  wiiril  following;  a  litli'  or  willilll 
piintiitlioKcH  attrr  a  iiotr  iiiilliatiH  that  aco)iyor 
tlio  work  ritlrrriMl  to  liaH  lniii  hccii  1i,v  tint  coin- 
pilur  ill  I  hit  lihrary  of  .Major  ,1.  W.  I'owoll, 
WaHhIiiBtoii,  1).  C. 

Po'well  {Maj.  .roliii  Wesley).  Indian  lin- 
Kiiistic  I'liniilleH  iit'  Aiuoricii  mirth  of 
Mexico.     \\y  .).  W.  I'owell. 

In  liiirouii  of  Kthiiolo;;y,  mtvontli  luiiiiiiil 
rojiort,  |>p,  1-14'J,  WaHhiiiiitoii,  IH'Jl.  royal  H '. 

Chiiiookaii  fniiiily,  with  a  list  of  Hynonyiiis 
anil  i>riii('lpnl  trihcM,  ilitriviitioii  of  the  naiiic 
liabitnt,  etc.,  pp.  dll-O.'). 

IwHuetl  Huparately  with  titlitpav;)'  as  follows: 

Indian  lingiiiHtie  t'aiiiilii'.'^or  Aniei'ii^ii 

I  north  oC  Mexico  |  by  |  .).  W.  I'owell 
I  KxtriK^t    from    the  Heventh    iiniiiial 
report  ol"  the   liiireaii  of   etiiiiDhijjy  | 
ri)»'Hi«ii]  I 

WiiBhiiifjton  I  Oovorntuent  ]irinting 
olliee  I  l«9l 

(Nivcr  tillo  a.ialioV(t,  no  insiilit  titio,  half  title 
p.  1,  coiitfiitM  lip.  :)-li.  text  pp.  7-M'J,  niiili.  royal 
8". 

Miigiiistii'  I'ontint.saH  iiinlor  title  nitxt  ahove. 

(hiiiivg  ni'cii :  l!iire:iii  of  Htliiiolo;;y,  Kaiiie.s, 
I'illiiifi.  I'owell. 

Practical  Chinook  [.largon]  vocuhnhiry. 
SeoLe  Jeune  (J.M.  ii.) 

Prayers : 

Calhlaacon       Soo  I.,ci>  (D.)  anil  Frost  (.1.  H.) 
(Jhinook  Blanehet  (F.N.) 

(Chinook  Jargon      liiilmer  (T.  S.) 
Ohinonk  .Targon      Demers  (M.)  ft  al. 

Priest  (Josiah).   American  aiitiijnitie.s,  | 
and  I  diseoverios  intliewest:  |  heiiijr  | 
an  oxhihition  of  the  evidence  |  that  tin 
ancient  popnhition  of  partially  civilized 
nations,!  dilferiiig entirely  from  tho.seof 


Priest  (J.)— Continned. 

the  iircMOiit  In- ,  diiiiiH,  peopled  America, 
many  coutiiries  lieforo  itHdlHcovery  hy 
(/'oliimhiiH.  {  .Vnd  I  ini|iiirieH  into  their 
«»rigiii,  I  with  ti  |  copioiin  dcHcriptioii  | 
Of  many  of  their  Htii)iendonH  WorkN, 
now  in  inins.  |  With  |  eonjectnres  of 
\vh:il  may  hiive  liecomeof  tliem.  !  Coni- 
piled  I  from  triivelH,  anthuiitic  NoiirccM, 
and  the  reseai'ches  |  of  |  ;\iitii|iiariaii 
SocieticH.  I  My  .lo.siiih  I'ricHt.  | 

AUiiitiy :  I  jirinted  liy  llotfman  ami 
White,  No.  71,  State-Slroet.  |  IX.'U. 

Folded  fi'ontispioei',  title  verso  eopyrinht 
notice  1  I.  |irefa('e  p]>.  iii-iv,eontents  jip.  v  viii. 
text  pp.  !)-^4Ull,  map  and  Jtlates.  8'^. 

Raflnosque  (('   S.),  Laii;;iia;;es  of  llrei;oii 
(Jhupiinish  and  (.'hinne.  |ip,  :iU.'i-;ill7. 

Copim ieen :  llar'anl. 

American    .'intii|nities,  |  and   |   dis 

coverics  in  the  wcnI  :  |  lieing  |  an  exhi 
liition  of  the  evidence  {  that  an  ancient 
population  of  iiartially  civili/ed  na- 
tions, I  dill'eriiig  entirely  from  those  of 
the  present.  In-  \  diaiis,  peopled  America, 
many  centuries  before  |  itsdiscovery  by 
(;<)liiiii''Ms.  I  And  I  iiKiniries  into  tlntir 
origiii  A'ith  il  |  coiiiotis  description) Of 
many  of  their  stiijxmdons  Works,  now 
in  ruins.  With  conjectiiros  com-ernine; 
what  nniy  ha  ve  1  become  of  them.  |  Coin- 
piliMl  I  from  travels,  authentic  sources, 
and  the  resciirchcs  |  of  |  Antii)nariun 
Societies.  |  Hy  .losiiih  Priest.  |  Third 
Edition  Hevised.  | 

Albiiny:  |  printed  by  Ilotfnnin  and 
White,  I  No.  71,  State-Street.  |  1«:«. 

Folded  front inpleee.  tith'  ver.so  eoiiyrijflit 
iiotiee  I  1.  preface  jtp.  iii  iv.  eonteiits  jip.  v  viii, 
text  pp.  il  4011,  map  and  phite,  S'. 

Rafinesque  (('.  S.),  Talmlar  view  of  the 
AmericMii  fjoneric  l:ni';iia;;es,  jip.  ;i(l!)-;il2. 

I.iinnnages  ol   Oregon— fJliopniiish  and 

(Miiniie,  p)i.  :i!l5-;i97. 

(liipirs  sei'tt:  Huston  I'lihlie,  Congress,  Fames, 
Harvard,  MassaehuHetts  Ilistorii'al  .Society. 

The  IJriiiley  copy,  no.  .■)4:).-i.  sold  for  $1.51). 

Tlieseiirtieles  ant  omitted  in  the  later  edit  ions 
of  I'riest's  work. 


Primer : 

Cliiiiook  Jargou 

Proper  names : 
(Jliiiiook 
Chinook 
Clakama 


Seo  Le.leiine  (.1.  M.  U.) 

See  Catlin  (li.) 
Stanley  (.J.  M.) 
Stanley  (.1.  M.) 


Prose 

lai.K 
Hrit 
And 
Coat 

I'roi 

('ill 
I  Ind 
ton. 
Chilli 


[Prosch  (rhoiniis  W.)]      The  complete 
I  Chinook  .largon  |  or  |  Indian    trade 


jili'd  AiiitTicii, 
sdiMcovcry  l>,v 
ii-H  into  tlicii' 
description  | 

IllloIlM  WorliN, 

i)n,ic(^lriirfs  (it 
f  them.  !  Com- 
unti(;  Hoiii'ct'H. 
I  Antii|niiriiiii 

irst.   I 

Ilott'ni.'in  tiMil 
cf .  I  \HXi. 

VCIMd  n)|iyri({lit 
iilciit.H  i(|(.  V  viii, 

Htm  <)l'   itrrjittu 

i-:)»7. 

,  I  mill  I  (lis 
in;;  I  un  («\lii 
lilt  an  aiiciciii 
civilized  nn- 
froni  tlioHo  of 
1>1('(1  Anioricii, 
sdiscoveryliy 
ies  into  tluMT 
(ascription  U)l' 
s  Works,  now 
us  concornin;; 
f  tlicin.  K'oni- 
iti(!  Hoiirc(«H, 
Anti(|narian 
ricst.  I  Third 

rioflfnian  .and 

et.  1 1«:«. 

TMo   cojiyrijulil 
IriitM  li]!.  V  viii, 

view    ol'   I  111' 
p.  :i(l!)-;il2. 
MiiipiiiiiHli  .'iiiil 

mgroHS,  Eiiini's, 
iriil  Society. 
il  li.r  $1,511. 
elaturcilitioiig 


nil)  (J.  M.  II.) 

J.  M.) 
.1.  M.) 

10  complete 
idian    trade 


CHINOUKAN   LANOUAtJKS. 


61 


Prosoh  (T.  W.)— f'ontinitcd. 

lan^iniKt)  I  of  |  Orc^fon,     Wasliin^^ton, 
Kritish  Co-  |  Inniliiii,  Alaska,   Idaho  | 
Ami  oth(T  ports  ot'  tli(<  North  i*aciH(;  | 
Coast.  I  The  best,  yet  i:-isMeil.  | 

(>.   DavicH   &    CO.,  I  pnlilisliiTs.  {  7<K) 
Front  street,  Seattle,  |  18SH. 

Ciiiwr  title:  Dtrtimiary  ortlii'  (JlijliiHik,  tlir 
I  Iniliun  triiiUiliiMuMia^o  |  iit' ;  Oi'icmi.  Wnsliin^ 
ton.  Iiliilio,  I  llritl.'<li  Coluiiiliiii  iiinl  |  .MilsUj.  | 
(/liiiiiiok-EnKliHh  anil  Kii);lii«li'('liiiiiiol<.  { 


Pronoh  (T.  W.)  — Continued. 

IHHH.  I  11.  |):nii-s.v  1(1.,  I  |ml)ll«lior!«,  Scuttle, 
W.  I".  I  (;o|ivii«lit  IMMS  l.y  (i.  Davii'H. 

Cover  litlr.  titir  vi'i'Ho  lilanl<  1  I.  pictaio  |i|i. 
:i  .I.  text  i)|i.  7  40.  IS  . 

<  'liiiiook  Kii^'liHli,  al|il>alii'tii'ally  arraii);i'il, 
P|i.  7-211.  -Kiii;lli*li  (.'liiiioiik,  iloiili\c'  ciiliiiiiiH, 
iilplialii'tlrally  iiri'aii);i-il.  pp. -7  :IH.— I'linvi'imi- 
tiiiii  ill  (,'liiiiiiok,  I'ri'i.  tniiiHliitioii,  pp.  :i!Mii. - 
r.onrH  prayer  wllli  iiitcrliuiiar  Ku);11hIi  tniua- 
lalloii.  p.  III. 

(iiliiin  Keiii  :   rillilit;. 


Q. 


Qnarltch:  TIiIh  word  following  n  title  or  wil  liiii 
pari'iitliemH  after  a  note  inilirate.s  tliat  a  ropy 
of  llio  work  refprreil  to  lia.s  lieeii  Hien  liy  llie 
eonipllorin  tliu  liuokHtoreof  lieruariKjiiaritcli, 
I.iiniloii,  Eiig. 

Quaritch     (Hernard).       Catalopie    |   of 
hooks  on    the  |  history,    ^(uigraphy,  | 
and   of  I  the   philology  |  of  |  America, 
Australasia,  Asia,  Africa.  |  I.  Historical 
f^eography,  voyaj{es,  and  |  travels.  |  II.  [ 
History,  ethnology,  and   philology  (  of 
Amiirica.    |    III.  History,  t()pograi»hy,  [ 
and  ethnology  |  of  Asia,  I'olynesia,  inid 
Africa.  |  Otlered  for  Cash  at  lhea(!ixed  , 
net  prices  by  |  Hernard  t^naritch.  | 

I>ondon:  |  1.")  Piccadilly.  .Juno  188.">  to 
October  188«.  |  188(5.  ' 

Titlo  vorso  contents  1  l.oataloKiie  pp.  2747 
.Tlfi'J,  inilcx  i>p.  i-lxii,8\    Lettereil  on  the  liack  : 
QUAHITCH'S  I  OENEU.M.  |  I'ATAMKIOK  |  PAKT  .XII. 
I   VOYAQKS  I  AKI)  |  TUAVKI.S  |   AMEHU'AN'A  |  AND  | 
DIIIENTALIA  I  I.ONIJO.V    ISSO.      Tlli.s   Vol.llino  com- 
priseHnoit.36'2-364(Jiine,.luIy,anil  Aii}{mt,  ISH.')) 
of  llio  paporoovoriiil  Meries.witli  thuaiUlitiuuof  , 
a  Hpecial  titlo  anil  a  Koneral  inilex.  ! 

Aniuricstu  laiitjiiafjes,  pp.  .'>0'21  :i042,  contains 
twotitloAof  boutcH  iiiiiler  tlu)  Iteailingt^'ldniiok, 
p.  3020. 

Tho  complete  "(ieiieral  CalaliiitiiP,  of  which 
the  above  i.s  a  portion,  eoiMpii«e.s  !■">  jiarts,  each 
boiinil  in  red  cloth,  pa(;eil  eonseiiitively  l-4llfi(i, 
and  aHixteniilh  part  conlainiii;;  a  ;;eneral  index 
of  427  ))ajje.s  in  trelile  rolinniis.  Kaeli  volinne 
hail  it»  own  .special  title  ami  index,  with  the 


Quaritob  (B. )  —Continued. 

title  of  llic  series  and  the  niimlier  of  the  part 
lettered  on  the  back.  Kxceptin^  the  index,  il 
was  originally  ismied  as  nog.  ;i:rj-37.'i  of  the 
paper-covered  series,  from  NovemlM-r,  IHHI),  t<» 
.\ii;;iist,  ISH7.  at  which  date  the  piihlicatiim 
was  discontinued.     The  index  is  dated  18U2. 

Copii'ii  tn'ii :  ]')aiiies. 

A  larsiepaper  edition  with  title  an  follows; 

.V  general  eatalogue of  books  |  ottered 

to  the  piililie  at  the  altixed  prices  |  by 
I  Hernard (inaritch  |  V(d.  I[-VI1]  | 
London :  1 1.")  I'iccadilly,  1 1887[-18!»2]. 

7  vols,  royal  8  '. 

.'Vmcriiaii  laii^iiai;es,  as  under  the  prucediiif{ 
title,  vol..'i,p|).  11021 -:i042. 

Ciiliii'H  kiVil  ;    lil'liox. 

This  iidition  was  (lublished  at  1,'>{.  f<>  the  Het, 
inrluilin;;  the  seventh  or  index  volniiie. 

No.  86.  Loncbm.  December,  1887.  |  A 

rough  lint  of  valuable  and  rare  books, 
I  coini>rising  |  the  (dioieest  portions  of 
Variiiiis  Libraries,  andinany  very  choiip 
works  of  every  class  of  Literature,  |  at 
greatly  reduced  prices,  |  oft'ered  by  ( 
Hernard  t^iiaritch,  15,  I'iccadilly,  W. 

Cover  title:  " 'I'he  miseelhincouH  and  the 
nnisical  library  of  Mr.  \Villiam(!hapi>ell,"ete., 
eatalogue  with  heiiilin;;  as  above   jtp.  1    12H.  H\ 

American  lans;iia;;es,  pp.  I  i:i,  contains  titles 
of  a  few  works  liiviii);  information  rolut in);  to 
the  ("hiniiuk  .raruoii,  p.  7. 

C(i/)i((.  ii'Cii ;   Kames,  Pilling. 


i  1." 
ill 

I  ( 


62 


muLiuuuAruv  ur  the 


l» 


lV 


R. 


Rafinesque  (CnnfitAntinc  Rnmiiol).  At- 
luntic  Journal,  |  luid  |  friitnd  of  kuowl- 
•«<1k«.  I  In  (tight  nunil)vrH.  |  ('nntaining 
about  l()()oi-iKiniil  urticlm  iind  tractH  on 
Natiiriil  and  |  Hmtorical  Sciem^oM,  tlic 
DeMcription  of  about  150  Now  Plants,  | 
and  100 Now  Animals  or  FohhUh.  Many 
VocabulurieH  of  Languu-  |  j?on.  HJHtor- 
ical  and  Q«(dogical  Facts,  Ac.  &<•.&«. 
I  Hy  C.  S.  UaHnP8(iue,  A.  M.  .  .  Ph.  D. 
I  ProfesHorof  lliHtorical  and  Natural 
HciimcoH,  Member  of  HOve-  |  ral  loarnod 
HocititioH  in  Europe  and  Anioric-a,  «&c.  | 
[Quotation  aud  liHt  of  ligures,  six 
lines.]  I 

Philadelphia:  |  1832-1833.  |  (Two 
dollars. ) 

Tabular  view  recto  blank  1  1.  tltlo  verso  In- 
dex 1  1.  i»<)no|[;raiiby  unil  illiiHtrationH  i^ti'.A  1. 
text  pp.  1-J02,  a(ir>-'Jl2,  H^.  Dridinnlly  isma'il  in 
uumlHirx  (18,  and  nxtra  of  no.  3),  from  tlio 
"HprinK  of  18;(2"  to  tlin  "  wint^ir  of  183;i." 

American  liintory.  TabularVinwof  tlie  Amer- 
ican Generic  Lanj;iia{;es,  and  Original  NatiouH, 
including  tlie  (liinuc,  pp.  0-8. 

LanguageH  of  Oregon,  CliopunlHli  and  CMiinuc 
(pp.  i;i;!  1114)  containH  a  vocabulary,  KngliHli 
and  ("biuuc,  tliirty-tlirce  wcpIh  (including 
nuiMeralM  1-10),  from  Cox,  Lewis,  aud  oilier 
Hiiurcen,  ]i.  134. 

Vojiiei  »een ;  lloHton  Atliona'um,  Uritiah  Mu- 
seum. ('ongrcHH,  Kames. 

Tln^HC  two  articlea  rejirinted  in  : 

Fried (•!.),  American  antiquitieti,  pp.  300-312, 
39&  307,  All)any,  1833,8''. 

Constantino  Samuel  Ratinexqins  bot.inlst, 
born  in  (ialatz,  a  nuburb  of  ('(Mmtantinciplc, 
Turkey,  in  1784,  died  in  rbiladelpliia,  Pa.,  Sep- 
tenit>cr  18, 1842.  He  was  of  Krencb  parentage, 
and  bis  I'atber,  anu'n^liant,  died  in  I'hiladelpiiia 
about  1701.  Tlie  son  came  to  Philaiielpbia  witb 
bis  brotlier  in  1802,  and,  after  traveling  tbrough 
Pennsylvania  and  Delaware,  returned  with  a 
eidlection  of  botanic.il  H]iecimens  in  18U5  and 
went  to  Sicily,  wliere  be  spent  ten  years  as  a 
miircbant  and  in  the  stculy  of  Imtany.  In  1815 
he  sailed  for  New  Y(»rk,  but  was  shipwrecked 
on  the  Long  Island  <'.oaHt,and  lost  bis  valuable 
books,  collections,  manuscripts,  and  drawings. 
In  1818  he  w(mt  to  tlie  west  and  Itc^came  pro- 
fessor of  botany  iu  Transylvania  University, 
Lexington,  Ky.  Subseciuently  he  traveled  and 
lectured  in  various  places,  endeavored  to  estab- 
lish a  magazine  and  l>otauic  givrden,  but  with- 
out success,  and  finally  8ettle<l  in  Philadelphia, 
where  he  resideil  until  bis  death,  and  \\  here  lie 
published  The  Atlantic  Journal  and  Friend  of 
Knowledge;  a  Cyclopaedic  Journal  aud  Review, 
of  wb  icb  only  eight  numberBapjieared  (1  h:!2-':13)  . 
The  number  of  genera  »nd  species  that  he 


Rafineaque  (C.  S.)  —Continued. 

introduced  into  Ids  works  pnMlucod  groat  nm- 
fusion.  A  griulual  det4<rioration  is  found  in 
Rallnesque's  liotunicitl  writings  from  IHIU  till 
1H3U,  when  the  passion  for  establishing  new 
genera  and  H|H'cies  seems  to  have  become  a 
mciiioniania  witb  him.  lie  assumed  thirty  to 
one  luindnKl  years  as  the  average  time  requiriMl 
for  the  priHiuctnin  of  a  new  species  and  tlvit 
hundred  to  a  thousand  years  for  a  new  geiiiiH. 
It  Is  said  that  be  wrote  a  paper  deMiTil)iii),' 
"  twelve  new  species  of  thunderand  lightning." 
In  addition  to  translati(ms  and  unliuisluMl  hot ;iii. 
U\al  and  zoiilogical  works,  ho  was  the  author  of 
numerous  books  and  pampbluts. — Applet'm'i 
Cyclop,  of  Am.  Biog. 

[Reade(Johu).]    Chinook  versus  Oreik. 

In   .Montreal   (iazette,  vol,  110,  no.  230,  p. 4, 
Montr<'al,(><'tober  (1, 1800.     (Pilling.) 

A  review  of  Hale  (H.),  An    internatioiiiil 
idiom. 

('oiitains  a  general  discussion  of  the  Chinook 
Jargon,  witb  a  number  of  examples. 
Reviewe: 


Cliinook  .largon 
ChiniHik  .Iarg(ui 
Chinoiik  Jargon 
Chinook  Jargon 
Chinook  Jargon 


Set)  Cliarencoy  (C.  do.) 
Cr;ine  (A.) 
Leiaud  (C.U.) 
Kea<le  (J.) 
AVestern. 


Rich  rdson (Albert  Deane).  licyondtlie 
MisHiMHijipi:  |  from  the  great  river  to 
the  groat  ocean.  |  Life  and  adviMiture 
I  on  the  I  prairies,  mountains,  and 
Pacific,  coiwt.  I  With  more  than  two 
hundred  illustrations,  from  photo- 
graphs and  origin.'il  |  sketches,  of  tlic 
jirairies,  deserts,  mountains,  rivers, 
mines,  |  cities,  IndiauH,  trappers,  pion- 
eers, and  groat  natural  |  curiosities  of 
the  new  states  and  territories.  |  1857- 
1867.  I  Hy  I  Albert  I).  Richardson,  | 
author  of  '  Field,  dungeon  and  oscapi;.' 
I  [Two  linos  advertisement.]  | 

Hartford,  Conn.,  |  American  ]iuli- 
lishing  company.  National  publishing 
company,  |  Phihidolpbia,  Pa.,  Cincin- 
nati, ().,  Chicago,  111.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  I 
New  Orleans,  La.,  Atlanta,  Ga.,  Kicli- 
mond,  Va.  |  Bliss  &  company,  New 
York.  I  1807. 

Engraved  title :  Beyond  |  the  |  Mississippi  | 
Albert  1).  Kichardson. 

Map,  engraved  title  verso  blank,  title  verso 
copyriglit  notice  1 1.  extracts  from  Whittier  ami 
LongfeUow  verso  blank  1  I.  prefatory  pp.  i-ii, 
illiistrationspp.iii-vii.  contents  pp.  ix-xvi,  text 
pp.  17-572,  8''. 

aihort  vocabulary  (20  words,  Alphabeticall; 


■:jKm\"-'\'-m 


tinned. 

im1ii<'«<1  KTont  I'cm 
atioii  ix  foiinil  in 
iiKit  from  IHtU  till 

UHtttbliHllillK    llt'W 

i>  bilvit  bdcoiiiti  a 
iiHNiiniiiil  thirty  to 
rRKutimo  roquircil 
r  M|ivuieH  luxl  tivn 
I  fur  It  now  geiiiiH. 

impur  (loHcrlliiiiK 
luriuitl  liKhtnint;." 
lillitluiHliiMl  liiitaii' 

wan  tlio  ailtlior  iif 
lUotB.— Applet' in' t 

kverHnHOretk. 

.110,  no,  230,  |).  I, 

t'illiDK.) 

Au    iiitoniutidiial 

ion  of  tho  Chinook 
nmpluit. 

'Iinrcncoy  (C.  de.) 
'r:tnu  (A.) 
eliiuil  ((;.U.) 
loniit)  (J.) 
VoHtorn. 

o).   Ut\voil(l  tliP 

greiit  river  In 

uul  jitlvtMitiiie 

((Uiitivius,    and 

lore  tliiiu  two 

from     pbotd- 

kotfhcH,  of  till) 

tains,    rivfiH, 

trappers,  i>i(m- 

curiositios  of 

torics.  I  1857- 

RicliarilHon,  | 

*n  and  oHcapi;.' 

eiit.]  1 

iiierican  pii))- 
il  piiltlislitii^ 
,  Pa.,  Ciiioiii- 
I^oiiis,  Mo.,  I 
ta,  Ga.,  Kicli- 
ouipauy,  New 

le  I  Misaissippi  | 

)Iank,  title  verso 
■omWhittior  1111(1 
refatory  pp.  i-ii, 
tgpp.  ix-ivi,  text 

I,  »lph»betic»llj 


CUINUOKAN  LANGUAGES. 


1 


Richardson  (A.  D.)  — ('ontinnml. 

arran^i')!  by  Kn){lisb  wonlx)  of  tho  Cliinuok 
JarKon,  iinil  tim  nuiiu'raU  1-10,20,30,100,  1000 
in  I  he  Hainit,  pp.  502  'Mi. 

Voiiifsiffn:  .\Ht4ir,  Itimt^tn  Atheniciim,  lirit- 
IhIi  MiiHPiiin,  (.'oiiKrimH,  TrnniUiill. 

Sonio  coplrH  vary  MliKhtly  lu  thi>  imprint, 
anil  uinll  tho  date.  (KamoH,  Ilarvard.)  Anuthi-r 
wlition:  Hartford,  1H09,  H'^.  ;*) 

A  later  I'ditiou  with  'illn-piiKo  um  foUowx: 

Htiyond  tlie  MisHixHippi :  |  from  the 

>;r(Mit  rivor  to  tliu  grwit  ocean.  |  Life 
and  adventure  I  on  the  |  prairioH,  nionn- 
taiiia,  and  Tacitic  cotiHt.  |  With  more 
than  two  hundred  illuMtratiouH,  from 
photographs  and  original  |  Hketchos, 
of  tho  prairies,  deserts,  moitutiiins, 
rivers,  mines,  |  cities,  Indians,  trap- 
pers, pioneers,  and  ki"^'"^^  natural  | 
curiosities  of  the  new  states  tiud  terri- 
tories. I  New  edition.  |  Written  down 
to  snnnner  of  1HG9.  |  By  |  Albert  1). 
Uichardson,  I  author  of  'Field,  dun- 
jjeon  and  escape,'  and  '  Personal  I  his- 
tory <if  Ulysses  8.  Grant.'  |  [Two  lines 
advertisement.]  | 

Hartford:  |  American  publishing 
company,  |  187.5. 

2  p.  11.  pp.  i-xvi,  17-572, 8"^. 

I^injriiisticcouteutB  um  under  title  next  above. 

Copies  Mf»» :  Trumbull. 

Albert  Doano  KichurdHon,  Joiirnnliat,  born 
in  Franklin,  Mans.,  October  6,  1833,  died  in 
New  York  city  Deceujbor  2,  1800.  He  was  ed\l- 
cated  at  tho  district  school  of  hisualire  villaffo 
and  at  IloUiston  academy.  At  eij^hteen  yearx 
of  age  ho  wont  to  Pittsburg,  Pa.,  where  bo 
formo<l  a  newspaper  connection,  wrote  a  farce 
for  Utiniey  Williams,  and  appeared  a  few  times 
on  the  stage.  In  1857  he  went  to  Kunsa-t. 
taking  an  active  part  in  tho  p(ditical  struggle 
of  tho  territory,  attending  antislavory  meet- 
ings, makingspeoches,  and  corresponding  about 
tho  issues  of  tlie  hour  with  the  Boston  Journal. 
Uo  was  also  se<;retury  of  tho  territorial  legisla- 
ture. Two  years  later  he  went  to  Pike's  Peak, 
tho  gold  fever  l)eing  then  at  its  height,  in  com- 
pany with  Horace  Greeley,  bctwiKJu  whom  and 
Kiciianlson  a  lasting  friendship  was  formed.  In 
the  autumn  of  1850  ho  mode  a  Journey  through 
tho  southwestern  territories,  and  sent  accounts 
of  his  wanderings  to  eastern  journals.  During 
the  winter  that  precodo<l  the  civil  war  ho  vol- 
unteered to  go  through  the  south  as  secret  cor- 
respondent of  the  Tribune,  and  returned,  after 
many  narrow  escapes,  .just  before  the  tiring  on 
Sumter.  He  next  entered  the  field  as  war  cor- 
respondent, and  for  two  years  alternated 
between  Vjrginia  and  the  southwest,  being 
present  at  many  battles.  On  tho  night  of  May 
8, 1863,  he  undertook,  lu  company  with  .Tiiniiis 
Henri  iirowne,  a  fellow  correspouduut  of  the 


Richardson  (A.  I).)  —  Continued. 

Tribune,  and  Richard  T.  Colbiirn,  of  the  New 
York  World,  to  run  the  batterira  of  Vicksburg 
on  two  barges,  which  were  lasluol  to  a  strain 
tug.  After  they  IimI  iMien  under  tiro  for  looro 
than  half  an  hour,  a  large  shell  stnirk  tho  t  iig, 
and,  Imrstiiig  in  the  furnace,  thn-w  tho  coaU  on 
tho  Itarges  and  then  set  them  on  tiro.  Out  of 
34  men,  18  were  killetl  or  woiindetl  anil  lU  worn 
captured,  thocorroHpondeiits among  them.  The 
('onfeilerate  government  woulil  neither  release 
uor  exchange  the  Tribune  men,  who,  after 
HIMinding  eighteen  miviths  in  seven  southern 
prisons,  escaped  from  .Salisbury,  \.  C,  in  the 
deuil  of  winter,  and,  walking  4(10  mib's,  arrived 
within  the  national  lines  at  Strawltorry  Plains, 
Teiin.,  several  miuiths  iMtfore  the  close  of  the 
yfar.—Aiiplffon'i  t'yclop.  of  Am.  Biog. 

Ross  (Alexander).  Adventures  |  of  tliu 
lirst  settlers  on  the  |  Oregon  or  Colum- 
bia river:  |  being  |  a  narrative  of  tho 
expedition  fitted  out  by  |  John  .lacob 
Astor,  I  to  establish  tho  |  "Pacific  fur 
company;"  |  with  an  account  of  somo 
I  Indian  tribes  oit  the  coast  of  tho 
Paeitio.  |  By  Alexander  Koss,  |  one  of 
the  adventurers.  | 

London:  |  Smith,  Elder  and  co.,  G5 
CornhiU.  |  184}». 

Title  verso  name  of  printer  1  1.  preface  pp. 
ill-v,  contents  pp.  vi-xv,  errata  p.  [xvi],  text  pp. 
1-352, 12'^. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chinook  (200  words)  and 
numerals  (l-500U),pp.  342-348.— Vocabulary  of 
the  Chinook  Jargon  (30  words),  p.  340. 

Copii'M  teen :  Astor,  IJancroft,  ISoston 
AtheiiuMini,  llritish  Museum,  Bureau  of  Eth- 
nology, Congress,  Trumbull. 

Alexander  Itoss,  author,  born  in  Nairnshire, 
Scotland,  May  0,  1783,  died  in  Colony  Gardens 
(now  in  Winnipeg,  Manitoba).  Red  River  Set- 
tlement, British  North  America,  October  23, 
1836.  Ho  came  to  Caniula  in  1805,  taught  in 
Glengarry,  U.  C,  and  in  1810  joined  John  .Jacob 
A.stor's  expedition  to  Oregon.  Until  1824  he 
was  a  fur-trader  and  in  the  service  of  the  Hud- 
son Bay  (.'ompany.  About  1825  he  removed  to 
tlie  Red  River  settlement  and  was  a  meuiber 
of  tliif  council  of  Assineboia,  and  was  sheritf 
of  tlie  Ri'il  River  si-ttleinent  for  several  yi'ars. 
lie  wa.s  for  ti  ft  cell  years  a  resident  in  the  territo- 
ries of  the  Kuilson  Bay  (.'oiupany,  and  lias  given 
the  result  of  his  observations  in  the  works: 
Adventures  of  the  First  Settlers  on  the  Oregon 
or  (.'olumbia  River;  being  a  Narrative  of  the 
Kxpeditiou  titf  ing  out  by  .Foiin  Jacob  Astor  to 
establish  the  Pacific  Fur  Company,  with  an 
Account  of  some  Indian  Tribes  on  the  Coast  of 
the  Pacific  (London,  1849) ;  The  Fur-Huntors  of 
the  Far  West,  a  Narrative  of  Adventures  in 
the  Oregon  and  Rocky  Mountains  (2  vols.  1855), 
and  The  Red  River  Settlement  (1856).— .<If>j>U- 
ton's  Cyclop,  of  A%n.  Jiiug. 


mmmmm 


vmmmmmm 


I    I". 


64 


BIBLIOGRAPHY    OB^   THK 


V, 

i 


8. 


Sabin    (J«)H«nh).    A  |  (lictioniiry  |  of  | 
Hooks  rclat.'uK  (<•  Aineiic-u,  |  (Voiii  its 
(lincovcry    to    tl"     pn-Ht-nt    time.  |  Hy 
Joseph     Sabiii.    |    Volinn-i    I[-XX].  | 
[T.irfct!  lines  (iiiotatioii.]  | 

>ow-Y(irk  :  |  .losoph  8al)iii,  S4  NasHan 
atriot.  I  18«8|"-1892]. 

20  voIm.  H'".  Hti'll  in  cmirHO  iif  juiMicntiou. 
Tartu  cxv-cxvi,  vhicli  lH'(jiii  viil.  "o,  icac  li  tlio 
artido  "Sraitli.  "  Now  fiiitcil  by  Air.  Wilbor- 
fori^ts  Kaiiu's. 

C:^ntaiiis,  ]>as;iiiii,  titlcK  of  bonks  in  ami 
rclntiii^  to  tlm  Chinooltiiii  lanKUiigt'S- 

Copiet  seen:  C'oii>;r''«».  Eumcs,  t)tM)Iogical 
Snrvoy,  Lrmx. 

S.-o  Field  (T.W.) 

fSt  Onge  {'iev.  Louis  Napoleon).]     His- 
tory of  the  old    test'   ..eiit.  I  Agf  I.  | 
I-'roin  Adam  to  A))raliai.'    |  Containing 
2083  Years. 

[Kaniloo;)H,  «.;":  1892.] 

Is'o  title]mK(>,  hoKliUj:;  onl.v;  (pxt  in  tlio 
CbiiiDok  .Tariioii.  .tiinop-apliio  <  liararttcrs,  with 
Kngliah  lieadinR  ■  in  itali-  s,  pp.  1-21,  Ifi". 

Forin.s  ii  Krivplrnicnt  o  Le  Jeuno  (J.  Til.  I!.), 
Kaniloops  ^\'aw^.,  vol,  2,  nos.  l-fi  (no8.  U^l-iJS  of 
thn  m.Ti{^sl,  July  :i-Aii^cust  7, 1892. 

Oop'ut  teen :  VillinK. 

f  I  I'iblo   I'listory  I  translated  I  into 

thoCiiiiiook  .1  .rgon  liy  |  the  Rev.  L.  N. 
Saint  Oiige  Missionary  |  among  the 
Yiikiiiuas  ai  d  other  Indian  trilx's  of 
the  Territo-  |  rics  of  Washington, 
Idaho,  Montiina,  iind  of  |  (Oregon.  |  A. 
M.I),  a.  I  1892. 

Maiiiisrript ;  title  >-<>r8o  blank  1  1.  prcfaic  >'\ 
li>nv('H,  written  on  ono  Hitlo  only,  text  (in  tlic 
.larnon  with  intcrlintar  Kiif;listi  translation, 
writli  II  on  both  siilcs)  11. 1- 142,  4".  In  |ioH,Hcs.sioii 
of  l)r  T.  S.  Hulincr,  C-ihr  City.  Utah,  who 
inteni.s  niorponitinu;  it  i;i  ono  of  his  publica- 
lioiMoii  tho Chinook  .larjjon.  Fatlicr  St.  Onyo 
iufcriuH  nio  that  ho  inl<'nil.s  ])nhliHliir.);  tlii.s 
pap' r  scpariitcly  also,  nndm  ;'iu  title  of 
"C'hjn(M)k  Jargon  translation  of  liio  Kpiton'-j 
Jli.xtoiiai  Sacra'." 

(/hinook  .largoii  Dictionary  ]  by  j  L, 

N.  JSaintongc,  I'tre.  |  Knglish-Chinook 
Jargon.  |  Part  lirst.  | 

Troy,  N.  Y.,  U.  S,  A. :  |  18!t2.  |  A.  M. 

D.  a. 

Main'.srript;  title  ver.so  note  1  1.  text  (.iljiha- 
betienlly  arrnngeil  by  Knulish  words)  pp  1-1!S4, 
8°.  Kceonled  in  a  blank  Imok  l)Oiin(l  ii  leather. 
In  posacsrtion  of  its  author. 

Cliinook  W.iwa  i«ritin;;],  pp.  1-181.— Souiiils 
of  thu  lottors  uaeil.  pp.  1><2-184, 


St.  Onge  fL.  N.)  — (Jontinned. 

The  diet  ionary  contains  proliably  fi,(i(lO  words. 
Conccrninp  the  second   )>art   of   ll.is  work, 
father    Saintonge  writes    me,  under   date  of 
duunary  24,  |H(i:t,  as  fi.Uows: 

"I  am  not  n  w  working  at  iny  dictionary 
i  (second  i>ut)  becan)-  , ;  am  not  well  enongb,  but 
I  intecd  to  Mnisn  it  as  soon  an  I  ca';i.  lean  not 
have  it  jmblishod  now  bo<!atiso  I  have  not  the 
means  for  that  purposu.  Von  may  say  it  is 
intended  for  pnhlieation  some  tiiiiu  in  the 
future.  Tlie  second  jiart  will  not  be  so  vol u 
minousas  the  first;  tlif  list  of  wonis  will  not 
lie  so  ;,;reat,  but  tliedcliiiiticuis  will  l.'ike;jreatcr 
space,  as  I  shall  ;;ive  the  etymolojiy  and  soureo 
from  «  liich  eiicii  Jariion  word  comes," 

Hymns  in  the  Chinook  Jargon. 

In  Bulmer  (T.  S),  Hymns,  aonj^s,  Ac,  in 
('hinook  Jargon  (niaiiu.,crii)t),  11.  34-45. 

[Legends  in  the  Chinook  Jargon.] 

In  Bulmer  (T.  S),  Appendix  to  nulmer's 
Chino(di.lar<;on  grammar  .nd  dictionary  (man- 
uscript) II.  2(1-57,4°. 

Aci'ompauied  t  y:in  interlinear  traiislatioD  in 
English. 

Sec  Bulmer  (T.  S.) 

See  Demers  (M.),  Blancbet  (F.  N.) 


and  St.  Onge  (L.N.) 

"  Tlic  subject  of  this  sketch,  the  Kev.  Lonis 
N.  St.  <>nge,  ;>f  St.  .\lplionse  de  T,i^;;!;r:  parish, 
was  born  |  in  the  village  .-f  .St.  ("eoairi']  c  few 
miles  south  of  Montreal.  Canada,  April  14,  1812. 
He  tinisheil  his  classical  I'onrse  when  yet  very 
young,  i>ft<r  which  lie  studied  law  for  two 
years.  I"<  'iling  called  to  another  field,  he  g.ave 
up  this  career  in  order  to  jircpare  himself  to 
work  for  (iod's  glory  as  an  Indian  missionary 
in  the  diocese  of  fvesqualiy,  Washington  Terri- 
tory. 

".\  year  and  a  hiilf  before  his  ordination, 
Kiglit  Kev.  A.  M.  niai.ihet,  his  liishoj),  onlerod 
him  to  Vaniouvcr,  W.  T..  where  he  was  occu- 
pie<l  as  a  professor  of  mitiiral  philo.sophj', 
astrononiy,  and  other  branches  in  the  Holy 
Angel's  College.  .\11  his  spare  time  was  conse- 
crated }<)  the  study  of  the  Indian  languages,  in 
which  he  is  to-day  one  of  tlie  most  expert,  ho 
that  he  was  ready  to  goon  active  missionary 
work  ai  HiMin  as  ordained. 

"  The  til's  ,  ears  of  his  missionary  life  were 
occujiicd  in  visiting  different  tribes  of  Indians 
and  doing  other  mission,  .y  work  in  tlie  Terri- 
tories of  AVashington.  Ida 'hi,  Montana,  and 
other  Kocky  Mountain  distri'. ts,  among  Indians 
and  miners.  After  such  labors  he  was  then 
appointed  to  fake  cliarge  of  the  Yakainas, 
Klik'tats.  Winatchas,  Wiahraum,  I'shwanwa- 
(lams,  Naiclie/.,  and  other  Indian  tril>"s  inhab- 
iting the  central  partof  Washingtiiu  Territory. 
Having  nil  means  of  support  in  his  new  Otis- 


■fl,0<)OworilK. 

thin  work, 

idtT    (liitr  of 

y  ilintioimry 

HIIIIIl^ll.  !)llt 

'1.  I  can  not 
liavfi  not  trtic 
lay  Haj'  it  is 
tiiiio  in  tlio 
;  1)0  so  volii 
inlH  win  not 
lakofiroatiT 
;y  and  »ourf  o 
ics." 

irfjon. 
lugs,  Ac,  in 
4-45. 

Jargon.] 
to  HulnuTrt 
^ionary  (luan- 

trHnalation  in 


het(F.N.) 

le  IJev.  Louis 
S;:or:  jiarisli, 
naiio]  i;  fow 
irilU,  IHia. 
n  yot  very 
w  for  two 
'1(1.  Iio  );av<> 
liiinarlf  to 
missionary 
Ston  Trrri- 


ordination, 
())),  onU'red 

wan  occu- 

liilosopliy, 
1   Iho    Holy 

was  coiiso- 
inKiia{;i's,  in 
t   r\))crt,  HO 

missionary 


ly  iifi'  wrri' 
s  of  Iiiiliaiis 
n  tlic  Tcri'i- 
xitan.n,  and 
tnfi  Indians 
1'  was  then 
Yakamas, 
i'sliwanwa- 
ril."s  inlial) 
II  Territory. 
is  new  luia- 


CHINO(JKAN   LANGUAGES. 


65 


St,  Onge  (L.  X.)  — (.'ontinucil. 

sion.  liishn))  ISlanclii't,  in  liis  self-8acriticini; 
charity  forilm  Indians  of  his  cxtcnsivodioccsr, 
furnishfd  liini  with  thr  ncrisai-y  outfit ;  and 
with  a  nnnilier  of  willin>;  l.,ouf;)i  unskilled 
Indians  as  a|i)ireniiee  earjienters.  the  youn^ 
missionary  set  to  work  to  reliuild  ♦!.<  St. 
Joseph's  niissiiin  rlo»trMy<'d  in  l^')!!  Iiyajiarty 
of  vandals  calhd  the  ( (r.^on  Voluntcei's.  who 
had  hei'ii  sent  to  ticlit  the  Vakamas. 

"After  four  years  of  labor,  h«  and  his 
devoted  cniiijianion,  Mr.  J.  15.  Itoulet  (now 
ordained  and  stationed  annuii;  the  Tulali|>  In- 
dians) had  the.  i>atisfaetion  to  see  not  only  a 
ennifortillile  residence,  Imt  also  a  neat  iliureh. 
ol'eited,  atld  a  tine  tract  of  laiiil  i)laiitocl  witli 
.•"ruit  trees, and  in  a  proiilalile  stale  of  eultiva 
tion,  where  formerly  only  ruin  ami  desolation 
reigned. 

"His  health  break  in;;  down  en  li  rely,  In-  was 
forced  to  leave  his  prisi  lit  and  daily  iiiereasiny; 
eon;;re)jation  of  neo|iliiti's.  AVisliin^j;  to  jiivv  him 
the  best  niedioal  treatment,  liishop  IJIamliet 
sent  Father  St.  Onfje  to  his  natl\  o  laud  with  a 
leave  of  abnenee  until  his  health  would  be 
restored.  Ihirin;;  his  iMt;ht<eTi  moiitli.'<'  stay  in 
a  hospital  he,  liowever.  utilized  his  lime  by 
composinvr  and  prinliii<;  two  small  Inilian 
hooks,  eoiilainin;;  riile.^  <if  L'laiiuiiar.  i  atiMhisiii, 
hymns,  and  t'hr;slian  prayers  in  ^'akamaalld 
Cl'.inook  laiijiiiasies  — the  former  lor  iliildreii, 
tiie  latter  for  the  use  of  iiiis>ionaries  or,  tlie 
I'jieitic  coast. 

"Hy  the  advice  of  bis  physieiaii  he  then 
undertook  a  voyage  to  Kuiopi',  where  he  spent 
nearly  a  year  in  search  of  health.  Hack  a^'aiii 
(o  this  count,  y,  he  had  ebarjieiif  a  loimre^ation 
for  a  couple  of  years  in  VeriMoni  :  and  now  hi' 
is  the  pastor  of  the  two  Kreiii  h  chiin  lies  ol 
(ileus  Kails  and  Sandy  Hill,  in  the  diocese  of 
Albany,  New  York. 

"  Kadiei-  St.  Oiifje.  Ihoimh  a  man  of  iincoiu 
nion  ]diysical  .ippearanci',  stoutly  built  and  six 
feet  and  fonr  inches  in  height,  has  not  yet 
entirelv  recovered  his  health  and  strenttth.  The 
Krench  population  of  (Jlens  Falls  lune  jjooil 
cause  for  feeliiif;  very  much  ;;ratllied  with  the 
])resent  eoiidili<in  of  (lie  allairs  of  the  parish  ol 
St.  Alphonsede  I.ijiuori,  and  should  reciive  llic 
liearty  i  on^;riitul.iliciiis  of  the  entire  ioiiiiii;i 
nity.  Father  St.  tiu^e,  a  man  of  j;reat  eiudilinu, 
adevoted  servant  to  the  cluii  eh,  anil  possessin;; 
a  pi  rsonalily  whose  ijeniality  and  ciniiiesy 
have  won  him  a  place  in  the  hearts  of  his  pi  n. 
pie,  has  by  his  faithful  applicition  to  his 
|iarish  developed  it  and  hriiii;;ht  out  all  that 
was  to  inure  to  its  benelit  and  further  ailvance 
its  interests."  -f.7fiH/i  Fnlh  (\.  Y.)  liepiiblicaii. 
March  IS,  IfiSii. 

F.itherSt.  Onge  remained  alGlena  Kails  until 
October.  18!)l.  Hlnii  increasing:  inliiiinties  com 
polled  him  to  retire  iiermaiieiillv  liom  the  iiiin 
istry.  He  is  now  living;  with  his  brothei-,  t)ie 
rector  of  St. .lean  liiijiliste  cluireh,  in  Troy  N. 
Y.  .Since  bis  retirement  he  iias  conipilcil  an 
Englishl.'hinook   JarLjon   dictionary  of  niioiit 

oniN {> 


St.  Onge  (L.  N.)  —  Continued. 

.SIX  thousand  words,  and  this  he  intends  to 
siipplenKJiit  with  a  coriespondiiii;  .laruon-Kni:- 
lisli  ])art.  Hellas  also  bej;iin  ilie  pre]).iratii>i' 
of  a  Yakaina  dictionaiy.  which  he  hopes  to 
make  ic, lib  more  cmiiplete  than  that  of  Katliir 
I'ai  .osy,  pulilisbed  in  l>r.  Shea's  Library  of 
■S  .lerican  liiif^iiistics. 

I  have  ailojited  tliespelliufx  of  liisnaine  as  it 
a|)])ears  on  the  t itle-])a);e  of  I'lishop  Demers's 
Chinook  .lar^on  dictionary.  tliou;;h  the  true 
spellin;;,  and  ibe  one  he  uses  now,  is  .Saint 
outre -that  of  a  French  province  in  which  bis 
ancestors  lived  a  ul  from  which  four  or  live 
families  came  in  Ifi'.iti,  all  adoplin<;  the  name. 
His  laiiiily  name  is  I'ayant. 

Sayce  ( Archihiild  Henry).  Intnulurtion 
to  tlio  I  .scieiii'o  (if  lano-iiiifri'.  |  H.v  |  \. 
H.  .Saycc,  |  'U'|iiit y  iirofcs.soidr  coinpiir- 
ativo  |»lii;i;i()oy  ill  llid  iini\(!i',sit\  oi' 
<>.\ibr<l.  I  In  two  \olii  uph.  |  \'()LI[-IIJ. 
I  [l)csi-n.|  I 

London:  |  C.  K(  oan  I'aiil  iV  co..  1. 
riiti'iiiostcr  M(Hiaiv.  |  1880. 

•J  vols. :  half  title  verso  blank  1  I.  title  verso 
ipiiitation  and  notice  1  1.  i>refai'e  ]ip.v-  \  iii,  table 
of  contents  versi.  blank  1  I.  text  pp.1  l4l.colo 
plion  verso  blank  1  I.;  liaH' title  verso  blank  I  I. 
title  ii'rsoi|iiiilatioii  and  not  ice  I  I.  taiile  of  con- 
tents verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  1   M."i'_'.  selected  list 

of  works  ))p.  :;,-i:i  ;»;:!.  iuilex  pp.  :!ii.'i  I'JI.  \2  '. 

A  classillcatiou  of  American  lanuiiaKes  (vol. 
•J.  pp.  ri7-(!4)  includes  the  ( 'liinook,  p.  tiO. 

('(//ii'c.v  si'cii ;   Itureaii  of  Etlimdo;;y.  I'aimes. 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  K'owc).  Historical  | 

and  I  Hl.-iMstical  inronnalion,  |  , ''.siicct,- 
inj;  tli(!  I  liistoiy,  coinlitiun  and  jiros- 
]i('('ls  I  (if  th(^  I  Indian  tiilicH  ot'  tln^ 
i'nitcd  Stilton:  |  colloclcdand  prcii.'trcd 
1111(1(1  tli(^  direction  I  of  tli<>  |  Inircaii 
(>r  Indian  ati'air.s,  |  per  act  of  t'onf;r(',s.s 
of  March  .,d  IKI7,  l)y  Henry  h'.  Scliool- 
(  raf(,LL.l>.  Hliistraicd  liy  S.  Ila.sTnian, 
(•apt.  U.S.A.  I  I'nldislmd  liy  Authority 
of  CongrcsH.  I  Part  H-Vf].  | 

i'iiiladtdphiii:  Lijipincott.tiranilioiV 
coin|iaiiy,  |  (.successors  to  (iriyfjf,  Klliut 
A  CO.)  I  185I[-1S,-)71. 

r.ii'irdii'l  nil'  :  I  KiiL:r:iviim.  1  i  Historical! 
and  ,  statistic, d  informalioii  |  respecting  Ibe  | 
history,  condition  and  prosptets  of  the  Iiiilian 
tribes  of  the  I'niteil  States;  |  (  ollccted  and  pre 
pared  under  the  |  direction  of  the  bureau  of 
liiilian  allairs,  per  act  of  Conftress  |  of  ALircli 
:)'!  1847  I  by  Henry  U.  .S.'boolcral't  L.L.I).  |  Illiis. 
trated  by  ;  S.  Fast  man.  capt.  U.S.  army.  |  [Coat 
111  arms.]  |  Published  by  authority  of  Con- 
jiiess.  !  Part  1  [-V1).  1 

Philadelphia:  |  Lippincott.  (iramlio  .V  eo. 

(lvols.4^.  HeKiiiniiii:  with  vol. 'J  the  words 
•   Historical   and   statistical  '  an-   h  t'l  olf  the 


^n 


66 


BIBLIOGKAPIIY    OF   THE 


I 


Schoolcrcift  (II.  K.)  —  Contiiuicd. 

tillivpagus,  bol li  oiiKiavoil anil  priiititd.  Sii'>si'- 
qiiciitly  (1853)  vol.  I  wan  also  innai'd  with  tlici 
abri(lj{»'->l  titlobcffliiniiiK  "Iiifdriiiation  rfspoit- 
in;;  tlio  hintory,  cuiiilition,  and  |)rim|)ixtH  of  tlir 
Indian  tribes,"  makiuv;  it  uniform  with  thi- 
Otbor  parts. 

Two  oditionw  with  thfsti  titlopii;;i'»  wcni  pub- 
liHhed  by  tho  sanio  Iiouhc,  one  on  thinner  and 
HoMll^what  smaller  jiaper,  of  whicli  but  vols  1-5 
were  issued. 

Part  I,  1851.  Half-title  (KthnoloRieal  re- 
searches, i  respocting  the  red  man  of  America) 
verso  blank  1  1.  engraved  title  as  above  verso 
blank  1  l.printi«l  titleas  above  verso  blank  1  1. 
introductory  documents  pp.  iii-vi,  ])reface  pp. 
vii  -X,  list  of  plates  jip.  xi-xii,  contents  jip.  xiii- 
xviii,  t«xt  )>p.  l.'i-.")24,  appendix  p]>.  525  ."ififl, 
jilales,  colored  lithonri'I'l'S'""l  niajis  numbered 
1-70. 

Part  11,  1852.  Half-title  (as  in  ])art  l)  verso 
blank  1  l.engravedtitlc  (Information  resiiectiny; 
tile  history,  condition  ami  prospects,  etc.)  verso 
blank  1  1.  printed  title  (Information  respect  in;; 
thi'liistory,  condition  and  prospects,  etc.)  verso 
printers  1 1.  dedication  verso  blanki  1.  mtrodui  ■ 
tory  do(Uiiuentpp.vii-xiv,  contents  pp.  xv-  xxii. 
list  of  phites  pp.  xxiii-xxiv,  text  pp.  17  tillS, 
plates  and  maps  numbered  1-29,  :tl  -78,  and  2 
phites  exhil)itingtheClierokeo  alphabet  and  its 
ai>pli<'ation. 

Part  111,18.53.  Half-tttlo  (as  in  ])art  i)  verso 
bhinkl  l.cngraveiltitle(as  in  partll)  versolihink 
1  1.  printed  title  (as  in  part  li)  verso  jjrinter  1  1. 
third  report  pp.  v-viii,  list  of  divisions  p.  ix, 
cont4'nt8  xi-xv,  list  of  ;>lati's  pp.  xvii-  xviii, 
text  pp.  19-0;t5,  phites  and  maps  numliered 
1-21,25-45. 

Part  IV,  1, '4.  Half-title  (as  in  part  l)  vt^rso 
Wankll.engr  tvedtitle(asini)artll)  verso  l)hiuk 
1  1.  ])riuted  titi.^  (as  in  part  ii)  verso  blank  1  1. 
dedication  pp.  v-vi,  fourth  report  pp.  vii  -x.  list 
of  divisions  p.  xi,  contents  pp.  xiii-xxiii.  listcif 
jdates  pp.  xxv-xxvi,  text  ))p.  U)-fl68,  ])lates  an<l 
maps  numbered  I  -42. 

Part  V,  1855.  Half-title  (as  in  i)art  ii  verso 
blank  11.  engraved  title  (as  ill  part  II)  verso bhink 
1  1.  printed  title  (as  in  jiart  ll)  vi^rso  blank  I  1. 
(U'dicationpp.vii  viii,  liftli  reportpp.  ix  xii,  list 
of  di\  Isiims  j),  xiii,  syiio])sis  of  general  <'oiitents 
of  vols.  l-vpp.  XV  xvi,  contents  pp.  xvii- xxii, 
list  of  plates  ))p.  xxiii-xxiv,  text  )>p.  25-(i25,  ap- 
pendix pp.  027-712,  plates  and  maiis  immliered 

1-8,  io-;ifi. 

Part  VI,  1857.  Il.alf-title  ((iineral  liistory  |  of 
the  I  Xortii  .\merican  Iixiians)  verso  Idank  I  1. 
portrait  1 1.  printed  title  (History  [of;  lie  Indian 
tribes  of  the  fnitcd  States:  |  tlicir  |  present 
conditionand  prospects,  |  and  a  slieti  1'  of  their 

I  ancient  status.  |  Pllbli^lll■ll  liy  order  of  con 
gress,   under  tliedirei'tion  of  t  lie  department  of 
the  interior —Indian  Imreaii.   liy  |  Henry  Kowc 
.Schoolcraft,  lil-i.  I).  I  Member  [\c,  six  linos.  |  \ 
With  Illustrations  by  Imminent  .\rtists,  |  Inoue 
volume,  I  Part  vi  of  tlie  series    |  Philadclpliia: 

I  J.  II.  Iiippiiioot.t,  A:  CO,  I  1857.)  verno  IdaiiU  1  1, 


Schoolcraft  (II.  li.)  —  Conliiniod. 

iu.scription  verso  blank  I  1.  letter  to  tlie  preni- 
dent  iiji.  vii  viii.  report  jip.  ix  -x.  preface  pp.  xi- 
xvi,  contents  p]>.  xvii-xxvi,  list  of  |ilates  pp. 
xxvii-xxviii.  text  pp.  2.5-744.  index  ])p.  745-7iJ0, 
fifty-seven  plates,  partly  selected  iromthouther 
volumes,  and  tliree  tables. 

Vocabulary  of  the(Jliinook  ,1  argon  (34(1  words 
alphalietically  arranged  by  Knglish  words) 
V0I..5,  pp.  548-,551. 

Emmons  ((i.  F.),  Keplies  to  inijiiiries  respect- 
ing the  Indian  tribes  of  Oregon  and  California, 
vol.3,  lip.  200-225. 

Gallatin  (A.),  Table  of  '■icneric  Indian  fami- 
lies of  speech,  vol.  3,  p]).  .'(97-402. 

Copies  teen:  Astor,  liancrot't,  ISoston  Athe- 
meiiiii.  British  Museum,  Congress,  Kanies, 
Xatioiial  Museum.  Powell,  Shea,  Trumbull. 

At  the  Fischer  sale,  no.  1581.  (iuaritcliliought 
a  copy  for  U.  lO.s.  The  Field  cojiy,  no.  2075,.Hold 
for  .$72;  thoMcnzicscopy,  no.  1705,  lor $132;  the 
Sqiiier  copies,  no.  1214,  $120;  no.  2032.  .'fOO;  tlio 
Kaiiiirez  copy,  no.  773  (5  vols.),  jl.  .5,«. ;  tlie  Pinart 
copy,  110.828  (5  vols,  in  4),  208  fr. ;  the  Murpliy 
copy,  no.  2228,  $09.  Priccdbytiuiiritcli,  no.  30017, 
lot.  10.V.;  by  Clarke  cfc  co.  1880,  JbS;  byQuaritoh, 
in  1888, 1,5/. 

Keissiied  with  title-pages  aH  follows : 

AnOii  vt'8  ofi  Ahoriginiil  Knowlcilffo. 

I  Coiitiiiiiiiig  all  the  |  Oiigiual  Tapci-.s 
laid  before  Congress  |  respecting  the  | 
History,  Anti(|iiities,  Language,  Eth- 
nology, Pictography,  |  Rites,  Supersti- 
tions, and  Mythology,  |  of  the  |  Indian 
Trihesof  the  TnitedStatcs  |  liy|Henry 
U.  Sihoolcraft,  T.L.  D.  |  With  lilustia- 
tions.  I  Ona'udnu  ih  ieu  muzziiiyogun 
un. — Algonquin.  |  In  six  volumes.  | 
VolaiiieI[-VI].  I 

riiiladclphiii:  I  .1.  H.  Lippincott  A, 
Co.  I  IHGO. 

Kiiijraved  title  :  Informe'ion  |  respecting  t bo 
I  History,  Coiiilition  and   Prospects  |  of  the  | 
Indian  Trilies  of  tlie  Iiuled  Slates:  |  Collected 
:iiid  prepared   under   tlic  |   liurcaii  of   Indian 
Atlairslity   Henry    It,  .Schoolcraft    1,,  I..  I).  | 
Alcm:  Itoyal  (ieo,  .Society,  I,oiidoii,   Koyal  An- 
tliiuarian  Socii'ty.    Copeiiliageu.   Kthuiilogii'al 
Society,  Paris,  &e.  &c.   |   lilnstrated  by  | '^ap.' 
S.  Kiistman.U.  S.A.andotheremiiient  artists,  | 
(Vignette.]  I  Publishi'd   liy  autliority  of  Con- 
gress. I 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  H.  I,ip])incott  &.  Co. 

0  vols,  majis  .iiiil  plates.  4". 

This  edition  agrees  in  tile  text  jiagc  for  piige 
Milli  the  ori'.:iniil  titled  above. ;iiid  lontains  in 
adililion  :iii  iiidc\  to  eacli  voliiioc. 

t'njiit'n  seen  :  Congress. 

Partially  reprinted  with  title  ;is  follows: 

[ ]  The  I  Indian  tribes Of  the  I'nited 

States :  |  their  ■  history,  anti<|uiticH,  eiis- 
toin,s,  religion,  arts,  hiiiguage,  |  trudi- 


V.l 


t()  tlio  ]iru«i- 
^laie  ]t|). xi- 

lip.  74r)-75(i, 
uiiithouthoi' 

HI  (1140  words 
li.sli    words) 

riuH  ri'«ii(^ct- 
1  Califoniiit, 

Indian  fauii- 

lostiin  Atlic- 
ii.ss,  Eanif'H, 
•nniliull. 
rit(lil)im;;lit, 
no.  JOT."),  sold 
r(ii-.ti;i2;  till) 

u;!i;,  $<iu ;  t  iu( 

.;  tlusl'inart 
Lho  Mur|iliy 
(li.no.liDOlT, 
liyQiiaritcli, 

lows : 

iiowhiilj^e. 
lal  I'apcrs 
tiiij?  tho  I 
liigc,  Etli- 
,  Suporsti- 
10  I  Iixliaii 

ly ;  Henry 
riliistra- 
iiiyojfiiii 

)liimo8.  I 

pincott  iV, 

|)(^ctiiiK  tlio 
i  I  lit'  the  I 

I  OoUlTlcil 

of  Indian 
I,.  L.D.  I 
lloyal  An- 

I  limilii^nral 
by  I  <Ui\>.' 
it  artists.  I 
111'  (.'on 

:.  (.;o. 

!;i'  for  |iaj;i' 
riintains  in 


iilliiws: 

e  ruilod 

t  ii  M,  Cll.S- 

trudi- 


CIllNUUKAN    LANUUACiES. 


67 


Schoolcraft  (H.  K.)  — Cimtiinud. 
tioiiH,  orallcj.jeiid.H,  aiKlinyfliH.  |  Edited 
by  !Fraiui.sS.Drak<\  |  Illiistratod  with 
ono  huiidri'd  line,  enj^raviiij^s  <m  Hteel. 
I  In  two  volmiies.  |  Vol.  I[-I1].  | 

l'liiladel|»1iia:  I  J.  H.  IJppiiieott  it 
CO.  I  London:  16  Soiithamiiton  street, 
CoveiitCarden.  |  18X1. 

2  vols.:  portrait  1  1.  titlo  vcr.Hii  ropyri^lit 
notirii  1  I.  iirilacr  jip.,')-'),  contents  jip.  7  8,  list 
of  plates  pp. '.(  10,  intriidiiition  pp.  11-24,  text 
pp.  2.")  4.'iH;  fiontispiriir  1  I.  titlr  verso  ropy- 
rifilif  notlci'  1  I.  iiintrnts  jip.  :i-(i.  list  of  plates 
11.  7,  text  pp.  !i-4l.'i.  index  pp.417  4.'i.'i.  jilatrs,  4-'. 

"In  tlio  follow ini;  paffrs  tin'  allriiipt  has  liren 
niadi'  to  iilare  liifnritlin  jiMlilii-  in  a  ennviiiirnt 
and  aicissilili"  forin  the  nsiill-i  of  llii'  life  Imi^ 
liliois  in  tlir  lii'ld  of  aliiiri;ilnal  iisiMri  li  of  tin' 
latr  Ilriiry  K.  Srliiiiilirart. "' 

Chapter  II,  l.anjjciiage,  literature,  and  iiir- 
tii^raphy,  vol.  I,  jip.  47~<i:!,  eiuitains  ^^iini;  1 
riinarlison  tlio  Indian  lan^nafjes. 

Cojiifii  SCI  n  :  (Jon;;rr.'«s. 

I'riii'd  hy  Clarko  i  eo.  ISHii,  nn.  <i:!7ti.  -fri. 

lleM:y  Kowo  Selioiilinift,  rthniilcii;ist.  Iicirii  In 
I  Watervliet]  AUiany  iiiunty,  X.  V..  Mairh  ■_'-:. 
1703,died  in  Washington,  1).  ('.,  D.i  iiiiiier  10, 
l>!(i4.  Was  eduiatril  at  Midilhliiiiy  rulhyr, 
Vermont,  and  at  rnion,  when-  he  piirsind  iIh' 

iiliesofiheniistry  and  iiiineralofjy.  In  l.S17-'ls 
;■<■  tr.vvelod  in  Missouri  and  Arkansas,  and 
t.  '.I'ned  witli  a  larj;e  eollci^tiiMi  of  geoliigii  al 
and  niinrralo};ieal  aperiniens.  In  IH2U  he  was 
apiiointrdKeiiloK'-''t 'o(!en.  Lewis  Cass's  ex  pliii' 
inn  expi'dition  '"  I-aUe  Siiiierioi- and  Ilir  In  ail 
waters  of  Mississippi  IJivrr.  He  was  sein- 
tary  of  a  (•oinraission  to  treat  with  tin'  Indians 
at  Chicago,  and,  after  a  journey  tliron^li  Illi- 
nois and  alonj.;  Waliash  and  Miami  rivers,  was 
ill  1S22  appointrd  Indian  ai;i'iit  fur  tin'  tiiliis 
of  the  lako  region,  estahlishiiit;  himsi'll  at 
SiUilt  Sainto  Marie,  and  aftiiward  at  Mai  U 
inaw,  where,  in  1H2H,  he  married  Jaiii' ilolinstnn. 
granddaughter  of  Wahoojeeii,  a  noted  Ojiliway 
chief,  whoreceivcdheri'din  atiiinin  Kiiroiie,  In 
1828  he  founded  the  ^lii'hiijaii  hlstorieal  sneiets 
and  in  18:;1  the  Alyie  soeiety,  Fnmi  1828  till 
18112  ho  was  a  menilier  of  the  territorial  lejjisla- 
tureof  Miihi;;an.  In  18:12  heled  a  iinvernment 
expedition,  whleh  followeil  the  .Mississi]ipi 
Kiver  up  to  its  source  in  Itasca  Lake.  In  |s:)0 
he  neKe'i''t''"l  a  treaty  with  the  Indians  on  (he 
upper  lakes  fur  the  cession  tothil'liited  States 
of  10,(100,000  acres  of  their  lands.  lie  was  then 
ajipointod  notinj;  Hiipcrinlendent  of  Indian 
affairs,  and  in  IHliO  chief  disliiirsiii};  aneiit  lor 
the  iiiirthern  department.  On  his  return  from 
Kurope  in  1842  he  made  a  tour  throiii;h  wistern 
Virginia,  Ohio,  and  Canada.  lie  u  asappointed 
by  the  New  York  Icgislatiin'  in  ISl.'i  acommis- 
»ioner  to  take  the  census  of  the  Indians  in  the 
state  and  collect  information  conccrniiij;  the 
Kix  Xalions.  After  the  pcrforiiiaiK  e  of  this 
task,  Conuressanthorized  him,  on  Mar  hll,  1847, 
to  obtain  through  the  Indian    i  ueai    reports 


Schoolcraft  (If.  K.)  —  Continned. 

relating  to  all  the  Indian  trllics  of  the  country, 
and  to  collate  and  edit  theinforniation.  In  this 
work  he  spent  the  remaining  years  of  his  life. 
Through  his  iutlueiiec  many  laws  were  enacted 
for  the  iirote<  tion  and  henelit  of  the  Indians. 
Niimeriius  scientitic  societies  in  the  United 
Stales  and  Kunipc  elected  him  to  nienihersMp, 
and  the  fniversity  of  (ieiieva  gave  liiin  the 
degree  of  LI,. I),  in  1840.  Ho  was  the  author  of 
niimeriiiis  poems,  lectures,  and  reports  on 
Indian  auhjccts,  liesiihs  Ihirly-oni  larger 
works.  Two  of  his  lei  tines  liefnre  ihe  Algic, 
.society  at  Detroit  on  the  "liraiiiniatic.il  Con- 
st r  ml  inn  of  Ihe  Inilitm  Languages  '  were  trans- 
lated into  Frein  11  by  I'etor  .S.  Duponceaii,  and 
gained  lor  tlitdr  author  a  gold  ineda.l  from  the 
French  iiistitiilc.  .  .  .  To  the  tive  voliinies 
of  Imlian  researches  compiled  under  the  direc 
tiiin  of  the  war  departnnnl  he  added  a  sixth, 
ciinlaiiiing  the  post-Coliiniliiaii  liisturv  of  tliu 
Iiiili.ins  and  of  their  rclal  Ions  witli  l'airo|ieans 
(I'hilailclphia.  18.''i7).  IliOi.nl  eollecteil  malerial 
for  two  adililional  volumes,  hut  llie  (liivern- 
nient  suddenly  siispeinled  the  piililication  of 
the  work.-    .l/i/iii'Ai/l'.s'  <';irl{ip.  of  A  m.  Ilinij. 

Scoiiler  I  /'/'.  .Iiilin  ).  ( liisiTvutions  on  tlio 
iiidiei'imiis  trilies  III'  Ilie  X.  W.  iiiiist  of 
Anicriea.  IJy  .lnlin  (Siiuilir.  .M.  1).,  V. 
E.  S.,  &c. 

In  liiiyal  (icog.  Sue.  of  Londiiii.  .lour.  vol.  II, 
pp.21,'i  2.'il.  Liindiin,  1841,8'.    (Congress.) 

Includes  vocabularies  of  a  iiiiniber  of  the 
languages  of  (he  legioii  named,  among  them 
the  ( 'hiniiok  (entrance  to  Coliinibia  Itiv;'r)  and 
Cathlasciin  (hanks  of  the  (Ailiiiebia),  |>p.  242- 
247.    Furnished  theaiithorliy  Dr.W.  F.  Tolniie. 

Kxtracts  from  these  vocalinlaries  appear  in 
Oibbs  (It.).  I)ietiiiiiar\  of  the  Chinonk  il argon. 

( )n  till-  Imlian   rrilie8  inliahit in<;  tlio 

Nurlli-West  ('mist  of  Aineiira.  My  .lnlin 
Seonlei',  M.I).,  ]■'.  E.  S.  t'lininiiiiiicated 
by  till'  Ellinoliioiial  Society. 

In  Kilinliiirgh  New  r'liliisoph.riur.  vol.41, 
jiji.  108  102.  Kdinliurgh,  184(1,  8  .    (Congress.) 

Vocabulary  (10  words)  of  the  (Jhlkeclis  ((.'hi- 
nook  .Targon],  compared  with  the  T.'aiiiiuatili 
(of  Tolmlcland  the  Xootkanfof  MoziinOp.  170. 

Keprinted  in  the  Ktbnological  Sue.  of  Lon- 
don .lour  vol.  1.  pp.  228-2."i2,  Eilinliiirgh.  ii.Ti., 
8  ,  the  vocabulary  occurring  on  p.  'j:iO. 

Semple  (.1.  E.)  Vocibnlaiy  o'liii'  Clat- 
.sop  laii)iiia<;e. 

Manuscript.  I    leal,  4^.  ia    the  library  of  the 
liureaii  of  Ktbnology,  Wasbingtoii.  I).  C.    Col 
li'cted  ill  1.870  near  Fort  Stevens.  Oregon. 
Contains  !),'i  voids  only. 

Scntencoi: 

Cascade  See  Lei  (I).)  anil  Frost  (.1.  H.) 

Chiniok  I'rancbere  ((1.) 

Cliinoiik  .largiiii        Allen  (.\.) 
Chinook  •largnii         Chinook. 
(  liiuook  .laigon         Dictionary. 


f 


68 


BIBLIOGRAPHY    UF    THE 


\u 


Oircii  (J.S.) 
Halo  (H.) 
Li3lan(l(C.  (i.) 
Marflo  (M.) 
Mac(loiial(l(l).(f.  K.) 
Stiiart(a.) 
(iatiichot  (A.  S.) 

S«o  KoIIm  (M  ) 
^al(^(I^) 
Now , 

Vofiibiiliiry  of  tin: 


Sentences —  t'ontiimod. 

Chinook  .farjioii  Se<i  Krlls  (M.) 
C'liimmk  irarftmi 
CliiniKikJarHDti 
('liinciok  Jarfjoii 
(lliinook  Jargon 
Cliiiiouk  tIar(;oii 
(Miinonk  Jargon 
('Inkania 
Sermons: 

(Jliiiiuok  Jarcon 
(;iiiuook  Jarn'Mi 
Chinook  Jargon 

Shortess   (RolxTt), 
Lowor  Chinook. 

Manuscript;  titlo  vorso  blank  I  1.  text  T)  II. 
written  on  on<(»i''.f'  only,  folio;  in  tholibnir.v  of 
tho  l!iiic;iu  of  Kthnolony.    Collected  in  185;i. 

ContiiiuM  180  wordn. 

Smith  (Silas  B.)  On  tho  Chinook  nanuss 
of  tho  sulnion  in  the  Colnnibia  Kivcr. 
By  Silas  I?.  Smith. 

In  National  MiiHcninT'roc.  vol.4,  iip.  :t'.ll-31l2, 
Washington.  18HJ,  8 '.     (I'illinj;.) 
(/'oinpriso.s  a  half<lo7,('n  nanu'H  only. 

Smithsonian  Institution :  Thtwo  wonl.s  foUowiiii; 
A  tillt<  or  within  parentheses  after  ;i  note  inili- 
cato  that  a  eopy  of  the  work  referred  to  h;is 
been  seen  by  the  compiler  in  tlio  library  of  that 
inHtitution,  Washinfjton,  I).  C 

Songs; 

Chinook 
Chinook 
Chinook  .T.irgon 
('hinook  Jargon 

Sproat  (Gilbert  Malc»)lin).  Scenes  anil 
Btiulie.s  I  of  savage  life.  |  By  |  Gilbert 
Malcolm  Sproat.  |  [Two  linos  quota- 
tion.] I 

London:  Stiiith,  Elder  anil  co.  |  1S((H. 

Frontiapieco  1  I.  title  verso  bhink  I  1.  dodicii- 
tion  verso  blank  I  1.  contents  pp.  v-\,  preface 
pp.  xi-xii,  text  pp.  1-310,  appendix  ]>p.  311-317, 
colophon  p.  [318],  12  '. 

("hapt  T  XV.  Intellectual  capacity  ami  Ian- 
gnace  (pp.  119-143)  includes  a  vo<'iibul;iry  of  1 1 
•words  showing  allinilies  between  the  Chinook 
Jargon  and  Alit,  p.  139.  -<}eni^rid  discusHJon  of 
the  laiiKuagos,  ini'Iuding  the  ('liinook  Jargon, 
with  examples,  pji.  l.)9  142.— Note  on  the  CA\\ 
nook  and  Jargon- (Iliinook.  pj).  31.'!-314. 

Oojiifg  necn  :  liam  roft,  IViston  Public,  liril 
ish  Mu.seuni.  Congress,  Kiimes,  (reorgetown. 

Stanley  (J.  M.)  Portraits  |  of  |  \ortli 
American  Indians,  |  with  sketebes  of 
scenery,  etc.  |  painted  by  |  J.  XI.  Stan- 
ley. I  Depo.sited  with  |  tlie.'iniitlisonian 
institution.  [Sealof  the  institution.]  | 
Washinjjton:  |  Smithsonian  uistitii- 
tiou,  I  December,  1852. 


.See  Boas  (F.) 
Eells  (M.) 
nulmer  (T-  «■) 
Crane  (A.) 


Stanley  (.1.  M.)  —  ('ontinuod. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso 
nanu^s  of  printers  1  1.  preface  verso  contents  1  I. 
text  jip.  .'>-72.  index  pp.  73-70,  S"'. 

Fonns  Smithsonian  Institution  Miscellaneous 
Colleclions  't'.i;  also  part  of  vol.  2  of  the  same 
series,  AV;isliington,  1802. 

Cont;iins  the  names  of  pi  rsonages  of  luany 
liidi;in  tribes  nf  the  I'nited  Sl.ites,  to :i number 
of  which  is  added  the  Knglis'i  signification. 
Among  the  pcoi>les  rcpresei'ied  arc  the  (.'hi- 
nooks,  p.  00;  t'lat'kamas.  ]).  01. 

Cnjiii'ii  sern  :  IJiirci.u  of  Kthnology,  Kanies, 
(leological  Survey.  Villing,  Smithsonian,  Wei- 
lesley. 

Steiger(E.)  Steifi;er's  |  l)ildiotheea  j^lot- 
tiea,  I  part  first.  |  A  cata]oe;iie  of  |  Dic- 
tionaries, (rrammars,  Readers.  Exjjosi- 
tors,  etc.  i  of  niostly  I  modern  lannnajjes 

I  spoJuMi  in   all    jiarts  of  the  earth,  \ 
except  of  I  Enjjlish,   French,  German, 
and  Spanish.  |  Firstdivision:   Al)enaki 
to  111  brew.  I 

K.  SteiKcr,  |  22  A-  21  Frankfort  Street, 

I  Xew  York.     [1871.] 

Iliilf-title  (in  cover,  title  as  above  verso  name 
of  printer  1  1.  notice  dalcd  .Sept.  1874  verso 
blank  I  1.  text  jip.  1  10.  ;ulvertiscnnnts  2  II.  col- 
ophon on  back  cover,  12  . 

Titles  of  works  relating  to  American  lan- 
guages generally,  p.  i! ;  Chinook,  p.  24. 

The  second  division  of  the  first  part  was  not 
])ublislieil.  I'art  second  is  on  the  English  lan- 
guage and  jiarf  third  on  the  (iernuin  language. 

fli  his  notiee  the  compiler  st;ifes:  "  Thiscom- 
Iiitation  must  not  be  regarded  as  an  iittemptal 
ae(im))lele  linguistic  bildiognipliy,  buf  solel_\  as 
:t  bookseller's  latiilogtu'  for  bnsinesM  purposes, 
wifh  sjieiiiil  regard  to  the  study  of  philology 
in  .\Mierica.  " 

C(i/ii.'.v  *'('('ii  .'   Kiiines,  Pilling. 

Stuart  ((ir.'iiivijle).     Montana  ^^.s  it.  is;  | 
beiiif;  |  ii  fjeneral  description  of  its  re- 
sources, i)otli  niiiier.il  and  aoricuhiiriil. 

I  induiiiiiKa  |  comjdi'te  description  of 
till'  f;ii'e  of  the  |  country,  its  climate, 
etc.,  ilJMstratcd  with  ;i  |  niiip  of  the  ter- 
ritory, I  drawn  by  f;\yi\.  W.W.  De  Lacy, 

I  .showing  the  iliirerent  roads  and  the 
location  of  I  the  ilitVerent  mining  dis 
tricts.  I  To  which  i.s  ap[i<'ndeil,  |  ;i 
ci)in]ilete  dictionary  |  of  |  the  Snake 
laiignage,  |  and  also  of  the  |  fairious 
Chinnook  fv/c]  .Jargon,  |  witlj  |  numer- 
ous critical  and  explanatory  notes,  ' 
conccrnif>g  the  habit ■;,  snperstition.s. 
etc.,  of  I  thesl^  Imlians,  |  witi:  |  itiiier 
aries  of  ;ill  tlie  routes  across  the  plains, 

I  By  Granville  Stuart.  | 


Stt 


CHINOOKAN   LANGUAGES. 


69 


iiiijiiiac'. 
riiiscdiii- 
attciiipt  .i( 
I  .soh'ly  an 
l)iirpoMi's, 
pliildliijry 


It  is;  I 

its  nv- 

illnral. 

itiiiii  iif 

.•liniatc, 

'till'  t(M- 

Dcf-iicy, 
iiul  tlll^ 

k(l<'il,  I    :< 

("illllOUS 

niinuT- 

llOfl'S,   ' 

stitioiis, 

I  itiiHT 

plaiiiH. 


Stuart  (G.)  — rontiiincd. 

New  Yolk:  I  ('.  S.  Wi'stcott  iV-  <i>., 
I)riiitcr8,  I  No.  79  John  street,  |  I860. 

Half-titlr:  A  |  (lictioiiary  |  of  the  1  niiiiinook 
Jargon,  |  in  uh(^  aiuonj;  tlu'  trilicsof  |  Ori'^cin, 
WaMliinutidi  territory,  British  (Nilmiiliia,  |  and 
till'  niirtli  I'acilli'  roast,  |  witli  |  critical  and 
explanatory  notes.  |  15y  (Iranvilli^  Stuart. 

(Niver  titliMis  above,  larj{e  folded  niaji.  title 
.i»  above  verso  copyrij;lit  notice  I  1.  jiretacepp. 
;i  4.  l(^xt  ii]!.  5-ns,  halftitlo  verso  blank  1  1. 
lireface  \  erso  rules  of  pronunciation  j)p.  101- 
1(12,  text  i)p.  10a-17r>,  8°. 

Dictionary  of  the  Chiunook  Jarjjon,  alpha- 
betically  arranged  by  Kuslish  words,  jip.  K'H- 
11!).— Numerals  1-10,  20,  lili,  100,  10110.  p.  11!).— 
Short  dialoKUo  in  (.^liinnook  Jargon,  pp.  lliO- 
121.— Kxplanatory  iiote.A,  i)p.  l'_>2-li;7. 

Ciipifn  lien  :  Astor,  IJaniTolt,  <^on<;ress, 
Kanu's,  (i(ior^eto\vn. 

Swan  (.Iaiii<'8  Gilchrist).  Tlie  |  noitli- 
wcst  coiist:  I  or,  |  three  yeiirs'  resi- 
(leiu'o  ill  Washington  |  ttrrititrv.  |  I5\ 
.lames  G.  Swati.  |  [Territorial  setil.]  | 
With  imnierotis  illnstratioiis.  | 

Now  York:  |  Ihirjier  «.V  hrothcrs, 
publishers,  |  l''raiikliii  s(inare.  |  18.">7. 

Frontispiece  1  1.  titles  verso  copyri,i;ht  noticr 
1  1.  dedication  verso  blank  1  1.  introiluctioii  p|>. 
v-vii,  contents  pp.  ix-xiv,  list  of  illustrations)!, 
[xvj,  map.  text  i>]).  17-409,  app(«fidix  pp.  411-42!!, 
index  pp.  4;il  4:t.").  12=. 

Laii||;uago  of  the  Indians  (pp.  IIO(i  :i20)  con- 
tninM  remarks  on  the  .Targon,  ditlerent  methods 
of  spelling  worils  by  writers,  ditliculty  of 
rijrhtly  understanding  the  .tarpon,  eli'., 
inuliulinj;  ai'om]),'irn*' ve  vocabulary  of  .sootka, 
t^henook  dialect  or  .laryon.  and  Ku;;lish  11 
words),  p.  1107;  explanation  of  a  niiiiilier  "f 
.I;»r({on  words,  i)p.  Itlfi  1117  ViMabiilarv  of  llie 
Chenook  or  .lai'uon  (alioilt  2.50  «onls,  alphabet 
ically  arranged)  and  numerals  I-IOOO.  pp  41.'i 
421.  I  (iniparntlve  list  of  12  words  in  .Nootka, 
amll'henoiili  oi  .lai'uon,  p.  422.— .Nfan\  Chinook 
terms  )iasslni. 

Cojiii'H     si'rit .'      Astor,     Ilanerofl,      Hrilisli 


Swan  (,l.  (i.)  — Continued. 

.Museum,  C'lmgrpss,  Kamos,  (ieological  Survny, 
Harvard.  IMUiiiK. 

Issued  also  witli  title-pace  as  follows; 

The  I  northwest    coast;  |  or,  |  three 

years'  residence  in  Washinjfton  |  terri- 
tory. I  By  I  .lames  G.  Swan.  |  With 
iiiimeroiis  illustrations.  | 

London:  |  Sampson  Low,  Son  A  co., 
17  Liidgate  hill.  |  New  York  :  Harper 
iV  brothers.  |  1857. 

Krontispiece  1  1.  title  I  1.  dedication  verso 
blank  1  1.  introduction  pj).  v-vii,  contents  pp. 
ix-xiv.  list  of  illustrations  ji.  xv.  nuip,  text  pp. 
17-40!),  appendix  pp.  411-42!),  index  pi>.  431- 
4;i,').  12  a 

r,inf;ui.stic  contenls  asundertitlenext  abovp. 

Copiei:  oC.'ii :  Charles  L.  Woodward,  New 
York  City 

Mr. . tallies  (iiuhrist  .Swan  was  born  in  Med- 
lonl,  Ma.sg... January  11,  IKlH, ami  was  I'ducated 
at  an  acaileniy  in  that  ]da<'e.  In  IHIill  he  went  to 
lloston  to  reside,  and  remained  there  until  1H4U, 
when  heleft  forSan  Kraniisco,  where  be  arrived 
in  1S."'0.  In  1H,J2  he  went  to  Shoalwater  Hay, 
wlierehe  remaiiuid  until  IS.")^,  when  he  returned 
east.  In  IK,')!)  lie  returned  to Pu^et .Sound;  .since 
then  I'ort'rowiisi'Hd  lias  been  hisheadcinarters. 
In  IHOO  Mr.  Swan  went  to  Neali  Kay.  In  .luiie, 
lH(i2.  he  was  appointed  teacher  of  thi^  Makah 
Indian  Reservation,  where  he  remained  till  I8(i(i. 
In  im'i!)  Iii^  wont  to  Alaska.and  in  May,  I87,"i.  ho 
went  a  second  tiniii  to  Alaska,  this  time  under 
the  direction  (if  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  as 
a  eomniissioner  to  piinluise  articles  of  Indian 
nuinufacture  for  the  Philadelphia  Centennial 
Mxposition.  This  tino  (uillection  is  now  in  the 
I  .  S,  \atioii;il  Museum  at  \Vasbin;,'ton.  .Inly 
111.  IsT''.  Mr.  .Swan  was  apjiointed  an  ins)iector 
of  ciistonis  at  Neah  Hay,  (Jajie  Flattery,  and 
reiii;iini  d  thereuntil  A uiiust,  188K,  ;uldin;;miicli 
to  our  kiiowIej||{c  of  the  Mak;ih  Indians  whieb 
was  rejiorted  to  Prof.  Haird  and  published  in  a 
liulletin  of  the  V .  S.  Niiti(uial  Museum.  In  188H 
I  lie  Went  to  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  for  the 
Siuithsiiiii;ui  In-tiliition  and  made  another  col- 
I        lection  for  tli«  I  .  S.  Nati,.iial  Museum. 


T. 


Tate  (AVr.  Charles  Montgomery).  Chi- 
nook I  A.s  Spoken  by  the  Indians  | 
ill'  I  Wa.shinjjtoii  Territory,  Hritish 
Cohiinbirt  I  and  Alask.i.  |  For  the  use 
of 'f faders,  Tourists  and  otliers  |  who 
have  J^ii.-iiiicss  intercourse  with  |  the 
Indians.  |  Chiiio./k-Kiiglish.  Knglish- 
t!hinook.  |  J^y  |  rev.  C.  M.  Tiite,  | 

Published    by  M.  W.  Wailt  A   eo.,  | 
Victoria,  B.C.     [imh] 

Cover  title  (as  above,  with  the  addition  of  the 
followiiiji;  around  the  border:  Jioiirchier  &' 
lligfiim,   I  real  etlule   brokirs.  \   Insumnco 


Tate  (C.  M.)  — Continued. 

aKcnts.  I  Kiiiiincial  ii;:i'uts).  title  as  fthovovpriO 
<<>liyi'i;;lit  notice  (188!))  and  inline  of  printer  1  1. 
prefai'e  (May  17,  1889)  verso  blank  1  1.  ti-xt  pp. 
r>  47,  lli^. 

Part  1.  Chinook f>Iargonl-l".nj;lish,  alplmhot- 
ic;dly  arranged,  pp.  .')-2:i,— Part  II.  Knglish- 
Chiiiook  |,liirgiui|.  alphabetically  arranged,  pp. 
24  47.  -Numerals,  1-12,  20,  W,  100.  p.  47. 

Viijiies  seen:  Kames.  Pi'ling. 
[Hymn  in  th<!  Chinook  langii.'igo.") 

Manuscript,  1  haf, 8',  in  the  possesHion  of  the 
compiler  of  tliiA  hibliograpl.y. 

<  )ne  V  erse  and  chorus  of  the  hymn  "  Nuthiug 
but  the  blood  of  Jesuti," 


ll 


70 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


Tate  (C.  M.)  — Confmned. 

"Mr.  Tato  cnriic  t(i  lirilish  Cnliimhln  from 
NorlliiiiiilKirlnnil.  Kiifjlaiiil,  in  1870.  llncii;;iii;<'il 
ill  iiiiH.sinn  work  ainoiit;  tlii^  Flutliciul  IndiaiiM 
lit  Nuimimo,  Vancom  or  iHlaiid,  in  1H71,  where 
111!  loariKni  tli(<  Aiiliaiiioiiiiiii  iaii<>iii:(;i'  H))ok('ii 
by  tlio  Indian  triltos  on  tlio  cast  roaHt  of  Van- 
eonvtir  Inland,  lower  Fra.scr  Uiver,  and  I'nijt't 
Sonnd.  Iloro  lio  Miicnt  three  year.s,  whi'n  lie 
removed  to  I'ort  Simpson,  on  the  borders  of 
Alaska,  amonj;  the  'rsimpitbeans.  He  next 
moved  to  tlie  Fraser  Iwiver  and  M|ii'nt  seven 
jeniH  anioii};st  the  Flathead  tribes  lietwecn 
Yale  and  Westniiiisti.'r,  fi(i(nentl.v  visitiiin  tlie 
Indians  on  tlic^  \ootsalik  Kivir  in  Washinylon 
Territory.  Mr.  Tate  spent  four  yisars,  18K0  to 
188;,  anion}?  tlie  liella  liellas,  returning;  in  tlie 
latter  jear  to  tliemisshm  on  Frasurliiver." 

Ten  eomniandmcnts : 
('liinook  Jardon 


See  Kv(?refti!  (W.  E.) 

See  I!oas(F.) 

liiiliii      (T.  S.) 
Dc'iners  (M.) 
■  Dictionary. 
Kells(M., 


Texts: 

Chinook 
(Jliinook  Jargon 
f'liinook  Jar};oii 
('biniioU  •lai'i;on 
Cliinook  .Taifjon 

Tolmie  (Dr.  Williixin  Fniscr).  [Vociiliii- 
lar'u'H  of  cortaiii  laiiy:iiiio;e.s  of  flic 
northwest  coast  of  Anuiiica.] 

Ill  Scouler  (.1.),  Oliservatunis  on  tlie  indig- 
enoMs  triliesui  northwest  Ameri<'a,  in  Koyal 
Geojf.  Soe.  of  London  Jour.  .-o'..  U,  \t\i.'2\!'i--!>\. 
London,  1841,  H^. 

Ineliides.  ainons;  others,  V(M',nbnlaries  of  the 
Chonook  and  <'athlascon,  pp.  ■J4'J-247. 

iiiid  Dawson  (<1.  >t.)   (icolofrical  and 

iiiitiiriil  history  survey  of  Canada.  | 
Alfred  R.  C.  Sclwyii,  F.  R.S.,  F.G.S., 
Director.  |  Coiri))ar;itive  vocalmlMrics 
I  of  the  I  Iiidiiui  irilics  |  of  |  Hritish 
(,'oliiiiiliia,  witli  ii  iiiaj)  illustratiiij;  dis- 
trilmtion.  |  Hy  |  \V.  I''r:is('r  Tohnii*,  | 
LiceiitiMteol' I  (' Fa(!iilty  of  I'LysieiaMs 
and  StirgconN,Gla,s<i;o\v.  |  And  |  ',ieor.{0 
M.  ])aw,soii.  1).  S.,  A.S.U.M.,  F.G.S.,  iVe. 
I  [t'oat  of  iiriiis.]  ;  PiiIiUsIumI  by  aiitlior- 
ity  of  I'arliaiiiciit.  | 

Montrciil:  |  Dawaon  ttfotliers.  |  ISSl. 

t'ovt^r  title  nearly  as  above,  tith'  as  above 
verso  blank  1  1.  letter  of  transmittal  sijjiied  bv 
G.  M.  Dawson  verso  blank  I  1.  prelaeesi;.'neil  bv 
(i.  M.  Dawson  pp.  'ih  'h,  introdintory  note 
Bi);iie<l  by  \V.  F.  Tolniie  ]>p.O//  I'J/;,  text  jip.  M'< 
i:il/).  map.  8". 

ViH'abulary  C-M:!  wonlsi  ut  the  'I'sliinook 
tribe  and  of  thi'  Tilbilooil  oi-  npjier  Tshinook. 
|ip.  .ItWi  111/..  Comparison  of  words  In  various 
Imli.in  larRiCua^ies  of  Niutli  .Xmerie.i.  anion); 
tWtu  ii  tew  in  the  I'liiiiook,  p]).  VMi-WWh. 

Coiiif*   n<fn      K»iiies,   (ieoi'setowii,   ''illili;;, 


Tolmie  (W.F.)  — Continued. 

William  Fiaser  Tolmio  was  born  at  Tnvel*. 
ness,  Scotland.  February  It,  IHl'i,  and  died  De- 
cembers 1886,  ufteran  illness  of  only  threedays, 
at  his  residenee,  C'loverdale,  Victoria,  11.  C.  He 
was  educated  at  (ilasgow  University,  where  he 
graduated  in  August,  1832.  On  September  I'J 
of  the  same  year  he  aeceptisl  a  position  as  sur- 
geon and  clerk  with  the  Hudson  s  H.-iy  (Joiii- 
paiiy,  and  left  Iioiiie  for  the  Columbia  Uivor, 
arriving  in  \'ancouver  in  the  spring  of  18;i;i. 
Vancouver  was  then  thecluef  post  of  the  Hud- 
son's liay  Company  on  tliis  coast.  In  1841  ho 
vif  i  his  native  land,  but  returned  iu  1842 
overland  via  the  plains  and  the  Columbia,  and 
was  placed  in  chargeof  the  Huilson's  Bay  posts 
on  I'liget  Sound.  He  here  took  a  prominent  part, 
during  tlie  Indian  war  oi  1855-'5f),  in  |>acifyiug 
the  Indians.  Being  an  excellent  linguist,  he 
hadaii|iiiied  a  knowlpdgeof  the  native  tongues 
and  was  instrumental  in  bringing  about  peace 
between  tile  Americans  and  the  Indians.  lie 
wasapiiointi'dcliief  faitorof  the  Iliiilson's  liay 
Coiii|iany  in  IS.jS,  removed  to  Vancouver  Island 
in  !8r)!),  when  he  went  into  stock-raising,  bi'ing 
the  lirst  to  introduce  thoroughbred  stock  into 
IJritish  Columbia;  was  a  menibiTof  the  local 
legislature  two  terms,  until  1878;  was  a  member 
of  the  lirst  board  of  education  for  several  years, 
exercising  a  great  interest  in  educational  mat- 
ters ;  held  many  ottices  of  trust,  and  was  always 
a  valued  and  respected  citizen. 

Mr.  Tolmie  was  known  toethnologists  for  his 
contributions  to  the  hi.story  and  linguistics  of 
the  native  races  of  the  West  (^oast,  and  dated 
his  interest  in  etlinological  matters  from  his 
contact  with  Mr.  Horatio  Hale,  who  visited  the 
West  Coast  as  an  ethnologist  to  the  Wilkes 
exploring  ex|iedition.  He  afterwards  trans- 
mitted voeabulariivs  of  a  numliei'  of  the  tribes 
to  Dr.  Scolder  and  to  Mr.  (leorge  (Jibbs,  Bome 
of  which  were  published  in  (Contributions  to 
Xortli  .Xiii.'rican  Ethnology.  In  1884  he  |mb- 
lished,  in  conjunction  with  Dr.  (J.  M.  Dawson,  a 
nearly  complete  series  of  short  vocabubiries  of 
the  princij)al  langimges  met  with  in  Jlrltish 
Columbia,  and  his  name  is  to  bo  found  (Ve- 
il uently  limit  I'd  asiinaiilliMrity  on  the  history  if 
the  Northwest  Cii;ist  and  itsethnology.  Hel're 
ilueiiMy  contribiitid  to  the  press  upon  ]iubllc 
i|iiestions  anil  events  now  historical. 

Townseiid  (Dr.  J.  K.)    >See  Haldemau 

(8.  S..) 

Treasury.    The  Treasury  of  Lfinguufi^es. 
I  A  I   fiidinientary    dietionary  |  of  | 
universal   ])hiI(do<iy.  |  l»aniel  iii.    1.  | 
[One  line  in  ilidirew.]  | 

lliill   and   Co.,  2.">,  I'alernoster  row. 
liondou.!  (All  riohts reserved.)  (l«7.Hf ) 

Ciiliiiiliuii :    London:  |  printed  by  Oram  .nid 
CO.,  72  78,  Turnmill  street,  E.  C. 

Title  verso  blank   1   1.  ailvertisenieiit  (dated 
Febniiiiy  71  h,  187;))  verso  bliiuk  1 1.  iutroUuctiun 


THINOOKAN  LANGUAGES. 


71 


Treasury — c  ontinncd. 

(siKiicd  J.  J5.  iin.'  iliilcd  Oitolicr  IUhI.  187;i)  pp. 
i-iv,  (lictioniiry  of  langiiaKt's  (i"  iilpliiiliwtical 
onler)  pp.  1-301,  UhI  of  coiitrihiitoro  p.  [;i02], 
errata  vorso  colophon  I  1. 12^. 

Edited  liy  .TainoM  IJonwiik,  K8q.,F.  K.  (}.  S., 
OHHistcd  l)y  al)Oiit  twonty-two  <'i)iitrilmtors, 
wlioso  initials  aroHi;rn('d  loflicni"'*!  iiiipiirtaiit 
of  tlifir  rt'Hpccliv)^  articles.  In  i  .n^  coiiipila- 
Hon  of  t  he  work  free  une  was  made  of  linnstcrs 
Jlihle  ()/  Every  Land  and  Dr.  Latliain's  I'Ji- 
mentmi/  Camparatioc  I'hilologij.  Then- arc  also 
rcftTMict's  to  an  a|ipcndix,  ronciTninn  wlii(-h 
tluTcistho  foUowiuKnotoon  \i.'M)\ :  "Koticf.  -- 
Owin;;  to  the  unexpected  eiilargenicnt  of  this 
IJook  in  course  of  printing,  the  Apjiendlx  is 
necessarily  postponed  ;  and  the  more  especially 
as  a<lditionalniatt<-rhasliuenreceiced  sutlicient 
lo  make  a  second  volume.  And  it  will  he  pro- 
ceeded with  so  soon  as  an  adei|iiate  list  of  Suh- 
scrihers  shall  he  ohtained."  Under  the  nanieot 
each  language  is  a  brief  statement  of  the  family 
or  stock  to  which  it  holoiiss,  and  the  conntry 
where  it  is  or  was  siMdceii,  together  with  refer- 
ences, in  many  cases,  to  the  principal  author- 
ities on  the  grammar  and  vocaluilary.  An 
addenda  is  given  at  the  end  of  each  letter. 

Scattered  reterences  to  the  dialects  of  tln' 
CliiiU)okan. 

Copieg  sei'ii :  Eames. 

Tribal  names: 
Chinook 
Chinook 
Chinook 


See  Uoas  (F.) 
Dougliss  (J.) 
Haines  (E.  M.l 


Triibner  &  Co.  Bibliotliooii  Ilispaiio- 
Amorifiinii.  |  A  |  ciitaloj.;iic  |  of  |  .Si)aii- 
isli  books  I  printed  in  |  Mt^xico,  (tuati'- 
mala,  Ilondiiriis,  tho  Aiitillt's,  |  Vt^iie- 
zuela,  Columbia,  Ecuador,  Peru,  Chili, 

I  Uruguay,  and  tlie  Argentine  l?i|ml)- 
lic;  I  and  of  I  Portugue.seljookspiiiited 
in  Ihazil.  |  Followed  by  a  collection  of 

I  works  on  the  aboriginal   languages 

I  of  Anicricii.  | 

On  Sale  at  the  atHxed  Prices,  by  | 
Triibner  A-  co.,  |  S  &.  60,  Patcn\oster 
row,  London.  |  1870.  |  Oncshillinj.;  and 
Hixpcnce. 

("over  title  as  above  verso  contents  1  I.  no  in 
siile  title;  catalogui-  pp.  1-184,  colophon  vorso 
advert  i.sements  1  1. 1C=. 

^Vorkson  the  aboriginal  languages  of  Amer- 
ica, pp.  1(92  184,  contains  a  list  of  hooks  (alpha 
helically  arranged  by  languages)  on  this  siih 
ject,  including  general  works,  pp.  102-108; 
Chinuk.pp.  HKHTO. 

Vvpiet  neeii :  Kames.  I'illiiig. 

< —  .\  I  catalogue  |  of  |  dictionaries  and 
graniniars  oftiio  Principal  Languages 
and  Dialects  |  of  the  WorUl.  |  Tor  sab- 
by  I   Triibner  iV  I'o.  j 


Triibner  &  Co.— Continued. 

London  :  |  Triibner  &  co..  8  &  60  Pa- 
ternoster row.  I  1872. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso 
names  of  printers  1  1.  notice  verso  blank  I  I. 
catalogue  l)p.  l-()4,  iiddenda  and  corrigenda  1  1. 
advertisements  verso  blank  1  I.  a  list  of  works 
relating  to  the  seience  of  language  et4'.  pp. 
1-10,8  . 

Contains  titles  of  a  few  works  in  or  relating 
to  the  Chinookan  languagek,  p.  12. 

Copim  lei'ii :   I'lames,  I'illing. 

A  later  edition  with  title-page  as  foUowS! 

Triibner's  |  catalogue  |  of  |  dictioini- 

rie.s  and  griinnnars  |  of  the  |  I'rinclptil 
liiinguagesaixl  Dialect-.iif  tb."  M'orld.  | 
Second  edition,  ;  considerably  enlarged 
and  revised,  witli  tin  alphabetical  in- 
dex. I  A  guide  for  stinlents  and  book- 
sellers. I  [Monogram.]  | 

Loudon  :  |  Triibner  \-  <,'o.,  .")7  ami  r>9, 
Ludgate  hill.  |  18H2. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso  list  of 
catalogues  1  1.  notice  and  preface  to  the  second 
edition  i).iii,  index  pp.  iv-viii,  text  pp.  1-108, 
additions  ]ip.  10!)-I70,  Triibner's  Oriental  dt 
Linguistic  Publications  i>|(.  1-9,'),  8°. 

Contains  titles  of  works  in  American  Imu- 
guages  (general),  pp.  :t.  109:  Chinook,  p.  :i7. 

(\)piei geeii  :  Eames.  I'illing. 

Trumbull:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
]iarentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy  of 
the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the  com- 
piler in  the  library  of  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trum- 
bull, llartfoiMl,  (,'onn. 

[Trumbull ( Dr.  .lames  Htimmond).]  Cat- 
alogue I  of  the  I  American  Library  |  of 
tlielate  I  mr.  George,  Urinley,  (  of  Hiirt- 
ford,  {!oun.  |  Part  L  (  America  in  gen- 
eral I  New  France  Canada  et(^  |  the 
Hritish  colonies  to  177t)  New  England  | 
[Part  IV.  I  Psalms  an<l  liymns  music 
science  iind  iirt  |  [A  <■.  ten  lines]  | 

Hartford  |  Press  of  the  Ciisc  Lock- 
wood  &,  Hrainard  ('ompany  |  1878 
[-188*)] 

4  iiarts.  8  '.  Comiiili'd  by  Dr.  .1.  II.  Trumbull. 
The  tilth  and  last  )>art  is  said  to  be  in  prepara- 
tion. 

Inilian  biiignages:  general  treatises  and  col- 
lections, p.irt  .1.  ;»p.  I2;i-I24  ;  Northwi'sl  coast, 
p.  1-U. 

Coi'ien  snii :   Kami  s,  I'illing. 

.Tanus  Ilunmond  Trumbull.  ])liilidogist  was 
horn  in  Stonington,  (.'onu.,  DeccinOer  20,  1821. 
He  entered  Vale  in  18;i8,  and  though,  owing  to 
ill  lii'altli.  be  was  not  graduated  with  his  class, 
his  name  was  enrolled  anning  its  nu'nibers  in 
18.-)()  and  he  was  given  the  degree  of  A.  M.  He 
settlcii  in   Hartford  in  1847  and  was  aaiiiittant 


] 


)      : 
I      ] 

'  1 

(■ . 
'n 

f 

1 ' 


BIHLIOGHAPHY    OF    TIIF, 


[I' 


Trumbull  (J.  II.)  — ('ontimicd. 

Hicri'taiy  111' Bliitr  in  1H17  IS.VJ  iiiiil  IH.'iH  1«(il, 
mill  Mucrcliiry  ill  Iftfll  IHtU,  alHOHtatfliliriiriaii  in 
IHM.  SiMdi  ii('lrr(;i>iii({ti>  Hiirtfnril  lio  jiiim-tl  tlin 
CiiMMDrliiiit  illMlorii'iil  Siiiiii'ty,  wiw  its  roiif- 
spiiiiilliiir  HniTittary  in  IHI!)  18IU,  ami  waHt^li'i'tt'il 
Hm  pri'Hiilciit  ill  IKO:t,  Ho  )iaH  Ihmmi  a  triistor  of 
iht)  Watliiiisiiii  i'ri'K  liliraiy  III'  Hartl'oril  anil  its 
librarian  siiirK  I8r>:!,  anil  liax  lirrii  an  oliirrr  of 
Uiii  WailMwiirlliatliiiiiaMiniNiiiri)  IHIU.  Dr.'rniiii- 
bull  was  an  iiri;;inal  iiiinnliKr  of  tlir  AnnMiraii 
I'liiliiliiuiral  A.sHociatiiiii  in  IHliil.anil  its  pniMi- 
iliiit  in  IK7I  lS7r>.  Itr  lias  bfrna  inrnibiTof  till' 
A  iiii'riiaii  Orii  nial  Siiiii'ly  Hiiiri<  IHUll  anil  tlm 
Ainrriran  IOtlinolo;;ical  Socirtv  Hinco  IHIiT.  iiiiil 
honorary  iiininbtir  iif  many  Statu  liistoriral  sori- 
otios.  Ill  1K72  he  was  lilisrtril  to  till'  National 
Acailrmyof  Scii'iiri^H.  Siiirii  IS'iHlm  liaNili'Votcil 
HpiM'ial  atti'iition  to  tlin  siibjii't  of  tint  Inilian 
lantxnap'H  of  North  Aimrita.  Hv  lias  pirpairil 
a  ilirtioiiary  anil  voiiibiilary  to  .loliii  Kliot's 
Imlian  liiblr,  ami  is  pmliably  tlir  only  Amrr 
iran  .sriiolarllial  is  now  alilr  to  ri'ail  that  work. 
Ill  1H7II  ho  was  rliosi'ii  li'i'tiirrr  on  Imlian  laii- 
)jiia};rs  of  North  Aiiirriiaat  Vale,  hut  loss  of 
liralth  ami  otliisr  lalioi'H  soon  roiii)ii'lli'il  his 
risi;;iiatioii.  'riio  (U'.jjroo  of  liL.H.  wiiH  con- 
frrir.il  on  him  by  Yale  in  1H7I  ami  by  Ilarviiiil 
in  IHS7,  wliih'  ('oliimliia  ^mvi'  him  an  L.  II,  D 
ill  1HH7.  -.l/</<Jt7(i(i'x  (h/cloiKo/  Am.  liimj. 

Tylor  (Edwitid  Huniftf).  riiinitivc 
ciiUiini:  I  lioHeiirclii's  into  tlie  dovolop- 
ini'iitof  iiiyMioloijy,  ])liil(is(>|iliy,  |  reli- 
gion, art,  inid  ciistoiii.  |  Hy  |  I'ldwiird 
H.  Tylor,  |  aiitlior  of  "  Husearches  into 
the  early  history  of  iiiankiiid,''  An.  | 
['i'wo  lines  (inotatioii.  |  |  In  two  vol- 
umes. I  Vol.  I [-II].  I 

liondon  :  I  .lolin  Murray,  Alliemaile 
street.  |  1S71.  |  (i{i-,'ht8  of  Translation 
and  re))rodin'tion  reserved.) 

'1  vols. :  titlo  viT.sonanicsof  printcis  1  1.  prcf 
arc  lip.  V  vi,  contents  pp.  vii-x.  te.>ct  pp.  14.');!; 
lial  ft  itli' verso  blank  1  l.titlovcrso  names  of 
lirinters  1  1.  lontents  jip.  v-viii,  text  pp.  1-410, 
imlex  pp.  411   4-.'0,  8a. 

Kiiiotional  ami  imitative  hniifiinKe  (rlmpters 
V  ami  vi,  vol.  I,  lip.  14">-'il7)  ronlains,  passim, 
worils  ill  a  niimlier  of  Xortli  Ameriean  Ian 
giia<:es.  aiiioii;;  tiieiii  tlie  ('hinook  ami  ('hiiiook 
Jaryon,  pp.  107, 170,  174,  184,  18(1,  IKit,  I<»1,  lilll. 

Cdjtiet  Keen:  Hritish  Sliiseiim,  ('onuress. 
National  Miiseiini. 

Primitive  C!nltnre  |  Researches  into 

tlie  development    of  |  myllinlofjy,   plii- 
losopliy,   relijfion,  |  laii;;naoe,  art  and 
cnstoni  I  By  |  Kdward  !!.  Tylor.  LL.I).. 
V.  R.  S  I  Author   '.f   {&i'.  one  line]  | 
[Five    lines    ((notation  j  |  First   Aniei- 
iean,  from  the  seeond  Knirlish  (>ditioii  | 
In    two    voliuiu^s    I    Volniiie    l[   Il|  | 
[De.sifrnl  j 


Tylor  (F.  H. )  —  Cimtinned. 

HoHton  I  FstesiV  iiaiiriiit  |  lliSWash- 
ington  Street  |  1H71 

'J  vols.:  half-title  (rriniitive  eiiltiire)  vtifHO 
blank  1  1.  title  verso"  .Author's  edition"  I  I. 
prefaeo  to  tlm  llrst  edition  pp,  v  vi,  pref.M'b 
to  tlio  HHi'ond  eililion  pp.  vii  viii.  eouteats  pp. 
ix  xii,  toxt  pp.  1  50'.';  half-title  vorso blank  I  I 
title  verso  "Author's  editioir'  1  I.  eoutonls  pp, 
V  viii,  text  pp,  I  4.");i,  index  pp.  4.'>.'i  470, 8^. 

Kniotionalandiniitativelan;:ui.„<'(eliapter.s  v 
ami  vi.vol.  1,  pp,  lUU  'j:iO)eoiitaiiisafeu  Chiiiouk 
ami  .laruoii  words  on  pp,  179,  184,  .lUU.  208,  '_M3. 

Cu/iies  teen  :   National  .MilHeiiiii,  X'owell. 

I'rimitivi!  Oultnre  |  Researches  into 

tlie  dmelo]imout  oi'  |  mytholofiy,  plii- 
loso|ihy,  religion,  {  langnaoe,  art  and 
custom  I  Hy  I  Kdwaid  U.  Tylor,  LL.D., 
I'.  R.  S  I  Author  of  "  Researches  into 
the  Karly  History  of  Ma...  iud,"  Ac  | 
((/notation  livelinesj  |  First  Amttriitan, 
from  tiie  second  Fno-liyh  edition  |  In 
two  volumes  |  X'oiumc  1[-IIJ  | 

New  Vork  I  Henry  Holt tiud  compiuiy 
I  1H7I 

'J  viiLs.    8".    Collation  and  linguistic  conteiit.s 
as  miller  titleabovo. 
('iijii't  seen  ,-    I'owell. 

Primitive  Culture  I  Researches  into 


Tylc 


lie  develo])inent   of  |  mythology,  |ihi- 
liiso]iliy,  religion,  |  liingnage,  art  and 
custom  I  By  |  Fdward  H.  Tylor,  LL.I)., 
F.  R.  S  I  Author  of  "Researches    iuto 
the  Karly    History  of  Mankind,"  &c  | 
[(/iu>tation  live  lines]  |  Second  Ameri- 
ciin,  from  tlie  second  English  edition  | 
In     two    volumes    |    Voliiine     I[-II]  | 
[Design]  I 

.\>.  1'    >'ork   Henry  Holt  and  ccunpany 
I  1S77 

'_'  vols.:  half  title  (Primitive  culture)  v('r^<o 
lilank  1  1.  title  .  erso  "Aiilliors  edition"  1  1. 
preface  to  t  he  first  edition  pp.  vvi,  preface  to 
the  seeond  edition  pp.  vii  viii,  eonteiit.s  pp.  ix 
xii.textpp.  I  .")ii2t  half  title  (Primitive  culture) 
verso  blank  I  I.  title  verso  "  Author's  edition  " 
I  1. 1'ontcnts  pp,  v-viii,  text  |ip.  l-45lt,  index  pp. 
4.")r)^47ll.  8^, 

liinuuistic  contents  as  iiniler  titles  above, 
Ctipien  seen  :  ( ieoloi>ical  Survey. 
'I'liird  edition  -.   I.oiiiloii.  .lohii  Murray,  1891,2 
voIh,    8', 

,\nthro])ology :  |  an    introdiu'tion  to 

the  study  of  I  uiiin  and  civili/at ion,  | 
liy  1  Fdwaid  H.  Tylor.  D.V.  L.,  F.  U  ;. 
I  With  illustrations.  | 

hundon:  |  Miicmillan  and  co.  |  I^i8^. 
I  The  Right  of  Triinslationaud  Repro- 
(liiition  is  Reserved. 


Aiiil 
pp. 
< 

Mus 

the  I 
My 

hi 


OHINOOKAN   LANGUAGES. 


73 


ITSO 

1 1. 

to 
.  I\ 

inn  " 
pp. 


i!»l,'2 


1  to 


Tylor(i:.  n.)  — Contiimed. 

llairiitlc  vt'i'Hi)  ili'Mij;ii  1    I.  title  vrrwi  imiiiflH 
ot'printtTHi  I.  preface  pp.  V- viii, cnntciit H  pp.  ix  ' 
xii,liHtol°iUuHtrutioiiH)ip.xiii-xv,lextpp.l-44(l 
Hilortetl  l)()ukH  pp. ••41-442.  index  \i\t.  4411  44K,  l'J°. 

A  I'uw  wordH.  paHMiiii,  ill  ii  number  uf  North 
American  laoguageH.  among  theai  tlie  C'liiiiiMik, 
pp.  125, 126. 

C'opim  Been :  JtoHton  Athomeiim,  Itritiith 
MiiHeum.  (,'ongreHH. 

Aiithrojioloj^y :  |  an   iiitroilnctioii  to 

tlio  Htiuly  of  I  niiiii  and   tivili/ation.  | 
IJy  I  Kdward  H.Tylor,  l>.  C.  L..  K.  H.  S. 
I  Witli  illiistration.s.  | 

New  York:  I  U.  Ajijilcton  and  coni- 
pany,  |  1,3,  and  5  Hond  stieot.  |  1881 

HiiirtitlM  verno  blank  1  1.  titlu  vccmo  blank  1 
1.  preface,  jtp.  v-vii.  contentN  pp.  ix -xii.  list  of 
illii.stration.-4  jip.  xiii-xv,  t<'xt  pp.  1  1411.  selected 
bocks  I>p.  441  442,  imlcx  pp.  44:i  44H.  12 '. 

liinifiiistle  contentsas  under  title  next  above. 

Copies  teen  :  ("onyress,  (leolonical  .Survey, 
National  Museum. 

EinI<Mtiiii^  I  in  das   |  Stiidinm  dtir 

AntIiro]M)lo^it<   |    iind    |  (Jivilisatiou  | 
von  I  Dr.  Kdward   15.  Tylor,  |  [Ac  one 
line]  I  Dcutsclui  [Ac.  (ivf  litics.]  | 

Hrannscliwtiif;,  |  Druck  nml  Vcrliifj 
von  Kriethich  V'ilwif^  und  Solm.  |  188!i. 

I'p.  i  xix.  I-.^SH,  K". 

(.'Iiu|>ters  4  and  .'i.  Die  Spraclie,  jii».  i;t4-17H. 

Cupi't  tten  :  Itritish  Museum. 


Tylor  (K.  H.)  — ("ontlnned. 

'I'hr   inlcinatioiial  nciontific  si-rifH  | 

Antliropology  |  An  introduction  to  tlic 
Rtndy    of  I  man    and    civilization  |  My 
Kdward    H.Tylor,   D.L".  L.,  F.  R.  S.  j 
With  illnHtrationH  | 

New  York  |  1).  Applnton  and  com- 
pany I  1888 

Half  title  of  tlie  series  verso  blank  1  I.  tille 
as  above  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  pp.  v  vii,  con- 
tentH  ]ip.  ix-xii,  list  of  illustrationH  pp.  xiii  x\, 
text  l>p.  1  440,  seltM^ted  bookn  pp.  441-442.  index 
pp.  44:1  44K,  8°. 

MniiuistiiM'oiiteiitsas  under  titles  alxive. 

Co/iii's  »een :  Harvard. 

AntliropoloKy :  |  nn  introduction  to 


the  Ntndy  of  I  man  and  civilization.  | 
Hy  I  Kdward  H.  Tylor,  D.  (".  K.,  V.  K.  S. 
I  With  illustiatioim,  |  Second  edition, 
revised.  | 

London:  |  Macniillan  and  co.  |  and 
New  York.  |  1H89.  |  The  KiKht  of  TranH- 
lation  and  He])rodnction  is  Kcservud. 

Half  title  verso  design  I  1.  title  verso  names 
of  printers  etc.  1  I.  jireface  pp.  v  vii.contentfi 
p]i.  ixxii,  list  of  illustrations  pp.  xiii-xv.  text 
pp.  1-440,  selei-ted  books  etc.  jip.  441-442.  index 
pp.44;i-44H,  12'. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above. 

('oiiiet  Heeii :   Kanies. 


V. 


Vater  {/'»•.  Johanu  Severiii).    Litteratiir 

I  tier  I  (irainmatikeu,    Lexika  {  und  | 

Wiirtersainmlungen    |    allcr    Sj)rachen 

der  Krde  |  von  |  Joliann  Scverin  Vater. 

I  Zweite,    vollif?   iiinjjeiirlieitete    Aiis- 

jjabe  I  von  |  H.  Jiilf?.  | 

Berlin,  1847.  |  In  der  Nic(daiHchen 
Hu<!hhandlung. 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  dedication  verso  blank  1 
l.vorwort  (signed  I!. .liilg  anddated  1.  Decem- 
ber, lH-.ti)  jip.  v-x,  titles  of  general  works  on  tlie 
subject  pp.  xi-xii,  text  (alphabetically  arranged 
by  iuimi!s  of  langu.iges)  pp.  l-4.">0,  nachtriige 
and  bi^richtigungen  pp.  451-541.  sachregister 
])p.  .542-503,  autorenregister  jip.  5(i4-.592,  verbeg- 
sernngen  2  11.  8°. 

Titles  of  Nvtuks  in  or  containing  material 
relating  to  the  (^athlascdn.p.  472;  Cbinuk,  pp. 
09,474. 

Copiet  teen  :  Congress.  Kanies.  Harvard. 

AttheFisclier.sale,  no.  1710,  a  copy  sold  forU. 

The  earlier  edition,  Hcrliii.  IKI5.  contains  no 
Chinookan  material. 

Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Cliinook  Jiirjj;oii; 
I  the  complete  langiiiigt^  |  used  |  liytlie 
I  Indiansof  Oregon,  |  Wiiahiiigloii  tcr- 
ri-  I  tury  und  Britisli  posttesiiionH.  | 


Vocabulary — Continued. 

San  Francisco:  xnihlishcd  byHiitch- 
ings  &  Rosenlield,  |  14fi  Montgomery 
streiit.  I  Town»^  &  Hiicon,  ]iriuter8,  125 
Clay  street,  cor.  Sansonie.  |  1860. 

(-'over  title  as  above  ■  ii,!de  title;  text  pp. 
1  H,  16°. 

Cliiiiook  [,Targon]-Kuglish  vocabulary,  pp. 
1-0. Table  of  distaiii-es,  pp. 7-8. 

t'oiiiex  teen;  Hancroft. 

Vocabulary  <»f  the  Jiirgon.  See  Lionnet 

Vocabulary: 
<'athlascoii 
(^itldascon 
Catlilascon 
IMiinook 
riiinook 
('hiiiook 
(Jliiiiook 
t'liinook 
Clilniiok 
<'hinook 
Chinook 
(/'liinook 
ChiniMik 
Cbiiiouk 


See  Ru.sclimanii  (J.  C.  E.) 
Scolder  (.1 .) 
Tolmie(\V.  K.) 
Anderson  (A.  C.) 
Buschmann  (.I.C.  K.) 
Chinook. 

DcMiienech  (K.  H.  D.) 
Dunn  (J.) 
Krai.cliere  ((}.) 
Uallatin  (A.) 
Hale'H.) 
Knipe  (C.) 
Montgomcrie  (J.  B.) 
I'itiart  (A.  L.) 


*  I 


{ 


'     \ 


71 


BTnLlOGRAPTlY   OF  TitB 


Vccabulary — Cdiii 


riiiiicMik 
ciiiiiiiok 
Cliiiioiik 
('liiiiook 
('liiiitM)k 
(!liiiiiM>k 
(Miiiiuok 

Cliiiiiiok 

('liiiicKik  < 

CliiiMiiik 

CliiiKMik 

Cliiiiiiok 

riiiiKuik 

(.'liiiiiMik 

('liiniHik 

CliiiKiiik 

('liiiiDok 

Chinook 

Chinook 

(,'liinook 

(Miiniiok 

Cliinook 

(Miiiiook 

(Miinuiik 


Sn- 


.fiiruon 
.laiiion 
Jiii'<!on 
•liir).'iin 
.r;ii'Koii 
•rarKoii 

•  llll'UOIl 

•lai'^on 
.laryon 
.lai';(on 
Jaryon 
'lai'uon 
.lai'uoii 
.laruoii 
•lai'Licin 
•lai'iion 


iniKMl. 
rii.Hi  (.r.) 

l{allni'Hi|ii<t  ((,'.  S.) 

|{OHH  (A.) 

ScoiihT  (.1.) 
Hliiirt<'xs(U.) 
Tiilniio  (W.  K.) 
ToluiU(\V.  K.)an(l  I):nv 

Hon  ((c.  M.) 
WabaHs  (\V.  (J.) 
Anili'i'Mon  ( A.  C.) 
ArniMtfon^'  (A.  N.) 
IttUih'n  ((I.  V.) 
llolclui'(.l.-lt.  /.) 
Chanil)crlaiii  (A.  F.) 
Cox  (It.) 
Dii'tionarv. 
Kolls  (M.) 
l';v(Mcttc  (W.  K.) 
(•allatin(A.) 

(IIIpIm  (<; ' 

(illilll'. 

Ifaini^s  (!<:.  M.) 
Ilah'  (11.) 
Ilazlill  (W.C) 
I.c.kMuic  (.1.  M.  It.) 


Vocabulary  — Continued. 


(Miiiiook  .iaruoM 
('hinook  'lai'tjon 
Chinook  <lai')ioii 
(Hiinook  .lai'j{on 
Chinook  .Titi'uon 
Cliinook  ilni'uon 
Chinook  -lar^on 
Cliinook  •lai'tioM 
(Miinook  iTiiruon 
Cliinook  •lar^on 
Chinook  Jargon 
Cliinook  •lui'i^on 
Clakaniii 
(MatHoii 
ClatHO]) 
(JIatHiip 
C|atno|> 
Niliuloth 
Waliaikan 
Wahaikan 
Wappo 
Wa.sko 
Wallahi 
Wallahi 
Wallahi 


Monni't  (     ) 
MmdonahKl).  (i.  I'.) 
PaliiKi'  (J.) 
I'aikir  (S.) 
Kichai'tlHon  (A.  D.I 
lioN.s  (A.) 
Srhoohralt  (H.  It.) 
Sconlcr  (.1.) 
Sproat  ((i.  M.) 
Swan  (.I.e.) 
Voialiiilaiy. 
Wintlirop  (T.) 
(lalHrhel  (A.S.) 
KniiiionH  (Ci.  T.) 
Ilair  01.) 

U'<'(l).)an<l  l''i'oHt(.I.II.) 
Soniplc  (.1.  K.) 
Ifulodl.) 
Cat.schc  I  (A.S.) 
llahMH.) 
(iiitwhi'l  (A.S.) 
<;iirtin  (.1.) 
(iailalin  (A.) 
Ilah'  (II.) 
Latham  (It.C.) 


w. 


Wabaas  ( Dr.  W.  O.)    Vocabnlnry  i>r  the 
Cliinook  liin^iia^rc. 

Mannmript,  1  Iraf,  4",  in  tho  library  ol'  llic 
liiircaii  of  Ktlinolo;;y.  \Va.sliinnloM,  I).  ('. 
UtK'onh'il  at  Cowlilz  lanilintt,  Kt^liy.,  IK'iiS. 

A  HhI,  of  'j;i  Knj;li.sli  words  with  (Jhinook  iind 
Cowlitz  rqllivalrntH. 

Wahaikan : 

.S...  (Jatsrlifl  (A.S.) 
Half  (U.) 


Vorahulary 
\'<)(Mil)ulary 
Wappo : 

V'oiahnlary 

Wasko : 

Voi'iihulary 


Sec  CiatMchct  (.\.S.: 


See  Cnrtili  (.1.) 

Watkinson:  'I'hiswonl  following  a  titloor  within 
parent  licsi^s  after  a  note  indieatcs  that  a  eopy  of 
the  work  referred  to  lia.s  lieen  siimi  liy  theeoni- 
pileriuthe  Walkiuaun  library,  Hartford,  Conn. 

Watlala: 

(Jranunatie  eoinineiits    See  Haneroft  (H.H.) 
Voeabuhiry  Callatin  (A.) 

Vo(^ahnlary  Hale  (H.) 

Voi^ahulary  Lalhain  (It.d.) 

Words  Haneroft  (II.  li.) 

Wellesley;  This  word  following  a  tilh^  or  within 
paientlies<'.H  after  a  note  indieat^'s  that  iK'opy  of 
tin'  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the  eoiii 
piler, heloii^inji  to  the  libiaryof  Wellesley  eol 
lege,  Wellesley,  Mass. 

Western.     A  Western  Volapiik. 

In  the  (Iritie,  vol.  14,  J)|).  201-'Jt)2,  New  York, 
18911,4°.     (I'illiiig.) 


Western  —  ('ontinncd. 

A  review  of  Hale  (H.).  An  intomational 
idiom. 

A  general  diseussion,  including  a  nnmlier  of 
exanipleu,  with  meanings,  of  tho  ('hinoidv  .Jar- 
gon. 
Whymper  (Frcdovick).  Travel  tind  ad- 
voiitiire  I  in  tlio  |  territory  oi'Aliwka,  | 
tbriiierly  Russian  Anioricii — now  coded 
to  till'  I  United  StatoH— and  in  variotis 
otlmr  I  i)art.s  of  tlio  north  I'acilie.  |  Hy 
Frederick  Whymper. ;  [DcHign.]  |  With 
map  and  ilhiistration.  | 

I/ondon:  |  Jolm  Murray,  Alhemarh^ 
Htreet.  |  1868. :  The  rif^ht  of  Trau.shition 
i.s  r(^Herved. 

Ilalf-tith!  verso  blank  1  1.  title  versonaines  of 
printers  1  1.  dedication  verso  blank  1  1.  preface 
pp.  vii-ix,  <'ontent8  jjp.  xi-xix,  list  of  illustra- 
tions p.  [xx],  text  pp.  1-306,  appendix  pi>.  lioT- 
ilin.maji.  plates,  8°. 

A  brief  discussion  of  tho  Chiuuk  laugiiago, 
with  a  few  examples,  i)p.  21,  24. 

(^iijiifs  Keen  :  lioston  Vublic,  British  Museum, 
(yongress. 

At  tho  Field  sale,  catalogue  no.  251(9,  a  copy 
sold  for  $2.7.5. 
Am  American  edition  titled  .is  follows: 

Travel     and     adventure  |  in    tlie  | 

teifitoiy  ol"  Alaska,  |  formerly  Rnsslau 
America — now   ceded    to   tho  |  United 


ClIINOOKAN   LANOUXaKS. 


75 


II.) 


Wiynaper  (F.)  — Continued. 

t>.tiileK— and  in  viuioiiM  other  |  paitH  of 
the  north  I'milic.  |  Hy  FndcriiK 
^VIl.vnl]l^r.  I  [rii'tiirr.J  {  With  niiiji  and 
ilhiHtrationH.  | 

N<'\v  York:  |  Jlarju-r  A  l)rotii('rN, 
pnldlNlicrN,  I  Franklin  H(|iiar*>.  |  lH(i!l. 

KiiiiiUHjiii  rr  I  1.  tillc  V(  i^ii  lilaiik  1  l.ilciliia 
titiii  vciHi)  Miiiik  1  I.  pri'liici-  pp.  xi-\ii,  coiilrtit^ 
I))),  xiii  xvlli.  Ii»t  1)1'  illiiHtrutioim  p.  xix.ti'Xt 
)ip.  'Jl-li:i2,  n)i]H'ii(lix  pp.  333-^5:1,  uiiip  <»iil 
jdiitfM,  UK 

I.intfuiMtic  contcnlM  im  In  tlic  I.ontlini  iiliticm. 
tllli'd  nrxt  above.  p]i.  :ilt,  4L'. 

CojiieH  sfeii :  Italic)  iit't,  ISoNhni  Alliiiiaiiiii, 
(ii  dlonical  Survey,  I'uwell. 

liipi lilted,  iH7!,pp.  \ix,L'i-;ir);i, 8'j. 

A   Kletlrll  edition  titled    is  lollows: 

Fri'drrick     Whyiiiiier  |  \'(),vao;t'H    cl 

avi'ntiirt'8  |  dan«  |  I'.Ma.ska  (anciciiiK' 
Aniori(|iui  rnsne)  |  ((nvraoe  tradiiit  dc 
rAnf{l:iiH  |  avcc  rantoriMation  dc 
I'antctir  |  par  J'lniih'  .lonveanx  |  IIIiih- 
tn''  dc  1}7  fjraviircH  Htir  hois  |  et  iiccom- 
pagnt''  d'unc  carto  | 

I'arlH  I  lihriiiric  Hachi'tto  ct  C''-  | 
boulevard  Saint-(tcrniain,  79  |  1H71  | 
'l"oii,s  droits  rt'^scrvcs 

(,'over  title  a,s  above,  bait-title  verHo  name  of 
printer  1  1.  titb'  ver.so  blank  I  1.  jirelaee  pp.  i  ii, 
liall-title  verHo  blank  I  1.  text  pp.  3-4U5,  table 
don  eliapitreH  ])ii.  4()7-41'J,  nnip.  H^^. 

I.innulNtie  eoiitents  ax  under  title.s  above, 
])]).  21t-;»l. 

Viijiien  teen :  Pillin;,'. 

■Wilson  (Daniel),  rrehistorie  man  |  Rc- 
scarchc.s  into  the  oiif^in  (d' civilisation 
I  in  the  old  iind  the  new  wcrld  |  liy  | 
Daniel  Wilson,  LL.  I).  |  in'oCessor  of 
liistory  and  l^iifrli.sh  literattire  in  IJni- 
vcrHity  eollcoc,  Tctronto ;  author  of  the 
"Archieolofiy  tiinl  jnchistorie  annals  of 
Scotland,"  etc.  |  In  two  volumes.  | 
Volume  I  [-11].  I 

CanihridKc:  |  Maeniillan    and    co.,  | 
and   2'^,  llc^nrietta   street,  C'oveiit   "ar- 
den,  I   London.  |  \mi.  \  (The   ri^ht  of 
Translation  is  reserved.) 

livols.:  ball-title  ver.xo  desi^jn  1  1.  ecdored 
frontisiiieee  1  1.  title  ver.so  naiui- of  printer  1  1. 
dedication  verso  blank  1  1.  prefaee  pp.  vii-xvi, 
eontent.s  )ip.  xvii-xviii.  text  iij).  1-4HS.  plan; 
hall'-titb' veiso  desijj!.  :  I.  r.dortd  t'lontispieee 
1  l.titlo  verso  name  of  )>rin>i  I  1.  eonteniN  pp. 
v-vi,  text  pp.  1-47."),  a  'liendix  <  p.  478-48;!,  index 
pp.  485-41)9,  verno  iidv^iitnemedt,  8°. 

Uemurks  on  tlie  Cb.'iook  .JiVflon.witli  exam- 
ples, vol.  2,  pp.  4'J!l-4:'.2. 

Copieg  seen:  I'ritisb  ^^^slMlm,  (Joliiires.s, 
Eames,  AVutkin.si  ii. 


Wilgon  (1).)  — Continued. 

Prehistoric    man  |  KeHearches    into 

the  origin  of  civilisation  |  in   the  <dd 
and   the  new  world  |  Hy  |  Daniel   Wil 
son,  IAj.  D.  I  ]>rof(;s80i'  [«&c,  two  lincH.  | 
I  .'■iectind  edition.  | 

I.oikIoii:  I  Miicniillan  and  CO.   IHtl."*.  | 
(Tim  ri|;htof  Translation  is  reserved.) 

Half  title  vepHodeHlKn  1  l.rolored  frontUpluee 
I  1.  title  verso  name  of  printer  I  I.  dediealioii 
verso  blank  I  1.  rontents  pp.  vii  xiii.  rolored 
plate  I  1.  illustialions  pp.  \v-xvl,  ]irefuee (dated 
■J'.ltli  April  1H1,")(  pp.  xvil  xviil.  preface  to  tbe 
llrsi  I'dition  pp.  xix-  xxvi,  balftitle  verso  blank 
1  1.  text  pp.  1-(U2,  index  pp.  B-Ja-dll.'i,  8^ 

Ueinai'ks  on  tbe  ()re<;un  JarKun,  with  exam- 

l)lis.  pp.  .-.Htl-W8. 

Ciiliiit  neeii :  Kritisli  Mu.seuln.  Kanies. 

I'lihiHloric    man  |  Kescarches    into 

the  Oriirin  of  (Civilisation  |  in  the  Old 
and  the  New  World.  |  lly  |  Daniel  Wil- 
son, IJi.  D.,  I'.  K.  S.  K.  I  professor  [iV-. 
two  lines. J  I  Third  );dition,  revised  tind 
enlaro;ed,  {  with  illnstratioiis,  |  In  two 
volumes.  |  V(d.  1  [-11  j.  | 

London  :Macmillan  and  (.'o.  |  187(>.  | 
(Thcrif^htof  Trimslation  in  reserved.) 

'.'  vols.:  balftitle  verso  desi;;n  I  I.  colored 
fronti.><piece  1  1.  title  verso  nunies  of  printers  1 
I.  dedication  verso  l)bink  1  I.  preface  (dated  IStli 
November  1875)  pp.  vii-viii,  contents  pp.  ix- 
xiii,  illustrations  jip.  xiv-xv,  text  pp.  l-liiHJ; 
bnlftitb' verso  desijtn  1  1.  colored  froiUiHpieco 
I  1.  title  verso  blank  1  1.  contents  pp.  v-ix, 
illu.strntions  pp.  x-xi,  text  jip.  I-:)8(i,  index  jtp. 
:i87-401,  list  of  works  by  the  same  author  <'lc. 
I  I.  8'^. 

Kemarks  on  tbe  Chinook  lan{;ua;;e  or()re<;(m 
■laryon,  with  ixamples,  vol.  i;.  pp.  ;i:i4-:)ll8. 

Cdjiies  *f<»( ;  British  Museum,  Knmog,  Unr- 
vard. 

Wiiithrop  (Theodore-).     The  canoe  and 
the    saddle,  |  iidvcnturcs     amonj;    the 
northwcMtcru  |  rivers  and  forests;  |  and 
Istlimania.  |  Hy  Theodore  Winthrop,  | 
iiiithor  of  [Ac.  two  lines.]  | 

IJoston :  I  Ticknor  antl  Fields.  |  IKtiS. 

Titb'  verso  copyrifjbt  notice  and  names  of 
Iirinters  1  1.  contents  verso  blank  1  l.lext  pp. 
5-:i75,  111". 

A  partial  v()cal)ulary  (about  27.'i  «or  Is  and 
pbrasits,  alphabetically  airanued)  ol  ilie  I'hi- 
uook.Jarjion,  pji.  21)!)  ilUJ. 

Copieii  seen:  Hancroft.  Itostou  Athenaum, 
ConyrcsH.  Harvard,  Mallei. 

I  hMV('  .seen  mention  of  an  edition:  New 
Vork,  I87(),  Hi '. 

Theodorti  Wintbro]),  author,  born  in  New 
Haven,  Conn.,  Septendier  'J'J,  1828,  died  near 
(ireal  Uethel,  Va.,.luno  10, 1801,  was  the  son  of 


I 


'> 


Bm 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


1.0 


I.I 


U;|2^    |2.5 
2.2 


*       140 


2.0 


1.8 


1.25  II  1.4 

^ 

< 

6"     — 

► 

V] 


*v. 


^/ 


^J: 


^> 


/^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  aTR-et 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  KjSO 

(716)  •72-4503 


iV 


o 


V 


L1>^ 


<^ 


C> 


^l?^    4^ 


0 


I/.. 


W^ 


<S 


•w 


76 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF  THE  CHINOOKAN   LANGUAGES. 


Winthrop  (T.)~Coiitliin(Hl. 

FruiK'iH  Itayaral  Winthrop.  Hi*  wah  KrHduat«(l 
at  Yal«  in  1848,  with  th»  Clarli  avholarBhip,  on 
K'hii'h  he  continued  tliure  a  y»ur,  ntudying 
ninntal  m^ionoe,  lani{iiit|{iu(.  and  hiatory.  In  1840 
lilt  wnnt  t<<>  rtxTiilt  IiIm  linalth  in  Biiritp**,  wliitre 
lix  iwniainnd  until  •laniiMry.  1851.  Tlii-nt  lie 
Itei^aran  a<'4|iiaint«il  with  Willt-itu  H.  AHpin- 
wnil,  wlioiin  I  hildri'n  h«  taught  for  xoniii  tiiiin, 
and  thniiiKh  him  Winthntpfnti^nMl  tlm  i^iuploy 
or  the  i'ucitio  Mall  SteainHhlii  Oiupany,  to 
wlioaeottlcnH  in  I'anaina  h«  wan  tranMfnrntd  in 
1HS2.  In  the  folhtwinK  year  he  viHited  (.'ali- 
fomiaandUreK"!*.  and  thvuro  lie  rittiirneil  over- 
land to  New  York.  In  DweinlH-r,  liUi:!,  hu 
Joined,  aa  a  voluntwui,  the  ex|>e«l!tion  under 
Lieut.  laaao  (i.  Htrain,  to  Hurvey  a  ranal  mute 
acrtmn  the  lathmiia  of  Panama,  and  hoou  al'ter 
Ilia  return,  in  Manth,  1854,  he  ItoKun  to  Mtiidy 
law  with  Charl<>ii  Tracy.  Iln  wbh  ailniitti-d  to 
the  bar  In  1K55.  At  the  o|>enlnK  of  the  rivil 
war  Winthnip  itnliatctt  in  tli«  ^S«v«llth  Now 
York  reKinirnt,  which  hfai'x'om|ianit>d  to  Waah- 
ington.  Soon  afterward  lie  went  with  (irn. 
Itenjaniin  F.  Itutler  to  Fort  MonriHt  aa  niiiilary 
aecretiiry.with  thi'  ninknr  nii^or,  and  with  IiIh 
ronimandinK  <>ffl<'<M'  lit*  planniNi  the  attiu'k  on 
Little  and  Oreat  Hethol,  in  which  he  t4M>k  jiart. 
During  the  oi^tioii  ut  tliii  latter  |;lai'«  he  Hprang 
u|Mm  a  log  to  rally  Iiin  nu-n  and  reeeivnl  u 
bullet  in  Ilia  iuMrL—AppUtuni  Oyelop.uJ'  Am. 
ttiog. 


Wiaconetn  Iliatorioal  StM^iety :  TliPHe  worda,  fol- 
lowing a  titleor  within  parenthcaia  aftcra  note, 
indicate  that  a  copy  of  the  work  referred  to  haa 
b*«n  seen  by  the  compiler  in  the  library  of  tlutt 
inatitiition,  Madison,  Wia. 


Worda : 

CalhlaHcoii 
('nthlaacon 
ChiniMik 

j  ChiiKMik 

I  Chinook 

I  ('hiiiook 

(niinmik 
(,'liiniMtk 
('liinook 

I  Chinook 

Chinook 
Cliino«>k 
CliiniHik 
CliiniHik 
(Miinook 
CliiniMik  Jargon 
ChiniMik  Jargon 
('hiuook  Jargon 
CliiniMik  Jargon 
(.'hiniMtk  Jargon 
ChiniMik  Jargon 
Chinook  Jargon 
Chinook  Jargon 
('liinook  Jargon 
Watlala 


See  RiiMchmann  (J.  C  K.) 
Liithani  (K.(i.) 
Kancrot'tdl.  H.) 
Krinton  (U.D.) 
Hiiat'hiuanu  (J.  (!.  K.) 
('haiiilterlain  (A.  F.) 
llaa(L.  K.) 
(iraaaerie  (K.de  la*. 
IIiiiiiea(K.M.) 
Latham  (K.(i.) 
I'latxinann  (J.| 
Pott  (A.  P.) 
Smith  (S.  II.) 
Tylor  (B.  li.) 
Youth 'a. 

(!liainlMirlain  (A.  F.) 
Crane  (A.) 
ChaMed*.  K.) 
KellH(M.) 
Latham  (U.C.) 
Li-land  (('.  C.) 
Norria(P.  W.) 
Tylor  (K.  B.) 
WiiHOU  (l).> 

Bancroft  (H.  U.) 


Y. 


Youth's.  The  yoiith'H  |  cninpaiiion :  |  A 
juvenile  monthly  Majjiiiiie  pulilisliod 
for  I  th«  benefit  of  the  I'liget  Soiiiitl 
Cutholio  Indian  |  MiHsioiiH;  i.nd  Het  to 
type,  printed  untt  in  piirt  |  w  ritten  by 
the  pupil8  of  the  Tiilalip,  Wanh.  Ty.  | 
Indian  IndiiHtriai  Hoarding  SchoolH, 
under  |  tlie  (control  of  the  SiHterH  of 
Charity.  |  Approved  by  the  Rt.  H<>v. 
Binbop  f ..EgidiuR,  of  NeHqualy.]  |  Vol.  I. 
May,  1881.  No.  l[-Vol.  V.  May,  1««6. 
No.  fiO]. 

[Tulalip  Indian  Reservation,  Siioho- 
luiBhCo.  W.T.] 


Youth's  —  Continued. 

F.iliUi)  by  Kev.  J.  It.  Itoulet.  Inat«adof  bring 
paged  continuonaly,  continued  articles  have  a 
Hcparate  pagination  dividing  the  regular  num- 
tiering.  For  instance,  in  no.  I,  pp.  11-14,  Lives 
of  the  aaint«,are  niimliereil  1-4  and  the  article 
ia  continuiMl  in  no.2 on  pp.  ft-%.  taking  tlie  place 
of  pp.  41  44  of  the  ntgiilar  nnmlH'ring.  Dia- 
ciintinuiii  alter  May,  IHHil,  on  ot^coiintof  the 
protract<-d  illnesH  of  the  tnlitor. 

Loril't  prayer  in  the  (Cascade  language,  p. 
'JH4  Tlic  name  of  tiiMl  in  TO  different  lan- 
guagea,  among  tlieiii  the  t'hiiiiMik.  vol.  2,  p.  247. 

Coitirt  iitn\ :  Congreaa,  (teorgetown,  Wellea- 
l«V. 


iflaoi 

lN»ol 
1H»|| 
1H.13 

ir;i-2-| 

1H3»| 
IHitAl 

IHSA 
IHSH 
IH40 

1840- 

IH41 

1841 

1841 

IMS 

lH4il 

1H44 

1814 

1814 

1814 

IS4A 

I8«n 
i8tn 
ibin 

1848 
1840 
IH41 
1847 
1H4»^ 
1848 
1848 
1348 
1848 
1 841 
1H5< 

la^ifl 

18.^K' 
185 
1851 
IHfl 

ia.v, 
isr. 
IS.-. 

1H{ 

185 
18!i 
181 
1* 
18! 
IS 


»-c 


CHRONOLOGIC  INDEX. 


1H90 

Chinook 

Vocabnlary 

1H8U 

.larKon 

Senl«m',«H 

IHSI 

Jargon 

Vorabiilury 

1H3.! 

•Taruoii 

V<M^ablllar.y 

I8:i2-l8:i3 

(MiiiKHik 

ViH^altiilarv 

1833 

CliiiiiMik 

Vo-aliiilary 

IH.% 

ChiniHik  anil'l 

argon 

Vm'altiilaritiH 

mm 

CliiiDNtk 

Voi^abulary 

IH3N 

•larKiiii 

Vocabulary 

1H40 

tiaruoii 

Vorabiilary 

I840-1H4? 

Jarfioii 

VarioiiH 

IH41 

(JliiiiiHik 

Trilial  nanii'H 

imt 

CliiiiiMtk  ami  ( 

'iilhlaHCoii 

VtM'alMilarii'H 

IH4I 

('liiiKMtk  ami  ( 

'atliliiHron 

VoiabularluH 

1H4« 

flnrKoii 

Voralinlary 

IH43 

.lar;,'oii 

Vocabiilarv 

1844 

CatliliiMCiin 

VaKoUM 

1814 

(Chinook 

Itonl'a  jirayrr,  otc. 

1814 

Chinook 

VtH'abiilary 

IHU 

,^»Tgnn 

Vocubiilary 

1S4« 

(JaMilnMron 

Words 

1840 

(yliiiiook 

Vocabulary 

18t0 

JarKoii 

V'«!abulary 

Ib46 

Jargon 

Vocabulary 

184« 

VarioiiH 

Various 

1840 

VariouH 

Various 

1H47 

<l  arKon 

Vmrabulary 

1847 

VariouM 

Kibliographlc 

1H4H 

(/'hinook 

Pro'ter  nanixs 

1848 

CliiniMik  anil  rallilawon 

Words 

1848 

Chin(M)k  anil  •! 

argon 

VocabnliirinH 

1848 

■1  argon 

S<fntoncr:4 

1848 

VariouB 

Various 

1H4» 

Chinook  ami  Jarftoii 

Voi'abularins 

1H5U 

ilarjron 

Scnloni'i's 

ISTrf) 

.larKon 

Voi'abulary 

I8r><) 

•1  argon 

ViM'iibulary 

1H-.1 

Jargon 

ViM^abulary 

I8r.i-i8r.7 

Chinook 

ClaHsiliiMliiin 

1H62 

Cliinmik 

(icm-ral  <!iH(  iission 

I8W 

CliimM>k 

rropcr  nainrs 

i8r.2 

<'liinook  anil  Ctakanin 

rrii|M'r  iiani*>H 

IKJ'.' 

Jargon 

Vocabulary 

isri3 

(niimmk 

ClasHiUcation 

I8r>;» 

('liinook 

Vocabulary 

1853 

Clatwtp 

Vocabulary 

185:1 

Jargon 

Vocabulary 

1H54 

Jargon 

Vocabulary 

1N50 

Chinook 

General  iliscnsRlon 

iKriO 

Jargon 

I)i<aionary 

18»7 

(Milnook 

Words 

FranchAw  <0.) 
<ir«M>n  (J.S.) 
Cox  <lt.) 
Cox  (R.) 

Kaflncs(|uc  (C.  S.) 
Priest  (J.) 
Chinook. 
Ctallatin  (A.S.) 
Parker  <S.) 
Parker  (8.) 
nianchct(K.N.) 
(iairdner  (— ). 
Sconler  (J.) 
Tolinic  (W.  v.) 
Parker  (S.) 
R<dduc(J.  K. /.) 
Iice  (I).)  and  KroHt  (J.  H.) 
Oaflot  dnMorra8(B.) 
Dunn  ;J.) 
Parker  (S.» 
Latham  (K.  <i.> 
Dunn  (J.> 
Parker  (S.) 
Si'ouler  (J.) 
Hale(H.) 
Hale  (II.) 
Palmer  (J.) 
Va»er(.)..S.) 
(Ratlin  <(i.) 
Latham  (Fi.ri.) 
Montgonierie  (■!.  K.) 
Allen  (A.  J. » 
Crallatin  (A.) 
Uoss(A.) 
Allen  (A  J.) 
Latham  (R.  (i.) 
Palmer  (J.) 
Palmer  (J.) 
Kclioolrraft  (II.  K.) 
HerghauH  (H.) 
Catlin  ((t.) 
Slanhy  (J.  M.) 
Palmer  (J.) 
r.allatin  (A.) 
Shorteas  (U.) 
Emmons  ((!.  F.) 
Llonnet  (— ). 
FranohiNni  (O.) 
Latham  (K.<i.) 
Blanchet  (K.  N.) 
l)aa(L  K.> 

77 


S^ 


78 


CHRONOLOGIC   INDEX. 


18S7 

Ohlnnok  and  •larKOii 

Vo<',ahuliiri(ta 

1857 

Chinook  sdiI  Jar|{ou 

ViM:abulari<« 

1857 

Jarfton 

yo<:abulary 

1857 

JnrKon 

Vocabulary 

IMH 

Chinook 

(.'ianHifiiratioD 

18i>8 

(;hlii<Nik 

Vocabuhiry 

1858 

Chinook  and  Jargon 

Bil'ii'jgraphio 

1868 

Jargon 

Vocahiilary 

1858 

JarKon 

Vo<-ahulary 

1H58 

Jargon 

ViMMibiilnry 

1858 

Jargon 

ViMiahiilary 

1858 

Jargon 

Vocahiilriry 

lHft» 

Jargon 

SonJeiH'OH 

l.M 

(;hin<M>k 

V'K'P.bnlary.oU!. 

INHO 

Chin<M>k 

<;i4«i4iH<'ation 

I860 

Chinook 

NnuicriilH 

1860 

(.'hintMik 

Vooahiilary,  1 1<;. 

1860? 

Jargon 

Toxl 

1860 

Jargon 

ViHralmlary 

IROO 

VariouH 

VarioiiH 

INAti 

(?hin<Mik 

WoniM 

1862  r 

Jargon 

IMi'tionary 

1862 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

1862? 

Jiirgon 

Vocahiiliiry 

1862 

Jargon 

Voi'ahiilnry 

1862 

Jargon 

(j<'n«ral  diHriiMHion 

1802 

Watlala 

Vwalmlary 

lN«:i 

<niin<M>k 

llililiographiu 

iH6:i 

(^linook 

Dictionary 

180.1 

('hinook 

Dictionary 

I8«KI 

Jargon 

ltihliogrii|iliic. 

186:1 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

IMKI 

Jiirgoii 

Dictionary 

ihh:< 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

IKftJ 

Jargon 

Voi'aliiihii'y 

iHfl;i 

Jargon 

Voculinlary 

1804 

Chinook 

(HaHHiAcatiot 

IH«A 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

1805 

•1  argon 

Dictionary 

1805 

Jargon 

(}unoral  diHciiHHion 

IHflTi 

Jargon 

Hont^inciM 

iH4(e 

Jargon 

Ilymnit 

1807 

Chinook  anil  Jargon 

llibliographic 

1867 

Jargon 

VtM^aliiilary 

ISAM 

Chin<H)k 

Ctcnoral  tiiiicuttsioii 

18)18 

Jarg,>n 

Dictionary 

1HA8 

Jargon 

Vocaliiilary 

1808-1893 

(.'hin<M>k 

Itililiograiihic 

1N«» 

Chinook 

General  liiscussion 

1800 

Jargon 

NunicralN 

iKog 

Jargon 

Vo«'ahuhiry 

186  > 

Jargon 

HyinnH 

1H70 

Cliinook 

liililingraphic 

1 870 

ClatHop 

Voj^ahnlary 

1870 

Jargon 

I-oiiI'h  prayer 

tH71 

('liiniHik 

Senoral  ilixciisaiim 

1871 

Cliin<M>k 

TroiMir  nainea 

1871 

Cliinook  ami  JurgoL 

Wonls 

1871 

Jarg<Mi 

Dictionary,  etc. 

187n 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

1H7S 

Cliinook 

Dililiographic 

1872 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

187» 

Chinook  and  Jargon 

Bil>liograpliio 

1873 » 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

187:i 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

1874 

Chinook  and  Jargon 

Words 

8wan(J.n.) 
Swan  (J.ti.) 
AnderHon  (A.  ('.) 
ArmHtrong  (A.  X.) 
.lehan  (L.  K.) 
liiiHchinanii  (•!.(/'.  R.) 
I.ndcwig  <II.  K.) 
AiideriH)U  (A.  C.) 
ChiiKHtk. 
(iiiidebook. 
lIazlitt(W.  I'.) 
Wabaiw  (W.tJ.) 
Allen  <A.J.) 
HiiHchniann  (J.  C.  K.) 
Kt^hwilcraft  (l{.  K.) 
Ilaldeninn  (S.  S.) 
Doiiienech  (E.  H.D.I 
DcnierM  (M.) 
ViH;al)iilary. 
Latham  (It.  (i.) 
IN.tt  (A.  K.) 
lUanchet  (K.  X.) 
Di'itionary. 
(;ililiM  ((i.) 
Macdonald  (I).  •>.  V.) 
Wilwin  (D.) 
Latham  (K.  (t.) 
tiihliH  ((t.) 
(iiltlm  (G.) 
liihiM  (G.) 
(iiblm  ((i.) 
GilibH  ((}.) 
GibbH  (<}.) 
tiilibH  (G.).  note. 
Mardonatd  (D.  G.  '<'.).  note. 
Wiiithrop  (T.) 
Julian  (L.F.) 
Di<^tion«ry. 
Stimrt  (Cr.) 
WilHon  (D.) 
Mai'fle  (M.) 
MiM'luod  (X.  D.) 
Leclcre  (C.> 
Kichardfoii  (A.D.I 
Wliympcr  (K.) 
liliincliet  (F.  X.) 
Sproat  (G.  M.) 
Sahiii  (.r.) 
WliyiiijM-r  <K.) 
CliiiHc  (V.  K.) 
KichardMon  (A.  I).),  note. 
MacleiMl  (X.D.) 
Triiliner  &  <"o. 
Sempic  (J.  K.) 
Miirletti  (P.) 
Whympcr  (F.) 
Catlin  (G.) 
Tylor  (E.H.) 
Deniers  (M.),  e(  at. 
Dictionary. 
Trilhner  &  (-'o. 
Langcvin  (H.  1..) 
Field  (T.  W.) 
Ulanolmt  (F.X.) 
Dictionary. 
Tylor<E.H.) 


T.J-; 


CHRONOLOGIC    INDEX. 


79 


im 

Chlilnuk  anil  tTnruon 

Wi.rilii 

tH74-1H-rt 

ViirioiiH 

Varlim* 

IH76 

riiiniiok  uiiil  Jiirguii 

liibllii(;ra|iliic 

J  875 

.largou 

(fonural  illMuuasiiin 

IH75 

JarKoii 

SiTinonH 

1S75 

•lartcoii 

Vocahiilnry 

1H7A 

C'liiiioiik 

linilioKrn|ihii: 

1H70 

•liirKoii 

Oeni*ral  iliHt'iiHP^nii 

1870 

•Imixuii 

WorilH 

IN77 

Cliiiiuok 

tienenil  illHi-.umiiiMi 

1877 

('liiiuM>k 

SOIIKH 

1877 

ChiiKHtk 

<ii<ni>i'al  iliHrtiMsioii 

1877 

('liiiiiMtk  null  JarKoii 

Worils 

1877 

(Muknma 

ViH-alinlnry 

1877  f 

■InrKoii 

Mirtiiiiiary 

|8;7 

•larKoii 

Dirliiinary 

1877 

Whmi'o 

ViHralinlary 

1877    1887 

CliilKxik 

(Iraniniatiit 

IH7H 

OhiiiiMik 

ChtHHilliintlofi 

18(8 

Cliiiiiiitk 

tiHiiiTal  ilimtiiHHliMi 

1878 

CliliiiHik 

WoiiN 

1878 

<MiiiiiH>k  mill  .litrKoii 

liililioKra|ihio 

1878 

JiirKDii 

llic'liiinary 

1878? 

JnrKon 

Dirliiinary 

1878 

ilarKon 

Hymn  iMHik 

1878  1880 

VarliiiiH 

l(ilili(i|i;ra|ihi» 

IH7» 

•lar^uii 

Itictionary 

IHHO 

('liiiiiMik 

('la.iHilli'ation 

1881) 

•lai-Kiiii 

Dictionary 

188(1-1881 

•TnrKOii 

(trammatiu 

IHHi 

CliiiKHik  mill  ■larKoii 

Wi.rilH 

1881 

(,'liiiKHik  and  ■liirKiiii 

AViiriU 

188l-188«i 

CaMrailr 

Voi-aliiilary 

IHHd 

diin'Mik 

liililioKra|iliio 

188J 

CbliMiok 

ClaHHitication 

1882 

Chinook 

(riMicral  iIIhciiimIom 

1882 

CliiniMik 

tii-ni'ral  iliiiiumsion 

1882 

CliiiKMik 

\Y„riU 

1882 

('liiiioiik  anil  JHrtioii 

liililiiigraphio 

1883 

Jari;on 

Dirliiinary 

1882 

VariilUN 

VariiiiiH 

IHH3 

('liinuiik  ami  Jari;on 

Worils 

188:J 

JarKitii 

Dirliiinary 

1883 

■larKon 

Ijorils  prayer 

1883 

•Tartfon 

Lonl'n  prayur 

1883 

Jariron 

Words 

1SS4 

(MiiiiiMik 

UiMieral  (liMciiHHiim 

1884 

OliiniMik 

VoculiiilaricM 

1B8« 

(;iilniM>k 

Lonl'M  prayer 

1884 

•larf{oii 

Dii'lionary 

1881 

>Tari;oii 

llymiM 

1884 

•larjton 

Ti'ii  roniiniimlniitnU 

1884 

Wasco' 

Vociilinlary 

1884-1H87 

(?hiniK>k 

l(ililioi(rapliii-. 

IHH.-. 

(!liinni>k 

<'la.isillratiiin 

188,-| 

I'liinimk 

(ii-n»ral  iliHriiSHion 

1885 

VariuiiH 

lliiilioi(rapliii! 

1885-188:» 

('hiniM)k 

(tiMiiiraliliMriiHHioii 

ISHU 

(Miinoiik 

I'roiM-r  naiuc!t 

1880 

iTai'Kon 

Dii-tiiMiiiry 

1880 

Jaruiin 

Diolioiiury 

1886 

•larKon 

Ilyinnit 

1888 

VnrloiiM 

llililiiiKra)ihic 

1887 

Chinoiik 

Fro|ii>r  nume.^ 

1887 

Chinook 

i'ro|ier  uamiia 

Ty|i.r(K.n.) 

Ilanrrort  (11. 11.) 

Fii-lil  (T.  W.) 

EkIIh  (M.) 

RiiIIh(M.) 

RlchanlHon  (A.  1>.) 

I'liitzniann  (J.) 

WiU<m(D.) 

CIoiikIi  (J.C.) 

Uatiti-.het(  V.S.) 

EuUh  (M.) 

Ui"M!h  (W.W.) 

Tylor(E.  B.) 

natHihi-t  (A. 8.) 

Dii'tiouary. 

(tiiiilo. 

(latHcliitt  (A.H.) 

MHIIeriF.) 

K«aiifl(A.  H.) 

Itati>8  {H.W.) 

Duncan  (I>.) 

Liirlero  ((;.) 

nianidiottic.  N.) 

(•ill  (J.  K.),  note. 

EkIU  (M.) 

TriimliiilKJ.  H.) 

lilanchnl  (K.N.) 

Sayre  (A.  II.) 

UihhI  (J.  B.) 

KoI1m(M.) 

Tylor(E.IJ.) 

Tylor  (E.U.I 

Yoiith'n. 

Triilini'r  &.  (Jo. 

Ki'ane  (A.  il.),not«. 

HalG.i(H.  W.) 

Drako(S.O.) 

Smith  (S.  n.) 

K<>ll8(M.) 

(till  (J.  K.) 

Itancroft  (II.  H.) 

Tylor  (E.  IJ.) 

Dictionary. 

Kvcretto(W.  E.) 

Evnrotto  (W.  E.) 

Norri!4(l*.  W.) 

SchiHilcraft  (H.  R.) 

Tolmio  i\V.  F.)  anil  Dawsou 

((i.M.) 
BorKlioU/.  ((}.  F.) 
(Mil  (.r.K.) 
Evcrcllo  (W.  E.) 
Ev«ri)tt«(\V.  K.) 
Ciirtin  (J.) 
Pull  (A.  K.) 
Kcanii  (A.  II.),notfi. 
It  lies  (II.  W.) 
rillina  (f.  C.) 
Kcathornian  I  A.) 
(:atl!n((;.) 
DuriiMi  (I'.t.nolK. 
LeJi-iinn  (.1.  M.K.) 
EnlU  (M.) 
(Jnarilcli  (11.) 
(."atlin  ((r.) 
CatUn  (U.) 


I  .' 


80 


I 


I 


CHRONOLOGIC    INDEX. 


1(W7 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

Dictionary. 

i89:i 

IH87 

Jargon 

Diotionary 

Dictionary. 

I89:i 

1887 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

(till  (J.  K) 

1893 

1887 

VariouH 

Bibliographin 

DufoHsA  (R.) 

t89:t 

1887 

Varlona 

BIbliographio 

QnarlU'h  (D.) 

18((:i 

1887 

VariouH 

Hibliogmiihlo 

<jnaritch(B.) 

1HH9 

Chinook 

Nnmerala 

Reils  (M.) 

1H88 

Cliinook 

Proper  name* 

(.'atlin  «i.) 

1888 

Chinook 

Word* 

Brinlon  (D.O.) 

1888 

Chino<ik 

WordH 

Hrlntm(I).0.) 

1888 

ChiiiiMik  and  Jargon 

Varlona 

HaincH  (B.  M.) 

1888 

Chinook  anil  Jargon 

Wonla 

Tvl«i(K.H.) 

1888 

Jargon 

Dliilinnary 

l'roH»ih  (T.  W.) 

1888 

Jargon 

Oeneral  tllHtiuUHlnn 

teland(C.<».) 

I8i(8 

Jargon 

Niintflrala 

Belts  (&t.) 

1888 

Jargon 

Numnrala 

e«llM(M.),note. 

1888 

Jargon 

Honga 

Boas  (F.) 

|HH» 

Oliinoitk  anil  Jargon 

Wonta 

Tyhir  (E.  B.) 

1889 

Jargon 

Diotionary 

Dictionary. 

lrt8» 

Jargon 

Diotionary 

(iilKJ.  K.) 

188» 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

Tate  ((;.  M.) 

IH8» 

Jargon 

Hymn  Ixiok 

EellM(M.) 

1889 

•largon 

NnmoraN 

Kclls(M.) 

1889 

Jar;{on 

Vtioaliulary 

NicolKE.  H.) 

I8S0 

Chinook 

Wonla 

Brinton  (D.».> 

1890 

('hinook 

Worda 

4irasserle(U.dHla). 

iH9n 

(Chinook 

Word» 

Hale  (11.) 

1H9U 

Chinmtk 

Words 

Hale  ( a.) 

1891) 

Jargon 

Dictionary,  «tc. 

HaIe(H.> 

I89<) 

Jargon 

l^niew 

Crane  (A.) 

ISQU 

Jargon 

Roviow 

Iceland  (C.  G.) 

18»U 

•largon 

lleview 

Western. 

189<> 

Jargon 

Sermon 

New. 

1H9L 

Chinook 

(;iiMalfl<-.ation 

Brinton  (D.  a.) 

18»1 

OlilniMik 

ClnaHifloation 

Powell  (J.  W.) 

18UI 

(Miinook 

ClaHHilicalion 

Powell  (•!.  W.) 

1891 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

CoonestS.  K.) 

1891 

•largon 

Dictionary 

Gill  (J.  K.^ 

1891 

■largon 

Hymn  IxMik 

I<e  Jeiine  (J.  M.  K.) 

1891 

•largon 

I'eriojiiMl 

Le  Jeuue  (J.  M.  R.) 

1891 

•largon 

Periodical 

LeJeune  (J.  M.  R.) 

1891 

Jargon 

Periodical 

Le  Jenne  (J.  M.  R.| 

1891 

•Inrgon 

Review 

Charencey  (H.de). 

1891 

•largon 

Words 

<;hamberlaiu  (A.  F.) 

1891-1893 

Jargon 

Periotliciil 

Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  R.) 

1H»2 

•largon 

Bible  hmtory 

8t.Onge  (L.  y. ) 

1892 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

Le  Jeuue  (J.  M.  R.) 

1892 

•Targnu 

Play 

Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  R.) 

1892 

Jargon 

Primer 

Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  R.) 

1892 

Varioiia 

(Joographio  nnmi<n 

Rolls  (M.) 

IH93 

Chinook 

<  trammar.  dictionary 

Boas  (K.) 

189,1 

(Miinook 

lirammnlic 

B»;iH(F.) 

189:1 

Chinook 

Texts 

Boms  (F.) 

I8i):i 

Chinook 

Various 

Boas  (F  ) 

I8fl;i 

•largon 

Hll>le  history 

DurioiKP  ) 

I8a:i 

•largon 

Kiltie  history 

St.Onge  (L.N.) 

I89:i 

•largon 

Dictionary 

Buhner  (T.  8.) 

1893 

•largon 

Dictionary 

Bulmer  (T..S.) 

189:1 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

Buhner  (T.S.) 

t89:t 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

Buhner  (T.  S.) 

1893 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

Eells  (M.) 

1893 

Jargon 

Dictionary 

St  Onge  (L.  K.) 

1893 

Jargon 

(liraramar,  dictionary 

Buhner  (T.  S.) 

1893 

Jargon 

Hymns 

St. Onge  (L.N.) 

1893 

Jargon 

Hymns,  sontcs 

Bulmer  (T.S.) 

1893 

Jargon 

Legends 

St.Unge(L.N.) 

►>'     '  ''*' 


CIlUONOl.tMJlC    INDKX. 


81 


iiaa 

IIN 

imt 
laae 


•InrKoii 

IionCH  prii.Mtr 

JorKon 

Pr».v«<r» 

•(argon 

RMMler 

•larKon 

VarioiiH 

•Inrxoii 

V<M!«lniUrv 

(;iilni><>k 

HymuH 

ChiiKMtk  mill  .turti'in 

ViHtitliiilariim 

Jargon 

ViM;iilmlar.v 

•Targon 

Vocalmlary 

VarioiiH 

Tribal  uamos 

Ruliiifr  (T.  S.) 

Hiilmf'r  (T.  S.) 

I.<*iff'iini>  (J.  M.  U.) 

Itiilnirr  (T.  S.) 
rhitnilmrUin  (A.  K.) 
TaliMC.M.t 
riiwrKA.  L.) 
R4il(U>n((i.  I'.) 
Knilx  (M.) 
UuuglaHit  (J.) 


CHIN- 


-6 


• 


